Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed

TWDTT 168 – TWD:DD:TBOC – Au Revoir les Enfants (S2E6)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 14 Nov 2024 23:09:56 +0000

We have come to the end of our adventure in France.

For episode 168 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, and LT talk through The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon: The Book of Carol, Season 2, Episode 6, titled Au Revoir les Enfants. Story by Laura Snow, Teleplay by Jason Richman and David Zabel and directed by Daniel Percival. An exit strategy is changed from France.

Hello Survivors! Better late than never. We have come to the end of Season 2 of the Daryl and Carol show. While it was a bumpy ride at times, overall, it wasn't a bad season. There are some great moments where we get a glimpse into the emotional struggles of our two favorite OGs (yeah, Rick and Machoone are favorites also), and this chapter rushed through the bad team lineups of boss people, but in the end, Kid Carl was saved to live a new, hopefully long, life at the Commonwealth. Which we will not get to see anything about, which is sad. I guess we can look forward to some adventures in new lands now that our team is back together on this European Road Trip. I am glad we are getting out of France and moving on, and hopfully, with Kid Carl out of the picture, a new storyline will emerge. I kind of got tired of the religious thread and want to get back to basics in storytelling in more TWD fashion.

So enjoy as Kyle and LT discuss the finale of Season 2 of The Walking Dead, Daryl Dixon's Book of Carol, in paperback. It is available on Amazon and Kindle. You can also preorder next season's book of Adventures in the Island of Misfit Toys, Episode 6, Au Revoir les Enfants.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Au Revoir les Enfants. We are on break till Dead City starts sometime next spring so see you next year.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

We want to start offering Patrons a real reason to stay on our Patreon and to get more people to become Patrons. As such, we are going to start experimenting with bringing you some new content that will really make it worth your while to be subscribed.

We are going to try offering Patrons early access to our regular episodes. These versions of the episodes will be less polished than the final version of the podcast, will largely be uncensored, may contain things we fix up in the final version (like when we speak over each other, awkward silences, etc.), content that we remove from the final version and may not have all of the sound effects mixed in properly (and in the case of this episode, doesn't have the beginning and ending music mixed in at all).

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts or whatever is your podcast client of choice. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You can add our RSS feed directly: It's http://talkthroughmedia.com/feed/podcast/walkingdeadtalkthrough/ You'll also get new episodes when released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! And join our Facebook group! Follow us on Twitter at https://twitter.com/WalkingDeadTTM! And like the network's Facebook page at https://facebook.com/TalkThroughMedia/

TWDTT 167 – TWD:DD:TBOC – Vouloir, C’est Pouvoir (S2E5)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 01 Nov 2024 01:14:42 +0000

The End is Nigh but choices have to be made.

For episode 167 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, and LT talk through The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon: The Book of Carol, Season 2, Episode 5, titled Vouloir, C'est Pouvoir. Written by Jason Richman & David Zabel and directed by Daniel Percival. A new faction of survivors hunt down Laurent; Carol's lies come to a head.

Hey Survivors! LT and Kyle discuss this pen-all-tum-ment episode of The Walking Dead: Daryl, Carol, Laurent, might as well bring Quinn to start a bougie French club at The Commonwealth, Codron, since he's now on our side. Oh yeah, Ash. We need someone to fly the plane. Well, wait a minute. Carol decided to tell the truth, and that puts a wrench into everything.

In any case, this was an okay episode, and we did get some moments to talk about, but with what has happened to what we know is coming, I hope that when they close the book on the Book of Carol, and we get a little better storytelling next season. But as LT and Kyle say, we will see.

So, without any more delay, enjoy as Kyle and LT discuss The Walking Dead, Daryl Dixon, Book of Carol, Season 2, Episode 5 titled Vouloir, C'est Pouvoir.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Vouloir, C'est Pouvoir. Next week we will cover TWDTT:DD S2E6 titled Au Revoir les Enfants. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 166 – TWD:DD:TBOC – L’Invisible & La Paradis Pour Toi (S2E3-4)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 25 Oct 2024 02:08:03 +0000

Double Episode Coverage, Spilt Lentil Stew, Reunion of the OG's, Truffle Eggs and a just dessert given.

For episode 166 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, and LT talk through The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon: The Book of Carol, Season 2, Episode 3, titled L'Invisible and Season 2, Episode 4, titled La Paradis Pour Toi. Episode 3 was written by Lisa Zwerling and directed by Michael Slovis, and Episode 4 was written by Jason Richman & David Zabel and directed by Michael Slovis. Carol hunts for information; Daryl and Isabelle race to save one of their own; Pouvoir regroups, and All hope feels lost amidst Genet's attach on the Nest.

Hey Survivors! Double Episode Addition is here! LT and Kyle cover Daryl Dixon and the Book of Carol Season 2 Episode 3 L'Invisible and E4 La Paradis Pour Toi (which Kyle and LT had a lot of issues trying to pronounce this)! Having to skip covering E3 last week and doing the double issue I think helped since both these episodes really worked well together. We did have some of the same issues with the show but overall I think these were really good episodes. We got some changing of the guard in the end and now Budda Boy is now in charge. We lose Daryls love interest but Carol is now here and the two OG's are off into the french countryside to find Le Carl.

So enjoy as LT and Kyle discuss The Walking Dead, Daryl Dixon: Book of Carol, Season 2, Episode 3 & 4, L'Invisible and La Paradis Pour Toi.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for L'Invisible & La Paradis Pour Toi. Next week we will cover TWDTT:DD S2E5 titled Vouloir, C'est Pouvoir. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 165 – TWD:DD:TBOC – Moulin Rouge (S2E2)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 11 Oct 2024 16:38:52 +0000

Baby Makers and the double crossers

For episode 165 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, and LT talk through The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon: The Book of Carol, Season 2, Episode 2, titled Moulin Rouge. It was written by Keith Staskiewicz and directed by Daniel Percival. Carol and Ash take an unexpected detour; Daryl and Isabelle uncover a new threat at the Nest

Hey Survivors! Here we go again. Carol and Ash land in Greenland only to find an impregnating dilemma. Daryl, with Isabelle in tow, gets double-crossed but not in the starstruck way, and we learn that the golden child may have a gift that only a walker bite might reveal.

So to keep it short, enjoy as Kyle and LT discuss The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon: The Book of Carol Season 2, Episode 2 titled Moulin Rouge.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Moulin Rouge. Next week we will cover TWDTT:DD S2E3 titled L'Invisible. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 164 – TWD:DD:TBOC – La Gentillesse des Etrangers (S2E1)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 03 Oct 2024 18:35:55 +0000

Rushing to the good stuff.

For episode 164 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, and LT talk through The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon: The Book of Carol, Season 2, Episode 1, titled La Gentillesse des Etrangers. It was written by Shannon Goss and directed by Greg Nicotero. Carol Peletier and Daryl Dixon confront old demons in their fight to reunite with each other halfway around the world and protect the people they love.

Hey Survivors! Here it is! Episode one of the return to France! We have some good in the start of this season and that is basically the return of Carol. We see she is still up to her tricks, can still handle herself and gets what she wants. She is on her way to Daryl by not automobile, not train but a freaking tiny plane. LT has a lot to say about that.

We are happy to be back recording and covering TWD and happy that you all are still with us after such a long break. So thank you thank you and enjoy as Kyle and LT discuss The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon: The Book of Carol Season 2, Episode 1 titled... Kyle can't say this without butchering it and LT... please take it away. (in LT voice and pronunciation correct) La Gentillesse des Etrangers

Send in your feedback!

That's it for La Gentillesse des Etrangers. Next week we will cover TWDTT:DD S2E2 titled Moulin Rouge. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 163 – TWD:TOWL – The Last Time (S1E6)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 04 Apr 2024 14:32:06 +0000

Rushing to the good stuff.

For episode 163 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT and Brian talk through The Walking Dead: The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 6, titled The Last Time. It was written by Scott M. Gimple & Channing Powell and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. Rick and Michonne have to perform a near-impossible miracle.

Hey Survivors! It has come to the end of The Ones Who Live, and it was great. While I think a lot of us agree that this was a little bit rushed. The CRM, who have been built up for so many years as this mysterious threat, came off a little bit lacklustered. Not to say what we saw was completely bad, but that we could have used more setup to make the payoff better. In the end this was all about Michonne and Rick. Finding each other, taking on the world as only they can, and making the post apocalypse a better place for everyone. That ending with the reunion of Michonne hugging her kids after being gone for so long (I mean, didn’t it seem like it had been 6+ years or so?) and right behind her, the brave man, who had almost lost everything, finally returning home. I hope they have plans for Rick to be reunited with Daryl, Carol, Maggie, Father Gabrial, and everyone else, but we will have to see if that happens. Maybe we will get more with the upcoming The Book of Carol this summer.

We have good news! Brian was able to join us to discuss the season and this finale send-off, and we couldn’t be happier for his return to the podcast.

In any case, enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss The Walking Dead's series finale, The Ones Who Live, The Last Time.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for The Last Time. There isn't any TWD on the schedule as of yet but Daryl Dixon, The Book of Carol is this summer so once its released we will most likely cover it. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback when that happens. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 162 – TWD:TOWL – Become (S1E5)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 29 Mar 2024 11:31:17 +0000

Insight into Jadis and the return of Father Gabriel. Rick and Michonne cross paths with some Redshirts and mix it all together.

For episode 162 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through The Walking Dead: The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 5, titled Become. It was written by Gabriel Llans & Matthew Negrete and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. Dangerous people make Rick and Michonne's journey difficult.

Hey survivors! Here is this week's episode titled Become. Rick and Michonne are traveling home but get sideswiped by our good friend Jadis. We have the return (in flashbacks) of our good friend, Father Gabriel, who has been meeting with Anne(Jadis) for many years. This was some great insight into Jadis and gave us a feel of the struggle she has been going through. While yes, she obviously had made her bed, and the rationalizing of the mission of the CRM is more important than anyone else, it was still nice to see. But in all, the story of Jadis has come to an end. We met some new survivors, who were literally called Red(shirts) and dispatched in a matter of seconds. With just one episode left, we are left with the two who are unstoppable, planning to take on the CRM, destroy the evidence of the whereabouts of their home, and close out this chapter with what we assume will be everyone Rick and Michonne love will be safe and sound.

Enjoy as Kyle and LT discuss The Walking Dead, The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 5, titled Become.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Become. For our next episode, we'll be covering the season finale (we don't know if this is the end) of The Ones Who Live S1E6 titled The Last Time. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 161 – TWD:TOWL – What We (S1E4)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 26 Mar 2024 12:49:06 +0000

Rick needs to snap out of it and get with what truly matters. Good thing Michonne isn't having it.

For episode 161 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through The Walking Dead: The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 4, titled What We. It was written by Danai Gurira and directed by Michael Slovis. Rick and Michonne try to find the love they had.

Hey Survivors! Here you go, and sorry it's a little later than usual. My power went out right when we were going to start recording and never came back on till the middle of the night. So, I scrambled to set up my laptop and had to download some software to make it happen. It was a challenge, for sure. But here it is in all its glory. Brian was not able to join us this week, but hopefully, he can next week. I did tell him he better at least make the last episode so we can get his thoughts. So LT and Kyle pushed forward and got it done. Great feedback from everyone, as always, and what a ride it has been. Having our favorite duo back on screen has really been a wonderful television experience, even with all the drama going on between them.

So, enjoy as Kyle and LT discuss this emotional lover quarrel episode of The Walking Dead, The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 4, titled What We.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for What We. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Ones Who Live S1E5 titled Become. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 160 – TWD:TOWL – Bye (S1E3)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 14 Mar 2024 15:04:07 +0000

Emotional Turmoil during a Zombie Apocalypse, do we have time for that?

For episode 160 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through The Walking Dead: The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 3, titled Bye. It was written by Gabriel Llanas and Matthew Negrete and directed by Michael Slovis. Rick and Michonne must find a way to survive.

Hey, Survivors, here is the unedited recording of The Walking Dead: The Ones Who Live edition. This episode is titled Bye, and we are given emotional ups and downs between Rick and Michonne that left some bitter tastes in our mouths. Jadis is still sporting an ugly mug, but I do have to say she is making a great villain for our duo. What does she know? Does she have some secret anterior motive that sides with taking down the CRM, or is she just in it for herself? Michonne is really not happy with how the way Rick is playing this. On one side, he's all I love you. I have to get you in here with me, and we will work together, too, gurl. I need you to leave and forget about me cause I am the only one who can save the world. Or something like that.

Anyway, Brian was not able to join us this week but he should be with us next week and give us his thoughts on the last two episodes. So Enjoy, and Kyle and LT discuss this lover quarrel episode of The Walking Dead: The Ones Who Live season 1, episode 3 titled Bye.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Bye. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Ones Who Live S1E4 titled What We. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 159 – TWD:TOWL – Gone (S1E2)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 07 Mar 2024 13:45:55 +0000

Michonne finds friends in her search for Rick, they all die, wash, rinse, repeat. lol

For episode 159 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through The Walking Dead: The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 2, titled Gone. It was written by Nana Nkweti and Channing Powell and directed by Bert and Bertie. Michonne finds unexpected help on her search for Rick.

How's it going, survivors! We have a Michonne-centric episode this time, and on her search for Rick, she comes across a marriage band of constant walking around the group. She makes some friends and gets them all killed. LOL, that is the constant with anyone who seems to cross paths with our group. Anyway, the bright side is that Michonne, having almost been killed by the CRM, heartstopping realization at Bridgers Terminal, finally finds Rick. While this was a great and long-awaited reunion, it came at the price of her capture from the CRM. But, with Rick guiding the way to bring her into his world, we can see that the CRM has no idea what they are in for. Well, maybe everyone but Jadis. Oh Jadis, formerly known as the trash lady. She knows Michonne is there, and she has some choice words for Rick. We don’t know how long these two have crossed paths but this adds an extra layer of difficulty for any plan for Rick to escape with Michonne. We will just have to see how all of this plays out.

So Enjoy as Kyle and LT (Brian will hopefully be with us next week) as they discuss The Walking Dead: The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 2, titled Gone

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Gone. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Ones Who Live S1E3 titled Bye. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 158 – TWD:TOWL – Years (S1E1)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 29 Feb 2024 12:47:21 +0000

We Are Back!

For episode 158 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT and Brian talk through The Walking Dead: The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 1, titled Years. It was written by Scott M. Gimple, Danai Gurira, and Andrew Lincoln and directed by Bert and Bertie. Rick tries to find his place in a new world.

We’re back! It feels great to be reunited with our favorite characters in The Walking Dead. The series picks up with the aftermath of the bridge explosion and Rick’s fate after Jadis takes him away to the CRM. Over the years, we’ve had glimpses into this organization, but now we’re getting a closer look. We’ve had some idea of what the A’s and B’s were, but now we know exactly what they mean. Despite Rick’s attempts to escape, the CRM leadership has a different plan for him. In any case, the first episode of the series was fantastic, and we’re excited to see where it takes us.

So enjoy as Kyle, LT, Brian, and all of our listener's feedback discuss The Walking Dead, The Ones Who Live, Season 1, Episode 1, titled Years.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Years. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Ones Who Live S1E2 titled Gone. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

For episode 157 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Dead City Edition, Brian, Kyle, and LT talk through The Walking Dead: Dead City, Season 1, Episode 6, titled Doma Smo. Written by Eli Jorne and directed by Gandja Monteiro. Tensions between Maggie and Negan come to a Head; Ginny's search continues; questions arise around Armstrong's path forward.

It was all about the Methane.

Hey Survivors! Well, we have come to an end with a new beginning with the announcement of Season 2 of Dead City. Am I the only one who thought that they originally were saying this was just a 6 episode mini-series or something like that? That's what I thought coming in, but after we got into episode 3, it just felt like there was no way they were going to be able to wrap it up, so there had to be more coming. Anyway.

So with this episode and season finale, we get what the main story is going to be. The Croat, with his lady friend, wanted Negan, based on his reputation, to come in and start a franchise with his persuasion skills to unite the boroughs of New York to protect against the coming threat of the outside, i.e. New Babylon. Because they have methane which is a resource to run civilization off the dead. Maggie gets what she wants except killing Negan, and that she seems to be suffering from bipolar disorder with all the back and forth in almost every scene. One minute it looks like she has a bit of compassion on Negan, knowing what he's going through for all the bad he has done to outright crazy eye Kill Kill Kill. And if this was the plan the whole time, why would she jeopardize Herschel by offing Negan? It just didn't make sense. Anyway, Ginny finally speaks her first words.. the whole three or four of them for the entire season, and Negan basically tells her.. hey I killed your dad now, scram. So whatever that means going forward. This season really just didn't land on the expectations we had for this show. And again, we are rehashing a lot of stuff we have already seen. So it just isn't all that interesting and just leaving us with a big o' Meh for whatever they have for us in Season 2. We hope we are wrong, but I'm not holding my breath.

Brian takes the lead in our discussion, so enjoy as Brian, Kyle, and LT, discuss The Walking Dead: Dead City Season 1 Finale, Episode 6 titled Doom Smo.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:06 Before Episode Discussion 00:01:45 Episode Discussion 00:02:31 Ratings 00:04:34 Awesome Sauce 00:23:53 Weak Sauce 01:03:17 What Sauce 01:23:20 Sad Sauce 01:33:22 Feedback 01:55:49 News, Ratings, and Info 02:04:07 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down overall and Parrots were up.

Ratings for S1E6 Doma Smo were down in viewers. Doma Smo had 618,000 thousand viewers, down from S1E5 Stories We Tell Ourselves which had 701,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead is not on so we don't know if it will return.

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 2 Episode 3

Brian here! And we are back! This time out, LT and I talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, S2E3 titled Tomorrow and Tomorrow and Tomorrow. This episode was written by David Reed and directed by Amanda Row. Overall, though we liked the episode, we both rated it the lowest episode so far. We both had some issues with the problematic aspects of the implications to the timeline. Enjoy!

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 013 - Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S2E3 00:00:36 Intro 00:02:36 Feedback from Last Podcast 00:05:36 About the Episode 00:06:24 Ratings 00:07:18 Yeses 00:20:57 Nos 00:33:22 Not Good Enoughs 00:49:21 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 00:53:23 Our Notes 00:54:40 Spot the References 01:01:34 Shipwide Announcements 01:03:10 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. We also have a Strange New Worlds feed available on Apple Podcasts!

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. You can leave us a review on several different platforms here. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to access our Patreon episodes.

Sign up for Paramount+! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as Paramount+ gives us a small referral fee and it costs you nothing!

TWDTT 156 – TWD:DC – Stories We Tell Ourselves (S1E5)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 20 Jul 2023 19:01:54 +0000

Talking Through Stories We Tell Ourselves!

For episode 156 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Dead City Edition, LT, Kyle, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead: Dead City, Season 1, Episode 5, titled Stories We Tell Ourselves. Written by Brenna Kouf and directed by Gandja Monteiro. Truths are unearthed and motives are revealed as Maggie, Negan and the others travel further into the city's depths.

Big Walker Boss was the Boss of this episode but most everything else was a snooze.

Hey survivors, Well, it looks like not only did you all not really like this episode, we were in the same boat. The Negan and Marshall interaction was pretty good, but the Maggie and Ginny sewer adventures were kind of boring. In true red shirt fashion, the Leftover Yorkers, Amaia and Tommaso, were taken out by walkers that you could see from a mile away. I mean, really, taking a break in the middle of a room full of staked dead bodies, and you don't even think to yourself, maybe one of these is a walker that could kill me? I mean, come on. It was a missed opportunity by the writers when just after that, we got one of the most creative walkers we have ever seen. The Walker King was so freaking and terrifying. It was the best part of this episode by far, and they could have used that scene better than what we got. Also, we didn't know her name or what she was being called, but Glynis referred to the new character as The Dama. Who is she? Why are we just not seeing her with only one more episode to go? So The Croat is not the main villain and who are these other people we saw there? So many questions, and are we even going to get an answer? Brian made a good point in that the sneak peek for next week did not refer to that episode as the finale, so is this show really over? Or were they holding back news that we are getting more? because from how it feels there is not enough time to wrap this all up with just one more episode. So that will be something we will see next week.

So Enjoy as LT, Kyle, and Brian discuss this week's episode, Stories We Tell Ourselves.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:04 Before Episode Discussion 00:03:07 Episode Discussion 00:03:34 Ratings 00:08:24 Awesome Sauce 00:22:02 Weak Sauce 00:47:55 What Sauce 01:13:08 Sad Sauce 01:30:25 Feedback 01:42:04 News, Ratings, and Info 01:54:17 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were steady but are gaining on the Parrots!

Ratings for S1E5 Stories We Tell Ourselves were up a little in viewers. Stories We Tell Ourselves had 701,000 thousand viewers, up from S1E4 Everybody Wins A Prize which had 697,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead is not on so we don't know if it will return.

Send in your feedback!

Talking Through Everybody Wins A Prize!

For episode 155 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Dead City Edition, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead: Dead City, Season 1, Episode 4, titled Everybody Wins A Prize. Written by Eli Jorne and directed by Kevin Dowling. Maggie and Negan carry out an attack, but not everything unfolds according to plan; Ginny and Armstrong each make unexpected contact with others.

Maggie and Yorkers in a walker cage match, and Negan reconnects with an old friend.

Hey survivors, here is this week's episode covering The Walking Dead: Dead City Season 1 Episode 4, titled Everybody Wins a Prize.

So things are starting to heat up with one side, Maggie and the Yorker leftovers, and their plus one, Ginny. Ugh, this non-speaking character is really becoming annoying because what is the point of her? She is just there, doing nothing for the story besides being a distraction. We, as well as you listeners, have the same questions we do. Where does she fit in all this, and will we even see something? If you asked me, they could have just left her out of the whole season.

Negan is on the other side playing hide and go seek, or tag your it, or whatever with The Croat. We did get more backstory on The Croat and a guest appearance from Simon, which was unexpected but so great to see. It really did make the episode better and made for some fun scenes between him and Negan. Next week looks interesting as well because, at this point, the arena is filled with walkers, and everyone bailed to go somewhere else.

Anyway, great feedback, as always. We have two more episodes left, so let's hope they stick the landing and give us some entertaining television.

So Enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss this week's episode, Everybody Wins A Prize.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:04 Before Episode Discussion 00:04:19 Episode Discussion 00:04:55 Ratings 00:07:20 Awesome Sauce 00:29:12 Weak Sauce 00:41:07 What Sauce 01:07:17 Sad Sauce 01:12:51 Feedback 01:41:44 News, Ratings, and Info 01:46:06 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were steady, with this week having just a few more viewers than last week!

Ratings for S1E4 Everybody Wins A Prize were up a little in viewers. Everybody Wins A Prize had 697,000 thousand viewers, up from S1E3 People Are A Resource which had 681,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead is not on so we don't know if it will return.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Everybody Wins A Prize. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead:Dead City S1E5 titled Stories We Tell Ours

TWDTT 154 – TWD:DC – People Are A Resource (S1E3)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 07 Jul 2023 12:13:41 +0000

Talking Through People Are A Resource!

For episode 154 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Dead City Edition, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead: Dead City, Season 1, Episode 3, titled People Are A Resource. Written by Keith Staskiewicz and directed by Kevin Dowling. Dark instincts reveal themselves as Maggie and Negan form a strategy; Armstrong is tested; Ginny embarks on a daring journey.

Negan pulls a Negan, Maggie hates dinosaurs and the Croat dislikes rotten meat!

This was another centric episode of Negan being Negan. That speech he gave to convince the Yorkers to stand up against The Croat was such an awesome scene, and Maggie seemingly put aside her dislike for Negan, but then we also see that there is something more to her story than what we have been seeing. What motives does she really have? Why exactly did The Croat take Hershel? Was it really what she said it was? I guess we will see because she seems to be hiding something.

Jenny is in New York, and this whole story thread of hers just seems like a setup to put Negan in a tight spot with someone he cares about when he faces The Croat. Otherwise, why is she even here? That goes for The Marshal. These side stories, while interesting, just seem like we could have done without with a six episode season. But at least it seems like, with three episodes down, they are moving right along to what we can only tell will be an epic battle. Also, it's pretty interesting that, once again, Negan being Negan, he kills Luther, well, he was defending himself, but still the outcome was his death which is going to really put him in a pickle trying to keep the Yorkers on the mission. Also, what is Maggie going to think?

So, Enjoy as Brian, Kyle, and LT discuss The Walking Dead: Dead City, Season 1, Episode 3, People Are A Resource.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:56 Before Episode Discussion 00:01:44 Episode Discussion 00:02:39 Ratings 00:04:41 Awesome Sauce 00:22:47 Weak Sauce 00:41:19 What Sauce 00:50:30 Sad Sauce 00:57:52 Feedback 01:13:25 News, Ratings, and Info 01:18:12 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were the same but just a few less viewers!

Ratings for S1E3 People Are A Resource were down a little in viewers but the same from last week's episode. People Are A Resource got a 0.14 in the 18-49 demographic, with 681,000 thousand viewers, the same from S1E2 Who's There which got a 0.14 in the 18-49 demographic and 706,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead is not on so we don't know if it will return.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for People Are A Resource. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead:Dea

STSNWTT 012 – Ad Astra Per Aspera (S2E2)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 06 Jul 2023 07:36:24 +0000

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 2 Episode 2 - Ad Astra Per Aspera

Brian here! And we are back! This time out, LT and I talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, S2E2 titled Ad Astra Per Aspera. This episode was written by Dana Horgan and directed by Valerie Weiss. Overall, LT rated it the lowest episode so far, and the first sub-9.0 rating for the series, while I liked it a little more than LT.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 012 - Ad Astra Per Aspera (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S2E2) 00:00:36 Intro 00:02:10 Additional commentary on last week's episode 00:04:45 About Ad Astra Per Aspera 00:06:54 Ratings 00:09:38 Yeses 00:25:39 Nos 00:34:03 Not Good Enoughs 00:56:54 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback) 01:12:49 Our Notes 01:13:47 Spot the References 01:19:48 Shipwide Announcements 01:35:15 Wrap Up

Links to us...

TWDTT 153 – TWD:DC – Who’s There? (S1E2)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 29 Jun 2023 11:05:05 +0000

Talking Through Who's There?!

For episode 153 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Dead City Edition, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead: Dead City, Season 1, Episode 2, titled Who's There? Written by Eli Jorne and directed by Loren Yaconelli. Maggie and Negan encounter native New Yorkers; Armstrong revisits a trauma; Ginny attempts to adapt to change.

Negan and Maggie meet some New Yorkers!

This was another good episode with Negan reverting back to his old ways but for good. He's not hurting anyone but bad people. Maggie obviously is still suffering from PTSD from what Negan did back in the day. And we understand that but just feel like this disconnect between what we saw in the finale of The Walking Dead to where we are now. 2 years later. So yeah, I get it, but hopefully, she can get past it, use Negan's abilities, and save Hearsel from the Throat. .... um.. Croat (spell check). WTH?! lol. So enjoy as LT, Kyle, and Brian discuss The Walking Dead: Dead City, Season 1, Episode 2, Who's There?.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:04 Before Episode Discussion 00:17:50 Episode Discussion 00:18:20 Ratings 00:20:12 Awesome Sauce 00:47:37 Weak Sauce 01:01:27 What Sauce 01:31:37 Sad Sauce 01:36:56 Feedback 02:08:10 News, Ratings, and Info 02:22:59 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down just a little but still high for a new Walking Dead show!

Ratings for S1E2 Who's There were down a little from the premiere of Dead City. Who's There got a 0.14 in the 18-49 demographic, with 706,000 thousand viewers, down from S1E1 Old Acquaintance which got a 0.17 in the 18-49 demographic and 704,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead is not on so we don't know if it will return.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Who's There. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead:Dead City S1E3 titled People Are a Resource. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call and leave a voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough. We want to start offering Patrons a real reason to stay on our Patreon and to get more people to become Patrons. As such, we are going to start experimenting with bringing you some new

STSNWTT 011 – The Broken Circle (S2E1)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 27 Jun 2023 07:55:36 +0000

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 2 Episode 1 - The Broken Circle

Brian here! And we are back after another unexpected long hiatus. This time out, LT and I talk through the second season premiere of Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, S2E1 titled The Broken Circle. This episode was written by Henry Alonso Myers & Akiva Goldsman and directed by Chris Fisher. Overall, while we still loved this episode, LT rated it the lowest so far, and while I liked it a little more than LT, I thought it did not have enough of Captain Pike.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 011 - The Broken Circle (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S2E1) 00:00:36 Intro 00:05:54 About The Broken Circle 00:07:05 Ratings 00:08:44 Yeses 00:31:35 Nos 00:39:56 Not Good Enoughs 00:53:34 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback/Our Notes) 00:57:03 Spot the References 01:05:52 Shipwide Announcements 01:10:21 Wrap Up

Links to us...

FTWDTT 105 – All I See Is Red (S8E6) / TWD:DC – Old Acquaintances (S1E1)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 22 Jun 2023 12:47:37 +0000

Talking Through All I See Is Red and Dead City Old Acquaintances!

For this episode 105 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through the mid-season finale, Season 8 Episode 6 of Fear the Walking Dead titled All I See Is Red, written by Andrew Chambliss & Ian Goldberg and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. They also discuss the premiere of The Walking Dead: Dead City, Season 1, Episode 1, titled Old Acquaintances. Fear's episode description: Morgan fights his past as he and Madison race to stop PADRE expansion.

Little Mo faces death straight in the face and fails.

Hey Survivors! Wow, did we get some walking dead action last Sunday. Fear finally wrapped up PADRE baby snatching ways and sent it off with some much-needed deaths; Mogan relapsed into his 'Clear' ways, but with some help from Madison and little Mo was able to recover and looks like he is on to new and better things with little Mo in tow. Madison is taking the show's reins for the back half, and while some have speculated that Troy Otto is returning, LT has another idea, and I think we agree with his speculation. But we will have to see when Fear returns this fall.

Now, on to something bigger and badder. The Walking Dead: Dead City premiered, and did it bring some of the O'Walking Days of yor to our television screens. There were some questions about what was going on with the Marshall on one end, The Croat on the other, and Maggie and Negan in the middle. What is the connection, if any, between the Marshall and the Croat? Is he just the big main baddie or the Marshall? Why does he have little... well, now much older Herschel. Anyway, there are many questions, and I hope we get some decent answers. The atmosphere of Manhattan was stellar, and many fun, creepy tense moments have been a long time coming. So we are looking forward to the next 5 episodes and a fun ride.

Some good news: Brian could finally join us on the podcast. He only has seen episode 1 of Season 8 Fear, but if he is able to catch up we will hear his thoughts. But in the meantime, he should be able to join us while we cover Dead City, and so happy he can join us. We've miss you, Brian.

So enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss this double feature episode of Fear the Walking Dead, Mid-Season Finale of Season 8, Episode 6, ALL I SEE IS RED, and the premiere of The Walking Dead:Dead City, Season 1, Episode 1, Old Acquaintance.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:54 Before Episode Discussion 00:09:20 Episode Discussion 00:10:32 Ratings 00:12:36 Awesome Sauce 00:30:02 Weak Sauce 00:44:52 What Sauce 01:07:28 Sad Sauce 01:10:20 Feedback 01:26:30 Dead City Episode Discussion 01:30:37 Dead City Awesome 01:47:11 Dead City Weak 02:05:59 Dead City What 02:28:56 Dead City Sad 02:34:31 Dead City Feedback 02:43:51 News, Ratings and Info 02:56:51 Interact/Support to End

Ratings for the first half of Fear were somewhat steady but low overall, and because of the holiday, we didn't get ratings for the mid-season finale or the premiere of Dead City. So Stay Tuned.

Ratings for the first half of Fear are as follow.

S8E1: 0.09 18-49 with 556,000 viewers, 0.16 25-54 and 0.36 in the 50+, landing at #43 in the top 50 Original Cable Telecasts S8E2: 0.07 18-49 with 465,000 viewers, landing at #52 in the top 50 Original Cable Telecasts S8E3: 0.06 18-49 with 465,000 viewers, 0.11 25-54 and 0.31 in the 50+, landing at #39 in the top 50 Original Cable Telecasts S8E4: 0.08 18-49 with 461,000 viewers, 0.11

FTWDTT 104 – More Time Than You Know (S8E5)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 15 Jun 2023 12:25:24 +0000

Talking Through More Time Than You Know!

For this episode 104 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through Season 8 Episode 5 of Fear the Walking Dead titled More Time Than You Know, written by David Johnson & Calaya Michelle Stallworth and directed by Heather Cappielo. The heroes fight the clock and PADRE's forces.

Little Mo faces death straight in the face and fails.

What can we say about this episode other than we have seen this before with a more significant impact than what we got. We appreciate the actors giving it their all, but this final season of Fear is really a mess, and it's not much fun to watch. We love our listeners and are so happy you are all staying with us, but we have more exciting things ahead with the walking dead, so while Fear is not giving us what we want, I hope we will get that with Dead City. In any case, this episode at least put a stomp on this radiation being a cure for walker bites and let reality set in for our characters. With just one more episode till the mid-season break, we all will have to see what these showrunners threw at the wall and thought what stuck. Oh, and Daniel is the best with his Nope to the Nope Nope Nope when Morgan asks for help. That was just fun to see.

So, without delay, join Kyle and LT as they discuss this episode of Fear the Walking Dead, Season 8, Episode 5 - (Little Mo took) More Time Than You Know.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:55 Before Episode Discussion 00:04:04 Episode Discussion 00:05:00 Ratings 00:07:53 Awesome Sauce 00:18:15 Weak Sauce 00:37:37 What Sauce 00:49:39 Sad Sauce 00:55:53 Feedback 01:10:36 News, Ratings and Info 01:11:05 Interact/Support to End

We decided to skip ratings until the mid-season finale.

We decided to hold off on ratings until we get to the mid-season finale and see how this pans out. So if you are interested in ratings of Fear, stay tuned.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for More Time Than You Know. Our next episode will cover the mid-season finale, Season 8, Episode 6, titled All I See Is Red. We will also be covering the premiere of The Walking Dead: Dead City, Season 1, Episode 1, titled Old Acquaintances. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also email us at walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

Talking Through King County!

For this episode 103 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through Season 8 Episode 4 of Fear the Walking Dead titled King County, written by Ian Goldberg and Andrew Chambliss and directed by Kenneth Requa. Morgan's return to King County gets complicated when PADRE comes to collect.

Morgan Clears his Past with Grace and Mo.

What a great episode featuring Morgan and revisiting a classic location from Season 1 of TWD. While Dwight and Sherry joined in with some PADRE people overall we got a good story with Morgan. It didn't really fit in the main storyline since we never really got any reason why Morgan has been thinking about his family after all this time and also the wonky distance from where King County is to where PADRE is. They just magically just speed travel to anywhere in the country it seems. In any case some good stuff in a otherwise ridiculous season of Fear.

So join Kyle and LT as they discuss this episode of Fear the Walking Dead, Season 8, Episode 4 - King County

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:54 Before Episode Discussion 00:06:55 Episode Discussion 00:07:45 Ratings 00:12:36 Awesome Sauce 00:27:37 Weak Sauce 00:36:38 What Sauce 00:57:56 Sad Sauce 01:03:49 Feedback 01:11:55 News, Ratings and Info 01:17:23 Interact/Support to End

We decided to skip ratings until the mid-season finale.

We decided to hold off on ratings until we get to the mid-season finale and see how this pans out. So if you are interested in ratings of Fear, stay tuned.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for King County. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 8, Episode 5, titled More Time Than You Know. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also email us at walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

We are going to try offering Patrons early access to our regular episodes. These versions of the episodes will be less polished than the final version of the podcast, will largely be uncensored,

FTWDTT 102 – Odessa (S8E3)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 01 Jun 2023 11:51:24 +0000

Talking Through Odessa!

For this episode 102 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through Season 8 Episode 3 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Odessa, written by Ian Goldberg and Andrew Chambliss and directed by Ron Underwood. Mo's hunt to prove PADRE's true intentions has her in over her head as she's drawn into the larger web of secrets.

P.A.D.R.E. beginnings are revealed, but the Lord of the Flies' outcome is not believable.

So, we finally got some backstory on P.A.D.R.E., which was nice to have after all this time, but the current state just left us with many more questions and didn't make much sense. But this is what we've come to expect from these showrunners. Throwing stuff to the wall and taking what probably stuck for like 2 seconds and then just running with it. So we find out the children of the early beginnings of P.A.D.R.E. experienced the typical ZA trama, dad getting eaten by walkers because one of them with their stupid antics caused it, and here we are. Shrike, otherwise formally known as Sam, and her brother Ben took over P.A.D.R.E. instead of helping others, and they started stealing kids from their parents for who only knows why, so that is the story. We can only guess how this ends up, but we really can. P.A.D.R.E. will fall, and hopefully, the misguided duo will die, and everyone will scatter into the wind on another adventure. We do get Madison getting the ultimate guilt trip with the realization of showing everyone else that P.A.D.R.E. is a lie. She killed DOVE's mom, so this, in turn, leads to the plot decision that only Morgan is the answer. Yeah, okay, we get it. This is, in the end, the Morgan show. We do get the one only awesome part of this episode. The return of Daniel, who, with his group of angry parents, starts their plan to take on P.A.D.R.E with the help of Madison and the gang, so we will see how that goes. We only have three episodes left until the mid-season finale, so you have my guess as to what to expect.

So join Kyle and LT as they discuss this episode of Fear the Walking Dead, Season 8, Episode 3 - Odessa.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:56 Before Episode Discussion 00:01:10 Episode Discussion 00:01:41 Ratings 00:04:37 Awesome Sauce 00:14:46 Weak Sauce 00:35:10 What Sauce 00:51:57 Sad Sauce 00:54:15 Feedback 01:11:56 News, Ratings and Info 01:13:48 Interact/Support to End

We decided to skip ratings until the mid-season finale.

We decided to hold off on ratings until we get to the mid-season finale and see how this pans out. So if you are interested in ratings of Fear, stay tuned.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Odessa. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 8, Episode 4, titled King County. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at Talking Through Blue Jay!

For this episode 101 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through Season 8 Episode 2 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Blue Jay, written by Ian Goldberg and Andrew Chambliss and directed by Heather Cappielo. After fleeing PADRE, June's safety and solitude is threatened by an unwelcome reunion and a desperate father's search for his missing daughter.

How many fingers am I holding up?

Man, June has some issues with fingers in this episode. Talk about being a collector. So we get a reunion that ends up with some surprises. A new character that, as we know, Fear likes to introduce us to someone only to take them away. Padre either doesn't have the manpower to conduct a search for someone that for years has been a thorn in their side and some more secrets to wag a finger at. This episode was better with some very emotional tension between June and the return of Dwight and Sherry and the surprise that Sherry did have her baby, and they have been keeping their son a secret from him and Padre. Things get dicey, and some shocking moments happen in this episode. So hopefully, this continues because we really want this season to be decent.

So join Kyle and LT as they discuss the June-centric episode of Fear the Walking Dead, Season 8, Episode 2 - Blue Jay.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:55 Before Episode Discussion 00:12:38 Episode Discussion 00:13:07 Ratings 00:17:26 Awesome Sauce 00:24:32 Weak Sauce 00:31:59 What Sauce 00:50:51 Sad Sauce 00:58:12 Feedback 01:06:58 News, Ratings and Info 01:08:28 Interact/Support to End

We decided to skip ratings until the mid-season finale.

We decided to hold off on ratings until we get to the mid-season finale and see how this pans out. So if you are interested in ratings of Fear, stay tuned.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Blue Jay. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 8, Episode 3, titled Odessa. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also email us at walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

FTWDTT 100 – Remember What They Took From You. (S8E1)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 18 May 2023 15:46:29 +0000

Talking Through RWTTFU!

For this episode 100 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through Season 8 Episode 1 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Remember What They Took From You, written by Ian Goldberg and Andrew Chambliss and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. After going undercover at PADRE, Morgan and Madison find themselves back at odds trying to do what's best for Mo while struggling to accept their new lives under the watchful eye of PADRE.

What the hell is happening?

What is really happening. can you tell me? Haha, well, I guess PADRE is happening with a teen Mo at the helm. So we got the anticipated time jump of seven years which puts the timeline with the main show, so I guess that is good. I doubt we will get any kind of crossover, but who knows if giving the time jump had anything to do with anything.

So we get the introduction to what the hell is happening with Mo, who is all grown up living under the umbrellas of the baby snatchers. She is being trained for something, and Maddison is locked up for some reason. In a super easy escape with Mo, Madison and Morgan are reunited, but things don't seem to be friendly. And we hear that some of our characters are still alive and working for Padre, but Strand is MIA. So there is that. This episode was okay, but still, what the hell is happening, and at this point, is there any reason to care? I guess we will see as the season continues. So Enjoy, and Kyle and LT discuss Fear the Walking Dead, Season 8, Episode 1 - What the Hell is Happ.....um, no... Remember What They Took From You (for us, years of our lives watching this show, lol).

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:55 Episode Discussion 00:02:11 Ratings 00:03:51 Awesome Sauce 00:11:43 Weak Sauce 00:19:39 What Sauce 00:31:36 Sad Sauce 00:34:02 Feedback 00:38:47 Interact/Support to End

We decided to skip ratings until the mid-season finale.

We decided to hold off on ratings until we get to the mid-season finale and see how this pans out. So if you are interested in ratings of Fear, stay tuned.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for RWTTFU. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 8, Episode 2, titled Blue Jay. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also email us at walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

TWDTT 151 – Family (S11E23)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 17 Nov 2022 12:45:55 +0000

Pamela is headed for a beatdown, and she better!

For episode 151 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 23, titled Family. Written by Magli Lozano & Erik Mountain & Kevin Deiboldt and directed by Sharat Raju. The Alexandrians and the prisoners head back to the Commonwealth to confront Pamela Milton. Meanwhile, a swarm approaches the city.

The Grimes curse strikes again, Pamela is on her last leg and shows just how much she feels about her citizen of The Commonwealth, and our people get in a variant-level sticky situation!

Hey Survivors! Here is the penultimate episode of The Walking Dead Series. Just one more to go, and after 12 years, our beloved show is ending. But not forever with all the spinoffs, and who knows what they will come up with (something better than Tales, lol). We have another explosive episode with Pamela showing more of her evilness that will not, I Say Will Not, be redeemable. The stormtroopers keep the streak of incompetence for a force that was believed to be feared... lol. And walkers that have more undead skills than we've ever been shown before since back to Season 1. And yes, the shocking cruse of the Grimes shows its ugly head again with a shot heard around the Walking Dead Universe. These poor Grimes children sure have some terrible luck. But Kyle is not too worried because he thinks there is some plot armor surrounding Judith Grimes, so he feels we will not see the end of her story. So Enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss the penultimate episode of the series. The Walking Dead, Season 11, Episode 23, titled Family.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:04 Before Episode Discussion 00:02:07 Episode Discussion 00:02:52 Ratings 00:05:30 Awesome Sauce 00:21:41 Weak Sauce 00:45:50 What Sauce 01:01:30 Oh Hell No Sauce 01:07:58 Sad Sauce 01:16:58 Feedback 01:53:50 News, Ratings, and Info 02:09:31 Interact/Support to End

Ratings got a bump up, and that is good!

Ratings for S11E23 Family got a nice bump up. Family got a 0.31 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.468 million viewers, up from S11E22 Faith, which got a 0.28 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.386 million viewers. Talking Dead was up and got a 0.07 in the 18-49 with 375,000 viewers. I can see for the finale of the series that we will get very high ratings next week. Hopefully, we will get some news on the future as well.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Family. For our next episode, we'll be covering the Finale of The Walking Dead Series S11E24 titled Rest in Peace. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on o

TWDTT 150 – Faith (S11E22)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 12 Nov 2022 22:42:21 +0000

It's our 150th Episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through!

For episode 150 (Yippie!) of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 22, titled Faith. Written by Nicole Mirante-Matthews & Magali Lozano and directed by Rose Troche. Ezekiel and Negan plan a labor revolt. Eugene stands trial.

It's time to break out of this joint and find the kids!

Wow, another stellar episode this week with amazing acting by the cast, a showdown at Alexandria's newly turned Outpost of misfit toys, and an epic walker nom nom nom by the wrath of Rosita's hand. This is just getting so good and a heaping bucket of sad sauce, knowing that we only have two episodes left of the series. We hit a fantastic mark with our 150th episode of TWDTT. We love doing this, and we are beyond thankful for all of you listeners that have joined us on this ride all these years. We are not done, as we still have more Walking Dead in our futures, and we hope you all join us for the years to come. So with that, enjoy as Kyle, LT and Brian discuss The Walking Dead, Season 11, Episode 22, titled Faith.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:05 Before Episode Discussion 00:02:51 Episode Discussion 00:03:19 Ratings 00:07:43 Awesome Sauce 00:40:47 Weak Sauce 00:47:30 What Sauce 00:56:42 Oh Hell No Sauce 01:01:47 Sad Sauce 01:06:56 Feedback 01:50:01 News, Ratings, and Info 02:03:36 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down again but still steady!

Ratings for S11E22 Faith were down a little but steady. Faith got a 0.28 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.386 million viewers, down from S11E21 Outpost 22, which got a 0.29 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.495s million viewers. Talking Dead was up and got a 0.05 in the 18-49 with 321,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Faith. For our next episode, we'll be covering the penultimate episode of The Walking Dead S11E23 titled Family. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

TWDTT 149 – Outpost 22 (S11E21)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 12 Nov 2022 18:57:44 +0000

The Kids are Gone and a Choo Choo Train!

For episode 149 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 21, titled Outpost 22. Written by Jim Barnes and directed by Tawnia McKiernan. Separated from their children, our survivors track a military convoy to a mysterious destination.

Ezekiel has a heart-to-heart with Negan; Maggie has a moment with a child walker, and Daryl and Carol steal a train from the silly stormtroopers.

This was another great episode that set us up for what we assume will be the final boss battle with Pamela. We know the kids have been taken and our crew is out looking for them. After Rosita, Gabriel, and Maggie make their escape from the stormtroopers, they meet up with Carol and Daryl, and they come across The Commonwealth's working Train! What a prize to take away from Pamela. And it was easy pickings because The Commonwealth's soldiers were pretty incompetent. They really are, and it's making watching them kind of boring. They are not a force to be reckoned with. Anyway, so we find out that after Negan, Ezekiel, and Kelly work the chain gang, they get hauled off to this secret Outpost 22. Which is none other than Alexandria. I mean, what a perfect place for our people to be sent to. We can only imagine how that is going to turn out. So we have only a few more episodes left, and things are moving closer to the big boss battle against Pamela and the Commonwealth. So enjoy as Kyle, LT and Brian discuss The Walking Dead, Season 11 Episode 21, OUtpost 22

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:04 Before Episode Discussion 00:01:36 Episode Discussion 00:01:56 Ratings 00:03:52 Awesome Sauce 00:23:54 Weak Sauce 00:42:35 What Sauce 00:44:55 Oh Hell No Sauce 00:47:09 Sad Sauce 00:52:48 Feedback 01:22:20 News, Ratings, and Info 01:28:59 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were Steady!

Ratings for S11E21 Outpost 22 were down a little but steady. Outpost 22 got a 0.29 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.495 million viewers, up in viewers but down in the 18-49 demo, S11E20 What's Been Lost, which got a 0.30 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.355 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.03 in the 18-49 with 319,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Outpost 22. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E22 titled Faith. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail

STSNWTT 010 – A Quality of Mercy (S1E10)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 05 Nov 2022 12:39:07 +0000

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 10 - All Quality of Mercy

Brian here! And we are back after another unexpected hiatus. This time out, LT and I talk through the first season finale of Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, S1E10 titled A Quality of Mercy. This episode was written by Henry Alonso Myers & Akiva Goldsman and directed by Chris Fisher. Overall, we loved this episode, possibly the best of the season or certainly one of the best, and marks the end of the first season of this incredible show!

We have really sucked this year, and I'll put that on my shoulders. Unfortunately, with a new job and a lot of other things going on otherwise and the same goes for Kyle, and so has everyone else on the team. As a result, we have been unable to get episodes out in any regular or even irregular fashion, but I am hoping that the worst of that is over now and we can finally get back to releasing episodes and eventually catch up. We've got several episodes recorded on the back burner.

More coming... Prodigy AND Lower Decks! Then Picard!

Now that all the Strange New Worlds episodes have been released, LT and I (and hopefully Kyle) will be releasing episodes covering Lower Decks in the coming weeks. We are sorry for the delay. Our hectic schedules have been an issue this year, especially mine, but I hope this will be the first of many episodes released over the next several weeks. We're hoping to catch up by the time Picard Season 3 comes out on February 16th with the remaining Season 2 Picard episodes coming out in the weeks prior to that date. Thankfully, we've also got episodes of Star Trek Prodigy by RebingeIt on this feed, and they are caught up! You'll be hearing those episodes a few days after each Prodigy episode has been released.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 010 - A Quality of Mercy (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E10) 00:00:36 Intro 00:03:18 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:05:20 About The Quality of Mercy 00:06:14 Ratings 00:07:41 Yeses 00:35:31 Nos 00:53:22 Not Good Enoughs 01:10:03 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback) 01:16:14 LT & Brian discuss Season 2… 01:27:27 Spot the References 01:36:57 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:07:06 Wrap Up

Links to us...

Want to participate? Daryl and Carol Team Up, and it's Awesome!

For episode 148 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 20, titled What's Been Lost. Written by Erik Mountain and directed by Aisha Tyler. Daryl and Carol investigate the whereabouts of their friends after Pamela disappeared them from The Commonwealth.

Yumiko throws a wrench in Pamela's plan, and Hornsby finds out what it's like to be on Carol and Daryl's sh$t list.

So we get another great episode with the evil emporior Pamela of many pantsuits, snatching up our people to kick them out of The Commonwealth. Yumiko is put in a tough spot, being forced to prosecute Eugene, and Hornsby goes on a walk with Daryl and Carol and finally gets to the point. Literally. Lol. Brian, Joins us again but has to leave a little early, and LT and Kyle take it from there. Again, you all have some great feedback, and agree that seeing Carol and Daryl together again was really awesome. So Enjoy as Kyle, LT and Brian discuss episode 20, called What's Been Lost.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:04 Before Episode Discussion 00:05:48 Episode Discussion 00:06:56 Ratings 00:10:48 Awesome Sauce 00:39:34 Weak Sauce 00:52:11 What Sauce 01:05:47 Sad Sauce 01:06:59 Feedback 01:30:59 News, Ratings, and Info 01:38:56 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were Steady!

Ratings for S11E20 What's Been Lost were down a little but steady. What's Been Lost got a 0.30 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.355 million viewers, down a little from the last episode, S11E19 Variant, which got a 0.31 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.358 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.05 in the 18-49 with 320,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for What's Been Lost. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E21 titled Outpost 22. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

TWDTT 147 – Variant (S11E19)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 25 Oct 2022 21:25:52 +0000

Milton, Hornsby, and New Walkers, Oh My!

For episode 147 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 19, titled Variant. Written by Vivian Tse and directed by Karen Gaviola. Eugene is on the run. Mercer is tasked to find him. Aaron's group faces a complication on the road.

We get a new walker stalker; Pamela is on a tear about losing Sebastian, and Princess has a real heart-to-heart with Mercer.

Here is another great episode to discuss with some new questions now that we've been introduced more to different kinds of walkers. I don't know what that means for the rest of this finale season, but maybe it has something to do with the spinoffs. Pamela is out for blood, and Eugene is at the end of her deathly stare. She is not the unknowing leader and looks like she is behind some of the dark issues behind the curtain of The Commonwealth. Lance looks like he's on the losing end, but we will have to see. Since this is getting out so late, I'll keep it short again. So, enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss this episode of The Walking Dead, Season 11, Episode 19, titled Variant.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:04 Before Episode Discussion 00:02:26 Episode Discussion 00:03:54 Ratings 00:07:42 Awesome Sauce 00:36:37 Weak Sauce 00:43:31 What Sauce 00:56:25 Oh Hell No Sauce 00:58:37 Sad Sauce 01:03:58 Feedback 01:25:45 News, Ratings and Info 01:36:01 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were Up!

Ratings for S11E19 Variant were up a little more this week. Variant got a 0.31 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.358 million viewers, up a little from the last episode, S11E18 A New Deal, which got a 0.29 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.347 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.04 in the 18-49 with 282,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Variant. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E20 titled What's Been Lost. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough. We want to start offering Patrons a real reason to

TWDTT 146 – A New Deal (S11E18)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 16 Oct 2022 14:39:12 +0000

A very satisfying Episode!

For episode 146 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 18, titled A New Deal. Story by: Corey Reed and Teleplay by: Corey Reed & Kevin Deiboldt and directed by Jeffrey F. January. They also discuss Tales of The Walking Dead, Season 1, Episode 6, titled La Dona.

Pamela Strikes a Deal with the group, and Hornsby is in trouble. Plus, the satisfying ending.

Hey Hey, Survivors! Another great episode and a lot to talk about, and you all have a lot of great feedback to cover. We do cover the final episode of Tales of The Walking Dead, La Dona, so if you want to skip that, jump to the Chapter for Episode Discussion or the 30-minute mark in this episode, and that is where we start covering S11E18. Next week things will be back on schedule (I Hope), so you can expect the podcast to be released at a regular time like last season. So, enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss, in Ruthie's words, a very satisfying episode of The Walking Dead, Season 11, Episode 18, titled A New Deal.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:05 Before Episode Discussion 00:31:33 Episode Discussion 00:32:05 Ratings 00:38:33 Awesome Sauce 00:55:04 Weak Sauce 01:05:26 What Sauce 01:16:45 Oh Hell No Sauce 01:17:16 Sad Sauce 01:22:29 Feedback 01:50:35 News, Ratings and Info 01:58:14 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were Up!

Ratings for S11E18 A New Deal were up a little. A New Deal got a 0.29 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.347 million viewers, up a little from the last episode, S11E17 Lockdown, which got a 0.27 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.185 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.04 in the 18-49 with 339,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for A New Deal. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E19 titled Variant. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

TWDTT 145 – Lockdown (S11E17)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 15 Oct 2022 18:13:21 +0000

We are Back!

For episode 145 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 17, titled Lockdown. It was written by Julia Ruchman and directed by Greg Nicotero. They also discuss Tales of The Walking Dead, Season 1, Episode 5, titled Davon.

Hornsby goes full throttle on Daryl and the gang, and Pamela has some trouble at home.

Hey, Survivors! We have finally recorded this episode, and here it is. It's so good to be back and catching up since Tales, so you can expect things to get back on schedule with the rest of this final season of The Walking Dead. This was such a great episode, and as we hoped, they are starting Part 3 as intense as ever. I can't believe that this is all coming to an end, but we are just happy to enjoy this ride with you listeners.

A note on a few things we are covering Tales of the Walking Dead Episode 5 on this podcast and will cover Episode 6 on the next one. We didn't want to spend a lot of time on these episodes, but as a way to catch up, we wanted to cover the feedback you left as well as give a little of our own reactions. If you want to skip it, you can jump to the Chapter for Episode Discussion or the 30-minute mark in this episode, and that is where we start covering S11E17. So Enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian cover the return of our beloved show, The Walking Dead, Season 11, Episode 17 - Lockdown.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:04 Before Episode Discussion 00:29:17 Episode Discussion 00:34:38 Ratings 00:37:59 Awesome Sauce 00:57:18 Weak Sauce 01:19:26 What Sauce 01:24:34 What The Hell Sauce 01:26:09 Sad Sauce 01:33:36 Feedback 01:57:14 News, Ratings and Info 02:05:27 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were Okay but down!

Ratings for S11E17 Lockdown were down a little. Lockdown got a 0.27 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.185 million viewers, down a little from the last episode, S11E16 Acts of God, which got a 0.39 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.606 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.06 in the 18-49 with 326,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Lockdown. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E18 titled A New Deal. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 9 - All Those Who Wander

Brian here! And we are back after an unexpected hiatus. This time out, LT and I are joined by Kim from Rebinge Deep Space Nine and Star Trek Prodigy: A RebingeIt Podcast. We talk through S1E9 of Star Trek: Strange New Worlds titled All Those Who Wander. This episode was written by Davy Perez and directed by Christopher J. Byrne. Overall, we loved this new terror-filled take on the Gorn. We thought All Those Who Wander was one of the best of this incredible season of this show!

This first one we're releasing was actually recorded on July 6th. The Patreon version has been out for some time now, but there was a problem publishing the final audio to YouTube and the podcast feed, as the files would not compile properly back when we tried to release this episode back in August; after that, my schedule went haywire and I couldn't even try to fix it. Over the weekend, I finally went back and did a new edit on the audio and that fixed the issue.

More coming...

We have one more Strange New Worlds and three Lower Decks episodes recorded and we'll get them out ASAP. We are sorry for the delay. Our hectic schedules have been an issue this year, especially mine, but I hope this will be the first of many episodes released over the next several weeks. We're hoping to catch up by the time Picard Season 3 comes out on February 16th with the remaining Season 2 Picard episodes coming out in the weeks prior to that date.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 009 - All Those Who Wander (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E9) 00:00:36 Intro 00:02:47 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:05:17 About All Those Who Wander 00:06:58 Ratings 00:09:27 Yeses 00:34:09 Nos 00:55:41 Not Good Enoughs 01:24:56 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback) 01:28:01 Our Notes 01:41:53 Spot the References 01:43:56 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:01:39 Wrap Up

TWDTT 144 – TOTWD – Amy / Dr. Everett (S1E4)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 18 Sep 2022 12:51:50 +0000

Discovery Channel Docuseries that we all didn't know we needed.

For episode 144 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and Brian talk through Tales of The Walking Dead Season 1, Episode 4 titled Amy / Dr. Everett. It was written by Ahmadu Garba and directed by Haifaa al-Mansour. Amy tries to convince Dr. Everett that people need to take back the land from the dead.

LT was unable to join us, so Brian and Kyle take the reigns, cut off some chomper heads and go forth into the wild unknown of the Dead Zone.

This was an interesting episode that Kyle felt left many more questions than it did answers. We do know that they are treating Tales as just being set in The Walking Dead Universe, but there was just so much that they didn't say that left a lot of what, when, where, and how that the focus of the episode between Amy and Dr. Everett got a little lost or just out of focus. Overall, we enjoyed the science part of the episode, but the characters left us a little dry. As with any new show, there are some growing pains, so I hope the showrunner and those behind the scenes can take all the reactions from fans and make future seasons better.

So enjoy as Kyle and Brian discuss Tales of the Walking Dead, Season 1, Episode 4, titled Amy / Dr. Everett.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:05 Before Episode Discussion 00:02:12 Episode Discussion 00:03:17 Ratings 00:07:23 Awesome Sauce 00:20:16 Weak Sauce 00:40:40 What Sauce 00:58:31 Sad Sauce 01:03:32 Feedback 01:32:29 News, Ratings and Info 01:37:35 Interact/Support to End

Ratings!

Ratings for Tales of the Walking Dead S1E4 Amy / Dr. Everett got a 0.09 in the 18-49 demographic, with 409,000 thousand viewers, down from episode S1E3 Dee, which got a 0.10 in the 18-49 demographic, with 430,000 viewers. There was no Talking Dead, so we don't know if they will come on after episode 6 airs. We will have to wait and see.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Amy / Dr. Everett. For our next episode, we'll be covering Tales of The Walking Dead S1E5 titled Davon. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

TWDTT 143 – TOTWD – Dee (S1E3)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 10 Sep 2022 22:39:19 +0000

We get an insight into Alpha's dark beginnings.

For episode 143 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through Tales of The Walking Dead Season 1, Episode 3 titled Dee. It was written by Channing Powell and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. A story of Dee's evolution. Dee must revisit her violent past in order to protect her child.

Hello, my favorite Survivors! Here is Tales of The Walking Dead, Season 1 Episode 3 titled Dee. This was a really good episode that took us into another glimpse of Alpha's beginnings. There were some questions about where this takes place from what we saw on the main show, but overall, this was a great episode.

So enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss this motherly love of her daughter's survival in the zombie apocalypse episode.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:04 Before Episode Discussion 00:07:49 Episode Discussion 00:08:16 Ratings 00:12:13 Awesome Sauce 00:30:01 Weak Sauce 00:38:29 What Sauce 01:02:09 Sad Sauce 01:11:06 Feedback 01:31:14 News, Ratings and Info 01:43:46 Interact/Support to End

Ratings!

Ratings for Tales of the Walking Dead S1E3 Dee got a 0.10 in the 18-49 demographic, with 430,000 thousand viewers, up from episode S1E2 Blair/Gina, which got a 0.07 in the 18-49 demographic, with 448,000 viewers. There was no Talking Dead, so we don't know if they will come on after episode 6 airs. We will have to wait and see.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Dee. For our next episode, we'll be covering Tales of The Walking Dead S1E4 titled Amy/Dr. Everett. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

Subscribe and Support!

Please remember to subscribe to us on A loopy groundhog day in The Walking Dead Universe.

For episode 142 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through Tales of The Walking Dead Season 1, Episode 2 titled Blair/Gina. It was written by Kari Drake and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. Blair and Gina, hostile co-workers, try to escape the city and each other at the Apocalypse's start.

You spin me right'round, baby, right'round! This made some of your dizzy.

Hey Survivors, Here is the mixed reaction episode of Tales of the Walking Dead. It seems some of you did not enjoy this episode as much as Kyle and Brian did, which is okay. This was a significant departure from anything we have seen from the powers that be. So wonder if they will keep that up this season or maybe after, they will change what Tales will be. I know next week is all about Alpha, so that could be an episode that is more in line with sticking with TWD than just something entirely out of the box but still set in TWDU. In any case, we love to hear all of your thoughts, even if you don't like the episode.

So enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian (happy that he was able to join us this week) discuss this looper of an episode of Tales of the Walking Dead, Season 1, Episode 2, titled Blair/Gina.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:05 Before Episode Discussion 00:04:43 Episode Discussion 00:05:07 Ratings 00:07:44 Awesome Sauce 00:25:00 Weak Sauce 00:27:36 What Sauce 00:36:30 Sad Sauce 00:38:59 Feedback 00:59:24 News, Ratings and Info 01:04:05 Interact/Support to End

Ratings!

Ratings for Tales of the Walking Dead S1E2 Blair/Gina got a 0.07 in the 18-49 demographic, with 448,000 thousand viewers, down from episode S1E1 Evie/Joe, which got a 0.09 in the 18-49 demographic, with 572,000 viewers. There was no Talking Dead, so we don't know if they will come on after episode 6 airs. We will have to wait and see.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Blair/Gina. For our next episode, we'll be covering Tales of The Walking Dead S1E3 titled Dee. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough.

STSNWTT 008 – The Elysian Kingdom (S1E8)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 25 Aug 2022 08:40:43 +0000

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 8 - The Elysian Kingdom

Brian here! And we're back! LT and I talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Season 1 Episode 8, titled The Elysian Kingdom. This episode was written by Akela Cooper & Onitra Johnson, and Amanda Row directed it. This episode was a lot of fun. We all thought it was a great episode and it's Trey's favorite of the season so far!

We still haven't recorded the finale yet...

Good news and bad news listeners. I've got a new job, and I'm still working part-time at the old job. I've also got a lot going on at home right now that hasn't relented. All of that means that we STILL haven't recorded the finale episode yet. I am going to try to get that done before I travel out of state.

We're going to start doing things differently, starting with episode 10...

It's time to make some radical changes. Starting with episode 10, the episodes will be edited much less than they are currently. We'll have something new for Patreons. We will have more information on that as we get closer.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 008 - The Elysian Kingdom (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E8) 00:00:36 Intro 00:02:18 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:06:27 About The Elysian Kingdom 00:07:16 Ratings 00:08:52 Yeses 00:22:07 Nos 00:34:02 Not Good Enoughs 00:50:20 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback) 00:58:11 Our Notes 00:59:56 Spot the References 01:07:53 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:17:44 Wrap Up

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review<

STSNWTT 007 – The Serene Squall (S1E7)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 21 Aug 2022 04:43:02 +0000

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 7 - The Serene Squall

Brian here! And we're back! LT and I talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Season 1 Episode 7, titled The Serene Squall. This episode was written by Beau DeMayo & Sarah Tarkoff, and Sydney Freeland directed it. This episode brings in a new villain and hints at an old one. Although we enjoyed this episode and liked it a lot, we both agreed that it was our least favorite episode this season. That said, it's the seventh episode in a row getting a 9.25 or higher from us, so we're not complaining!

We still haven't recorded the finale yet...

We're going to start doing things differently, starting with episode 10...

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 007 - The Serene Squall (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E7) 00:00:36 Intro 00:02:11 About The Serene Squall 00:04:03 Ratings 00:07:08 Yeses 00:26:31 Nos 00:31:22 Not Good Enoughs 00:49:54 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback) 00:56:45 Our Notes 00:59:27 Spot the References 01:01:27 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:12:14 Wrap Up

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can Sidecar ride with a hippie and a lonely jock.

For episode 141 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT and a surprise visit from Brian, talk through the Series Premier of Tales of The Walking Dead Season 1, Episode 1 titled Evie/Joe. It was written by Maya Goldsmith and= Ben Sokolowski and directed by Ron Underwood. A prepper leaves his bunker, only to be saddled with a hippie who finagles her way on the ride.

New Series, who dis?

Hey Survivors! We are back to cover the new series, Tales of The Walking Dead. This new series is starting pretty decent, and with five more to go, I hope it stays interesting and fun to watch. This episode had some good things but also some, how do we say it, unrealistic apocalyptic decision-making? Or something like that. Why do these people just leave completely functioning bunkers with tons of supplies to go off into the sunset with nothing but an unloaded gun and a goat? I get that the relationship between Evie and Joe was the point, but still, they could have shown them with backpacks full of gear, which would have made the point. Anyway, still, this was a refreshing return to The Walking Dead Universe for our viewing enjoyment.

Brian was able to pop in from time to time to share his thoughts, and hopefully, he will be able to join us again. If not, he will send in voicemail or written feedback, and we will cover it when we get it. So Enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss Tales of The Walking Dead Season 1 Episode 1, Evie/Joe

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:06 Before Episode Discussion 00:03:36 Episode Discussion 00:04:08 Ratings 00:05:57 Awesome Sauce 00:19:41 Weak Sauce 00:31:12 What Sauce 00:41:39 Sad Sauce 00:42:27 Feedback 01:16:18 News, Ratings and Info 01:21:20 Interact/Support to End

Ratings!

Ratings for the premiere of Tales of the Walking Dead S1E1 Evie/Joe got a 0.09 in the 18-49 demographic, with 572,000 thousand viewers. Taking into consideration that the season finale of World Beyond got a 0.07 with 428,000 thousand viewers and the season 7 finale of Fear got a 0.11 with 710,000 thousand viewers. So right in the middle which isn't bad considering. There was no Talking Dead, so we don't know if they will come on after episode 6 airs. We will have to wait and see.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Evie/Joe. For our next episode, we'll be covering Tales of The Walking Dead S1E2 titled Blair/Gina. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

We are g

TWDTT 140 – TWD News, Previews, and discussion of the upcoming Tales of the Walking Dead!

Talk Through Media — Sat, 13 Aug 2022 01:11:39 +0000

The New Walking Dead Spinoff is almost Here!

For episode 140 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through all the news that came out of Comic-con, the new trailers, and a little bit about the new anthology series Tales of the Walking Dead. Just a little release to get your appetite wet for the new show coming up on Sunday and to get you excited about the future of The Walking Dead Universe. So Enjoy and can't wait to have you all back with us, even if it's only for six weeks. It will be fun.

Send in your feedback!

It's almost here! For our next episode, we'll be covering the new anthology series called Tales of the Walking Dead S1E1 titled Evie/Joe. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

If you are not a Patreon Member of The Walking Dead Talk Through, what are you waiting for? Join Today, get the episode before anyone else, and show your support for our show.

apple podcasts Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 6 - Lift Us Where Suffering Cannot Reach

Brian here! And we're back! Joining LT and me is James Rowan of the Rebinge Deep Space Nine and Star Trek Prodigy by RebingeIt, as we talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Season 1 Episode 6, titled Lift Us Where Suffering Cannot Reach. This episode was written by Robin Wasserman & Bill Wolkoff, and Andi Armaganian directed it. This is the first episode that doesn't focus on any one character and doesn't have any species we have seen before. We all LOVED this episode, but LT and I didn't like it as much as James did. That said, it's the sixth episode in a row getting a 9.5 or higher from us, so we're not complaining!

We still haven't recorded the finale yet...

Episodes 7-9 have been recorded and released to Patreon subscribers. We will work on getting those edited episodes out in the next couple of weeks and are being worked on. We STILL have not yet recorded our episode for the finale yet, so if you're reading this and have feedback, send your feedback ASAP! After those come out, we'll get the remaining Picard episodes out. We were going to have Larry Nemecek join us for the finale but we'll have him on sometime after San Diego ComicCon.

Technical Problems Again...

This episode was fraught with a lag between the three of us, so you may find we sometimes run over each other's sentences. That said, Kim did a great job editing a tough episode that was also long! Thanks Kim!

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 006 - Lift Us Where Suffering Cannot Reach (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E6) 00:00:36 Intro 00:02:42 About Lift Us Where Suffering Cannot Reach 00:05:24 Ratings 00:11:32 Yeses 00:36:16 Nos 00:58:29 Not Good Enoughs 01:22:48 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback) 01:27:46 Our Notes 01:40:42 Spot the References 01:47:45 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:04:53 Wrap Up

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 5 - Spock Amok

Brian here! And we're back! Joining LT and me is Wes Huntington of the Twin Cities Trekkies Podcast, as we talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Season 1 Episode 5, titled Spock Amok. This episode was written by co-executive producer Henry Alonso Myers & Robin Wasserman, and Rachel Leiterman directed it. This episode had a great homage to Amok Time, while also being a good character-based romantic comedy. We all LOVED this episode, but I didn't like it as much as Wes and LT did. However, watching using low bandwidth on my cellphone, my viewing experience wasn't optimal, and I (correctly) thought it affected my impressions of the episode, especially on my first watch. NOTE: Since recording the episode, I finally got to watch it on the big screen, and my rating and overall impression did go up.

We still haven't recorded the finale yet...

Episodes 6-9 have been recorded and released to Patreon subscribers. We will work on getting those edited episodes out in the next couple of weeks and are being worked on. We have not yet recorded our episode for the finale yet, so if you're reading this and have feedback, send your feedback ASAP! After those come out, we'll get the remaining Picard episodes out.

Technical Problems...

You shouldn't notice anything but the iPad was causing us issues. I had to replace all of the sound effects during the editing process.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 005 - Spock Amok (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E5) 00:00:36 Intro 00:03:16 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:16:45 About Spock Amok 00:17:51 Ratings 00:24:30 Yeses 00:45:54 Nos 01:02:29 Not Good Enoughs 01:19:00 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:24:42 Our Notes 01:32:25 Spot the References 01:39:51 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:11:45 Wrap Up

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 4 - Memento Mori

Brian here! And we're back! Joining LT and me is James the Augmented Sailor, as we talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Season 1 Episode 4, titled Memento Mori. This episode was written by co-executive producer Davy Perez & Beau DeMayo, and Dan Liu directed it. We all LOVED this episode, and thought it was one of the best, if not the best, of the season so far!

We're still looking for guest hosts...

At the time of release, we have already recorded episodes 5, 6, and 7. However, we still have spots open for episodes 8, 9, and 10, as well as our Picard episodes 6-10. If you're interested in being a guest host, please let us know. We typically record Strange New Worlds on the weekend, while we have more flexibility with Picard.

Technical Problems...

About an hour into recording, the connection between my recorder/mixer and the computer died, and I was unable to get it working again (until the next day). We had to improvise. James and LT had to hear me using wired headphones, and the soundboard, which included a voice mail and the news over the microphone from the tablet, was played to them by bringing the tablet close to my headphones' microphone. The quality was poor, so you may hear us run over each other. Thankfully, I was still able to record myself using a good microphone and I replaced the soundboard effects manually. You shouldn't notice much of a difference, but I wanted to mention it in case anyone notices.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 004 - Memento Mori (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E4) 00:00:36 Intro 00:04:07 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:40:40 About Memento Mori 00:42:29 Ratings 00:47:13 Yeses 00:59:32 Nos 01:13:17 Not Good Enoughs 01:38:33 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback) 01:56:28 Our Notes 01:58:02 Spot the References 02:02:48 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:11:16 Wrap Up

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to

STPC 022 – Watcher (S2E4)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 15 Jun 2022 23:08:42 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - Season 2 Episode 4 - Watcher

We're back!!! We are finally back to covering episodes of Star Trek: Picard, and on this episode of The Star Trek Picard Cast, Kim and talk through Star Trek: Picard, Season 2 Episode 4, titled Watcher. This teleplay for this episode was written by Juliana James and Jane Maggs and the story was by Travis Fickett and Juliana James. It was directed by Lea Thompson. With time running out to save the future, Picard takes matters into his own hands.

Don't miss Strange New Worlds!

We are actively covering Strange New Worlds as we slowly work through the remaining Picard episodes

Chapters

00:00:00 STPC 022 - Watcher (Star Trek: Picard S2E4) 00:00:47 Intro 00:06:56 About Watcher 00:08:12 Ratings 00:09:26 Yeses 00:25:45 Nos 00:45:15 Not Good Enoughs 00:57:08 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:06:37 Notes 01:10:31 Spot the References 01:16:33 Shipwide Announcements (Parrot Analytics) 01:25:18 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out.

Links to us...

Sign up to Paramount+! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as Paramount+ gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming

STSNWTT 003 – Ghosts of Illyria (S1E3) – Repost

Talk Through Media — Mon, 13 Jun 2022 01:09:27 +0000

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 3 - Ghosts of Illyria

Brian here! And we're back! Joining LT and me is Kim from Rebinge Deep Space Nine and Star Trek Prodigy by RebingeIt, as we talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Season 1 Episode 3, titled Ghosts of Illyria. This episode was written by co-executive producer Akela Cooper & Bill Wolkoff, and it was directed by Leslie Hope. We all LOVED this episode. Kim enjoyed it more than the first two, while LT and I enjoyed it less, but only by a fraction.

We're still looking for guest hosts...

At the time of release, we have already recorded episode 4, and that has James the Augmented Sailor as our guest host. At this point, we will probably use a guest host every week. We are also looking to do the same with the remaining Picard episodes that we haven't recorded yet. If you're interested in being a guest host, please let us know. We typically record Strange New Worlds on the weekend, while we have more flexibility with Picard.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 003 - Ghosts of Illyria (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E3) 00:00:36 Intro 00:02:49 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:08:40 About Ghosts of Illyria 00:10:04 Ratings 00:14:25 Yeses 00:30:58 Nos 00:53:42 Not Good Enoughs 01:08:32 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:16:38 Our Notes 01:27:29 Spot the References 01:31:21 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:44:21 Wrap Up

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, h

FTWDTT 099 – Gone (S7E16)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 10 Jun 2022 18:54:05 +0000

Talking Through Gone!

For this episode 99 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian, and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 16 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Gone, written by Ian Goldberg and Andrew Chambliss and directed by Sharat Raju. Morgan finds a new ally who turns out to be more trouble than he bargained for.

What the hell is happening!

Hey Surviving! We did it! We survived Season 7 of Fear the Walking Dead. Man, we are glad that you stuck through this with us; there were some good parts of this season, but a lot of it was all over the place. But now we are left with the return of Madison, her meeting with Morgan, and the face-off with, newly revealed baby snatchers, PADRE. It took a lot to get here with the direction they took with our people and the so-called war with Strand at the Tower to now. Season 8 will be all about PADRE and how this fits in the bigger TWD Universe? CRM? Rick Grimes? Or is this going to be completely detached from that, and they go it on their own. I hope we get more to connect all of the shows, but I don't know if that is even a goal of theirs after this season. Let’s just hope PADRE doesn't take the Teddy route and nuke the whole place because If I see another sepia filter, I'm going to lose my SH$T!

Brian joined us in the middle as he was still trying to finish watching the episode before we started recording, and he called in using his phone, so it might jump a little here and there. Also, stay tuned as our next recording will be the 100th episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talkthough, and we are bouncing a few ideas to have something that all our listeners can participate in before things start back up again.

So, Enjoy as Kyle, LT, and 'Phone Brian' discuss the Season 7 Finale of Fear the Walking Dead, Episode 16, Gone.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:55 Before Episode Discussion 00:10:40 Episode Discussion 00:11:05 Ratings 00:14:56 Awesome Sauce 00:22:27 Weak Sauce 00:40:58 What Sauce 00:59:52 Oh Hell No 01:20:48 Sad Sauce 01:31:01 Feedback 02:16:56 News, Ratings and Info 02:35:10 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were up for Gone.

Ratings for the season finale S7E16 Gone are up this week! Gone got a 0.11 in the 18-49 demographic, with 710,000 thousand viewers, up from episode S7E15 Amina, which got a 0.08 in the 18-49 demographic, with 598,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead was back and got a 0.05 in the 18-49 demographic, with 327,000 thousand viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Gone. Tales of the Walking Dead is due to start on August 14th and run for six weeks, so we will be back to c

FTWDTT 098 – Amina (S7E15)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 02 Jun 2022 11:40:55 +0000

Talking Through Amina!

For this episode 98 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 15 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Amina, written by Ian Goldberg and Andrew Chambliss and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. Alicia turns back to save one more person trapped in the fallout.

What the hell is happening!

Hey, Survivors! So another what-the-hell-is-going-on episode that we had to sit through. It was Alicia's goodbye episode, and the showrunners seemed to let it be vague on if she really did die or just walked the wasteland with her Ghost Child companion. So much of this season has been a mess, and now that we know Madison is returning without Alicia, there doesn't seem to be much hope of a good story next season. And by the low ratings you listeners gave and our own, it’s not as fun or exciting to see what will happen next. We will still be here and hope you are too to cover Season 8, but for now, we march forward as we still have one more episode of this season.

So Enjoy as Kyle and LT discuss Fear the Walking Dead, Season 7, Episode 15 - Amina

( Brian couldn’t join us, but he should be back for next week’s finale and will get his thoughts on this episode. I want to hear his take on it. )

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:56 Before Episode Discussion 00:04:24 Episode Discussion 00:04:43 Ratings 00:07:44 Awesome Sauce 00:20:29 Weak Sauce 00:36:51 What Sauce 00:54:00 Oh Hell No 01:06:21 Sad Sauce 01:09:58 Feedback 01:23:15 News, Ratings and Info 01:27:46 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down quite a bit for Divine Providence.

Ratings for S7E15 Amina are down quite a bit this week! Amina got a 0.08 in the 18-49 demographic, with 598,000 thousand viewers, down from episode S7E14 Divine Providence, which got a 0.11 in the 18-49 demographic, with 658,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead will be back next week after the finale.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Amina. For our next episode, we will be covering the finale of Season 7, Episode 16, titled Gone. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also email us at walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

For this episode 97 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, LT, and Brian talk through Season 7 Episode 14 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Divine Providence, written by Alex Delyle & David Johnson and directed by Edward Ornelas. As the battle for the Tower heats up, Alicia brings the fight to Strand's front door.

Another flip-flopping, mind-numbing ride to nowhere!

What can we say about this episode other than, what the hell is going on? Everyone is all over the place. There is no rhyme or reason with how everyone is acting, and it's just like the writers completely forget about what happened in previous episodes and just throw it all together without even a thought about it. This is making our expectations for how this will land even more precarious.

We have some good news to share with Renae calling in and leaving an update on her husband, and while she may not be back for the rest of Fear, she has been listening to the podcast and will return in the future. We miss you, Renae, and thank you for keeping us updated. Big hugs from all of us here.

So, Enjoy as Kyle, LT and Brian discuss Fear the Walking Dead, Season 7, Episode 14, titled Divine Providence.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:55 Before Episode Discussion 00:38:10 Episode Discussion 00:38:38 Ratings 00:42:35 Awesome Sauce 00:54:55 Weak Sauce 01:08:27 What Sauce 01:15:50 Oh Hell No 01:55:30 Sad Sauce 02:03:19 Feedback 02:07:05 News, Ratings and Info 02:16:42 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down quite a bit for Divine Providence.

Ratings for S7E14 Divine Providence are down quite a bit this week! Divine Providence got a 0.11 in the 18-49 demographic, with 658,000 thousand viewers, down from episode S7E13 The Raft, which got a 0.13 in the 18-49 demographic, with 738,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead will not be back until the Season 7 Finale of Fear.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Divine Providence. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 7, Episode 15, titled Amina. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also email us at walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

We want to start offering Patrons a real reason to stay on our Patreon and to get more people

STSNWTT 002 – Children of the Comet (S1E2)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 22 May 2022 13:09:29 +0000

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 2 - Children of the Comet

Brian here! And we're back! LT and I talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Season 1 Episode 2, titled Children of the Comet. This episode was written by co-showrunner Henry Alonso Myers & Sarah Tarkoff, and it was directed by Maja Vrvilo. We both LOVED this episode even more than the first episode and we both LOVED that episode, too!

We're still looking for guest hosts or even a co-host...

At the time of release, we have already recorded episode 3, and that has Kim from Rebinge Deep Space Nine and Star Trek Prodigy by RebingeIt as our guest host. At this point, we may end up doing the show with a third guest host every week. We are also looking to do the same with the remaining Picard episodes that we haven't recorded yet. If you're interested in being a guest or a full-time co-host, please let us know. We typically record Strange New Worlds on Friday night or Saturday morning, while we have more flexibility with Picard.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 002 - Children of the Comet (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E2) 00:00:36 Intro 00:02:40 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback for the last episode) 00:13:00 About Children of the Comet 00:14:47 Ratings 00:16:17 Yeses 00:39:06 Nos 00:48:50 Not Good Enough 01:23:26 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:47:44 Our Notes 01:50:43 Spot the References 01:55:56 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:07:33 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. We will be making a Strange New Worlds feed available to podcast clients soon, but you can manually add us by using this link. UPDATE: It's now available on Apple Podcasts!

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can Talking Through The Raft!

For this episode 96 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, LT and Brian talk through Season 7 Episode 13 of Fear the Walking Dead titled The Raft, which was written by Nazin Choudhury & Nick Bernardone and directed by Gary Rake. Dwight and Sherry must decide between their code and their safety.

Looks like we might get a gender-reveal party in our future!

Lol, so it looks like the cat is out of the bag, so to speak. Not only was this a Dwight and Sherry focused episode on a mission to save baby Mo from the terrors of Strand's Rangers but we find out that Sherry is pregnant. So many babies, so little time. Morgan and Alicia lead the horde to the bunker and decide on the war to come, which ends with Morgan choosing baby Mo and skipping town on a raft to leave Alicia to deal with Strand. I'm sure we will see him again because this wouldn't make any sense to leave Alicia so alone in this fight. We did meet a new person that LT and Glynis, with some excellent sleuthing, revealed to be Maya Vazquez, the wife of Senator Vazquez, but she didn't stay long, so we can only assume she will play a part in the episodes to come and with PADRE. Still no Madison, but we expect that to happen now with three episodes left.

So, Enjoy as LT and Brian (Kyle was not able to join them this week) discuss Fear the Walking Dead, Season 7, Episode 13, titled The Raft.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:55 Before Episode Discussion 00:02:51 Episode Discussion 00:03:38 Ratings 00:06:44 Awesome Sauce 00:13:41 Weak Sauce 00:22:29 What Sauce 00:34:00 Oh Hell No 00:38:35 Sad Sauce 00:41:03 Feedback 00:51:00 News, Ratings and Info 00:54:43 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down just a little bit for The Raft.

Ratings for S7E13 The Raft are down just a little bit this week! The Raft got a 0.13 in the 18-49 demographic, with 738,000 thousand viewers, down from episode S7E12 Sonny Boy, which got a 0.14 in the 18-49 demographic, with 717,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead will not be back until the Season 7 Finale of Fear.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for The Raft. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 7, Episode 14, titled Divine Providence. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

FTWDTT 095 – Sonny Boy (S7E12)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 19 May 2022 22:07:49 +0000

Talking Through Sonny Boy!

For this episode 95 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT, and Brian talk through Season 7 Episode 12 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Sonny Boy, which was written by Justin Boyd & Jacob Pinion and directed by Ron Underwood. Dorie Sr searches for baby Mo as Strand grows increasingly paranoid.

Defenestration is the name of the game!

Man where the citizens of The Tower dropping like flies this week. Strand sure loves a good body chuck off the roof of his glorious tower that if he keeps this up there will be nobody else left! So there were some power grabs this week between toadie Howard and John Sr that starts with a search for missing baby Mo and ends with neither of them being a winner. Wes fills the void and we still don't understand what his motives are, and June, Wendel and Grace (oh, and Charlie but she's sitting by death's doorstep) are now in a predicament as Strand trusts no one at this point and our people want to take him down.

Enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss Fear the Walking Dead, Season 7, Episode 12, titled Sonny Boy.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:56 Before Episode Discussion 00:05:54 Episode Discussion 00:06:18 Ratings 00:09:54 Awesome Sauce 00:24:09 Weak Sauce 00:47:34 What Sauce 01:01:37 Oh Hell No 01:09:24 Sad Sauce 01:21:14 Feedback 01:33:36 News, Ratings and Info 01:37:53 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were steady for Sonny Boy.

Ratings for S7E12 Sonny Boy are about the same this week! Sonny Boy got a 0.14 in the 18-49 demographic, with 717,000 thousand viewers, the same from episode S7E11 Ofelia, which got a 0.14 in the 18-49 demographic, with 743,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead will not be back until the Season 7 Finale of Fear.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Sonny Boy. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 7, Episode 13, titled The Raft. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 1 Episode 1 - Strange New Worlds

For the inaugural episode of the Star Trek Strange New Worlds Talk Through, LT and I talk through Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Season 1 Episode 1, simply titled Strange New Worlds. This episode's teleplay was by Akiva Goldsman, the story was by Akiva Goldsman & Alex Kurtzman & Jenny Lumet, and it was directed by Akiva Goldsman.

Meet Some of Your Hosts...

Brian and LT will be doing this podcast. We are going to do this podcast with three co-hosts, and we're still looking for a third co-host. If you're interested in being a guest or a full-time co-host, please let us know.

Overall, we LOVED this first episode and have high hopes for this show.

Chapters

00:00:00 STSNWTT 001 - Strange New Worlds (Star Trek: Strange New Worlds S1E1) 00:00:36 Intro 00:07:07 About Strange New Worlds 00:09:31 Ratings 00:12:01 Yeses 00:44:56 Nos 01:00:10 Not Good Enough 01:26:11 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:47:16 Spot the References 01:56:13 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:14:51 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. We will be making a Strange New Worlds feed available to podcast clients soon, but you can manually add us by using this link.

Links to us...

Star Trek: Picard - Season 2 Episode 3 - Assimilation

We're back!!! We are finally back to covering episodes of Star Trek: Picard, and on this episode of The Star Trek Picard Cast, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Picard, Season 2 Episode 3, titled Assimilation. This episode was written by Christopher Monfette (in other words, Akiva and Terry wrote as a team, and handed it off to Christopher who finished it) and it was directed by Lea Thompson. Picard and the gang time travel back to 2024 to fix the timeline altered by Q.

Strange New Worlds is next!

We will have the first episode of the Star Trek Strange New Worlds Talk Through next!

Chapters

00:00:00 STPC 021 - Assimilation (Star Trek: Picard S2E3) 00:00:47 Intro 00:01:45 About Assimilation 00:03:59 Ratings 00:06:04 Yeses 00:16:34 Nos 00:36:30 Not Good Enoughs 00:52:26 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 00:58:38 Notes 01:04:50 Spot the References 01:08:28 Shipwide Announcements (Parrot Analytics) 01:10:16 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out.

Links to us...

Sign up to Paramount+! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as Paramount+ gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: L

STPC 020 – Penance (S2E2)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 10 May 2022 22:40:21 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - Season 2 Episode 2 - Penance

We're back!!! We are finally back to covering episodes of Star Trek: Picard, and on this episode of The Star Trek Picard Cast, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Picard, Season 2 Episode 2, titled Penance. This episode's teleplay is by Akiva Goldsman & Terry Matalas and Christopher Monfette (in other words, Akiva and Terry wrote as a team, and handed it off to Christopher who finished it), based on a story by Michael Chabon and Akiva Goldsman & Terry Matalas and Christopher Monfette, and it was directed by Doug Aarniokoski. Picard and the gang end up in a very dark alternate 2400, thanks to Picard's old nemesis Q.

S2E3, then Strange New Worlds is next!

We will have Picard S2E3 Assimilation,

Chapters

00:00:00 STPC 020 - Penance (Star Trek: Picard S2E2) 00:00:47 Intro 00:02:08 About Penance 00:05:36 Ratings 00:08:16 Yeses 00:26:13 Nos 00:30:17 Not Good Enoughs 00:43:03 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 00:56:56 Our Notes 01:05:51 Spot the References 01:07:46 Shipwide Announcements (Parrot Analytics) 01:09:32 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out.

Links to us...

Sign up to Paramount+! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as Paramount+ gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

FTWDTT 094 – Ofelia (S7E11)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 05 May 2022 20:33:57 +0000

Talking Through Ofelia!

For this episode 94 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT, and Brian! (Yes! Brian is back!) to talk through Season 7 Episode 11 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Ofelia, which was written by Alex Delyle and David Johnson and directed by Alycia Debnam-Carey. Luciana and Wes test the limits of their patience when Daniel's worsening mental state ends up endangering them all.

Another One Bites the Dust (poor Arno)!

We have a surprise for you. Brian is back! He is caught up and will be joining us for the rest of the season.

So, in this episode, Luciana, Wes, and Daniel go on a mission to get guns, and we see the declining state of Daniel's condition. We agree with most of you that what the showrunners are doing with his character is not great, and in this episode, we get some of the Old Daniel back, but again it's not looking great for the longevity of his character going forward. Luciana had some good moments, which they should have been doing with her character a long time ago. Wes took an unexpected turn in the end, and we don't completely understand his reasoning behind it. There was a lot to talk about, so this episode is much longer than previous episodes, and having Brian back with us was the icing on the cake. I know you missed him as much as we have and are excited to finish Season 7 with him on board.

Enjoy as Kyle, LT, and Brian discuss Fear the Walking Dead, Season 7, Episode 11, titled Ofelia.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:56 Before Episode Discussion 00:20:47 Episode Discussion 00:21:08 Ratings 00:25:57 Awesome Sauce 00:49:55 Weak Sauce 01:16:24 What Sauce 01:36:01 Oh Hell No 01:37:24 Sad Sauce 01:42:46 Feedback 01:52:28 News, Ratings and Info 02:15:17 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were steady for Ofelia.

Ratings for S7E11 Ofelia are about the same this week! Ofelia got a 0.14 in the 18-49 demographic, with 743,000 thousand viewers, a .01 drop from episode S7E10 Mourning Cloak, which got a 0.15 in the 18-49 demographic, with 835,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead will not be back until the Season 7 Finale of Fear.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Ofelia. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 7, Episode 12, titled Sunny Boy. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

We're back!!! In this episode, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 13, titled Coming Home. This episode was written by showrunner MichelleParadise and directed by executive producer Olatunde Osunsanmi. The DMA approaches Earth and Ni'Var. Discovery makes a final attempt to stop it.

Thanks Kim of Rebinge DS9/Prodigy & Wes Huntington!

Kim of the Rebinge DS9 Podcast and Star Trek Prodigy - a RebingeIt Podcast was kind enough again to edit this episode for us. We also want to thank Wes Huntington of the Twin Cities Trekkies podcast, who was kind enough to record the news for this week.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 074 - Coming Home (Star Trek: Discovery S4E13) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:35 About Coming Home 00:03:28 Ratings 00:05:39 Yeses 00:09:51 Nos 00:13:32 Hold Your Horses 00:34:24 Open Hailing Frequencies - Listener Feedback 00:46:42 Our Notes 00:53:04 Spot the References 00:55:51 Shipwide Announcements - News 01:03:39 Wrap Up

Picard is up next!

Now that we have finally released the rest of the season of Discovery, we will be back on Picard for a while. The next two episodes have already been recorded. The next episode will be covering Star Trek: Picard Season 2 Episode 2, titled Penance.

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. Look to the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

FTWDTT 093 – Mourning Cloak (S7E10)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 28 Apr 2022 13:43:25 +0000

Talking Through Mourning Cloak!

For this episode 93 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 10 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Mourning Cloak, which was written by Nazrin Choudhury and Calaya Michelle Stallworth and directed by Lennie James. Charlie agrees to help one of Strand’s Rangers on a mission for the Tower.

Love is in the air... and in the bowling alley!

So, this was a Charlie-focused episode, and we got another new person, Ali, who, again, Fear loves to introduce us to new characters and then toss them off the roof. I, for one, am getting a little tired of meeting new people if this is how they are going to treat them. Red Shirts is correct, DeEtta. They don't even try to make us worry about this happening to the main cast, and even with the surprise (was it really) with Charlie, It still doesn't have the impact that it used to have back in the early days of TWD. Oh well, they gave us what they did and flipped the WB plot switch of young love, and it didn't really land on its feet (no pun intended, lol). Let’s hope that this doesn't happen for very long, and we can get to the real meat of this season. The War between Strand and Alicia.

Enjoy as Kyle and LT discuss Fear the Walking Dead, Season 7, Episode 10, titled Mourning Cloak.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:56 Before Episode Discussion 00:07:45 Episode Discussion 00:08:05 Ratings 00:10:56 Awesome Sauce 00:20:10 Weak Sauce 00:48:20 What Sauce 01:04:08 Oh Hell No 01:06:29 Sad Sauce 01:12:51 Feedback 01:31:32 News, Ratings and Info 01:37:58 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were steady for Mourning Cloak.

Ratings for S7E10 Mourning Cloak are about the same this week! Mourning Cloak got a 0.15 in the 18-49 demographic, with 789,000 thousand viewers, same as episode S7E9 Follow Me, which got a 0.15 in the 18-49 demographic, with 835,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead will not be back until the Season 7 Finale of Fear.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Mourning Cloak. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 7, Episode 11, titled Ofelia. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up for our Patreon!

We want to start offering Patrons a real reason to stay on our

STDP 073 – Species Ten-C (S4E12)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:45:41 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 12 - Species Ten-C

We're back!!! It's been a while since we've released an episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, but we're finally finishing up the season. In this episode after last time covering the premiere of Picard, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 12, titled Species Ten-C. This episode was written by Kyle Jarrow and directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi. Discovery finds Species 10C's original planet. Book & Tarka sneak onboard Discovery.

Thanks Wes Huntington!

We thought that Wes Huntington of the Twin Cities Trekkies podcast did such a great job last time with reading the news for us that we are going to make this a permanent fixture of the podcast.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 073 - Species Ten-C (Star Trek: Discovery S4E12) 00:00:17 Intro 00:03:04 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:19:57 About Species Ten-C 00:21:01 Ratings 00:22:49 Yeses 00:28:33 Nos 00:34:09 Hold Your Horses 00:45:02 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 00:52:17 Our Notes 00:54:03 Spot the References 00:54:40 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:08:47 Wrap Up

The Discovery finale is up next!

We have decided to finish up with Disco so that we can focus on the rest of the Picard season going forward. The next episode has already been recorded, and that's for Discovery's season finale, S4E13 titled Coming Home.

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

For this episode 92 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through the Season Premier of 7B, Episode 9 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Follow Me, which was written by Ian Goldberg and Andrew Chambliss directed by Heather Cappiello.

Padre, Padre, Padre its all about the Padre. Still!

Welcome Back to the Disbelief Suspending World of Fear The Walking Dead. 7B is back and whoa what a trippy weird one that it was. Alicia is back and in the entire episode which is something that was good about it but then again there was so much that these writers just completely ignore and it really hurts the story that they are trying to tell. We meet a new character, Paul, that was very intriguing but as they like to do they kill him off the moment we start to have a connection. I wish they would stop doing that. These new people (New People? I Like New People) should be given a little more time before they decide to kill them off. We also cover some of your feedback for the spinoff that aired on AMCplus titled Dead in the Water.

So without any more delay join Kyle and LT as they discuss Fear the Walking Dead, Season 7, Episode 9, titled Follow Me.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:01 Episode Discussion 00:01:42 Ratings 00:03:28 Awesome Sauce 00:15:46 Weak Sauce 00:42:56 What Sauce 00:59:00 Oh Hell No 01:01:03 Sad Sauce 01:10:28 Feedback 01:24:44 Spoiler: Dead in the Water 01:36:45 News, Ratings and Info 01:43:51 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were steady for the preimier of 7B.

Ratings for S7E9 Follow Me are about the same this week! Follow Me got a 0.15 in the 18-49 demographic, with 835,000 thousand viewers, same from episode S7E8 PADRE, which got a 0.15 in the 18-49 demographic, with 837,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.03 in the 18-49 demographic, with 150,000 viewers. It was down from Last years mid-season finale which got a 05 in the 18-49 demographic, with 271,000 viewers. Talking Dead will not be back until the Season 7 Finale of Fear.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Follow Me. For our next episode, we will be covering Season 7 Episode 10 titled Mourning Cloak. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

We want

TWDTT 139 – Acts of God (S11E16)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 22 Apr 2022 04:26:31 +0000

Its Here! The Battle Royale between Maggie and Leah!

For episode 139 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 16 titled Acts of God. It was written by Nicole Mirante-Matthews and directed by Catriona McKenzie.

Hornsby takes aim at our group and the future for Pamela is in trouble.

Well, we did get a of setup in the episode for Part 3 coming this fall, and it looks like our group may be in trouble. But on the other hand, our people who are still in The Commonwealth have a trick up their selves, and oh boy, does it look like Pamela Milton is not going to be a happy camper. We discussed a little on how there could be a multi-front war going on with Maggie and Crew downstate and Pamela and Company facing a possible uprising with her lies so when we get to Part 3 of Season 11 fireworks better start flying. They have to land this Series Finale with a Bang and not a Thud and we better get Rick Grimes back. There is no way he can be left out as so much is riding on the future of The Walking Dead Series.

So Join LT and Kyle as they discuss The Walking Dead, Season 11 Episode 16 titled Acts of God.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:05 Before Episode Discussion 00:07:12 Episode Discussion 00:12:49 Ratings 00:17:53 Awesome Sauce 00:41:32 Weak Sauce 01:10:06 What Sauce 01:31:17 Sad Sauce 01:35:45 Feedback 01:58:59 News, Ratings and Info 02:14:39 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were Up!

Ratings for S11E16 Acts of God were up a little but still consistent. Acts of God got a 0.39 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.606 million viewers, down a little in viewers but up in the ratings from the last episode S11E15 Trust, which got a 0.37 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.673 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.05 in the 18-49 with 336,000 viewers, way down from last week with total viewers of 0.16 and 702,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Acts of God. For our next episode, we'll be covering the return of 7B Fear The Walking Dead S7E9 titled Follow Me. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Wednesday after the episode airs. This is a temporary deadline for next week.

STPC 019 – The Star Gazer (S2E1)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 17 Apr 2022 08:07:31 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - Season 2 Episode 1 - The Star Gazer

We're finally back!!! It's been nearly two years since the last episode of The Star Trek Picard Cast, and we are back way later than expected due to my move, this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Picard, Season 2 Episode 1, titled The Star Gazer. This episode was written by Akiva Goldsman & Terry Matalas and it was directed by Doug Aarniokoski. Picard is summoned by a species he knows too well, only to be greeted by another foe from his past.

Thanks Kim of Rebinge DS9/Prodigy!

Kim of the Rebinge DS9 Podcast and Star Trek Prodigy - a RebingeIt Podcast was kind enough again to edit this episode for us. Please be warned that there is a DS9 spoiler near the end of this episode.

This episode doesn't have the regular news in it. You can news from that week found here.

Disco is next!

We have two more episodes of Discovery left in the season to cover, and we've decided we're going to cover those final two episodes next and then keep the focus on Picard for the rest of its season. So the next two episodes you will see if you subscribe to the Discovery podcast feed. However, not everyone does subscribe to that feed, so we'll be recprdomg S2E2 next.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:06:33 About The Star Gazer 00:08:43 Ratings 00:11:55 Yeses 00:27:10 Nos 00:42:59 Not Good Enoughs 01:10:03 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:40:17 Our Notes 01:43:09 Spot the References 01:49:27 Shipwide Announcements (Parrot Analytics) 01:50:27 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. You can Hornsby is on a rampage with Maggie and the Hilltop in his sights!

For episode 138 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, LT and Kyle talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 15 titled Trust. It was written by Kevin Deiboldt and directed by Lily Mariye.

Everyone is put on noticed by Hornsby and the Commonwealth.

Another great episode this week. We see so many threads come together and a surprise reveal of an old enemy joining forces with Mr. Hornsby. How this is going to turn out for everyone involved we will have to see. But so many tense moments this week. Aaron and Father Gabriel get questioned about what happened at Riverbend and the death of Carlson, Daryl is always being tested for where his real loyalty lies, Mercer and Max with the help of Princess, Eugene, Rosita, Connie, and Kelly are faced with even more questions about the true nature of the Miltons and their rule over the citizens of the Commonwealth, and Tomi and Ezekiel join up to help those in need to serve a better good. Oh and Carol is keeping up with the sneaky behind-the-scenes of some plan that has yet to be revealed. She is starting to become the wildcard in all this as we still don’t know what she is up to or how much influence she has over Lance. We can only assume she may turn into the Termius Carol at exactly the time when she is needed most for our group. So much happened this episode and the show is really on a heart-racing pace that we can’t believe we only have one more episode and then the break.

So Join LT and Kyle as they discuss The Walking Dead, Season 11 Episode 15 titled Trust.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:06 Before Episode Discussion 00:05:13 Episode Discussion 00:05:34 Ratings 00:07:07 Awesome Sauce 00:35:53 Weak Sauce 00:52:59 What Sauce 01:05:20 Sad Sauce 01:24:28 Feedback 01:50:21 News, Ratings and Info 01:57:03 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were Down a little!

Ratings for S11E15 Trust were down a little but still consistent. Trust got a 0.37 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.673 million viewers, up a little in views but down in the ratings from the last episode S11E14 The Rotten Core, which got a 0.40 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.552 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.16 in the 18-49 with 702,000 viewers, up from last week with total viewers of 0.15 and 619,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Trust. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E16 titled Acts of God. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at Has the tide turned in the Commonwealth?

For episode 137 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, LT and Kyle talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 14 titled The Rotten Core. It was written by Jim Barnes and Erik Mountain and directed by Marcus Stokes.

Sebastian needs to be a goner, and Maggie, Negan and the Riverbend people take a stand against the Commonwealth.

Hey Survivors, have we got an episode for you. This was a great episode that has so many future clashes between our people and the Commonwealth. Can't wait to see how this plays out with only 2 episodes left of Part 2 of Season 11. We had two plots being played out this week. The continuation of the assault on River Bend and the sadistic games being played by Sebastian. I mean this dude better not have much left to this life. Karma is coming and I hope we get a glorious bloody result. I mean, he really, really, deserves it.

Join Kyle and LT as they discuss another great episode of The Walking Dead, Season 11, Episode 14 titled The Rotten Core.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:05 Before Episode Discussion 00:01:23 Episode Discussion 00:01:50 Ratings 00:04:36 Awesome Sauce 00:23:03 Weak Sauce 00:40:57 What Sauce 01:00:13 Sad Sauce 01:04:44 Feedback 01:26:27 News, Ratings and Info 01:33:47 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were Down a little!

Ratings for S11E14 The Rotten Core were down a little but still consistent. The Rotten Core got a 0.40 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.552 million viewers, down a little from the last episode S11E13 Warlords, which got a 0.45 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.789 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.15 in the 18-49 with 619,000 viewers, down from last week with total viewers of 0.18 and 701,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for The Rotten Core. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E15 titled Trust. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

We want to start offering Pat

TWDTT 136 – Warlords (S11E13)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 25 Mar 2022 18:28:21 +0000

The Commonwealth has a frightening dark side.

For episode 136 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11, Episode 13 titled Warlords. It was written by Jim Barnes and Erik Mountain and directed by Loren Yaconelli.

Aaron and Father Gabriel assist The Commonwealth with a new group but are blindsided by the sinister motive of Lance Hornsby's henchmen Carlson.

Oh Man, was this episode dark, disturbing, and almost cost Aaron and Grabiels lives. What they thought was a meet and greet with a new group turned into a bloodbath showing the true dark underbelly of Lance Hornsby’s black ops methods to deal with those outside the walls that he doesn’t like. What is his ultimate plan? What other sinister things is he up to that Pamela Milton doesn’t know about. We meet a former CIA operative from the Old World and when he snaps everyone is either dead or soon to be. We get a surprise return of one of our characters and a call for aid to the Hill Top that brings Maggie, Lydia, and Elijah in to assist. Man, was this such a good episode with so many twists and turns that next week is going to be really good. Just hope none of our people die in the process.

Join Kyle and LT as they discuss this crazy episode of The Walking Dead, Season 11, Episode 13 titled Warlords.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:05 Before Episode Discussion 00:13:54 Episode Discussion 00:14:12 Ratings 00:16:10 Awesome Sauce 00:33:14 Weak Sauce 00:48:11 What Sauce 01:03:19 Sad Sauce 01:07:40 Feedback 01:24:44 News, Ratings and Info 01:33:28 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were Up!

Ratings for S11E13 Warlords were up a lot. Warlords got a 0.45 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.789 million viewers, up from the last episode S11E12 The Lucky Ones, which got a 0.38 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.582 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.18 in the 18-49 with 701,000 viewers, down in views but up in ratings from last week with total viewers of 0.16 and 705,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Warlords. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E14 titled The Rotten Core. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

For episode 135 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, LT takes the reigns with Kyle and talks through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 12 titled The Lucky Ones. It was written by Vivian Tse and directed by Tawnia McKiernan.

Lance Hornsby is up to no good, Maggie makes a big decision, and Eugene and Max start to hit it off.

So in this episode, we get to see more of the relationship between Pamela Milton and Lance Hornsby and that their outlook on the communities (or survivors) is completely different. They don’t look at those outside their walls as equals and it’s a little bit of empire-building both good and bad. Lance seems to have an ulterior motive so that could be bad for our people. And Maggie made a decision on what the Commonwealth was offering so that might spell disaster for her people or it was the right thing to do. We saw that time jump a few episodes ago so we know a conflict of some kind is in store.

Eugene starts rebuilding his relationship back with Max and Ezekiel gets some good news but at what cost. Carol made a risk owing a favor to Lance for getting Ezekiel pushed up on the surgery list but this could be bad for her and a miscalculation, but we shall see.

So, join LT and Kyle as they discuss this and all the listener's feedback of The Walking Dead Part 2 of Season 11, Episode 12, The Lucky Ones.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:05 Before Episode Discussion 00:09:54 Episode Discussion 00:10:20 Ratings 00:12:28 Awesome Sauce 00:27:00 Weak Sauce 00:39:18 What Sauce 00:50:26 Sad Sauce 00:57:21 Feedback 01:16:06 News, Ratings and Info 01:37:49 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down!

Ratings for S11E12 The Lucky Ones were down a little. The Lucky Ones got a 0.38 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.582 million viewers, down from the last episode S11E11 Rogue Element, which got a 0.42 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.672 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.16 in the 18-49 with 705,000 viewers, up from last week with total viewers of 0.18 and 687,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for The Lucky Ones. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E13 titled Warlords. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday a

TWDTT 134 – Rogue Element (S11E11)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 10 Mar 2022 14:16:50 +0000

Heartbreak in the Commonwealth.

For episode 134 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 11 titled Rogue Element. It was written by David Leslie Johnson-McGoldrick and directed by Michael Cudlitz.

Eugene gets his heart broken, Carol buddies up with Lance, and Connie and Kelly go searching for a story.

Well, this was an emotional episode with Eugene and his love Stephanie that takes a turn into the underbelly of the Commonwealth. Carol goes out with Lance on a mission to settle a dispute that gives us a glimpse into the overall structure with the Commonwealth and surviving communities outside its walls. This should be interesting to see how it plays out knowing that Alexandria is being rebuilt and our group looks to be struggling on if they want to stay or when they will return to the life they once knew. Connie and Kelly put on their soothing hats to find out what happened to dear o' Tyler after his stunt at Pamela Milton’s party but hit a wall. It wasn't a big surprise to find out what we did at the end of this episode but it definitely left us with more questions than answers. So we shall see. Oh and we got the not a surprise reveal about who was really behind the voice on the radio with Eugene. Thanks, AMC.

So, join Kyle and LT as they discuss this and all the wonderful listener's feedback of The Walking Dead Part 2 of Season 11, Episode 11, Rogue Element.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:05 Before Episode Discussion 00:05:29 Episode Discussion 00:06:23 Ratings 00:09:00 Awesome Sauce 00:31:24 Weak Sauce 00:41:21 What Sauce 00:50:36 Sad Sauce 00:57:35 Feedback 01:22:29 News, Ratings and Info 01:40:40 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were up!

Ratings for S11E11 Rogue Element were UP. Rogue Element got a 0.42 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.672 million viewers, up from the last episode S11E10 New Haunts, which got a 0.41 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.604 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.18 in the 18-49 with 687,000 viewers, same from last week with total viewers of 0.18 and 662,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Rogue Element. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E12 titled The Lucky Ones. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Centra

STDP 072 – Rosetta (S4E11)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 08 Mar 2022 15:09:02 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 11 - Rosetta

We're back!!! In this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 10, titled Rosetta. This episode was written by Terri Hughes Burton and directed by Jeff Byrd & Jen McGowan. Discovery finds Species 10C's original planet. Book & Tarka sneak onboard Discovery.

Thanks Kim of Rebinge DS9/Prodigy & Wes Huntington!

Kim of the Rebinge DS9 Podcast and Star Trek Prodigy - a RebingeIt Podcast was kind enough again to edit this episode for us. The audio quality is better than last week.

We are trying something new this week! Wes Huntington of the Twin Cities Trekkies podcast has been collecting the news for us every week. This week, he's going to read it himself! I think you'll agree that this turned out GREAT and we'd like to make this a permanent fixture of the podcast. What do you think?

Picard up next!

If you are looking for Picard, we will be recording that episode sometime later this week, so stay tuned!

Chapters

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 12, title TBD, is tentatively Friday, March 11, 2022, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central/Saturday 12 AM UTC, but it is likely that we will push that back for moving. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

For episode 133 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 10 titled New Haunts. It was written by Magali Lozano and directed by Jon Amiel.

The Commonwealth does not appear to be what it appears.

I know, we all know, that the Commonwealth is not all that it's cracked up to be. This is the Walking Dead, after all. So we do get a glimpse of the societal structure of this community. A Caste system of those who have influence and money to the working class and our people are a little bit here and there. Everyone seems to play the role of what they did before the world ended. Yumiko is a lawyer that works for the government of the Commonwealth, Her brother, Tomi was found out and is back as a doctor, Carol works at the bakery making cookies :), Connie is a reporter and Kelly is her translator, Princess runs a record store, Magna is, well in catering? And Kind Eziekal runs the petting zoon. And from what we saw in this episode Daryl and Rosita are training in the Commonwealth Military. So everyone is working, making money, and contributing to the Commonwealth. But not everything seems to be what it appears. Should be interesting how this all turns out.

So, join Kyle and LT (Brian will be back sometime later this season) as they discuss this Mayberry of a Commonwealth of The Walking Dead Part 2 of Season 11, Episode 10, New Haunts.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:06 Before Episode Discussion 00:13:43 Episode Discussion 00:14:04 Ratings 00:15:57 Awesome Sauce 00:31:43 Weak Sauce 00:42:21 What Sauce 00:58:23 Sad Sauce 01:12:08 Feedback 01:36:00 News, Ratings and Info 01:40:59 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were up!

Ratings for S11E10 New Haunts were down. New Haunts got a 0.41 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.604 million viewers, down from the last episode S11E9 No Other Way, which got a 0.53 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.756 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.18 in the 18-49 with 662,000 viewers, lower from last week with total viewers of 0.21 and 760,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for New Haunts. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E11 titled Rogue Element. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central t

STDP 071 – The Galactic Barrier (S4E10)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 05 Mar 2022 07:45:56 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 10 - The Galactic Barrier

We're back!!! In this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 10, titled The Galactic Barrier. This episode was written by Anne Cofell Saunders and directed by Deborah Kampmeier.

Kim of the Rebinge DS9 Podcast and Star Trek Prodigy - a RebingeIt Podcast was kind enough to edit this episode for us. However, the audio quality may not be slightly up to par, but it's not her fault. Before I handed off editing to her, I used an upgraded version of some software I've used with our editing process for the last several years. I tried to add a few new features, but they ended up failing us miserably. So, if you notice any issues, that would be why. I did a cursory listen of the first few minutes and the issues are minor at best.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 071 - The Galactic Barrier (Star Trek: Discovery S4E10) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:54 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:11:11 About The Galactic Barrier 00:11:53 Ratings 00:13:14 Yeses 00:18:08 Nos 00:21:25 Hold Your Horses 00:47:30 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 00:51:29 Our Notes 00:52:53 Spot the References 00:55:11 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:15:53 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. Our next episode will be discussing Season 4 Episode 11 of Star Trek: Discovery, titled Rosetta. We have already recorded this episode but you can send in your feedback anyway and we will read/play it on the next podcast. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 12, title TBD, is tentatively Friday, March 11, 2022, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central/Saturday 12 AM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

TWDTT 132 – No Other Way (S11E9)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 25 Feb 2022 13:59:36 +0000

Tense, Explosive, and some gray moral area decisions are being made!

For episode 132 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 9 titled No Other Way. It was written by Corey Reed and directed by Jon Amiel.

Maggie makes a dark choice with the Reapers and the Alexandrians get offered a choice for hope.

What can we say? This episode just had so many great moments, some big feels, and tense moments for its return that were just exactly what we needed. Part 2 of Series Ending Season 11 is off to a great start. Maggie and the gang deal with the Reapers to get the food that the Alexandrians need to survive and come out victorious but battered and bruised. Alexandria gets an offer from the Commonwealth but it looks like not everyone takes them up on it. There is the time jump at the end of this episode with Maggie and Daryle staring back at each other on opposite sides so we will have to wait and see how this developed. Are they still with each other or against each other? So many questions.

Join Kyle and LT (Brian will be back sometime later this season) as they discuss the explosive return of The Walking Dead Part 2 of Season 11, Episode 9, No Other Way.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:06 Before Episode Discussion 00:04:18 Episode Discussion 00:05:53 Ratings 00:07:13 Awesome Sauce 00:39:17 Weak Sauce 00:54:34 What Sauce 01:07:09 Sad Sauce 01:14:29 Feedback 01:27:00 News, Ratings and Info 01:35:31 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were up!

Ratings for S11E9 No Other Way are okay! No Other Way got a 0.53 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.756 million viewers, down in viewers but the same rating from the last episode S11E8 For Blood, which got a 0.53 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.914 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.21 in the 18-49 with 760,000 viewers, a big improvement from last year with total viewers of 0.08 and 303,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for No Other Way. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E10 titled New Haunts. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

STDP 070 – Rubicon (S4E9)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 24 Feb 2022 10:00:56 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 9 - Rubicon

In this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 9, titled Rubicon. This episode was written by Alan B. McElroy and directed by Andi Armaganian. Captain Burnham and the crew of the Discovery try to stop Book and Tarka from destroying the DMA. There was some to like about this episode, and some not to like.

Chapters

0:00:00 STDP 070 - Rubicon (Star Trek: Discovery S4E9) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:36 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:09:12 Ratings 00:13:01 Yeses 00:22:40 Nos 00:41:04 Hold Your Horses 01:10:18 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:16:54 Our Notes 01:17:42 Spot the References (none!) 01:18:13 Ship Wide Announcements (News) 01:30:06 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. Our next episode will be discussing Season 4 Episode 10 of Star Trek: Discovery in February. Unfortunately, I will still be in the process of moving next week so we will be recording later than normal for the second week in a row. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 10, titled TBD, is tentatively Sunday, February 27, 2022, at 7 AM Eastern/6 AM Central/Saturday 12 PM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

Sign up to Paramount+! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as Paramount+ gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 8 - All In

We're back!!! In this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 8, titled All In. This episode was written by Sean Cochran and directed by Christopher J. Byrne & Jen McGowan.

We recorded this one on Thursday night, so we didn't get to go through the episode as much as we usually do before we record, and we didn't get as much feedback as we normally do.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 069 - All In (Star Trek: Discovery S4E8) 00:00:53 Intro 00:02:53 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:13:36 About All In 00:14:49 Ratings 00:16:59 Yeses 00:29:08 Nos 00:43:10 Hold Your Horses 00:59:01 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:04:47 Our Notes 01:09:59 Spot the References 01:14:32 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:34:22 Wrap Up

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. Our next episode will be discussing Season 4 Episode 8 of Star Trek: Discovery in February. Unfortunately, as previously mentioned in the blog post from last week, I will be moving next week so we will be recording later than normal. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 9, titled TBD, is tentatively Sunday, February 20, 2022, at 7 AM Eastern/6 AM Central/Saturday 12 PM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

STDP 068 – …But to Connect (S4E7)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 12 Jan 2022 18:02:16 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 7

We're back!!! We've been behind all season, and just as we start catching up, we slowed down again, and the Star Trek: Prodigy episode got out several days before us. It's Brian again, and on this episode, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 7, titled ...But to Connect. This episode was written by Terri Hughes Burton (not Anne Cofell Saunders, as I said in the episode) & Carlos Cisco, and it was directed by Lee Rose.

It was a mixed bag on this episode for both of us. There were several things to like, but there were also some head-scratchers and things to dislike.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 068 - …But to Connect (Star Trek: Discovery S4E7) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:57 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:43:05 About …But to Connect 00:44:56 Ratings 00:49:14 Yeses 01:07:01 Nos 01:50:18 Hold Your Horses 02:03:07 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 02:13:30 Our Notes 02:20:33 Spot the References 02:30:13 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:34:28 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. Our next episode will be discussing Season 4 Episode 8 of Star Trek: Discovery in February. Unfortunately, as previously mentioned in the blog post from last week, I will be moving that week from Florida to Michigan, so our recording date may be affected or I may miss this episode, but I'll try to get in there one way or another. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 8, titled TBD, is tentatively Friday, February 11, 2022, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central/Saturday 12 AM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

FTWDTT 091 – Padre (S7E8)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 05 Jan 2022 17:43:47 +0000

Talking Through Padre

For this episode 91 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian, Kyle, and LT talk through the mid-season finale of Season 7 Episode 8 of Fear the Walking Dead titled Padre, which was written by Ian Goldberg and Andrew Chambliss directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. We also discuss the series finale of The World Beyond Season 2 Episode 10, The Last Light.

Padre, Padre, Padre!

So LT figured out what P.A.D.R.E. stands for. People Are Dying Run East. Well, it's better than nothing since all we got was that Padre was, thank goodness, not Padre Island. These writers need to be more creative, in our opinion. Well, this mid-season finale didn't give us much, a few shockers, and some TWDU questionable situations. The zombie virus has always acted a certain way so one character's situation doesn't seem to fit in. So I guess we will have to see how the back half takes this on.

We have Strand and Alicia finally have the long-awaited meet and greet and it doesn't turn out great. It's All-Out-War, so to speak and now with Senator Walker not showing Alicia where Padre is and the revelations by Strand that he killed Will, dramatic explosions are certainly in our future. Morgan was there, as well, and he's just there trying to help Alicia realize the options for her and her people so one can guess that in the back half he will play a bigger part to either find a resolution that doesn't kill everyone, or he will take sides. Good or Bad, he's the lead character for the showrunners so you know he has a part in all the drama that will unfold.

And we got some news about the return of 'you're not gone until you're gone' Madison Clark. Whether we see her in the back half of season 7 or if this is a development of Season 8, we shall see.

World Beyond, again, was much better than Fear this week and now that it's over we were left with some interesting tidbits about the CRM but it still fell flat. We know the movies are still coming, or we think they are so it's likely we will see some of our crew in the future. I just hope we get more CRM storyline in the months and years ahead because there was so much more they could have done with the 20 episodes of World Beyond that would have made the entirety of the series that much better.

Also of note that we discussed at the end of the podcast LT's guest appearance on the Computer Resume Podcast. It has been released and you can check it out here! He talks Cast as Crew: II Enterprise S2 Ep 21 & 22 – The Breach & Cogenitor with host Todd A. Davis. So go check it out.

So without any more delay (and thank you to everyone for their patience and condolences to Kyle) join Brian, LT, and Kyle as they discuss the mid-season finale of Fear the Walking Dead, Padre, and The Series Finale of The Walking Dead World Beyond, The Last Light. See you in February when The Walking Dead Season 11 - part 2 returns!

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:54 Before Episode Discussion 00:14:00 Episode Discussion 00:14:25 Ratings 00:17:54 Awesome Sauce 00:38:59 Weak Sauce 01:11:24 What Sauce 01:28:45 Sad Sauce 01:42:33 Feedback 02:10:15 World Beyond Feedback 02:56:53 News, Ratings and Info 03:05:33 Interact/Support to End

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 6

We're back!!! We've been behind all season, but we're starting to catch up; It's Brian again, and on this episode, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 6, titled Stormy Weather. This episode was written by Anne Cofell Saunders & Brandon Schultz, and it was directed by Jonathan Frakes.

Again, we're sorry that this episode came out when it did, but we did make up a few days from the last one. Unfortunately, we recorded the mid-season finale on Monday night, January 3rd, so this goes out after that one's been recorded. If you have feedback about this podcast or the mid-season finale, we won't get to cover it until the mid-season premiere in February. Speaking of that... More later.

It was a split vote this week. I more or less loved it, while Ruthie didn't.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 067 - Stormy Weather (Star Trek: Discovery S4E6) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:05 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:22:47 About Stormy Weather 00:24:12 Ratings 00:27:17 Yeses 00:43:40 Nos 00:59:55 Hold Your Horses 01:16:41 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:40:14 Our Notes 01:44:14 Spot the References 01:47:25 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:57:05 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. Our next episode will be discussing Season 4 Episode 7 of Star Trek: Discovery titled ...But to Connect. Unfortunately, that episode of the podcast has already been recorded, but you can send in any feedback you have and we will cover it on Season 4 Episode 8's episode. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 8, titled TBD, is tentatively Friday, February 11, 2022, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central/Saturday 12 AM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Tentatively?

Yes, because that week, I'll be moving from the state of Florida all the way up to Northern Michigan. I know I should be getting editing help from Kyle that week, but recording and even watching the episode may end up being difficult for me, as I don't know what my internet access or time I'll have to work on the podcast will be like. One way or another, the podcast will go on, but we may have a delay in recording and putting out that first episode, I may need a guest host to come in that week, or both. We shall see. We'll have it covered one way or the other.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 5

We're back!!! We know we're behind this season, and thankfully, the mid-season break couldn't come at a better time for us; OK, for me, Brian. Anyway, Ruthie and I talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 5, titled The Examples. This episode was written by Kyle Jarrow and it was directed by Lee Rose.

Again, we're sorry that this episode came out so late. This season, it's become increasingly more difficult to get the episodes out in a timely fashion. We have already recorded for S4E6, and I hope you won't wait too long for S4E7. I've just got a lot on my plate right now.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 066 - The Examples (Star Trek: Discovery S4E5) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:03 About The Examples 00:03:14 Ratings 00:07:19 Yeses 00:45:25 Nos 01:07:07 Hold Your Horses 01:26:04 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:33:52 Our Notes 01:41:15 Spot the References 01:49:24 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:01:07 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. Our next episode will be discussing Season 4 Episode 6 of Star Trek: Discovery titled Stormy Weather. Unfortunately, this episode of the podcast came out late and we have already recorded our episode covering that episode, but you can send in any feedback you have and we will cover it on Season 4 Episode 7. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 7, titled ...But to Connect, is Saturday, January 1, 2022 at 2 PM Eastern/1 PM Central/7 PM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

FTWDTT 090 – The Portrait (S7E7)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 23 Dec 2021 15:21:11 +0000

Talking Through The Portrait

For this episode 90 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 7 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled The Portrait, which was written by Nick Bernardone directed by Heather Cappiello. We also discuss The World Beyond Season 2 Episode 9, Death and the Dead.

Strand shows his true nature but Morgan comes to crash his party with baby Mo in tow. Oh, and there was a Trebuchet, too.

Strand took his dictatorial transformation to new levels this episode but it gets tested by Morgan showing up with sick baby Mo. Then to add even more problems for the Tower the Strippers/Stalkers/whatever you want to call them, show up and lay siege to those inside with walker-laden atomic bombs being flung via Trebuchet. I mean seriously who the heck was on watch and let them be able to do that. This thing was huge so it’s not like it wasn't going to be noticeable from the rooftops. So when the madness starts Strand unleashes his inner paranoia that leads to everyone around him being an enemy. There were times it seemed like Strand was going to let down his guard and his beef with Morgan but then, queue writers doing something completely out of character for Morgan, he tries to take out Strand. It didn't make sense and there were a lot of questions as to why and how this was the direction that he took. But alas, it was the direction the show went. It wasn't a bad episode and had some tense moments, insight into Strands psyche, and the cherry on top was Alicia finally showing up with her band of merry, well not so merry, men. Brian and LT had a lot to discuss about some of the inconsistencies with the story, how the Stalkers were even able to lay siege as they did, Morgan so out of character, and Strand as Dorian Gray. So there was some good and not so good.

World Beyond this season is starting to develop into a good show but why it took this long to get there is beyond us. Brian and LT discuss this at length and was a big part of this episode for this week. The Series finale is next so will they stick the landing and give us more of the answers we seek about the CRM? We will have to wait and see.

So enjoy as Brian and LT (Kyle was not able to join this week due to a family emergency) as they discuss the Season 7 Episode 7 of Fear The Walking Dead, The Portrait.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:56 Before Episode Discussion 00:15:25 Episode Discussion 00:16:00 Ratings 00:17:02 Awesome Sauce 00:37:57 Weak Sauce 00:52:27 What Sauce 01:09:37 Sad Sauce 01:15:22 Feedback 01:28:13 World Beyond Feedback 02:25:38 News, Ratings and Info 02:30:52 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were up for Fear and World Beyond was down but up in viewers.

Ratings for S7E7 The Portrait are up this week! (Yeaaaaaaaaa) The Portrait got a 0.18 in the 18-49 demographic, with 940,000 thousand viewers, up from the S7E6 Reclamation, which got a 0.16 in the 18-49 demographic, with 880,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead did come back and it got a 0.04 in the 18-49 demographic, with 211,000 viewers. Not great but still happy to have it back. World Beyond S2E9 got a 0.11 with 539,000 thousand viewers which was down in ratings but up in viewers from S2E8 with 0.16 and 527,000 thousand viewers.

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 4

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 4, titled All Is Possible. This episode was written by Alan McElroy & Eric J. Robbins and it was directed by John Ottman.

We're sorry that this episode came out so late for regular listeners, but it was also late for Patreon listeners, too. This is probably the worst it has been for one released in the middle of the season like this. It's become increasingly more difficult to get the episodes edited in a timely fashion. I'll try to get caught up over the holidays, but that's going to be difficult. I've just got a lot on my plate right now. Hopefully, you won't have to wait as long for S4E5, which has already been recorded.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Tilly and Adira take cadets out on a training mission...

Tilly leads a training mission that goes very wrong. In the end, we get an idea of the isolation, distrust, and derisiveness that happened after "The Burn".

We will miss you!

Tilly goes off to teach at Starfleet Academy. We speculated as far as what that is going to mean for the show. We think she's not gone for good, but what will it mean for the show going forward? Did we lose as a regular one of the fans' favorite characters on this show?

Welcome back, Ni'Var!

The united Ni'Varians (Romulan and Vulcan people) are now back in the Federation, but it took (yet again) Burnham to put herself in the center of things. Even we think this gets old after a while. However, the scenes on Ni'Var were good, especially the T'Rina and Saru scenes.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 065 - All Is Possible (Star Trek: Discovery S4E4) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:54 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:12:04 About All Is Possible 00:14:03 Ratings 00:20:45 Yeses 00:45:01 Nos 01:06:17 Hold Your Horses 01:18:12 Listener Feedback 01:28:16 Our Notes 01:34:37 Spot the References 01:39:01 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:55:00 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube to get these episodes when they come out. Our next episode will be discussing Season 4 Episode 5 of Star Trek: Discovery titled The Examples. Unfortunately, this episode of the podcast came out late and we have already recorded our episode covering The Examples, but you can send in any feedback you have and we will cover it on Season 4 Episode 6. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 6, titled Stormy Weather (which was released after recording), is set EXTRA EARLY: Thursday, December 23th, 2021 at 8 PM Eastern/7 PM Central/1 AM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. The deadline for S4E7 will be Saturday, January 1st later in the day, but the actual time is still TBD. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

Want to participate? Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 3

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 3, titled Choose to Live. This episode was written by Terri Hughes Burton and it was directed by Christopher J. Bryne.

We're sorry that this episode came out so late for regular listeners. It's become increasingly more difficult to get the episodes edited in a timely fashion. I'll try to get caught up, but that's going to be difficult.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you! Ruthie liked it more than last week. I liked it less. Both of us realized that the last episode's rating may have been too generous.

The Burnhams and Tilly go after a rogue... and Stamets wants to prove a theory...

We take a bit of a break from the anomaly story to go after a rogue Qowat Milat who has killed a Starfleet officer. It's up to Burnham, Burnham's mom, and Tilly to bring her in. Stamets has theories about the anomaly, and, with Booker in tow, heads to Ni'Var to discuss them with members of the Ni'Var Science Academy.

Give him a reason to be there...

We are happy that Gray now has a body. We want him to have a purpose, and it can't just be there to be seen. That's not enough. Seeing is not doing.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 064 - Choose to Live (Star Trek: Discovery S4E3) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:22 Feedback for Last Week's Episode 00:25:10 About Choose to Live 00:26:23 Ratings 00:31:29 Yeses 01:04:32 Nos 01:52:02 Hold Your Horses 02:19:02 Listener Feedback 02:31:50 Our Notes 02:34:56 Spot the References 02:38:30 Shipwide Announcements 02:44:26 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Our next episode will be discussing Season 4 Episode 4 of Star Trek: Discovery titled All Is Possible. Unfortunately, this episode of the podcast came out late and we have already recorded our episode covering Choose to Live. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 5, with the title TBD, is tentatively set for Friday, December 17th, 2021 at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central/12 AM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. However, we do know that our deadline for S4E6 will be an early one, Thursday, December 23rd, and S4E7 will be Saturday, January 1st. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do,

STDP 063 – Anomaly (S4E2)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 04 Dec 2021 12:03:31 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 4 Episode 2 - Anomaly

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 2, titled Anomaly. This episode was written by Anne Cofell Saunders & Glenise Mullins, and it was directed by executive producer Olatunde Osunsanmi.

We're sorry that this episode came out so late for regular listeners. Unfortunately, I did not get much time to edit the episode during the week, and there were several edits that were necessary for this one, due to a few connectivity glitches and several interruptions during the course of the recording that I had to fix. Thankfully, the next episode, which is already recorded, had no such issues so, hopefully, that episode will come out sooner.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

I enjoyed this episode. Ruthie liked it but not nearly as much as last week, and by the end of the episode, she realizes her rating may have been a little generous.

Give him a reason to be there...

We are finding that we're having some issues with the Gray character. Specifically, to

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 063 - Anomaly (Star Trek: Discovery S4E2) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:15 Feedback for the previous episode 00:15:17 About Anomaly 00:16:35 Ratings 00:19:44 Yeses 00:38:03 Nos 01:05:41 Hold Your Horses 01:34:26 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:48:10 Our Notes 01:57:53 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:05:11 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Our next episode will be discussing Season 4 Episode 3 of Star Trek: Discovery titled Choose to Live. Unfortunately, this episode of the podcast came out late and we have already recorded our episode covering Choose to Live. The deadline for Season 4 Episode 4, titled All is Possible, is tentatively set for Friday, December 10th, 2021 at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central/12 AM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 4 Episode 1, titled Kobayashi Maru. This episode was written by the trio of executive producers Michelle Paradise & Jenny Lumet & Alex Kurtzman, and it was directed by executive producer Olatunde Osunsanmi. Paradise and Kurtzman are also co-showrunners of Discovery.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

We have a good start to the season by both of our accounts. It looks like the show is getting better with each season, just like every Star Trek show seems to do!

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 062 - Kobayashi Maru (Star Trek: Discovery S4E1) 00:00:17 Intro 00:05:39 About Kobayashi Maru 00:07:18 Ratings 00:10:37 Yeses 00:29:49 Nos 00:47:46 Hold Your Horses 01:16:05 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback Section) 01:50:08 Our Notes 01:58:41 Spot the References 02:01:19 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:25:02 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 4 Episode 2 of Star Trek: Discovery titled Anomaly. We had to set the deadline a little earlier, so what you're reading here is the correct time. The deadline will be Saturday, November 27th, 2021 at 10 AM Eastern/9 AM Central/3 PM UTC. Check the Facebook group for any new updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

FTWDTT 089 – Reclamation (S7E6)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 25 Nov 2021 20:51:20 +0000

Talking Through Reclamation

For this episode 89 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 6 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled Reclamation, which was written by Alex Delyle and Calaya Michelle Stallworth directed by Bille Woodruff. We also discuss The World Beyond Season 2 Episode 8, Returning Point.

Al and Morgan get into trouble but this episode does have a happy ending!

Brian was unable to join us this week but he will be back, so not to worry. This week we get a decent episode with Al and Morgan running away from the CRM. While finally seeing Al alive and well we were disappointed that we got literally nothing more about the CRM that we were hoping for. I don't know what the showrunners are doing but we need more. This would have been the perfect episode to give us that info but it just fell flat. But, we do get a happy ending for Al and Isabelle but will we see them again? That we do not know and if we do it's probably not going to be good knowing that the CRM on right on their trail.

We want to wish everyone of our listeners a Happy Thanksgiving and an even better weekend and stay safe and see you next week.

So enjoy as we discuss the Season 7 Episode 6 of Fear The Walking Dead, Reclamation.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:22 Before Episode Discussion 00:07:06 Episode Discussion 00:07:32 Ratings 00:09:07 Awesome Sauce 00:17:25 Weak Sauce 00:40:30 What Sauce 00:53:35 Sad Sauce 00:59:26 Feedback 01:23:04 World Beyond Feedback 01:49:11 News, Ratings and Info 01:51:56 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were steady for Fear and down for World Beyond.

Ratings for S7E6 Reclamation are steady this week! Reclamation got a 0.16 in the 18-49 demographic, with 880,000 thousand viewers, down from the S7E5 Till Death, which got a 0.16 in the 18-49 demographic, with 931,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead was not on and will most likely not be back until the finale. World Beyond S2E8 got a 0.08 with 527,000 thousand viewers but down in ratings from S2E7 with 0.09 and 490,000 thousand viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Reclamation. For our next episode, we’ll be covering Fear the Walking Dead S7E7 titled The Portrait and The Walking Dead World Beyond S2E9, titled Death and the Dead. We’d love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Talking Through Till Death

For this episode 88 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian, and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 5 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled Till Death, which was written by Justin Boyd & Ashley Cardiff directed by Lennie James. We also discuss The World Beyond Season 2 Episode 7, Blood and Lies.

Let's Get Ready to RRRumBlllleeeee!

This was a more humorous episode that brought us a new character Mickey 'The Bride' who escaped from the cage of Strand only to be found by the Dark Horses, aka Dwight and Sherry. That was the basis of this episode but there were some unsettling developments on where Strand is with his dictatorial new style in rebuilding his civilization. Some of us didn't like seeing the Negan-like connection but it's interesting to see this kind of development coming out of Strand. He's not what we would think of as a cold-blooded killer but it seems that day has changed.

This is where we meet Mickey. And escapest from The Tower that Strand dangles in front of Dwight and Sherry as a means of entry into his humble abode. This leads to some fun comedic scenes but also some sad outcomes but in the end, we find out, from all the people that the due meet, that Padre seems to be on everyone's mind. That is where we are left by the end of this episode and we hope that means closer to seeing Alicia and her whereabouts.

So enjoy as we discuss the rumble and tumble of Season 7 Episode 5 of Fear The Walking Dead, Till Death.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:55 Before Episode Discussion 00:10:37 Episode Discussion 00:11:04 Ratings 00:12:41 Awesome Sauce 00:27:16 Weak Sauce 00:50:37 What Sauce 01:02:22 Sad Sauce 01:06:47 Feedback 01:22:26 World Beyond Feedback 02:06:35 News, Ratings and Info 02:19:17 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were up for Fear and a little down for World Beyond.

Ratings for S7E5 Till Death are up! A switch around where we were last week so that is good. Till Death got a 0.16 in the 18-49 demographic, with 931,000 thousand viewers, up from the S7E4 Breathe with Me, which got a 0.15 in the 18-49 demographic, with 733,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead was not on and will most likely not be back until the finale. World Beyond S2E7 got a 0.09 with 490,000 thousand viewers up in viewership but down in ratings from S2E6 with 0.10 and 431,000 thousand viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Till Death. For our next episode, we’ll be covering Fear the Walking Dead S7E6 titled Reclamation and The Walking Dead World Beyond S2E8, titled Returning Point. We’d love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/.

FTWDTT 087 – Breathe with Me (S7E4)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 11 Nov 2021 13:50:51 +0000

Talking Through Breathe with Me

For this episode 87 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian, and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 4 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled Breathe with Me, which was written by Nazrin Choudhury and David Johnson directed by Tara Nicole Weyr. We also discuss The World Beyond Season 2 Episode 6, Who Are You?.

Sarah wakes up and goes looking for her twin

This was an okay episode in that we got some more character development out of Sarah and possible addition to the show with the bounty hunter's twin brother, but that was about it. There was just so much going on with us seeing that the helicopter possie was okay but the show only gave us like a ‘blink and you miss it’ reunion. Victor is still out there playing the commander of the Strandians and it looks like he has more of our people in his tower. Also, we still have this unknown group out there but who are they? What do they want? Who are they against? What's with stripping the walkers and then dispersing them about. So many questions and zero answers. Just that they are going to be a threat, but for whom. Victor? Our group?

Again we got great feedback (and a lot of it) from you listeners so keep that up. We like to hear from you and this helps drive our discussion of the episode.

World Beyond was again all over the place. We see that the CRM has some WMD and that they used it against Omaha. But again, for what reason? Jadis revealed that her plan to give Rick over to the CRM was her plan that whole time in TWD. She was creating theatre with the Trash People and that this was all just normal. I beg to differ because that is not what we saw when we were introduced to them on the main show. This show has so little time left and it doesn't look good.

So enjoy as we discuss the twins focused Season 7 Episode 4 of Fear The Walking Dead.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:56 Before Episode Discussion 00:23:09 Episode Discussion 00:23:30 Ratings 00:24:49 Awesome Sauce 00:31:26 Weak Sauce 00:46:34 What Sauce 01:08:50 Sad Sauce 01:17:47 Feedback 01:52:03 World Beyond Feedback 02:34:03 News, Ratings and Info 02:36:47 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down for Fear and a little bump for World Beyond.

Ratings for S7E4 Breathe with Me are down! Breathe with Me got a 0.15 in the 18-49 demographic, with 733,000 thousand viewers, down from the S7E3 Cindy Hawkins, which got a 0.18 in the 18-49 demographic and 871,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead was not on and will most likely not be back until the finale. World Beyond S2E6 got a 0.10 with 431,000 thousand viewers up a little in ratings but down in viewers from S2E5 with 0.09 and 510,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Breathe with Me. For our

FTWDTT 086 – Cindy Hawkins (S7E3)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 04 Nov 2021 20:14:50 +0000

Talking Through Cindy Hawkins

For this episode 86 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian, and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 3 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled Cindy Hawkins, which was written by Nick Bernardone and Jacob Pinion directed by Ron Underwood. We also discuss The World Beyond Season 2 Episode 5, Quatervois.

June and John Sr are stuck with some ghost of Teddy's past.

Everything seemed to be alright with John Sr and June stuck in Teddy's bunker until some earthquakes hit and knocked down all the booze revealing some untold horrors. While this episode had some interesting dynamics between June and John but with masked intruders trying to get in from the outside, ghosts from John Sr’s past caused some tension if not downright horrible decision making that almost cost them their lives. And I would say that was more on John Sr than on June. But what do I know?

Things are resolved in the end and they are saved before those pesky Texas tremors demolished their safe haven and right into the hands of Strand. Morgan isn't going to like that and well, we do see that in the end. The stand off awaits us all.

World Beyond is just being a bit all over the place and they only have so many episodes left. How this is going to pay off in the end we have no idea but it's not looking very good.

So enjoy as we discuss the shaky, game of LIFE of Season 7 Episode 3 of Fear The Walking Dead.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:56 Before Episode Discussion 00:15:21 Episode Discussion 00:15:44 Ratings 00:18:11 Awesome Sauce 00:39:30 Weak Sauce 00:56:17 What Sauce 01:04:14 Sad Sauce 01:09:38 Feedback 01:39:02 World Beyond Feedback 02:09:39 News, Ratings and Info 02:11:37 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down again for Fear and World Beyond!!!

Ratings for S7E3 Cindy Hawkins are down! Cindy Hawkins got a 0.18 in the 18-49 demographic, with 871,000 thousand viewers, down from the S7E2 Six Hours, which got a 0.22 in the 18-49 demographic and 955,000 thousand viewers. Talking Dead was not on and will most likely not be back until the finale. World Beyond S2E5 Quatervois got a 0.09 with 510,000 thousand viewers down from S2E4 with 0.14 and 688,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Cindy Hawkins. For our next episode, we’ll be covering Fear the Walking Dead S7E4 titled Breathe With Me and The Walking Dead World Beyond S2E6, titled Who Are You?. We’d love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadli

FTWDTT 085 – Six Hours (S7E2)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 29 Oct 2021 15:39:29 +0000

Talking Through Six Hours

For this episode 85 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian, and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 2 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled Six Hours, which was written by co-showrunners Ian Goldberg & Andrew Chambliss and directed by co-executive producer Michael E. Satrazemis. We also discuss The World Beyond Season 2 Episode 4, Family is a Four Letter Word.

Morgan, Grace and Mo venture out into the Wasteland... in a Pinto.

This episode was probably one of Karen David's best performances on the show. With the reality of their situation to a comeback from the mental anguish that this nuclear wasteland and Mo's survival. While Kyle didn't like this episode, for other reasons, it does have to state that Karen David carried this episode like a boss. We did get to meet some new people who had baby issues and some great walker effects but there were some complete stretches of the imagination with some of the scenes with this episode. I mean a diesel-powered Pinto? Come on.

There still wasn't any Alicia in this episode since it was a Morgan, Grace, and Mo-centered affair but we got a little more on Padre and that it's a location, but of what.. we will have to wait and see.

We did discuss World Beyond and again, we need this to pay off or otherwise what was the point. Kid show status is still in effect and so we hope, with what episodes they have left that we get some answers.

So enjoy as we discuss the Supernova Pinto of Season 7 Episode 2 of Fear The Walking Dead.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:55 Before Episode Discussion 00:22:33 Episode Discussion 00:22:57 Ratings 00:26:23 Awesome Sauce 00:41:52 Weak Sauce 00:56:29 What Sauce 01:18:13 Sad Sauce 01:21:06 Feedback 02:00:35 World Beyond Feedback 02:22:42 News, Ratings and Info 02:26:06 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down for Fear and so was World Beyond!!!

Ratings for S7E2 Six Hours are down! Six Hours got a 0.22 in the 18-49 demographic, with 955 million viewers, down from the Season 7 Premiere S7E1 The Beacon, which got a 0.26 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.087 million viewers. Talking Dead was not on and will most likely not be back until the finale. World Beyond S2E4 Family Is a Four Letter Word got a 0.14 with 688,000 thousand viewers down from S2E3 with 0.16 and 669,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That’s it for Six Hours. For our next episode, we’ll be covering Fear the Walking Dead S7E3 titled Cindy Hawkins and The Walking Dead World Beyond S2E5, titled Quatervois. We’d love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/Walkin

STLDP 020 – First First Contact (S2E10)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 26 Oct 2021 19:23:22 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 10 - First First Contact

We're back! Kyle, LT, and I (Brian) talk through Star Trek: Lower Decks S2E10, the season finale, titled First First Contact. This episode was written by showrunner Mike McMahan and directed by Jason Zarek.

To Be Continued...

Sorry for this coming as late as it did, but we had several things we had to remove, correct and/or edit this time around. As you can see from the length of this episode, we had a lot to talk about. One thing is for sure... We loved it! This episode had a lot going for it.

Easter Eggs - I needed some assistance this time from LT!

I think my fatigue and lack of time caught up to me this week because not only did it affect how long it took me to edit this time around, I made several mistakes in the Spot the References section. Thankfully, LT was there to catch several of them. One thing we didn't catch was that there weren't two California-class ships orbiting the planet at the end of the episode (in addition to the Cerritos, of course); there was only one. The other ship was a Parliament-class ship, like the USS Vancouver that was seen last season. That's not that big of a deal, but I don't like making mistakes!

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 020 - First First Contact (Lower Decks S2E10) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:46 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:15:02 About First First Contact 00:16:12 Ratings 00:20:30 Yeses 00:45:12 Nos 00:56:42 Not Good Enoughs 01:15:01 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:41:09 Spot the References 02:08:37 Shipwide Announcements (News) 02:33:00 Wrap Up

What's coming up on the network...

Now that the season of Lower Decks is done, we want to let you know what else is coming on this feed. Lots of Star Trek! First, Kim and James from our Rebinge DS9 podcast will be hosting Star Trek Prodigy, a RebingeIt Podcast, covering the newest animated show, Star Trek Prodigy. If you get this podcast from the Discovery, Picard, or Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed, there's nothing for you to do. However, there will be a new feed just for children on that feed that will just be for Prodigy, and we'll have more information on that in the next couple of days. In a few weeks, Ruthie and I will be returning with Season 4 of Star Trek: Discovery. After that, we will cover Season 2 of Star Trek: Picard and probably some time after that, Strange New Worlds. A lot of Trek will be coming your way from Talk Through Media for the months to come.

Links to us...

FTWDTT 084 – The Beacon (S7E1)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 21 Oct 2021 12:48:05 +0000

Talking Through The Beacon

We Are Back! For this episode 84 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian (in limited fashion), and LT talk through Season 7 Episode 1 of Fear the Walking Dead, the season premiere, titled The Beacon, which was written by co-showrunners Ian Goldberg & Andrew Chambliss and directed by co-executive producer Michael E. Satrazemis.

Strand's new beginnings, Alicia still MIA, and a nuclear wasteland...

Stand has taken a liking to his new dictatorial style. To his fashion sense decked out in a battle coat, military-style hat, and a sword. Plus he still has his way with words. He's so eloquent right before he kills you. We meet a new survivor named Will who we find out, after a lot of babble, knows Alicia, lived with Alicia, or something like that. Some of us just didn't understand the timeline that was being described by Will and with everyone's reactions to the atomic environment around them. When did the bombs go off? Weeks, Months? Who knows.

We find out a little info about what Alicia has been up to. But not much. She was with Will at some point, Will did something that got him banished by Alicia, but then when they return to the Bunker at The Franklin everyone is gone but a Murel and a cryptic note left for Will by Alicia. So time will tell when we see Alicia again and Will unfortunately will not get to make the reunion. Poor Will.

We did cover a little of World Beyond the Corduroy Addition but some of us feel that the show is taking some steps back into season one territory. And not in a good way. Let’s just hope they don't do that because it was getting interesting, the characters were getting stronger and we were getting some real intrigue with the CRM. Just don't want it to turn back into the Kid’s show like season one.

So enjoy as we discuss the Strandtastic premiere of Season 7 of Fear The Walking Dead.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:18 Before Episode Discussion 00:03:20 Episode Discussion 00:03:48 Ratings 00:09:31 Awesome Sauce 00:32:07 Weak Sauce 00:54:02 What Sauce 01:03:10 Sad Sauce 01:11:52 Feedback 01:34:56 World Beyond Feedback 01:55:29 News, Ratings and Info 02:06:27 Interact/Support to End

Ratings for the season 7 premiere are up!!!

Ratings for S7E1 The Beacon are up! Yea! The Beacon got a 0.26 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.087 million viewers, up from the Season 6 Finale S6E16 The Beginning, which got a 0.20 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.045 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.07 in the 18-49 with 295,000 viewers, lower then last weeks with a total viewers of 0.08 and 303,000 viewers. World Beyond S2E3 Exit Wounds got a 0.16 with 669,000 million viewers down from S2E2 with 0.19 and 807,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

STLDP 019 – wej Duj (S2E9)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 19 Oct 2021 00:01:27 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 9 - wej Duj

We're back! Kyle is out this week, so Brian and LT talk through Star Trek: Lower Decks S2E9, titled wej Duj. This episode was written by Kathryn Lyn and directed by Bob Saurez. Yes, we know this one is late in coming, later than ever.

This isn't the Patreon version of the episode this time...

I would have been better off, in hindsight, doing like I did last week and just released the Patreon episode to all of you, but I wasn't satisfied with the audio quality of that version. Unfortunately, trying to finish this proved impossible. Anyway, no excuses. For the season finale, I'm only going to edit one version of the episode and release it on both feeds. That said, now that it's Monday and I haven't started editing it yet, you probably won't get it until the weekend.

We loved it!

Brian and LT talk through Lower Decks S2E9 titled wej Duj. Showing the Lower Decks of some of the other ships, this was one of the best episodes of the series. The crew gets some downtime before the biomatter hits the plasma manifolds.

Easter Eggs - Courtesy of Yours Truly (Mostly) but I did have some help...

I came up with all of the Easter Eggs this time around, but I did have some help, from none other than LT, who corrected me on a few things!

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 019 - wej Duj (Lower Decks S2E9) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:22 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:05:17 About wej Duj 00:07:44 Ratings 00:10:22 Yeses 00:26:34 Nos 00:34:16 Not Good Enough 00:44:44 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 00:58:34 Our Notes 00:59:05 Spot the References 01:22:52 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:35:24 Wrap Up

For our next episode...

For our next episode, we will be covering S2E10, titled First First Contact. I'm not going to tell you a feedback deadline because... it's already passed. We've already recorded that episode Friday, October 15th.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get an "early access" version of these episodes before anyone else!

TWDTT 131 – For Blood (S11E8)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 15 Oct 2021 22:41:54 +0000

The Final Showdown between a Storm and the Pope..

For episode 131 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian, and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 8 titled For Blood. It was written by Erik Mountain and directed by Sharat Raju.

Alexandia and the crew in a stormy peril and Maggie battles for Meridian .

The showdown between Maggie and the Reapers is finally here and was there some whispering butt-kicking that was had. Pope sure does have some tricks up his sleeve but Leah ended up being the final trickster. The Alexandrians face a brutal storm with walkers knocking down the doors but Rosita showed up in the end that she is still a walker killing machine.

There was a lot of talk about where the heck is Meridian where it was a calm night but somehow Alexandria was getting its butt kicked by a storm of the century. The Hwacha, that Brian enjoys saying that word, was a puzzling choice of a weapon of mass destruction, but I guess it does send off an ominous vibe. And we get into a longer than I thought, discussion of The World Beyond. Which is starting to hold its own compared to last year. It might be good. So enjoy as Kyle, Brian, and LT as well as all our wonderful listeners feedback discuss Season 11 Episode 8th For Blood.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:22 Before Episode Discussion 00:12:26 Episode Discussion 00:12:45 Ratings 00:14:04 Awesome Sauce 00:25:14 Weak Sauce 00:38:03 What Sauce 00:59:10 Sad Sauce 01:04:54 Feedback 01:40:01 World Beyond Feedback 02:14:06 News, Ratings and Info 02:30:44 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were up!

Ratings for S11E8 For Blood are up! Yea! For Blood got a 0.53 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.914 million viewers, up from the last episode S11E7 Promises Broken, which got a 0.47 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.891 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.08 in the 18-49 with 303,000 viewers, lower then last weeks with a total viewers of 0.10 and 403,000 viewers. World Beyond S2E2 Foothold got a 0.19 with 807,000 million viewers up from S2E1 with 0.20 and 753,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it For Blood. For our next episode, we'll be covering the return of Fear the Walking Dead with the premiere of S7E1 titled The Beacon and The Walking Dead World Beyond S2E3, titled Exit Wounds. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our

TWDTT 130 – Promises Broken (S11E7)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 08 Oct 2021 23:33:45 +0000

Shhhhhh, we're whispering out here...

For episode 130 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian (in limited fashion), and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 7 titled Promises Broken. It was written by Julia Ruchman and directed by Sharat Raju.

Maggie and Negan have a plan and Eugene gets himself in a Pickle.

There were a lot of interesting things going on in this episode. Maggie and Negan have a brutal heart to heart, Eugene and the gang are working off their debt to the commonwealth but it ends up in a real pickle for Eugene. Yumiko is learning the ins and outs of the commonwealth political goings-on but kind of gets her newly reunited brother in trouble. So we will have a lot to see coming up in the two episodes left for this year.

We do talk about Daryl and Jane and the whole Reapers thing that is coming to a head. Pope is a kind of an unstable variable but what that means in the end we do not know. But we sure know Maggie, Elijah, and tag along Negan have a surprise that is slowing walking to Meridian. Next week looks to be pretty awesome.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:28 Before Episode Discussion 00:14:36 Episode Discussion 00:14:58 Ratings 00:16:40 Awesome Sauce 00:28:32 Weak Sauce 00:38:05 What Sauce 00:52:32 Sad Sauce 00:58:57 Feedback 01:18:12 World Beyond Feedback 01:41:33 News, Ratings and Info 01:45:06 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down, again.

Ratings for S11E7 Promises Broken are up! Yea! Promises Broken got a 0.47 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.891 million viewers, up from the last episode S11E6 On the inside, which got a 0.43 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.782 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.10 in the 18-49 with 403,000 viewers, lower then last weeks with a total viewers of 0.14 and 700,000 viewers. World Beyond S2E1 Konsekans got a 0.43 with 1.782 million viewers up from the two part Season Finale of S1E9-10 with 0.15 and 618,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Promises Broken. For our next episode, we'll be covering two more episodes: The Walking Dead S11E8, titled For Blood, and The Walking Dead World Beyond S2E2, titled Foothold. And don't forget Fear the Walking Dead Season 7 starts October 17th. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

STLDP 018 – I, Excretus (S2E8)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 08 Oct 2021 16:07:08 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 8 - I, Excretus

We're back! Brian, Kyle, and LT talk through Star Trek: Lower Decks S2E8, titled I, Excretus. This episode was written by Ann Kim and directed by Kim Arndt. This may be the best episode yet of Lower Decks, as the Cerritos Lower Decks and senior officers switch roles and go through the situations of the past! This one is late in coming. We apologize. In fact...

This actually IS the Patreon version of the episode...

I ran out of time this week, so what you're hearing is the version of the episode that I published to the Patreon listeners. I did more editing on this Patreon episode than I normally do when I produced this, so you'll find that it won't sound all that different from the regular version. The main difference is that you won't hear the music at the start and end of the episode. Rather than making you wait longer, I decided that the Patreon version was good enough. I'm sorry to make everyone wait so long this week. I just hadn't made enough progress on the final version that I didn't want to wait any longer and this version is good enough. We didn't want you to wait any longer for this one because this was the first great episode of this season, and I called it my favorite episode of the series to date.

Easter Eggs - Courtesy of Yours Truly (Mostly) but I did have some help...

Like the last two weeks, I came up with most of the Easter Eggs myself, but I did get some help from YouTube videos by Jessie Gender and What Culture.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 018 - I, Excretus (Lower Decks S2E8) 00:00:17 Intro 00:03:07 About I, Excretus 00:05:00 Ratings 00:11:45 Yeses 00:41:42 Nos 00:57:46 Not Good Enough 01:07:35 Open Hailing Frequencies 01:17:29 Our Notes 01:20:21 Spot the References 01:39:10 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:54:44 Wrap Up

For our next episode...

For our next episode, we will be covering S2E9, titled wej Duj. Get in your feedback by Friday, October 8, 2021 (that's today, at the time I release this), at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central, unless we extend that to Saturday again.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget

TWDTT 129 – On the Inside (S11E6)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 01 Oct 2021 17:32:45 +0000

One of the best episodes of The Walking Dead in Years.

For episode 129 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian, and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 6 titled On the Inside. It was written by Kevin Deiboldt and directed by Greg Nicotero.

Haunted Houses, forcibly detached appendages, and a beautiful Reunion.

In one of the scariest episodes in show history, Connie and Virgil run into the wrong house, and Daryl, Leah, and the Reaper gang, unfortunately, run into the right house. We had one of the best episodes in The Walking Dead in years and the highest ratings from us as well as our listeners since the start of Season 11. I hope this continues because this was absolute almost perfect.

Daryl and company run around looking for Maggie and torturing Frost. Kyle is not so on board with this part of the story but maybe it will pay off. There is the Daryl and Carol Spinoff in the works so maybe this is part of what leads to that, but who knows. We will have to wait and see.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:18 Before Episode Discussion 00:09:05 Episode Discussion 00:12:04 Ratings 00:14:27 Awesome Sauce 00:25:04 Weak Sauce 00:37:03 What Sauce 00:49:58 Sad Sauce 01:00:20 Feedback 01:12:56 News, Ratings and Info 01:16:06 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down, again.

Ratings for S11E6 On the Inside are down, reaching another all-time low. On the Inside got a 0.43 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.782 million viewers, down from the last episode S11E5 Out of the Ashes, which got a 0.51 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.914 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.14 in the 18-49 with 700,000 viewers, steady in rating but up in the total viewers of 0.14 and 657,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for On the Inside. For our next episode, we'll be covering two episodes: The Walking Dead S11E7, titled Promises Broken, and The Walking Dead World Beyond returns for its second and final season, with S2E1, titled Konsekans. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

First we want to welcome our New Patron, DeEtta Patterson! Thank you for all your support of the po

STLDP 017 – Where Pleasant Fountains Lie (S2E7)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 30 Sep 2021 16:03:16 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 7 - Where Pleasant Fountains Lie

We're back! Brian, Kyle, and LT talk through Star Trek: Lower Decks S2E7, titled Where Pleasant Fountains Lie. This episode was written by Garrick Bernard and directed by Jason Zarek. This one is late in coming. We apologize.

Prince Billups

It was a bit of a weird Ren Faire episode this week. Billups is royalty, and he must take the throne if he is no longer a virgin. Talk about TMI. In fact, this story didn't do it for me at all. It was a turn off.

Jeffrey Combs is back!

We love Jeffrey Combs, and he was perfect as the evil computer. We hope he will be back to play this or some other character! The Mariner/Boimler/evil computer, in contrast to the Billups story, was really good. I do disagree with LT though. I LOVE black licorice!

Easter Eggs - Courtesy of Yours Truly (Mostly)

Like last week, I came up with most of the Easter Eggs myself, about 90% of them, and there are a LOT of them, but I did find this video to fill out what I didn't find, from the What Did I Miss YouTube channel, Hopefully, you like the ones that I found/presented.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 017 - Where Pleasant Fountains Lie (Star Trek: Lower Decks S2E7) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:09 Feedback for Previous Episode 00:07:22 About Where Pleasant Fountains Lie 00:08:39 Ratings 00:10:22 Yeses 00:18:34 Nos 00:34:16 Not Good Enough 00:45:53 Open Hailing Frequencies 01:06:13 Our Notes 01:08:44 Spot the References 01:22:21 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:32:35 Wrap Up

For our next episode...

For our next episode, we will be covering S2E8, titled I, Excretus. Get in your feedback by Friday, October 1, 2021, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central, unless we extend that to Saturday again.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get an "early access" version of these episodes before anyone else!

TWDTT 128 – Out of the Ashes (S11E5)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 24 Sep 2021 22:54:17 +0000

The Commonwealth is not all that it's cracked up to be and a return to Hilltop is bittersweet.

For episode 128 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 5 titled Out of the Ashes. It was written by LaToya Morgan and directed by Greg Nicotero.

Kids, why are they so stupid, Hilltop surprise and Commonwealth of Information.

So, in this episode, we get to see more of the Commonwealth and there are definitely secrets behind the curtain. What, we don't know, but it's all very suspect. Eugene gets some help from Stephanie to access the town radio to contact the group, Princess is flirting around with the red stormtrooper, and Yumiko is reconnected with her brother Tomi who has a sweet tooth instead of a scalpel. Again, from the start, we see the propaganda that the Commonwealth is using to either hide its underbelly or keep control of its citizens and all those that seek asylum. Maggie and Negan hit it off again, and by hit it off she throws a knife at his head (well a walker behind him but still). Negan tries to influence Maggie with commonsense about their situation but in the end, her decision won with the return of Father Gabriel and Elijah to the safe house. Aaron, Carol, and more go back to the ruins of Hillside only to find some whispering squatters that start to push Aaron over to the dark side. Like really dark. There was so much pain and anger behind his eyes that I wonder if he's going to go all Rick Grimes and do whatever it takes, good or bad, to protect the ones around him. And yes, by the end we get some good news about Connie. That was the icing on the cake for this episode.

We again have great feedback from our listeners and overall I think most enjoyed this episode more than what we have already been given so let’s hope that continues.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:46 Before Episode Discussion 00:14:24 Episode Discussion 00:16:41 Ratings 00:18:13 Awesome Sauce 00:34:42 Weak Sauce 00:48:06 What Sauce 00:54:33 Sad Sauce 01:01:56 Feedback 01:56:01 News, Ratings and Info 01:59:22 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down, again.

Ratings for S11E5 Out of the Ashes are up. Out of the Ashes got a 0.51 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.914 million viewers, up from last episode S11E4 Rendition, which got a 0.46 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.884 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.14 in the 18-49 with 657,000 viewers, up in rating but down in the target demo from 0.12 and 700,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Out of the Ashes. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E6, titled On the Inside. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 6 - The Spy Humongous

We're back! Brian and Kyle are joined later in the podcast by LT, and the three of them talk through Star Trek: Lower Decks S2E6, titled The Spy Humongous. This episode was written by John Cochran and directed by Bob Suarez.

The Pakleds...

The Pakleds are a funny alien species, but they are a bit problematic. If they are as dumb as they seem, how can they be a spacefaring civilization? We talked about that quite a bit this week. My take on the Pakleds is: Don't overthink them too much. Once you start to question them, they kind of fall like a house of cards. They just don't make a lot of sense.

Mary Lou and Dwight Berman exchange messages...

We've been graced with Mary Lou's voicemails the last four episodes, and now Dwight Berman's two voicemails. Will we have a love connection on this podcast? Stay tuned next week!

Easter Eggs - Courtesy of Yours Truly

Like most episodes of Lower Decks, this one is filled with Easter Eggs from Star Trek of old. This one was no different. I couldn't find an article with them this week, so I found my own. I did find some with additional help last week, but this week, these are 100% my findings. Hopefully, you like the ones that I found.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 016 - The Spy Humongous (Lower Decks S2E6) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:17 Feedback on Previous Episodes 00:03:55 About The Spy Humongous 00:06:37 Ratings 00:08:12 Yeses 00:20:25 Nos 00:26:13 Not Good Enough 00:40:05 Open Hailing Frequencies (Feedback) 01:00:56 Our Notes 01:10:57 Spot the References 01:17:32 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:32:14 Wrap Up

Next week...

For our next episode, we will be covering S2E7, title TBA. Get in your feedback by Friday, September 24, 2021, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Sign up to Paramount+! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as Paramount+ gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Daryl is captured by the Reapers and look who's there.

For episode 127 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 4 titled Rendition. It was written by Nicole-Mirante Matthews and directed by Frederick E.O. Toye.

Leah shows her face and Dog seriously walks away from Daryl!

The Reapers are an interesting bunch. Stocked with Meridian's supplies and God on their side. Makes for another cultish romp that I think most of us are a little tired of. Leah is there who we saw Daryl with back in Season 10c. She is looking a little older but wouldn't you know it. Dog, at the first chance, just walks away from, who we thought was his boo. Not anymore. I give that a Sad Face emoji. Overall this episode was pretty standard TWD fare that hopefully has more to the full arch of the final season and not just some filler for time. Great feedback from our listeners this week, as always. Keep it up.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:39 Before Episode Discussion 00:04:20 Episode Discussion 00:05:19 Ratings 00:07:02 Awesome Sauce 00:14:07 Weak Sauce 00:23:25 What Sauce 00:33:08 Sad Sauce 00:38:30 Feedback 00:50:33 News, Ratings and Info 00:57:08 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down, again.

Ratings for S11E4 Rendition are down. Rendition got a 0.46 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.884 million viewers, down from last episode S11E3 Hunted, which got a 0.49 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.8730 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.12 in the 18-49 with 700,000 viewers, down from 0.12 and 731,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Rendition. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E5, titled Out of the Ashes. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

We hope you will enjoy this first experiment. We are going to try offering Patrons early access to our regular

STLDP 015 – An Embarrassment of Dooplers (S2E5)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 14 Sep 2021 04:38:11 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 5 - An Embarrassment of Dooplers

We're back! Brian and Kyle talk through Star Trek: Lower Decks S2E5, titled An Embarrassment of Dooplers. The Cerritos escorts a diplomat with a very weird quirk to a conference at Starbase 25, Boimler and Mariner try to crash a big Starfleet party, while Tendi and Rutherford play with model starships. We thought it was a better episode than last week - especially Kyle, who did not like last week's episode AT ALL.

Note on the Recording...

You may notice that the audio sounds a little different this week, specifically, the intro and outro music. We have been using AAC files instead of MP3 for the Star Trek podcast episodes. However, for some reason, we couldn't upload the AAC file to our hosting provider, so we're going with the MP3 version instead. The only thing you may notice is that the music sounds is in mono.

Mary Lou Has a Fan!!!

We have been blessed with voicemails from Mary Lou for the last three episodes. Well, we've got another voicemail from Mary Lou, and it seems that Mary Lou has an admirer. We've got two voicemails from a fan of Mary Lou!

Easter Eggs for the Taking

Like most episodes of Lower Decks, this one is filled with Easter Eggs from Star Trek of old. This one was no different. I couldn't find an article with them this week, so I found my own. I found quite a few, but there were a lot more that I missed, particularly in the bar.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 015 - An Embarrassment of Dooplers (Lower Decks S2E5) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:31 Feedback for Last Week's Episode 00:12:09 About An Embarrassment of Dooplers 00:13:30 Ratings 00:15:45 Yeses 00:25:05 Nos 00:36:48 Not Good Enough 00:44:41 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 01:00:36 Our Notes 01:01:25 Spot the References 01:09:25 Open Hailing Frequencies (News) 01:32:55 Wrap Up

Next week...

For our next episode, we will be covering S2E6, title TBA. Get in your feedback by Friday, September 17, 2021, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

TWDTT 126 – Hunted (S11E3)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 11 Sep 2021 00:15:36 +0000

Horses, it's what's for dinner!

For episode 126 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian, and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 3 titled Hunted. It was written by Vivian Tse and directed by Frederick E.O. Toye.

Reaper Wheeper!

The Reapers scattered our crew in all directions and it wasn't pretty but at lease some were sent six feet under. Some without their shoes. Maggie and Negan are still at it again but I think Maggie is getting a little soft. Carol gets the girl squad to hunt down the horses only to make a 'Wilbur, look at the flowers' moment. But I guess when you are starving you have to do what is needed to survive. We have some great feedback from our listeners and some of our own about Alden. I'll just leave it at that. I don't want to jinx anything with his life on the line.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:58 Before Episode Discussion 00:03:50 Episode Discussion 00:06:48 Ratings 00:08:37 Awesome Sauce 00:16:55 Weak Sauce 00:27:11 What Sauce 00:44:59 Sad Sauce 01:00:16 Feedback 01:13:04 News, Ratings and Info 01:17:42 Interact/Support to End

Ratings were down but it was the holiday weekend, after all.

Ratings for S11E3 Hunted are down. Hunted got a 0.49 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.873 million viewers, down from last episode S11E1 Acheron, Part II, which got a 0.52 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.990 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.12 in the 18-49 with 731,000 viewers, down from 0.18 and 779,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Hunted. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E4, titled Rendition. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 7 PM Eastern / 6 PM Central the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

We hope you will enjoy this first experiment. We are going to try offering Patrons early access to our regular episodes. These versions of the episodes will be less polished than the final version of

STLDP 014 – Mugato, Gumato (S2E4)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 06 Sep 2021 06:10:29 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 4 - Mugato, Gumato

We're back! Brian and LT talk through Star Trek: Lower Decks S2E4, titled Mugato, Gumato. This episode was written by Ben Rodgers and directed by Jason Zurek.

Another Mary Lou Voicemail...

We didn't get a lot of feedback this week, probably due to the Labor Day weekend. However, if you listened the last two weeks, you know we've gotten very special voicemails from Mary Lou. This week, she left another voicemail for us!

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 014 - Mugato, Gumato (Lower Decks S2E4) 00:00:17 Intro 00:04:50 Errata 00:05:53 About Mugato, Gumato 00:07:46 Ratings 00:08:57 Yeses 00:21:32 Nos 00:29:57 Not Good Enough 00:33:04 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 00:47:17 Spot the References 00:52:56 Shipwide Announcements (News) 01:10:00 Wrap Up

Next week...

For our next episode, we will be covering S2E5, with a title to be determined. Get in your feedback by Friday, September 10, 2021, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Sign up to Paramount+! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as Paramount+ gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming on Paramount Plus! Click this banner to sign up, and you'll help support the podcast!

Speaking of our Patreon...

It's been a while since we have done another Patreon episode. We're sorry about that. We do have some ideas in mind going forward that we will be starting in the upcoming weeks. Go to https://www.patreon.com/brianandruthie and you can join for as little as $1/month! You'll also be helping out the podcast cover monthly expenses, which are there whether we have episodes or not.

Become a Patron! Gage, Roy and more Train Cars!

For episode 125 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Brian, and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 2 titled Acheron, Part 2. It was written by Angela Kang and Jim Barnes and directed by Kevin Dowling.

Maggie, that was cold!

Well, Maggie doesn't seem to be bothered by the choices she makes. She also isn't that great at giving a pep talk but I guess she has seen some things and has had to make some hard choices to stay alive. We do get to see the return of Gage and Roy but without the supplies, they ran off with. And Negan has an interesting arch in this episode. Is there going to be a change in relations between him and Maggie? I guess we will have to see.

We did like the look of this episode and a glimpse of those who were surviving down in the subway after the fall. But as with most things, walkers get involved and make a mess out of things. Luckily we know our group can handle themselves. Even if some of their Train car clearing tactics were a bit weak.

Yumiko, Eugene, King Ezekiel and Princess finally get reunited and step into a brand new world.

This time we see Yumiko show off her skills against the Commonwealth Buerocrats. She knows how to read a room. This does play out well for our group but they did take one last poke at Eugene to break him, but it didn't work. At least that is what Kyle thinks. This in the end gets our group reunited and passing inspection for entry into the Commonwealth and a surprise (well, not really) introduction to the one and only Stephine. Eugene is finally getting a girlfriend...well we think so. Guess we will have to wait and see.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:04:51 Feedback before Episode Discussion 00:08:48 Episode Discussion 00:10:29 Ratings 00:12:10 Awesome Sauce 00:37:27 Weak Sauce 00:53:11 What Sauce 01:19:20 Sad Sauce 01:27:06 Feedback 01:35:46 News, Ratings and Info 01:38:44 Interact/Support to End

Ratings went down but up in the Parrots.

Ratings for S11E2 Acheron, Part II are down a little but a nice surprise in the Parrots as the show jumped up to number 2, really, this is awesome. Acheron, Part II got a 0.52 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.990 million viewers, down from last episode S11E1 Acheron, Part I, which got a 0.60 in the 18-49 demographic and 2.216 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.18 in the 18-49 with 779,000 viewers, down from 0.18 and 874,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Acheron, Part II. For our next episode, we'll be covering The Walking Dead S11E3, titled Hunted. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook g

STLDP 013 – We’ll Always Have Tom Paris (S2E3)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 31 Aug 2021 06:48:07 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 3 - We'll Always Have Tom Paris

We're back! Brian and Kyle talk through Star Trek: Lower Decks S2E3, titled We'll Always Have Tom Paris. Tendi takes Mariner on a mission, Rutherford is haunted by a mystery, and Boimler's having security issues. And, oh yeah, Tom Paris shows up on the ship! However, not long enough for our tastes.

Another Mary Lou Voicemail...

If you listened last week, you know we got a very special voicemail from Mary Lou. This week, she left another voicemail for us!

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 013 - We'll Always Have Tom Paris (S2E3) 00:00:17 Intro 00:06:22 About We'll Always Have Tom Paris 00:08:02 Ratings 00:09:14 Yeses 00:23:01 Nos 00:29:55 Not Good Enough 00:38:17 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 00:51:13 Our Notes 00:53:09 Spot the References 01:04:51 Open Hailing Frequencies (News) 01:13:16 Wrap Up

Next week...

For our next episode, we will be covering S2E4, titled Mugato, Gumato. Get in your feedback by Friday, September 3, 2021, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Sign up to Paramount+! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as Paramount+ gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming on Paramount Plus! Click this banner to sign up, and you'll help support the podcast!

Speaking of our Patreon...

Become a Patron! We are back!

For episode 124 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian, LT, Kyle and special guest Ruthie talk through The Walking Dead Season 11 Episode 1 titled Acheron, Part 1. It was written by Angela Kang and Jim Barnes and directed by Kevin Dowling.

Maggie and Negan have a spat!

We have long known Maggie and Negan are not BFFs and we get to see this more out in the open. But what we couldn't figure out is what the heck is she waiting for. Dragging him along on a mission when we know she what's him to part this apocalyptic world. But it seems the tables (or dumpster) have turned by the end of this Episode. So we will just have to wait to find out. Although we do think that Angela Kang and the Gimple have learned from their ways and won't treat their fans to another dumpster gate.

We talk a lot about the opening scene at the military base and the Mission Impossible take to get some MREs in wooden crates. There were some questions about why and what they were doing because while it was a cool way to open the show. It just didn't make a lot of sense. Plus LT brings up some good points about Maggie and her death match attitude that also didn't seem to make any sense. Why put your people through all that when you are going to fight some other baddies for much-needed food and supplies.

Also, we are joined by the wonderful Ruthie who you may know from early Walking Dead Talkthrough seasons as well as the first few seasons of Fear the Walking Dead Talktthough. She joins in midstream to give us her takes about the season premiere of Season 11.

Yumiko, Eugene, King Ezekiel and Princess get the runaround by the Commonwealth Bureaucrats.

Princess has some Eugene skills but in a more behavioral profiling sort of way where Eugene is all facts and figures. We are looking forward to how she can use this in the episodes ahead. King E might not be able to hide his cancer for too much longer. I mean when you cough up blood in front of your captors, things gonna change. And Yumiko gets a surprise from her past that looks to change the status (hopefully) of the others. I guess we shall see.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:74 Feedback before Episode Discussion 00:06:36 Episode Discussion 00:07:37 Ratings 00:10:18 Awesome Sauce 00:32:23 Weak Sauce 01:04:53 What Sauce 01:12:23 Sad Sauce 01:16:45 Feedback 01:26:40 News, Ratings and Info 01:31:49 Interact/Support to End

Ratings went up...a little

Ratings for S11E1 Acheron, Part I are up a little and that is a good thing. Acheron, Part I got a 0.60 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.216 million viewers, up from last episode S10E22 Here's Negan, which got a 0.60 in the 18-49 demographic and 2.124 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.18 in the 18-49 with 874,000 viewers, way up from 0.09 and 307,000 viewers. Plus they were actually in studio this time which was a great thing to see.

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 2 - Kayshon, His Eyes Open

We're back! Brian and Kyle are here to talk through the Season 2 premiere of Star Trek: Lower Decks, titled Kayshon, His Eyes Open. This episode was written by co-executive producer Chris Kula and directed by Kim Arndt, who directed three episodes last season.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Lower Decks, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Boimler's a little out of his element

I didn't mention it on the podcast, but one of the funniest Boimler moments was when Boimler was taking notes at the briefing and Riker said "you don't have to write that down" and Boimler wrote that down. I absolutely LOVED how they used the transporter clone like what happened to Riker in the TNG episode Second Chances.

Kayshon, the puppet Kayshon...

We meet the new security chief, Kayshon, who is Starfleet's first Tamarian. This was a little different than I expected, but still good.

Collectors are great for the Spot the References Section!

Like the last episode, there were a lot of Trek references this week. We found a lot of them ourselves, but this Den of Geek article to help us find more. From the giant Spock 2, to those headsets from the TNG episode "The Game", to the Vulcan weapons from Amok Time, to the giant Abraham Lincoln, to a baseball bat and ball, to crates of Chateau Picard wine, there were a lot of them. Boimler also references the Enterprise in his little speech to the away team. Effectively, it was the intellectual episodes vs. the action episodes. Essentially, Trek is both.

A Very Special Voicemail...

I know some people don't listen all the way through the episode, so I wanted to highlight a particularly amazing voicemail we received this week. We couldn't stop laughing. So, if you don't want to listen to the whole episode, skip to that voicemail. Trust me, you will thank me!

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 012 - Kayshon, His Eyes Open 00:00:17 Intro 00:03:32 Open Hailing Frequencies (for last week's episode) 00:09:59 About Kayshon, His Eyes Open 00:11:33 Ratings 00:13:33 Yeses 00:33:28 Nos 00:41:14 Not Good Enough 00:48:33 Open Hailing Frequencies (Listener Feedback) 00:55:24 A Very Special Voicemail (you'll want to hear this!!!) 01:07:07 Spot the References 01:14:52 Shipwide Announcements 01:28:39 Wrap Up

Next week...

For our next episode, we will be covering S2E3, which we didn't know at the time of recording, but it's titled We'll Always Have Tom Paris. Get in your feedback by Friday, August 27, 2021, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on

STLDP 011 – Strange Energies (S2E1)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 18 Aug 2021 00:00:38 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 2 Episode 1 - Strange Energies

We're back! Brian, Kyle, and LT are here to talk through the Season 2 premiere of Star Trek: Lower Decks, titled Strange Energies. This episode was written by creator, executive producer, and showrunner Mike McMahan and directed by Jason Zurek.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen the season premiere of Lower Decks, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Mariner and Freeman - Mom and daughter working together...

It seems like neither of them like the new situation. The episode starts with a big holodeck adventure, which comes to a sudden stop because of the Andorian "Jennifer". It quickly turns into Ransom turns into Gary Mitchell meets Apollo. It was an enjoyable, funny episode, although maybe not quite as good as the last three or four from last season.

Spot the References...

Like Season 1, there were a lot of references this week. We used this Den of Geek article to help find them, although we did find a lot of them on our own. Among them: Gary Mitchell, the Cardassians, the Chain of Command two-parter, a Miranda-class starship just like the USS Reliant, and a whole bunch of other things, too.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:03:34 About Strange Energies 00:05:21 Ratings 00:07:37 Yeses 00:21:10 Nos 00:34:25 Not Good Enough 00:41:24 Hailing Frequencies (Feedback Section) 00:49:40 Our Notes 00:57:28 Spot the References 01:03:41 Shipwide Announcements 01:30:32 Wrap Up

Next week...

For our next episode, we will be covering S2E2, titled Keyshon, His Eyes Open. Get in your feedback by Friday, August 20, 2021, at 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

FTWDTT 083 – The Beginning (S6E16)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 21 Jun 2021 11:39:46 +0000

Talking Through The Beginning

We're late this time out AGAIN, but for this episode 83 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through Season 6 Episode 16 of Fear the Walking Dead, the season finale, titled The Beginning, which was written by co-showrunners Ian Goldberg & Andrew Chambliss and directed by co-executive producer Michael E. Satrazemis.

This was mostly a positively received season finale, but the episode had one flaw...

We ended up recording the episode over two nights. We started late on Wednesday night, so we finished it on Thursday night. During the two recordings, I started thinking about what I thought didn't make sense, so I watched the episode a second time and did a detailed analysis of how the timeline of the end of S6E15 USS Pennsylvania fits with this episode. The answer: For the most part, it doesn't. There are several examples where either not enough time has passed, or too much time has passed, and there are also some distance issues that aren't related to where the warheads landed. You'll have to listen to the podcast to get more information.

There were a lot of good things about the finale though...

We thought that, although creepy, the writers got Teddy's true motives and actions right on the money, and the scene with Teddy, Dakota, JD Sr and June, we enjoyed Strand (how it was written anyway), Dwight and Sherry, Daniel figuring out Rollie was the mole, and Morgan and Grace finally sharing their feelings once and for all were all highlights. Also, with a radioactive, Chernobyl-like Texas, the showrunners have laid out for what looks like what could be an interesting Season 7.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:40 Feedback on Previous Episodes 00:19:27 About The Beginning 00:20:11 Ratings 00:21:54 Awesome Sauce 00:37:00 Weak Sauce 01:21:49 What Sauce 01:58:50 Sad Sauce 02:07:17 Listener Feedback 02:23:09 Our Notes 02:24:42 News, Ratings and Info 02:28:30 Wrap Up

We have ratings for the season finale and they are up!!!

We didn't have the ratings for S6E15 USS Pennsylvania when we recorded last week but we posted them on the blog post. We'll post them again. Last week, the episode received an all-time low of 0.17 in the 18-49 demographic, with 872,000 viewers, down from the S6E14 Mother's 0.23 and 940,000 viewers, which was the all-time viewers' low at the time. The season finale got a 0.20 in the 18-49 demographic but was up in total viewers with 1.045 million viewers. I speculated that it was because the episode did better with 25-54 and 50+ viewers, but I didn't have the ratings for those demos. Unfortunately, I did not have any ratings information for Talking Dead, though it returned for the season finale.

Talking Through USS Pennsylvania

We're very late this time out AGAIN, but for this episode 82 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through Season 6 Episode 15 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled USS Pennsylvania, which was written by Nazrin Choudhury & Nick Bernardone and directed by Heather Cappiello.

This was was a mixed review, but not so mixed...

We were split with this episode. LT gave it a 5, while Brian gave it an 8. Neither of them thought it was the worst episode, but clearly, Brian liked it more. Listener reactions were similar to LT's than Brian's.

Just go? And a strange use of resources...

One thing that we all had a problem with was Morgan telling Teddy and Riley to go. That just seemed dumb for everyone. Also, it seemed weird that everyone went to the sub, but they weren't used very well. Only Strand and Morgan go forward. Why were the rest of them there? What did they do?

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:08:17 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:22:41 About USS Pennsylvania 00:23:46 Ratings 00:26:50 Awesome Sauce 00:36:11 Weak Sauce 00:56:07 What Sauce 01:13:49 Sad Sauce 01:18:33 Listener Feedback 01:31:59 Our Notes 01:32:50 News, Ratings and Info 01:38:41 Wrap Up

We finally have ratings for last week, and this week's ratings are lower...

We didn't have the ratings for S6E15 USS Pennsylvania when we recorded but we do now. After skipping a week, it got an all-time low of 0.17 in the 18-49 demographic, with 872,000 viewers, down from the previous episode's 0.23 and 940,000 viewers, which was the all-time viewers' low at the time.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! Next time, we will be covering the season finale, S6E16 titled The Beginning. Get in your feedback by 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Tuesday, June 15, 2021. If you don't make it in time, send it anyway and we'll cover it in the finale episode! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

We could use your help when the podcast returns!

This season, doing the podcast has been challenging, and we could use your help. Our availability is limited for each of us on Tuesdays when the bulk of the feedback comes in. We have to grab it from the various sources, including Talking Through Mother

We're very late this time out AGAIN, but for this episode 81 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through Season 6 Episode 14 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled Mother, which was written by Channing Powell & Alex Delyle and directed by Janice Cooke.

I was just too soon!

We get a great scene in the cold open. We see Teddy on death row, just as the apocalypse is starting. A fellow death row inmate gets lethal injection, and then starts a zombie attack in the prison. Teddy just thinks he had the right idea all along. He was just too soon.

Old friends gone astray...

Teddy takes Alicia and new arrival Dakota on a road trip and they meet up with old friends from the stadium: Douglas, his wife Viv, and Cole. Do you remember Cole? He was a character who had a thing for Victor, but they never consumated the relationship. Unlike Alicia and the gang, Cole, Viv, and Doug became bad guys. You know, I hadn't thought of it when we recorded, but, for a time, Alicia, Nick, Luciana, and Victor had turned to be the bad guys for a short while before they ran into John Dorie and Morgan.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:52 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:04:10 About Mother 00:06:12 Ratings 00:10:30 Awesome Sauce 00:24:11 Weak Sauce 00:40:29 What Sauce 00:52:36 Sad Sauce 00:57:47 Listener Feedback 01:12:09 Our Notes 01:17:58 News, Ratings & Info 01:25:04 Wrap Up

We finally have ratings for last week, and this week's ratings are lower...

We finally have the ratings are for S6E13 J.D. It got a 0.27 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.091 million viewers, up from the previous episode's 0.25 and 988,000 viewers. For S6E14 Mother, it got a 0.25 in the 18-49 demographic, with an all-time low of 940,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! Next time, we will be covering S6E15 titled USS Pennsylvania. With the Memorial Day weekend off for Fear the Walking Dead, remember to get your feedback in by 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Tuesday, June 8, 2021. If you don't make it in time, send it anyway and we'll cover it in the finale episode! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail

FTWDTT 080 – J.D. (S6E13)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 26 May 2021 14:19:41 +0000

Talking Through J.D.

We're very, VERY late this time out AGAIN, but for this episode 80 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through Season 6 Episode 13 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled J.D., which was written by Nick Bernardone & Jacob Pinion and directed by superfan Aisha Tyler.

Two new family units

While looking for clues about these underground dwellers, June meets up with John Dorie Sr., who has a connection to our bad guy Teddy. It's ironic that John Dorie's dad was so close by for so many years but they never saw each other. It turns out that the criminal John's dad framed was none other than Teddy. Sherry intends to say goodbye to Dwight while she heads to Virginia to kill Negan, but that ends up not happening. Instead, Dwight and Sherry decide to start over and have their own family unit.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:06 About J.D. 00:05:43 Ratings 00:08:43 Awesome Sauce 00:24:04 Weak Sauce 00:39:35 What Sauce 00:48:09 Sad Sauce 00:53:08 Listener Feedback 01:15:29 News, Ratings and Info 01:21:39 Wrap Up

We don't know what the ratings are...

We don't know what the ratings are for S6E13 J.D., even though I'm writing this more than a week after we recorded the episode. The website where we have been getting ratings, showbuzzdaily.com, had been down for several days, and now, although they have the pages up, they can't add new ones, so we until then, the chart will stay the same. If you recall, S6E12 In Dreams got a 0.25 in the 18-49, with an all-time low of only 988,000 viewers, the first time Fear the Walking Dead was under 1 million viewers in first-run.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! Next time, we will be covering S6E14 titled Mother. Get your feedback in by 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Wednesday, May 26, 2021, which will be a quick turnaround for most of you, since we're getting this out on the same day. If you don't make it in time, send it anyway and we'll cover it in the next episode! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

We could still use your help!

FTWDTT 079 – The Holding/In Dreams (S6E11/12)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 18 May 2021 08:28:39 +0000

Talking Through The Holding & In Dreams

We're very, VERY late this time out, but for this episode 79 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through two episodes of Fear the Walking Dead: Season 6 Episode 11, titled The Holding, which was written by Channing Powell and directed by K.C. Colwell, and Season 6 Episode 12, titled In Dreams, which was written by Andrew Chambliss & Ian Goldberg & Nazrin Choudhury and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis.

Land of the Crazies?

We first discuss Season 6 Episode 11 The Holding, which members of our gang go undercover to meet the underground bad guys. Wes finds out his brother didn't die, but has instead taken up with this underground cult. We also meet the charismatic Teddy and his from death brings life.

We then discuss Season 6 Episode 12 In Dreams, which was a very different episode than the preceding one. Grace is in a dream state after an explosion, as she's going into labor with her baby. This is an uplifting episode until the very end, when it delivers the worst of gut punches.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:03:40 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:19:05 About The Holding 00:20:34 Ratings for The Holding 00:22:29 Awesome Sauce for The Holding 00:30:48 Weak Sauce for The Holding 00:41:05 What Sauce for The Holding 00:50:26 Sad Sauce for The Holding 00:51:40 Listener Feedback for The Holding 01:01:43 Our Notes for The Holding 01:03:53 About In Dreams 01:05:00 Ratings for In Dreams 01:07:22 Awesome Sauce for In Dreams 01:13:15 Weak Sauce for In Dreams 01:24:36 What Sauce for In Dreams 01:33:56 Sad Sauce for In Dreams 01:40:09 Feedback for In Dreams 01:59:56 Our Notes for In Dreams 02:00:37 News, Ratings, and Info 02:05:48 Wrap Up

Ratings are down...

Ratings for S6E11 The Holding and S6E12 In Dreams were down from S6E10 Handle With Care. S6E11 The Holding got a 0.26 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.033 million viewers, down from the 0.26 and 1.102 million viewers. S6E12 In Dreams was slightly down to 0.25 in the 18-49, but reached an all-time low of only 988,000 viewers, the first time Fear the Walking Dead was under 1 million viewers in first run.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! Next time, we will be covering S6E13 titled J. D. Get your feedback in by 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Tuesday, May 18, 2021, which will be a quick turnaround for most of you. If you don't make it in time, send it anyway! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkt

FTWDTT 078 – Handle With Care (S6E10)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 01 May 2021 14:03:19 +0000

Talking Through Handle With Care

We're late this time out, but for this episode 78 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through the mid-season premiere Handle With Care. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 10 was written by Ashley Cardiff & David Johnson and directed by co-executive producer Heather Cappiello.

Daniel! Daniel?

After complaining that we haven't had enough Rubén Blades this season, we get a big Daniel Salazar episode this week. Unfortunately, by the end of the episode, our former Salvadoran torturer has yet again been made toothless by the showrunners, and we're not talking about his shocking bridge plate. This one was an interesting episode, with some issues. How did Daniel do all this without getting detected by anyone else? Or was he framed? Only time will tell.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:33 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:13:30 About Handle With Care 00:18:07 Ratings 00:20:00 Awesome Sauce 00:36:38 Weak Sauce 01:05:03 What Sauce 01:16:22 Aww Sauce 01:18:57 Listener Feedback 01:30:21 Our Notes 01:44:14 News, Ratings, and Info 01:50:34 Wrap Up

Ratings are down...

Ratings for S6E10 Handle With Care were even with the last episode, S6E9 Things Left to Do. It got a 0.26 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.102 million viewers, down from the previous episode's 0.22 and 1.119 million viewers. Talking Dead was not on again this week.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! Next time, we will be covering S6E11 titled The Holding. Get your feedback in by 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Tuesday, May 4, 2021. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

We could still use your help!

This season, collecting feedback has been challenging, and we could use your help. Our availability is limited for each of us on Tuesdays when the bulk of the feedback comes in. We have to grab it from the various sources, including the Facebook group, the feedback form, email, and voice mail; put it into a Google doc; separate it into the appropriate sections of the podcast: Ratings, sauces, and feedback; and then fix things like spelling mistakes, grammar, and format, and then divide it by

FTWDTT 077 – Things Left to Do (S6E9)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 26 Apr 2021 23:57:04 +0000

Talking Through Things Left to Do

We're late this time out, but for this episode 77 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through the mid-season premiere Things Left to Do. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 9 was written by Nick Bernardone and directed by co-executive producer Michael E. Satrazemis.

MAJOR SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

Again, for the second week in a row, there are major spoilers in this episode, so if you haven't seen this episode of Fear the Walking Dead, stop now!!! Go watch it and then come back and listen to us! This time, our main villain so far this season, Virginia (Ginny) was killed, by none other than John's wife, June. This one was a tense episode, with lots of action, drama, and conflict, but it wasn't without issues.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:45 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:24:56 About Things Left to Do 00:28:10 Ratings 00:29:32 Awesome Sauce 00:39:37 Weak Sauce 01:07:32 What Sauce 01:18:50 Sad Sauce 01:22:13 Listener Feedback 01:42:42 Our Notes 01:45:15 News, Ratings, and Info 01:50:31 Wrap Up

Ratings are down...

Ratings for S6E9 Things Left to Do were even with the last episode, S6E8 The Door. It got a 0.22 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.119 million viewers, down from the previous episode's 0.26 and 1.171 million viewers. The 18-49 rating was the program's lowest to date, and the total viewers' figure was the second-lowest to date. Talking Dead was not on this week.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! Next time, we will be covering S6E10 titled Handle With Care. Get your feedback in by 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Tuesday, April 27, 2021. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

We could still use your help!

FTWDTT 076 – The Door (S6E8)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 19 Apr 2021 20:03:57 +0000

Talking Through The Door

We're late this time out, but for this episode 76 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through the mid-season premiere The Door. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 8 was written by the showrunners Ian Goldberg & Andrew Chambliss and directed by co-executive producer Michael E. Satrazemis.

MAJOR SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Fear the Walking Dead, stop now!!! Go watch it and then come back and listen to us! Unfortunately, we lost a fan favorite this week. John Dorie, who has been a favorite since Season 4, died in this episode. John Dorie was almost universally loved by fans, and Garret Dillahunt was also loved by fans for playing him. I personally believe this is one of those examples that you reap what you sow. This is speculation on my part, but I think the poor storylines of Season 4b and 5, as well as the fan reaction to Garret/John vs. the show, were the reasons why Garret left the show. It was probably a mutual decision. The showrunners probably realized that they needed to kill off a character, and when Garret got wind of it, he probably volunteered.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:36 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:24:17 About The Door 00:25:10 Ratings 00:29:20 Awesome Sauce 00:51:37 Weak Sauce 01:10:12 What Sauce 01:26:21 Aww Sauce 01:36:02 Listener Feedback 02:17:00 Other Notes 02:24:49 News, Ratings, and Info 02:34:44 Wrap Up

Ratings are even, total viewers are up...

Ratings for S6E8 The Door were even with the last episode, S6E7 Damage From the Inside. It got a 0.26 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.171 million viewers, improving from the previous episode's 0.26 and 1.085 million viewers. At the late hour, Talking Dead rated out of the top 150 cable shows Sunday night, with a 0.03 and only 132,000 viewers, down from the midseason finale's 0.04 in the 18-49 and 254,000 thousand viewers.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! Next time, we will be covering what would have been the original midseason premiere of Season 6, had COVID not stopped production, S6E9 titled Things Left to Do. Get your feedback in by 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Tuesday, April 20, 2021. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: Backstory of the Man with the Bat!

For episode 123 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT and Kyle talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 22 titled Here's Negan. Here's Negan was written by David Leslie Johnson-McGoldrick and directed by Laura Belsey.

We finally get the 411 on Negan...Negan Smith!

We have waited for a long time to get more about Negan and his wife before he turned into a murderous villain. And it was worth the wait. This was the best episode out of the six that we got in this extra Season 10c and we wish all of the episodes we got were as good as this one. The acting chemistry between Jeffrey Dean Morgan and his wife Hilarie Burton Morgan was one of the best and made this episode even better. There was so much to this and the end scene with a very tense stare-down between Maggie and Negan make us look forward to what they have in store for us in Season 11.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:59 Feedback from Last Episode 00:11:30 Episode Discussion 00:16:40 Ratings 00:18:35 Awesome Sauce 00:42:02 Weak Sauce 00:57:14 What Sauce 01:05:32 Sad Sauce 01:11:15 Feedback 01:28:42 News, Ratings and Info 01:45:49 Wrap Up

Ratings went up...

Ratings for S10E22 Here's Negan are up and that is a good thing and not surprising. Here's Negan got a 0.60 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.124 million viewers, up from last week's S10E21 Diverged, which got a 0.55 in the 18-49 demographic and 1.938 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.09 in the 18-49 with 307,000 viewers, down from 0.13 and 620,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Here's Negan. For our next episode, we'll be covering Fear the Walking Dead S6E8, titled The Door. Fear Is Back! We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The moved up the deadline for feedback and it will be 6 PM Eastern this Wednesday (Yes, we moved it up so you have lots of time) after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough. We hope we will be doing some Patreon content in the upcoming weeks.

Subscribe and Support!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts or whatever is your podcast client of choice.

TWDTT 122 – Diverged (S10E21)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 02 Apr 2021 20:05:14 +0000

Yawn!

For episode 122 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT and Kyle talk through, more like Yawn through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 21 titled Diverged. Diverged was written by Heather Bellson and directed by David Boyd.

Did we really need this episode?

Well if you haven't already started the podcast yet just know this one is marked explicit. There were no more F's to give by the time we finished. This episode was just too F'ing slow. And really? Did we need another episode about Carol and Daryl? I mean where's Maggie? Or Rosita? I mean it was nice to see Jerry but they could have given us more. While it was not all doom and gloom and we understand that Covid made its mark on production, but this just wasn't great. And the ratings, while have been going down for some time, was the lowest. Ever. And I don't blame anyone. We did get good feedback and the listeners did make some good points. And we do agree with them, but just want good TWD content and not just filler, just because. Next week does look better. And I hope it delivers. With that I hope you enjoy our discussion, that is not just all bad, just hard to cover, this time around.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:00:58 About Diverge 00:05:43 Ratings 00:11:58 Awesome Sauce 00:19:56 Weak Sauce 00:25:18 What Sauce 00:38:08 Sad Sauce 00:38:42 Feedback 01:00:33 News, Ratings, and Info 01:12:16 Wrap Up

Ratings reach all-time lows, again...

Ratings for S10E21 Diverged are back to historic lows. Diverged got a 0.55 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.938 million viewers, down from last week's S10E20 Splinter, which got a 0.56 in the 18-49 demographic and 2.113 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.13 in the 18-49 with 620,000 viewers, down from 0.18 and 808,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Diverged. For our next episode, we'll be covering S10E22, titled Here's Negan. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 6 PM Eastern the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough. We will be doing some Patreon content in the upcoming weeks.

Subscribe and Support!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Splinter!

For episode 121 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT and Kyle talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 20 titled Splinter. Splinter was written by Julia Ruchman & Vivian Tse and directed by Laura Belsey.

Princess loses her mind...no seriously!

I mean did she ever. I mean there's the ADHD, the anxiety, the PTSD, the depression, the crushing loneliness, and the active imagination that helps her cope with all of it. I guess you could say we had spilt personalities this episode. Kyle liked the episode after the second watch but Brian and LT were just okay with it. I mean for what it was we did get a little introduction of Princess but what does that mean going forward into Season 11. I guess we will have to wait a see. We did get more insight into the stormtroopers and about how they operate when they meet new people. This is our first introduction of the Commonwealth and it didn't look like it was going in the way Eugene may have thought it was. We did have some feedback, good and bad, but while I hope what we are being given in this Season 10.5 of the Walking Dead, that it pays off for when we get to see Season 11 this fall. Fingers Crossed.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:23 Episode Discussion 00:05:29 Ratings 00:07:06 Awesome Sauce 00:25:00 Weak Sauce 00:45:14 What Sauce 00:52:29 Sad Sauce 01:18:26 Feedback 01:21:13 News, Ratings, and Info 01:34:00 Interact with Us and Support 01:36:01 Wrap Up

Ratings reach all-time lows...

Ratings for S10E20 Splinter are back to historic lows. Splinter got a 0.56 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.113 million viewers, down from last week's S10E19 One More, which got a 0.57 in the 18-49 demographic and 2.170 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.18 in the 18-49 with 808,000 viewers, up from 0.16 and 696,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Splinter. For our next episode, we'll be covering S10E21, titled Diverged. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 6 PM Eastern the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough. We will be doing some Patreon content in the upcoming weeks.

Subscribe and Support!

Please remember to subscribe to us on One More!

For episode 120 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT and Kyle (Yes, He's back) talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 19 titled One More. One More was written by Erik Mountain & Jim Barnes and directed by Laura Belsey. Kyle also gives his thoughts on Episode 17, Home Sweet Home and Episode 18, Find Me.

Gabriel likes Bourbon! Who knew?

It turns out that Gabriel is a bourbon connoisseur. Who Knew? This was a better episode as some of you thought the last two were slow. But we did get a good Aaron and Gabriel pairing on their journey to find supplies. There was a lot of blood, dead families, and a crazy tense encounter with none other Robert Patrick playing a character named May who forced our two into a deadly game of Russian Roulette. In this episode, we get to see sides of Gabriel that I don't think we have seen before. A deeper sense of his view of others and this world where Aaron is still holding on to hope and the good in people. Even if they are not so good to him. In the end, these last few episodes are giving us new insights into our characters that we hope pay off in Seasons 11.

Ratings reach all-time lows...

Ratings for S10E19 One More are back to historic lows. One More got a 0.57 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.170 million viewers, down from last week's S10E18 Find Me, which got a 0.65 in the 18-49 demographic and 2.259 million viewers. Talking Dead got a 0.16 in the 18-49 with 696,000 viewers, down from 0.18 and 800,000 viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for One More. For our next episode, we'll be covering S10E20, titled Splinter. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. The deadline for feedback will be 6 PM Eastern the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough. We will be doing some Patreon content in the upcoming weeks.

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 119 – Find Me (S10E18)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 13 Mar 2021 01:11:07 +0000

Find Me!

For episode 119 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 18 titled Find Me. Find Me was written by Nicole Mirante-Matthews and directed by David Boyd.

Puppy Dog!

We get a Dog origin story this week. It turns out that Daryl WASN'T the one to name him Dog. It turns out... Leah did. Who's Leah, you ask? We've never seen her before, but what happened to her? Will we see her again? Will she be in the next series?

Daryl's got a girlfriend! Daryl's got a girlfriend?

It turns out that Daryl met and had a relationship in that seven-year period after Rick's death, Daryl had a relationship with a woman he met named Leah. Daryl was given an ultimatum, where he had to choose between his people, staying out there looking for Rick, and being with Leah. By the time he decided, it was too late, but why did he have to make that decision? It seemed baffling to us, especially me. And while we're at it, put the map away!!!

Carol and Daryl...

When Carol leaves Alexandria with him, he calls her on it. He even says that he should have let her stay on that boat. Until he said it, I forgot about that boat. Of course, we know they are going to end up together in a series, so any conflict between them is a little anti-climactic, but it was still good drama nonetheless.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:01:34 About Find Me 00:05:57 Ratings 00:09:24 Awesome Sauce 00:15:10 Weak Sauce 00:27:48 What Sauce 00:30:39 Aww Sauce 00:34:24 Listener Feedback 00:37:02 Our Notes 00:41:43 News, Ratings & Info 01:01:38 Wrap Up

Ratings reach all-time lows...

Ratings for S10E18 Find Me are back to historic lows. Find Me got a 0.65 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.259 million viewers, down from last week's S10E17 Home Sweet Home, which got a 0.92 in the 18-49 demographic and 2.891 million viewers. The previous low was the original season finale, S10E16 A Certain Doom, which got a 0.87 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.727 million viewers. Talking Dead got 0.18 in the 18-49 with 800,000 viewers, down from 0.32 and 1.036 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Find Me. For our next episode, we'll be covering S10E19, titled One More We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmed

TWDTT 118 – Home Sweet Home – (S10E17)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 08 Mar 2021 20:31:36 +0000

It's back! Home Sweet Home!

After all this time, the 10c premiere is here! I'm sorry that we're late this week, due to problems we had during the recording (though you won't hear it much) and being busy at work. For episode 118 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and LT are joined by former co-host Ruthie to discuss The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 17 titled Home Sweet Home. Home Sweet Home was written by Kevin Deiboldt & Corey Reed and directed by David Boyd.

Maggie's back! And Negan's there...

The looks exchanged between Maggie and Negan in the cold open was classic. Clearly, there is a confrontation in their future. Will she kill Negan? Will they make peace?

Ghillie Suit!

I didn't know the term ghillie suit before this episode. Of course, I've seen ghillie suits before, but I've never heard the term. He takes care of Maggie's redshirts. Why Pope marked Maggie (or their group), no one but the characters know at this point.

Chapters

00:00:00 Intro 00:03:33 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:04:31 About Home Sweet Home 00:06:17 Ratings 00:10:25 Awesome Sauce 00:24:55 Weak Sauce 00:56:05 What Sauce 01:03:25 Listener Feedback 01:15:05 Our Notes 01:21:52 News, Ratings, and Info 01:30:47 Wrap Up

Ratings are up!

Ratings for S10E17 Home Sweet Home are up from historic lows. It got a 0.92 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.891 million viewers. That beats S10E16 A Certain Doom, which got a 0.87 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.727 million viewers. Talking Dead was also up. It got a 0.32 in the 18-49, 1.036 million viewers. It improved from 0.20 in the 18-49 demographic with 682,000 viewers back in October.

Send in your feedback!

That's it for Home Sweet Home. You may have already seen the episode before you hear this podcast, but for our next episode, we'll be covering S10E18, titled Find Me. We'd love it if you sent in your feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. Deadline for Feedback will be 6 PM Eastern the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

STDP 061 – Patreon Call-in 2/6/2021 – Discovery Season 3

Talk Through Media — Sun, 28 Feb 2021 04:50:55 +0000

Patreon Discovery Season 3 Wrap-Up!

We're back!!! We actually recorded this episode three weeks ago as a Patreon Discovery Season 3 call-in show, but now we bring it to the rest of our listeners. Recorded on February 6, 2021, this version has a few minor audio glitches in it. The audio is taken from Zoom, so the quality isn't quite up to spec, but I don't think you'll really notice a big difference. There are a few sequences where you can tell that the conversation got misaligned a bit, but it's only in a couple of places. We also had some audio interference in a few places as well but most of the recording sounds good otherwise.

Listen to us discuss Discovery Season 3 with our Patrons!

Joining Ruthie and me are patrons Laurence Todd (a.k.a. LT from NC, and co-host of The Walking Dead Talk Through), Kim Voegele (co-host of Re-binge DS9), Fred Petrij (a.k.a. Fred from the Netherlands), Geoff Gentry (Geoff XForce11), Jeff Baiocco, and Robert Kaiser. We mostly discuss Discovery Season 3, with a little bit of Lower Decks. We plan to go back to monthly Patreon episodes, so you should start seeing more content coming soon.

Speaking of our Patreon...

This was originally released to our Patreon supporters on February 10th (and this corrected version on February 11th). If you want to listen to it when it comes out, sign up for our Patreon! https://www.patreon.com/brianandruthie for as little as $1/month and you'll get access as soon as they're released AND can participate in call-in shows, like this one!

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Check the Facebook group for any updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

STDP 060 – That Hope Is You, Part 2 (S3E13)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 23 Jan 2021 11:50:08 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 13 - That Hope Is You, Part 2

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 13, titled That Hope Is You, Part 2 This episode was written by co-showrunner Michelle Paradise, and it was directed by executive producer Olatunde Osunsanmi.

Please forgive us for taking so long to get this one out. This one is our second longest recording and because we are releasing it as a single episode, our longest episode to date. I am glad to take several weeks off before podcasting again.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Like the last episode, we have another split vote. Brian loved it, and Ruthie didn't like it very much.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 060 - That Hope Is You, Part 2 (Star Trek: Discovery S3E13) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:15 Feedback on Previous Episodes 00:14:48 About That Hope Is You, Part 2 00:16:22 Ratings 00:20:37 Yeses 00:50:01 Nos 01:53:54 Hold Your Horses 02:29:56 Listener Feedback 03:37:16 Our Notes 03:50:19 Shipwide Announcements 03:59:13 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 13 of Star Trek: Discovery titled That Hope Is You, Part 2 (formerly believed to be titled Outside). The deadline for the rest of the season will be Saturday, 6 AM Eastern/5 AM Central. Check the Facebook group for any updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 12 - There Is A Tide...

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 12, titled There Is A Tide... This episode was written by Kenneth Lin, and it was directed by Jonathan Frakes. Osyraa arrives at Federation Headquarters and has a surprising deal to offer Vance: Peace. Burnham and Tilly individually work to take back Discovery..

For the final four episodes, we are switching to a Saturday morning recording schedule due to the holiday season. Because of that, we are extending the deadlines to Saturday morning. Keep this in mind, especially for you European listeners. You have an extra 11 hours to get in your feedback to us! That may mean that the episodes may come out later than normal as well. Unfortunately, if I can't get the episode's editing completed by Sunday night, most weeks, it turns into a several night thing.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Like the last episode, we have another split vote. Brian loved it, and Ruthie didn't like it very much.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 059 - There Is A Tide… (Star Trek: Discovery S3E12) 00:00:17 Intro 00:02:52 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:19:09 About There Is A Tide… 00:21:01 Ratings 00:25:31 Yeses 00:51:17 Nos 01:15:34 Hold Your Horses 01:39:51 Listener Feedback 01:59:43 Our Notes 02:08:27 Shipwide Announcements 02:16:16 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 13 of Star Trek: Discovery titled That Hope Is You, Part 2 (formerly believed to be titled Outside). The deadline for the rest of the season will be Saturday, 6 AM Eastern/5 AM Central. Check the Facebook group for any updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. You can leave us a review on several different platforms here. Also, you can leave us a review on the Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 11 - Su'Kal

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 11, titled Su'Kal. This episode was written by Anne Cofell Saunders, and it was directed by Norma Bailey.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 058 - Su'Kal (Star Trek: Discovery S3E11) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:08 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:18:22 About Su'Kal 00:19:57 Ratings 00:24:47 Yeses 00:47:10 Nos 01:16:47 Hold Your Horses 01:35:59 Listener Feedback 02:07:55 Our Notes 02:11:41 Shipwide Announcements 02:24:04 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 12 of Star Trek: Discovery titled There Is A Tide… (formerly believed to be The Good of the People). The deadline for the rest of the season will be Saturday, 6 AM Eastern/5 AM Central. Check the Facebook group for any updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!!

Links to us...

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 10 - Terra Firma, Part 2

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 10, titled Terra Firma, Part 2. This episode's teleplay was written by Kalinda Vazquez, with the story by Bo Yeon Kim & Erika Lippoldt & Alan McElroy, and it was directed by Chloe Domont.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 057 - Terra Firma, Part 2 (Star Trek: Discovery S3E10) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:13 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:20:14 About Terra Firma, Part 2 00:22:29 Ratings 00:27:51 Yeses 01:03:17 Nos 01:23:33 Hold Your Horses 01:37:13 Listener Feedback 02:01:57 Our Notes 02:05:34 Shipwide Announcements 02:14:12 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 11 of Star Trek: Discovery titled Su'Kal (formerly believed to be titled The Citadel). The deadline for the rest of the season will be Saturday, 6 AM Eastern/5 AM Central due to the holiday season. Check the Facebook group for any updates. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Don't forget! If you have been listening to us on the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast to get the Discovery episodes. If you're listening to us on the Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed, there's nothing for you to do.

Links to us...

STDP 056 – Terra Firma, Part 1 (S3E9)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 18 Dec 2020 19:20:46 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 9 - Terra Firma, Part 1

We're back!!! On this supersized episode, Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 9, titled Terra Firma, Part 1. This episode's teleplay was written by Alan McElroy, with the story by Bo Yeon Kim & Erika Lippoldt & Alan McElroy, and it was directed by Omar Madha.

Sorry about the lateness this episode is in getting to you. Unfortunately, I had to work over the weekend and later into the week, so my editing time was compromised. That said, I got this episode released (mistitled, but I've since fixed it) on our YouTube Channel. Remember to smash that Subscribe button and ring the notification bell to get notified as soon as new episodes come out!

For the final four episodes, we are switching to a Saturday morning recording schedule due to the holiday season. Because of that, we are extending the deadlines to Saturday morning. That may mean that the episodes may come out later than normal as well because we are switching to a Saturday morning recording schedule for the rest of the season. Keep this in mind, especially for you European listeners. You have an extra 11 hours to get in your feedback to us!

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Shocked! Shocked I say!!!

Georgiou's condition worsens and the Discovery computer sends them to a distant planet for a remote chance for a cure. What happens there may surprise you. May surprise you??? I was DUMBFOUNDED!!! For the first time in more than 200 episodes of podcasting, I could not rate this episode!!! It was SO out of left field for me. I did not expect them to go to the Mirror Universe, though, in retrospect, I should have. Opinions were many and spirited for this episode. After re-watching it more than once (I only got to watch it once this week prior to recording), I can tell you that I appreciated the episode a LOT more after the shock of it wore off, but you'll hear me talk about that a lot this week. All in all, I knew it was (mostly) a great episode this week, but I had so many questions about it, I had to defer my rating. Ruthie also had a lot of questions, but she gave it a rating. Going to the Mirror Universe now seems like it's a natural thing to do, given Georgiou's condition, but we questioned its place in the season, and it taking away from the main plot. Next week, I'll bring something up about how it seems like a back door pilot and only placed here because they decided to bring Michelle Yeoh and Georgiou into Season 3.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 056 - Terra Firma, Part 1 (Star Trek: Discovery S3E9) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:58 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:12:28 About Terra Firma, Part 1 00:14:19 Ratings 00:27:47 Yeses 01:02:11 Nos 01:13:46 Hold Your Horses 01:54:47 Listener Feedback 02:22:42 Our Notes 02:31:44 Shipwide Announcements 02:41:42 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

STDP 055 – The Sanctuary (S3E8)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 10 Dec 2020 05:48:57 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 8 - The Sanctuary

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 8, titled The Sanctuary. This episode was written by Kenneth Lin & Brandon Schultz, and it was directed by Jonathan Frakes.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 055 - The Sanctuary (Star Trek: Discovery S3E8) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:08 Feedback on Previous Episodes 00:06:24 About The Sanctuary 00:07:57 Ratings 00:12:41 Yeses 00:23:29 Nos 00:49:05 Hold Your Horses 01:04:42 Listener Feedback 01:35:38 Our Notes 01:42:00 Shipwide Announcements 01:51:27 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 9 of Star Trek: Discovery titled Terra Firma, Part 1. The deadline for the rest of the season will be Saturday 6 AM Eastern/5 AM Central unless otherwise noted in the Facebook group. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Don't forget! If you have been listening to us on the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast to get the Discovery episodes. If you're listening to us on the Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed, there's nothing for you to do.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

FTWDTT 075 – World Beyond Finale (S1E9-10)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 05 Dec 2020 17:38:57 +0000

Talking Through World Beyond Season Finale

For this episode 75 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, LT, Kyle and Brian talk through the Season Finale of World Beyond. We had some scheduling and recording issues this week so I had to make some creative editing so it will sound a little different then what you are used to.

A World Beyond felt more like a World Apart.

This was the end of Season 1 of the TWD spinoff World Beyond. And, well it felt like as viewers, it was more less Walking Dead and more Scooby-Doo. With what we have seen in this universe these kids just didn't seem really in danger or surviving but more like caught in the drama of being..... Dramatic. We do get CRM's master plan regarding Hope and why Lieutenant Colonel Kublek gave the map to Hope and Iris to find their dad but again why was it necessary to wipe out the entirety of the Campus Colony? We also get some insight with their Dad and his distrust about the Military arm of the Civic Republic, Felix has a boyfriend, Will, that we never knew about and they reunite in the end, and Elton finds Percy, and later they find Silas who takes one for the team. Overall it was interesting and some episodes were better than others but overall we don't understand what the whole point is. Guess we will find out in Season 2.

Ratings are down

The World Beyond Finale S1E9-10 got a 0.15 in the 18-49 demographic with 618,000 thousand viewers. We had a Talking Dead, but only on the AMC apps and it didn't even make the top 150.

Subscribe and Support!

Don't forget that we have our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough! I have a press pass but need some help with the costs of getting and staying there. Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts or whatever is your podcast client of choice. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! And join our Facebook group!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher

STDP 054 – Unification III (S3E7)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 30 Nov 2020 19:25:12 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 7 - Unification III

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 7, titled Unification III. This episode's teleplay was by Kirsten Beyer, and it was directed by Jon Dudkowski.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Vulcan isn't called Vulcan anymore?

That's right, it's called Ni'Var, and not only do the Vulcans live there but so do the Romulans. It seems the unification of Romulus and Vulcan Spock sought centuries ago happened.

The Qowat Milat? Mom???

Burnham needs a Qowat Milat, and one comes for her... and it's Gabrielle Burnham??? That's right, the other Red Angel. I don't think there's a single viewer out there that could have predicted that!

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 054 - Unification III (Star Trek: Discovery S3E7) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:12 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:22:19 About Unification III 00:23:48 Ratings 00:27:14 Yeses 00:44:12 Nos 01:00:40 Hold Your Horses 01:22:52 Listener Feedback 01:42:13 Our Notes 01:49:57 Shipwide Announcements 01:56:14 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 8 of Star Trek: Discovery titled The Sanctuary. The deadline will be back to its regular day and time, 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Friday, December 4, 2020, and not extended further unless otherwise announced on the Facebook group. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Don't forget! If you have been listening to us on the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast to get the Discovery episodes. If you're listening to us on the Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed, there's nothing for you to do.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

FTWDTT 074 – Damage From the Inside (S6E7)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 25 Nov 2020 20:41:35 +0000

Talking Through Damage From the Inside

For this episode 74 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, LT, Kyle and Brian talk through the Mid-Season Finale Damage From the Inside. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 7 was written by Jacob Pinion and directed by Tawnia McKiernan. We also discuss a little bit about World Beyond Episode 8 titled The Sky Is a Graveyard.

A Taxidermy Nightmare... well, not really.

So we get from the start Dakota is being escorted to safety by Strand and his Rangers with one of them looking like Virginia's Doppelgänger. We don't know if that was on purpose, or if maybe this actor is Colby Minifie's stunt double. But in any case, something happens and Strand and Ranger Samuels investigate only to come back and everyone is dead and Dakota is missing. Cue, Alicia, and Charlie are just sitting on some outpost, and Strand calling for them to help find the missing girl. Then things get strange but visually was fun to see. The creepy hunting lodge, stuffed animals, and a creepy lone survivor who likes to play dress-up with walkers as a way to keep the living away.

This wasn't the best episode this season and finally getting Alicia some screen time was a welcome sign but seemed a wasted opportunity by the showrunners. For a Mid-Season Finale is really lacked some punch and felt like more of a weak attempt at a B-Horror film. We did get to see Alicia finally reunite with Morgan which was a really great scene. Strand is still sticking to his conman ways and I guess we did get some sort of payoff with the whereabouts of Grace. In the end, with knowing that Covid interrupted their plans and the real Mid-Season finale wasn't finished we just hope the back half, when it returns, pays off.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We will be covering the two hour finale of The Walking Dead World Beyond in it's entirety now that Fear is on hiatius but if you have feedback about Fear's Mid-Season finale we will cover that too! Next time, we'll cover feedback we get for the two hour finale of World Beyond S1E9 The Deepest Cut, and S1E10 In This Life. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, December 1, 2020. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are down

Ratings for S6E7 Damage From the Inside were down from the last episode, S6E6 Bury Her Next to Jasper's Leg. This week, Fear was able to get a 0.26 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.085 million viewers. World Beyond S1E8 The Sky Is a Graveyard got a 0.15 in the 18-49 demographic with 627,000 thousand viewers. We had a Talking Dead after all this time and it got a 0.04 in the 18-49 with 254,000 thousand viewers.

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 6 - Scavengers

We're back!!! Ruthie and Brian talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 6, titled Scavengers. This episode's teleplay was by Anne Cofell Saunders, and it was directed by Doug Aarniokoski.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

NCC-1031-A?

I don't get it. They replaced almost every piece of the Enterprise NCC-1701, but it didn't get the A. That was called a refit. This is called a retrofit. Why does it get the A?

The All-in-One Communicator/Transporter/PADD/Tricorders... we don't like them!

Let me specifically say why I don't like them. We can't see enough detail in them to see how many pips there are, and the color changes aren't varied enough to be seen very well.

Burnham and Saru...

We both had issues with Burnham and Saru in this episode. It leaked into practically every section of this podcast. Specifically, we don't like the direction they are taking her character. We also think that Saru could have stopped it from happening before it started!

Messy Chapters this week...

You will notice, if you're the type of listener that uses our chapters, they're a bit sloppy this week. Ruthie and I delved into Burnham and Saru's actions in this episode during our Yeses, and they are clearly Nos. Rather than try to edit them to all be together with the rest of the Nos, it felt more authentic to leave them as they were.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 053 - Scavengers (S3E6) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:09 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:03:47 About Scavengers 00:05:13 Ratings 00:08:58 Yeses, Part 1 00:18:56 Burnham/Saru No, Part 1 00:25:47 Yeses, Part 2 00:28:30 Burnham/Saru No, Part 2 00:29:44 Yeses, Part 3 00:43:20 Burnham/Saru No, Part 3 00:44:53 Nos 01:03:00 Hold Your Horses 01:34:06 Listener Feedback 01:59:31 Our Notes 02:09:16 Shipwide Announcements 02:15:20 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

Make sure you have subscribed to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to get these episodes when they come unless you listen to us on the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 7 of Star Trek: Discovery titled Unification III. The deadline will be extended this week, due to the Thanksgiving Day holiday, to 7 AM Eastern/6 AM Central on Saturday, November 28, 2020, and not extended further unless otherwise announced on the Facebook group. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Don't forget! If you have been listening to us on the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast to get the Discovery episodes. If you're listening to us on the Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed, there's nothing for you to do.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on

STDP 052 – Die Trying (S3E5)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 20 Nov 2020 23:44:55 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 5 - Die Trying

Ruthie's back!!! After a forced two-week hiatus, she's back with Brian to talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 5, titled Die Trying. This episode's teleplay was by Sean Cochran, based on a story by James Duff & Sean Cochran. It was directed by Maja Vrvilo. We apologize for the lateness of this episode. Unfortunately, a long episode combined with life getting in the way led to a late episode this week.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

No more references section...

We have decided to eliminate the Spot the References section of the podcast.

More to come...

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 052 - Die Trying (S3E5) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:39 Ruthie's thoughts on the last two episodes 00:15:23 Why Ruthie was gone 00:24:52 Feedback from Previous Episodes 00:33:34 About Die Tr ying 00:34:59 Ratings 00:38:22 Yeses 01:14:04 Nos 01:36:28 Hold Your Horses 02:09:39 Listener Feedback 02:47:24 Other Notes 03:00:00 Shipwide Announcements 03:08:00 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

We have switched over to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast a few weeks ago. The Star Trek Picard Cast will NOT have the Discovery episodes, so make sure you have subscribed to the Discovery feed unless you listen to us on the Discovery feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 6 of Star Trek: Discovery titled Scavengers. The deadline will be 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Friday, November 20, 2020, unless announced on the Facebook group otherwise. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Don't forget! If you have been listening to us on the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast to get the Discovery episodes. If you're listening to us on the Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed, there's nothing for you to do.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! You can do the same on Podchaser. Also, you can leave us a review on the Talk Through Media Facebook page. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Talking Through Bury Her Next to Jasper's Leg

For this episode 73 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, LT, Kyle and Brian talk through Bury Her Next to Jasper's Leg. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 6 was written by Alex Delyle and directed by Sharat Raju. We also discuss a little bit about World Beyond Episode 7 titled Truth or Dare.

June you had your chance and you didn't take it! AARGH!

Wow, in the episode it looked like the tides would turn for our group but kind of was surprised on June's decision. I'm not sure if it was a power move or a stupid one and seemed to put a wedge between her and John in the end. We are reunited with Luciana and while its good to see her alive and working Tank Town but the apparent sabotage by The End is the Beginning people really looks like a death throw to Ginny and the rest of the settlements. No Oil, No Life! I can only imaging this is going to make everyone's relationship on both sides more tense. This season so far has been getting better and better so I just hope that continues.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We will be covering Fear The Walking Dead in it's entirety but if you have feedback about the Spinoff World Beyond we will cover that too, but the main focus will be with Fear! Next time, we'll cover feedback we get for the mid-season finale S6E7 Damage from the Inside, and then briefly talk through any feedback for The Walking Dead: World Beyond S1E8, titled The Sky is a Graveyard. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 24, 2020. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are down

Ratings for S6E6 Bury Her Next to Jasper's Leg were a mixed bag again from the last episode, S6E5 Honey. This week, Fear was able to get a 0.32 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.27 million viewers, up in the viewers this time but down demo from 0.35 and 1.244 million viewers. World Beyond S1E7 Truth or Dare got a 0.20 in the 18-49 demographic with 783,000 thousand viewers, up from 0.21 and 726,000 thousand viewers last week.

We could still use your help!

FTWDTT 072 – Honey (S6E5)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 10 Nov 2020 23:18:23 +0000

Talking Through Honey

For this episode 72 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, LT, Kyle and Brian talk through Honey. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 5 was written by Ashley Cardiff and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. We also discuss a little bit about World Beyond Episode 6 titled Shadow Puppets. Kyle fixes his mistake and we included Brian's Ratings, Sauces for last episode of The Key and hopefully can get him out of the doghouse ;)

Sherry is not so sweet but we don't blame her after all she's been through!

In this episode, we see Dwight and Sherry together again but that doesn't last so long. Sherry has been with a mask-wearing group of Ginny misfits with plans to try and rid the apocalypse of her but again Morgan seems to come out of nowhere to spread his word of a place where they all can be safe... again lol. We do get some insight on how bad Negan's scars are on our crossover characters and I really did enjoy seeing that even if it was brief. In the end, Dwight sides with Morgan and AL and Sherry decides that she's just not ready to walk away from her new friend’s plans.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We will be covering Fear The Walking Dead in it's entirety but if you have feedback about the Spinoff World Beyond we will cover that too, but the main focus will be with Fear! Next time, we'll cover feedback we get for S6E6 Bury Her Next to Jasper's Leg, and then briefly talk through any feedback for The Walking Dead: World Beyond S1E7, titled Truth or Dare. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 17, 2020. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are down

Ratings for S6E5 Honey were a mixed bag from the last episode, S6E4 The Key. This week, Fear was able to get a 0.35 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.244 million viewers, up in the demo but down with total viewers from 0.31 and 1.276 million viewers. World Beyond S1E6 Shadow Puppets got a 0.21 in the 18-49 demographic with 726,000 thousand viewers, down from 0.18 and 742,000 thousand viewers last week. These ratings represent an all-time low for both shows.

We could still use your help!

This season, collecting the feedback has been challenging, and we could use your help. Our availability is limited for each of us on Tue

STDP 051 – Forget Me Not (S3E4)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 09 Nov 2020 20:06:59 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 4 - Forget Me Not

We're back but not all of us. Unfortunately, Ruthie cannot join us again this week due to her power still being out at the time of recording, so Brian is joined by LT from NC for the second week in a row to talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 4, titled Forget Me Not. This episode was written by Alan McElroy & Chris Silvestri & Anthony Maranville and directed by Hanelle M. Culpepper, who directed the first three episodes of Star Trek: Picard.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Trill

We arrive on the Trill homeworld and, unlike Earth, the world is welcome to Starfleet. What they weren't so welcome to was a symbiont in a non-Trill host. We both enjoyed most of what we saw in this story, although it did have a few weak points.

Thanksgiving Day Dinner, Starfleet Style!

One of the more amusing parts of this story was the Saru dinner, a sort of Thanksgiving day festivity on the Discovery, followed by a holo-movie.

Zora is alive!

We finally see something from the second Short Trek, Calypso. Zora, the artificial intelligence we see interact with Craft in that Short Trek, emerges when the computer does not give Saru good recommendations. Limiting dairy and therapeutic coloring books aren't going to do it for this crew!

Spot the References...

Again, there were a lot of references this week, more than last week. I used this Den of Geek article to help find them.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 051 - Forget Me Not (Star Trek: Discovery S3E4) 00:00:17 Intro 00:03:17 Feedback from Past Episodes 00:09:15 About Forget Me Not 00:12:44 Ratings 00:15:18 Yeses 00:39:05 Nos 01:03:42 Hold Your Horses 01:21:54 Listener Feedback 01:45:11 Our Notes 01:49:44 Spot the References/47 02:01:47 Shipwide Announcements 02:06:43 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

FTWDTT 071 – The Key (S6E4)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 04 Nov 2020 22:00:00 +0000

Talking Through The Key

For this episode 71 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, LT, Kyle and Brian talk through The Key. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 4 was written by David Johnson and directed by Ron Underwood. We also discuss a little bit about World Beyond Episode 5 titled The Madman Across the Water. We had some issues this week when trying to record and Kyle couldn't make it due to work and other issues so everyone recorded their own parts and Kyle edited together so it's a little different but in the end it worked out fine.

BRIAN'S NOTE:

Actually, everything did NOT work out fine. Most of my segments were left out of the recording this week, due to a lack some confusion as far as how many segments I had recorded, although a few of them were read by Kyle. I had recorded a segment for each segment we have in the episode. My rating was 9.4/10, which I believe was one of the things left off. I'll have to go back and update this after I do.

John Dorie gets pushed to the limits!

In this episode, John Dorie seems to be adjusting to this new Ginny controlled world and top cop of Lawton. That all changes with the murder of another citizen of Lawton and Sherif John is on the case. But we are not in a right vs wrong kind of world and in the end, Ginny is the one who calls the shots. This pushes him to his limits and we see again that there is no justice in the ZA. Morgan is looking for Grace and has Rufus the bloodhound on his side but he gets derailed by those two tagger boys. This does finally clarify that whatever that Key that Morgan has is going to be something important but to whom? Again, Fear the Walking Dead just keeps getting better and better and there is still so much more to come.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We will be covering Fear The Walking Dead in it's entirety but if you have feedback about the Spinoff World Beyond we will cover that too, but the main focus will be with Fear! Next time, we'll cover feedback we get for S6E5 Honey, and then briefly talk through any feedback for The Walking Dead: World Beyond S1E6, titled Shadow Puppets. Back to the normal deadline this week! Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 10, 2020. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are down

Ratings for S6E4 The Key were down from the last episode, S6E3 Alaska. This week, Fear was able to get a 0.31 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.276 million viewers, down from 0.39 and 1.501 million viewers. World Beyond S1E5 Madman Across the Water got a 0.18 in the 18-49 demographic with 742,000 thousand viewers, down from 0.28 and 1.020 million viewers last week. These ratings represent an all-time low for both shows.

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 3 - People of Earth

We're back but not all of us. Unfortunately, Ruthie cannot join us this week, so Brian is joined by and Ruthie talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 2, titled Far From Home. Unlike the premiere and the second episode, this episode was written by Bo Yeon Kim & Erika Lippoldt and directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Earth ain't what it used to be...

The USS Discovery has arrived at Earth to find what's left of the Federation and Starfleet, only to find that both have left Earth. Earth has turned into an insular, xenophobic world. This episode suffered from needed exposition but it was needed this week. It's a classic trope for Star Trek to show that two enemies aren't really enemies. Wen turned out not to be an enemy but a human. We enjoyed this episode but not as much as the first two,

Spot the References...

Again, there were a lot of references this week, more than last week. I used this Den of Geek article to help find them.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 050 - People of Earth (Star Trek: Discovery S3E3) 00:00:17 Intro 00:04:17 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:23:10 About People of Earth 00:24:31 Ratings 00:28:38 Yeses 00:42:48 Nos 01:27:39 Hold Your Horses 01:51:58 Listener Feedback 02:02:56 Our Notes 02:04:25 Spot the References/47 02:13:43 Shipwide Announcements 02:19:40 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

We have switched over to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast a few weeks ago. The Star Trek Picard Cast will NOT have the Discovery episodes, so make sure you have subscribed to the Discovery feed unless you listen to us on the Discovery feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 4 of Star Trek: Discovery titled Forget Me Not. The deadline will be 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Friday, November 6, 2020, unless announced on the Facebook group otherwise. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Don't forget! If you have been listening to us on the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast to get the Discovery episodes. If you're listening to us on the Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed, there's nothing for you to do.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to Talking Through Alaska

For this episode 70 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, LT, Kyle and Brian talk through Alaska. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 3 was written by Mallory Westfall, and directorial return of Colman Domingo. We also discuss a little bit about World Beyond Episode 4 titled The Wrong End of a Telescope.

AL and Dwight go for a walk and find love!

In this episode, we are paired with Al and Dwight on one of Ginny's errands roaming around who knows where to document the fall of civilization. Not that we don't already know that most didn't survive, but I guess that doesn't stop Ginny's giving out some ZA busy work. This was a good episode focused on Al and Dwight’s budding friendship and their struggles with this new reality that our group has been in since the Ginny takeover. AL is still stalking Isabelle on the walkie that leads them to some office dwellers who seem to not have moved on outside of their workplace. In any case, we get some highs and lows but overall a really good character-driven episode, again. Fear is running on all cylinders and this is a great thing this season. Oh, and we get a surprise (well did we not already know this was going to happen, at some point?) at the end that I know for one, got me a little misty-eyed.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We will be covering Fear The Walking Dead in it's entirety but if you have feedback about the Spinoff World Beyond we will cover that too, but the main focus will be with Fear! Next time, we'll cover feedback we get for S6E4 The Key, and then briefly talk through any feedback for The Walking Dead: World Beyond S1E5, titled Madman Across the Water. New Deadline this week! Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Wednesday, November 4, 2020. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are up

Ratings for S6E3 Alaska were just slightly down from total viewership from the last episode, S6E2 Welcome to the Club. This week, Fear was able to get a 0.39 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.501 million viewers, down from 0.44 and 1.546 million viewers. World Beyond S1E4 The Wrong End of a Telescope got a 0.28 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.020 million viewers, down from 0.30 and 1.040 million viewers last week.

We could still use your help!

STDP 049 – Far From Home (S3E2)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 27 Oct 2020 07:39:21 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 2 - Far From Home

We're back! Brian and Ruthie talk through Star Trek: Discovery, Season 3 Episode 2, titled Far From Home. Like the premiere, this episode was written by Michelle Paradise & Jenny Lumet & Alex Kurtzman and directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen this episode of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Welcome... to the future!!!

The USS Discovery has arrived in the 32nd Century, but it had a bumpy ride. It lands on an inhospitable planet, known only by its inhabitants as The Colony. Several people have their bells rung, Detmer especially. There wasn't really any payoff to Detmer, but we might see something from this in future episodes.

Hazmat clean-up on aisle 5!!!

Jett Reno is back, and boy was she funny this episode! She had some of the best lines ever heard on this show.

Bad guys

This episode had a bit of a Western feel, with a barroom brawl and a villain. More to follow...

Spot the References...

Again, there were a lot of references this week, though not as many as last week. I used this Den of Geek article to help find them.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 049 - Far From Home (S3E2) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:11 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:26:18 About Far From Home 00:29:47 Ratings 00:36:41 Yeses 01:01:03 Nos 01:20:43 Hold Your Horses 01:44:04 Listener Feedback 01:59:40 Our Notes 02:00:41 Spot the References 02:07:37 Shipwide Announcements 02:16:09 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

We have switched over to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast, and Ruthie has returned! The Star Trek Picard Cast will NOT have the Discovery episodes, so make sure you have subscribed to the Discovery feed unless you listen to us on the Discovery feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 3 of Star Trek: Discovery, titled People of Earth. The deadline will be 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Friday, October 30, 2020, unless announced on the Facebook group otherwise. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Don't forget! If you have been listening to us on the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast to get the Discovery episodes. If you're listening to us on the Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed, there's nothing for you to do.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to Talking Through Welcome to the Club

For this episode 69 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, LT, Kyle and Brian talk through Welcome to the Club. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 2 was written by Nazrin Choudhury, and directed by none other than Lennie James. We also discuss a little bit about World Beyond Episode 3 titled The Tyger and the Lamb.

Strand and Alicia get put in a sticky situation!

In this episode, we get Alicia and Strand and Ginny enacting some punishment for their defiance towards one of her Rangers. Only to be sent on a mission... well punishment... to clean out some sticky walkers from a warehouse that Ginny has some interest in. Dear old Charlie returns; Kyle still does not like her but it's nice seeing some of the group being united after all this time. Daniel shows up cutting Ginny's hair but after some pleas from Alicia and Strand, it would seem he's suffered some mental damage at the hands of Ginny's men. (Yeah Right!)

It was a good episode and from the feedback, our listeners enjoyed it as much as we did, well mostly all our listeners. It's nice seeing the show come back to elements of what we loved about this show from past seasons. Show us the characters we love and do it in a character-driven way. This season does seem to have some promise and that makes us happy.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We will be covering Fear The Walking Dead in it's entirety but if you have feedback about the Spinoff World Beyond we will cover that too, but the main focus will be with Fear! Next time, we'll cover feedback we get for S6E3 Alaska, and then briefly talk through any feedback for The Walking Dead: World Beyond S1E4, titled The Wrong End of a Telescope. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 27, 2020. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are up

Ratings for S6E2 Welcome to the Club were up just slightly but down from total viewership from the last episode, S6E1 The End is the Beginning. This week, Fear was able to get a 0.44 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.546 million viewers, up from 0.41 and 1.590 million viewers.

We could still use your help!

This season, collecting the feedback has been challenging, and we could use your help. Our availability is limited for each of us on Tuesd

STDP 048 – That Hope Is You, Part 1 (S3E1)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 20 Oct 2020 08:05:36 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 3 Episode 1 - That Hope Is You, Part 1

We're back! Brian and Ruthie talk through the season 3 premiere episode of Star Trek: Discovery, titled That Hope Is You, Part 1. This episode was written by Michelle Paradise & Jenny Lumet & Alex Kurtzman and directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen the season premiere of Star Trek: Discovery, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Welcome... to the future!!!

Burnham has arrived in the 32nd Century, and things are much different than the 23rd. The Federation is no more. She's not on Terralysium, as expected, but Hima. We hear of "The Burn" that has changed everything. We meet Book, his cat Grudge, see some incredible technology, unusual alliances, and witness a lot of brutalities.

Funny lines

Sonequa Martin-Green had a chance to show a comedic side she hasn't had much chance to show. At Requiem, once pumped full of happy juice, she is VERY funny! She does a great job in this episode all the way around. We see laughter, joy, sorrow, and just about every emotion she can play. David Ajala was also great and they have great chemistry.

But there is hope...

One of the best things from this episode is when they meet Aditya Sahil, the de facto Starfleet representative in this sector. It was so inspiring to see him finally find the person his decades of hope were all about. Burnham is that hope.

Spot the References...

Again, there were a lot of references this week, though not as many as Lower Decks had. I used this Den of Geek article to help find them.

Chapters

00:00:00 STDP 048 - That Hope Is You, Part 1 (S3E1) 00:00:17 Intro 00:01:51 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:03:19 About That Hope Is You, Part 1 00:05:29 Ratings 00:11:41 Yeses 00:28:16 Nos 00:47:43 Hold Your Horses 01:02:42 Listener Feedback 01:47:28 Spot the References 01:53:36 Other Notes 02:01:41 Shipwide Announcements 02:09:06 Wrap Up

Subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast feed to catch our Discovery episodes!

We have switched over to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast, and Ruthie has returned! The Star Trek Picard Cast will NOT have the Discovery episodes, so make sure you have subscribed to the Discovery feed unless you listen to us on the Discovery feed, the All-Inclusive feed, or on YouTube. Next, we will be discussing Season 3 Episode 2 of Star Trek: Discovery, titled Far From Home. The deadline will be 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Friday, October 23, 2020, unless announced on the Facebook group otherwise. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Don't forget! If you have been listening to us on the Star Trek Picard Cast feed, subscribe to the Star Trek Discovery Podcast to get the Discovery episodes. If you're listening to us on the Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed, there's nothing for you to do.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Talking Through The End is the Beginning

Fear's back! For this episode 68 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, LT, Kyle and I talk through The End is the Beginning. Fear the Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 1 was written by the showrunners Ian Goldberg & Andrew Chambliss, and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. We also discuss a little bit about World Beyond Episode 2 titled The Blaze of Gory.

Morgan is Alive!

This episode begins with some dudes spraying graffiti, a dude with a dog who likes to chop off heads, with a call from Ginny who is still looking for Morgan, dead or alive. So it's a relief (not that all of us didn't expect it) that Morgan, while in bad shape, is still alive and moseying around Texas. He has some new digs in a water tower and met a new friend but Ginny is looking for him and sent a head collecting bounty hunter with a dog after him. It sets the stage for a very western-style season that we are very looking forward to.

A great start but there were some missteps.

We enjoyed the episode as a whole but there were some silly things that we are all too accustomed to with Fear. LT really made the point that the show is called The Walking Dead so if our group ever has wheels there always something that forces them back on their feet. But if you have a Truck! A four-wheeling behemoth that a few fallen trees and clearly a way to drive around it makes you have to abandon all hope and have to hoof it the rest of the way? I mean, really? Some of our listeners didn't like the fact that Emile the bounty hunter is only going to be in this first episode and he really did have more to his story that would have been interesting to see. But oh well at least Morgan is still alive.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We will be covering Fear The Walking Dead in it's entirety but if you have feedback about the Spinoff World Beyond we will cover that too, but the main focus will be with Fear! Next time, we'll cover feedback we get for S6E2 Welcome to the Club, and then briefly talk through any feedback for The Walking Dead: World Beyond S1E3, titled The Tyger and the Lamb. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 20, 2020. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are up

Ratings for S6E1 The End is the Beginning were up just slightly from the last season finale, S5E16 End of the Line. This week, Fear was able to get a 0.41 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.590 million viewers, up from 0.41 and 1.513 million viewers.

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 10 - No Small Parts

We're back with the tenth and final episode of Season 1 of Star Trek: Lower Decks, titled No Small Parts. This episode was written by creator, executive producer, and showrunner Mike McMahan and directed by Barry J. Kelly, who also directed S1E1 Second Contact, S1E4 Moist Vessel, and S1E7 Much Ado About Boimler.

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

If you haven't seen the season finale of Lower Decks, stop right now!!! Go watch it, then come back!!! We'll be here for you!

Mariner's secret is out... and it's now more than just Boimler that knows!

The cold open starts with Boimler not only telling Mariner that he knows her secret that she is the Captain's daughter, but everyone else on ship finds out, too! That might have been a little convenient for the secret to be broadcast over a communicator, but it got the job done.

Sucking up to Mariner...

We see a lot of people sucking up to Mariner all of the sudden, even senior officers you might not expect to do so. We thought one of the funniest was Lieutenant Levy, who I don't think we've seen before, a conspiracy theorist who thinks that Wolf 359 was an inside job (well, if you think that it was led by Locutus, it WAS an inside job of sorts!!!), that the Dominion War didn't happen, and that Changelings don't exist. There were other funny encounters, but that one was among the funniest.

Ensign Peanut Hamper...

We encounter the Exocomps, which were first seen in the TNG episode The Quality of Life, and one has even joined Starfleet and is Tendi's new recruit. It was interesting to think of the Exocomps as Starfleet officers, but since they became sentient, I guess that makes sense. However, unlike when we saw them in The Quality of Life, this Exocomp didn't want to make the sacrifice. It was more interested in saving itself than saving the crew.

Peanut Lore...

Here's something I didn't mention on the podcast. It's funny that the Exocomp was left floating in space, much like Lore was... You may recall that the Pakleds were the ones who found Lore when he showed back up in the TNG episode S4E3 Brothers. I wonder if that will be a story they pick up on in Season 2.

Spot the References...

Again, there were a lot of references this week. I used this Den of Geek article to help find them. Obviously, the Titan was not only referenced, but seen, but there were a lot more!

Did they stick the landing?

Most of us agreed that they did stick the landing, though we had a couple of dissenters, including last week's guest host, LT. Kyle gave it his third 10 in a row, and I gave it my second. This had lots of action, heroes, dramatic tension, and a new bad guy from someone you might not expect. It also left the show in a much different position than where it started. Shaxs is dead, Boimler has been promoted to Lieutenant Junior Grade and transferred to the Titan, Rutherford no l

TWDTT 117 – A Certain Doom – (S10E16)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 06 Oct 2020 11:00:41 +0000

The Finale is finally here! A Certain Doom!

After all this time the finale is here! For episode 117 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Kyle are joined by new co-host and long time listener LT to discuss the suspenseful ending of the Whisperers Wars. The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 16 titled A Certain Doom. We also discuss the first episode of the new spinoff World Beyond Season 1 Episode 1 titled Brave.

In case you missed it...

We have to first make an announcement. Mark has left The Walking Dead Talk Through podcast and the Talk Through Media Network and is no longer affiliated with this podcast. He has started up his own network and we wish him well in his future endeavors.

Massive Horde, a Talking Heads distraction and a dearly missed return.

We finally got what we have been waiting for. The end of The Whisperers with our group mostly intact. We did get the boss battle with Daryl and Beta (with an assist by Negan) but we did agree with our listeners that it was sorely lacking and almost could have missed it if you blinked. Maggie does return with a cool sidekick. King E, Yumiko, Eugene, and the Princess do keep going to find Stephanie but end up surrounded by some stormtrooper looking dudes. And Carol and Lydia end up saving everyone from the horde and become BFFs...lol well not really. So join us as we discuss the Finale of Season 10 of The Walking Dead, A Certain Doom.

Ratings are BACK DOWN to ALL-TIME LOWS...

Ratings for S10E16 A Certain Doom are back down to historic lows. It got a 0.87 in the 19-49 demographic, with 2.727 million viewers. This shatters the previous all-time low, which was for S10E11 Morning Star, which got a 0.92 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.927 million viewers. By contrast, S10E15 The Tower got a 1.13 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.488 million viewers. The first episode of The Walking Dead: World Beyond, S1E1 Brave, got a 0.49 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.595 million viewers. At the later time again, Talking Dead was down considerably. It got a 0.20 in the 18-49 demographic, with 682,000 viewers, which is down from S10E15, which got a 0.32 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.322 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

Fear is back and will air on October 11th at 9pm/8pm central followed by the second episode of World Beyond at 10pm/9pm central. So get ready with that feedback. We will mostly be covering Fear the Walking Dead but if you have feedback about World Beyond we will include that as well. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at http

STLDP 009 – Crisis Point (S1E9)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 06 Oct 2020 08:56:48 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 9 - Crisis Point

We're back with the ninth and penultimate episode of Season 1 of Star Trek: Lower Decks, titled Crisis Point. This episode was written by story editor Ben Rodgers and directed by Bob Suarez, who also directed S1E3 Temporal Edict and S1E6 Terminal Provocations. Joining us this week is a special guest, LT from NC!

Mariner again taking charge when she shouldn't...

The cold open starts with a scene where we see Mariner violating the Prime Directive. She takes charge but avoids rules she shouldn't. It really sets up the end of this episode. However, Freeman offers a compromise that effectively ends the reptiles (Selay?) overthrowing the rats (Anticans?) by offering food replicators. I did get a laugh out of the lizards wanting to bask, and how they taste delicious.

Boimler's simulation taken over...

Boimler goes out of his way to kiss butt. LT made a really good observation during the podcast on how Boimler seems to be able to handle interactions with the other ensigns but clams up whenever someone has a higher rank. Boimler, as usual, tries to come up with the perfect answer for Freeman by studying how she reacts to answers, instead of doing what he should be doing, and answer for himself.

Mariner really IS messed up...

Of course, when Mariner discovers this is a "perfect" simulation, she re-programs it to become a movie, with her as the villain. This movie turned out to be better therapy than the food metaphors spouted from Dr. Migleemo. She ends up facing off with herself. This was both interesting and shows how messed up she is. I hope that she worked out things like it seemed she did. She really is the only one that casts herself as the villain. She really is capable of being an exemplary officer if she applies herself and stops taking short cuts.

The budding Rutherford/Billups bromance...

The Rutherford/Billups scenes were funny. There was a budding bromance, reminiscent of Laforge and Data, or O'Brien and Bashir, but unrequited at this point. I think they could have explored that a bit more in real life.

Tendi explains why she's not part of the Orion Syndicate...

Some Orions haven't been thieves for over five years! So I guess Orion is not part of the Federation, but some have left to join Starfleet. Mariner did program her to be the stereotypical Orion, something she didn't appreciate, but she appreciated Mariner getting into this movie even less.

So now he knows...

I thought it was funny when Boimler ran out of the Captain's Ready Room screaming like a ninny, as Freeman says he came in unprepared. In actuality, he clammed up after discovering the big secret about Mariner, that she is Captain Freeman's daughter. What he does with that secret is anyone's guess. It seems like we'll know in a few days.

Best episode so far!

We all agreed that Crisis Point was the best episode of the season. It did go heavy on the references again, almost exclusively from the movies, but they were appropriate both to the story and the situation. This season really seems ready to end on a high note. Will they stick the landing? Tune in next week!

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 8 - Veritas

We're back with the eighth episode of Lower Decks, titled Veritas. This episode was written by Garrick Bernard and directed by Kim Arndt, who also directed S1E2 Envoys and S1E5 Cupid's Errant Arrow.

Scary trial or party?

We see our four ensigns be raised into a dark room that looks very similar to the courtroom seen in Star Trek VI: The Undiscovered Country. We see the senior officers held above in some kind of beam. It all starts out with what appears to be a trial.

Mariner's testimony

One of the funniest parts of the episode was the flashback to Mariner's testimony when she and Boimler had bridge duty on 57818.4. Rutherford's screwing up the red alert system speaker system in the cargo bay, Boimler's terrible combination of kissing ass, indecisiveness, his inability to read the room, and make bad strategical recommendations, like the "Crazy Ivan" mentioned in The Hunt for Red October". Mariner's misinterpretations of Captain Freeman's "send them a message" that she took to mean fire phasers off as a warning shot (which I thought that's what she meant, too) went horribly and caused the alien Clicket ship to attack. All of that was fantastic.

You may not have caught it, but the alien captain in this scene was voiced by Kenneth Mitchell, who played the triumvirate of Klingons on Discovery: Kol, Kol'Sha, and Tenavik. He also played a Romulan and a Federation officer in this episode. Unfortunately, she is placed in contempt and gets sent to the eels, before Boimler corroborates her story that they didn't know what was going on while on the bridge.

That's a pretty bad side effect...

We then get another flashback to Rutherford, which we find out his full first name is Samanthan. see a really bad side effect of his cybernetic implants: Missing time. I felt bad for the guy, but this was hilarious. From the feather dance from Star Trek V to catching Billups while he goes on oxygen deprivation (and mentions Mark Twain and Tasha Yar) so was he an engineer on the Enterprise?

Then there's Tendi!

Tendi's a badass! We thought that this covert ops section was also great, and we loved seeing Tendi kick some butt, THEY'RE SCANNING!!! THEY'RE SCANNING!!!

And who can forget the appearance of Q!!!

John de Lancie reprised his role of Q for this episode, where he appeared both in a flashback and in the present time. Some argued that he wasn't used enough, but we thought his use was just right for this time around.

Best episode so far!

We both agree. This was the best episode of the season. It did go heavy on the references, but they were appropriate. We only have two episodes left for the season

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 008 - Veritas (S1E8) 00:00:21 Intro 00:02:01 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:11:34 About Veritas 00:13:51 Ratings 00:1

TWDTT 116 – The Walking Dead Universe & Talk Through Podcast News!

Talk Through Media — Fri, 25 Sep 2020 14:21:55 +0000

We have returned and we have News!

We are finally back! For episode 116 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Kyle discuss all things new coming to The Walking Dead Universe. There has been a lot of news since everything shut down back in March and we touch on a few of them. Sherry joins Dwight on Fear, The new spinoff The World Beyond, and some Andrew Lincoln gossip about if he's returning to the television show. We are excited to be coming back and to discuss the return of our favorite series, finally.

First, some housekeeping...

We Need Your Help!

With that announcement out of the way, Brian and I are going to have our hands full with the return of Fear and The World Beyond all happening within The Walking Dead Universe at the same time as well as season 3 of Star Trek Discovery, as Brian also hosts The Star Trek Discovery Podcast. We just don't have time to cover everything as we would normally do. We are asking any of our listeners if you would like to co-host with Kyle on some or all of the episodes for Fear the Walking Dead. We decided at this time we will not cover the spinoff The World Beyond as there is just not enough manpower to handle everything all at the same time, though we may cover it in passing.

Send in your feedback!

We finally know when the next episode will be and it will be on October 4th at 9/8 central with the premiere of The Walking Dead: The World Beyond at 10/9 central. Fear is coming back the next week on October 11th at 9/8 central. So get ready with that feedback. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/groups/WalkingDeadTTM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. Deadline for Feedback for the Finale will be 6 PM Eastern the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough. We will be doing some Patreon content in the upcoming weeks.

Subscribe and Support!

STLDP 007 – Much Ado About Boimler (S1E7)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 21 Sep 2020 08:39:29 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 7 - Much Ado About Boimler

We're back with the seventh episode of Lower Decks, titled Much Ado About Boimler. This episode was written by Story Editor M. Willis and directed by Post-Supervising Director Barry J. Kelly, who also directed S1E1 Second Contact and S1E4 Moist Vessel.

Ensign Beckett Mariner - What's her deal?

The Captain, First Officer, and Chief of Security go on a covert mission, similar to the one Picard, Crusher, and Worf go on in the TNG episode Chain of Command. Edward Jellico isn't the "sub" captain this time. Instead, the Cerritos gets Captain Amina Ramsey, a classmate of Mariner's. She wants Mariner as her first officer during this mission, which Beckett accepts. Unfortunately, Mariner is bungling at every turn. Ramsey figures out that Mariner is taking a dive, an old boxing term given when a fighter intentionally loses, which is to say that she is intentionally performing badly.

We still don't know what Mariner's deal is. We know she has been demoted and doesn't want command, but we don't know why, other than she finds it boring. However, in times of crisis, she excels. I hope we learn the story behind her actions will finally get explained, and that she will finally figure things out once and for all.

Speaking of Boimler - You hardly notice it!

OK, that's not true. Boimler plays a big part in the B plot this week. He undergoes a transporter malfunction that causes him to hum at a high pitch and glow. This sends him to The Farm via a Division 14 ship, the USS Osler. We meet a creepy Edosian officer that we never get a name for, voiced by Fred Tatasciore, who normally voices Shax, but Shax didn't have any lines this week. Joining him are Tendi, who also created an unusual dog that needed to go to The Farm as well. I didn't know it at the time, but kudos to Nolan North, who plays the role of the command ensign who is experiencing accelerated growth on one side, and reverse aging on the other. We meet a character in a Pike chair, two characters mixed up in a transporter accident, and Anthony, who may be the offspring from the Janeway and Paris' jump to Warp 10.

A really good episode!

I don't know if this was the best episode of the season, but it was certainly the best in a while. It didn't go so heavy on the references this time, which we both appreciated. Instead, they were more subtle.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 007 - Much Ado About Boimler 00:00:21 Intro 00:01:04 Feedback for Previous Episodes 00:02:13 About Much Ado About Boimler 00:03:41 Ratings 00:04:51 Yeses 00:13:24 Nos 00:27:58 Not Good Enoughs 00:31:04 Listener Feedback 00:54:33 Spot the References 00:59:33 Other Notes 01:07:57 Shipwide Announcements 01:13:50 Wrap Up

We should be back to a regular schedule so the deadline for feedback will be on Fridays going forward...

We did not extend the deadline this week! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the Season 1 Episode 8 of Star Trek: Lower Decks, titled Veritas. The deadline will be 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Friday, September 25, 2020, unless announced on the Facebook group otherwise. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! And don't forget to sign up forStar Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 6 - Terminal Provocations

We're back with the sixth episode of Lower Decks, titled Terminal Provocations. This episode was written by Executive Story Editor John Cochran and directed by Bob Suarez, who also directed S1E3 Temporal Edict.

Ensign Fletcher - Not your exemplary Starfleet Officer

This episode, we get to see another Ensign on Lower Decks, namely one Ensign Fletcher, who seems to be a bit of a diplomat, but his other skills seem a tad lacking. The longer he went on in the episode, the more annoying he got. He was SO NOT Starfleet.

One nice thing that he brought to the episode was that Mariner and Boimler got to work together on the same side, and they actually worked really well together. Rather than blaming Fletcher for everything, they gave him the credit for everything, which got him promoted to Lieutenant and transferred to Boimler's dream assignment aboard the USS Titan, Captain William T. Riker's ship after the events that occurred in Star Trek: Nemesis that occurred in 2379, the previous year, only to get fired six days later.

Nice casting of JG Hertzler in this episode

I thought the casting of JG Hertzler as the Drookmani captain was particularly brilliant in this episode, including drawing the character with an eyepatch, much like his more famous character General/Chancellor Martok from Deep Space Nine. He always puts on a good performance.

It's Microsoft Clippy! I mean Badgey!

Most of the listeners, including Kyle and me, were taken by Clippy, which easily reminded us of the Microsoft Office Assistant, commonly known as Clippy. I was wrong in the episode that it came out with Windows 95. In fact, Clippy was introduced with Microsoft Office in 1997. It was universally hated by users. Tendi & Rutherford used his new holodeck training program that was not quite ready for use in your typical holodeck adventure gone awry that was part Elementary, Dear Data, part The Big Goodbye, and part Fistful of Datas. I enjoyed this part of the story.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 006 - Terminal Provocations (S1E6) 00:00:21 Intro 00:01:05 About Terminal Provocations 00:02:13 Ratings 00:03:59 Yeses 00:11:42 Nos 00:16:02 Not Good Enoughs 00:18:11 Listener Feedback 00:34:07 Spot the References 00:39:40 Our Notes 00:44:00 Shipwide Announcements 01:02:27 Wrap Up

We should be back to a regular schedule so the deadline for feedback will be on Fridays going forward...

Except... that we had to extend the deadline again this week. For our next episode, we'll be discussing the Season 1 Episode 7 of Star Trek: Lower Decks, titled Much Ado About Boimler. The deadline will be 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Friday, September 18, 2020, unless announced on the Facebook group otherwise. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 5 - Cupid's Errant Arrow

We're back with the fifth episode of Lower Decks, titled Cupid's Errant Arrow. This episode was written by Ben Joseph and directed by Kim Arndt. In this one, the crew of the USS Cerritos teams up with the USS Vancouver to manage controlled demolition of an unstable moon of Mixtus III, but the natives are restless and can't agree on the getting it done.

Bradward's got a girlfriend!

This episode, we get to see more of the Mariner/Boimler dynamic. Boimler's got a hot girlfriend on the Vancouver, Lieutenant Barbara Brinson, and Mariner thinks something is wrong with her like she's a shapeshifter, spy, or parasite. Mariner turns herself into a conspiracy theorist and it's pretty funny, although maybe there were a little TOO many references to past shows, making this one my least favorite episode so far Boimler is definitely a dork.

Tendi & Rutherford competing to keep a T88, whatever that is, was probably my least favorite part of this episode. I guess the Lieutenant Commander's antics I didn't particularly like.

The mission was something straight out of a Star Trek episode, with the exception of the USS Vancouver. The Enterprise never seemed to need any help. This captain coveting the other's deeds is a little surprising on this show. I'm not sure I like it, but it's probably more realistic.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 005 - Cupid’s Errant Arrow (S1E5) 00:00:21 Intro 00:00:58 Feedback for Last Week's Episode 00:08:23 About Cupid's Errant Arrow 00:10:11 Ratings 00:11:37 Yeses 00:20:08 Nos 00:26:22 Not Good Enoughs 00:28:32 Feedback Section 00:51:22 Spot the References 00:56:48 Our Notes 01:01:56 Shipwide Announcements 01:08:03 Wrap Up

We should be back to a regular schedule so the deadline for feedback will be on Fridays going forward...

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the Season 1 Episode 6 of Star Trek: Lower Decks, title TBD. The deadline for S1E6 will be 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Friday, September 11, 2020. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 4 - Moist Vessel

We're back with the fourth episode of Lower Decks, titled Moist Vessel. This episode was written by Ann Kim and directed by Barry J. Kelly.

A generational ship, ascending, and a dysfunctional family/command dynamic...

This episode, we finally got a little bit of the dynamic between Mariner and Freeman and how they rub each other the other way. In the end, they did end up working well together in a serious crisis. They saved the ship and the crew of the Merced. I was wanting to see that family dynamic, although we still don't know how Mariner got that way. I still say she was pushed into command before she was ready, at too young of an age. However, Mariner's behavior is really hard to stomach. Again, this is probably exaggerated for an animated show, but why would they keep her in Starfleet if she acted that way?

Tendi gets involved in O'Connor's ascension, and he ACTUALLY ascends, which made little to no sense to me. HOW did that happen? WHY did that happen? Am I overanalyzing? Maybe. While I was editing this episode, I wondered if I was taking it too seriously, and holding this show up to a live-action standard. Again, maybe. It did bug the heck out of me, though, enough to take off two points from my rating. Tendi was a little annoying, too. By the way, the t-shirt I mentioned that had the koalas and galaxies can be found here.

The terraforming ship was cool. What it did to the USS Merced and Cerritos wasn't. It seemed like a LOT of damage to just be able to reverse. That took me out of the episode. A Tellarite captain was cool to see, although the name of Durango was confusing unless he had some human DNA. I don't really know but it would have been nice to explain.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 004 - Moist Vessel 00:00:21 Intro 00:01:08 Feedback for Last Week's Episode 00:08:01 About Moist Vessel 00:09:47 Ratings 00:12:29 Yeses 00:17:31 Nos 00:31:06 Not Good Enoughs 00:37:27 Feedback Section 00:54:33 Spot the References 00:58:13 Our Notes 01:03:52 Shipwide Announcements 01:14:10 Wrap Up

We should be back to a regular schedule so the deadline for feedback will be on Fridays going forward...

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the Season 1 Episode 5 of Star Trek: Lower Decks, title TBD (at the time of writing; Cupid's Errant Arrow is the title). The deadline for S1E5 will be 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Friday, September 4, 2020. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd app

STLDP 003 – Temporal Edict (S1E3)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 24 Aug 2020 21:37:38 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 3 - Temporal Edict

We're back with the third episode of Lower Decks, titled Temporal Edict! This episode was written by

We all hate Delta Shift...

This episode we learned a lot more about the inner workings of the Lower Decks crew. Buffer Time, Margaritas, violin odes to Boimler's Mother. Um... yeah, that. Captain Freeman loses an all important peace accord at Cardassia Prime and demoted to a lousy return to an old first contact gift giving mission only to find out that her crew is not as efficient at doing their jobs as she thought. Mix in a Ransom and Mariner away mission that goes awry with some aliens who seems to hate wood and love geodes that leads to a weird, almost uncomfortable romantic spark between the two that I can't say I enjoyed. Over all this episode had some fun one liners, a lot of shoutouts to old Trek favorites, interlocked hands epic fight scenes and some great listener feedback for this episode of Lower Decks - Temporal Edict.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 003 - Temporal Edict (S1E3) 00:00:21 Intro 00:01:03 Feedback for Last Week's Episode 00:03:21 About Temporal Edict 00:04:33 Ratings 00:06:46 Yeses 00:25:10 Nos 00:27:26 Not Good Enoughs 00:32:10 Feedback Section 00:49:38 Spot the References 00:52:20 Shipwide Announcements 01:00:16 Wrap Up

We should be back to a regular schedule so Deadline for feedback will be on Fridays going forward...

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the Season 1 Episode 4 of Star Trek: Lower Decks, titled Moist Vessel. The deadline for S1E4 will be 5 PM Eastern/4 PM Central on Friday, August 28, 2020. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming on Paramount Plus! Click this banner to sign up, and you'll help support the podcast!

Speaking of our Patreon...

We have now recorded five Patreon calls, the last one you heard here last wee

STLDP 002 – Envoys (S1E2)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 22 Aug 2020 11:01:33 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 2 - Envoys

We're back with the second episode of Lower Decks, titled Envoys! Sorry for the lateness of this episode. Unfortunately, we had to record four days late, and I already had a full week.

A strange energy sphere...

The cold open was interesting, with an energy being strolling in and looking like the being from the TNG episode The Child, who Mariner manipulates to give them a new tricorder. It then seems to be absorbed by Captain Freeman, in a Tilly spore-like absorption. We're both pretty sure that we will be seeing this entity again later this season.

Boimler & Mariner escort a Klingon General...

Boimler gets the assignment to escort General K'orin to Tulgana IV, only to find Mariner is also going. We see Mariner's ease at handling every situation, while Boimler fails miserably. There's a very funny scene that describes about 50 plots of Trek episodes, and then Mariner thinks a Ferengi is a Bolian, even with the over the top "Hu-mann" from TNG Season 1. It gives Boimler the confidence boost he needs, and we find out that she took one for the team.

Rutherford's career fair...

The idea of Rutherford changing careers just so he can accompany Tendi to watch a pulsar seems more than a little far fetched, but it does bring us several funny scenes. The bridge simulation was especially laugh out loud funny, and I did enjoy the "Smorgasborg". Medical was less interesting, but still interesting. Rutherford, with his cyborg talents, would make a great security officer, but he would rather hang out in a Jefferies tube. Engineering, through and through. He still reminds me a lot of LaForge.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 002 - Envoys (S1E2) 00:00:21 Intro 00:01:25 Feedback for Last Week's Episode 00:14:20 About Envoys 00:15:37 Ratings 00:17:08 Yeses 00:23:16 Nos 00:29:45 Feedback Section 00:41:41 Spot the References 00:48:44 Our Notes 01:04:08 Shipwide Announcements 01:13:35 Wrap Up

Despite what we said, you have until Saturday afternoon to send in feedback...

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the Season 1 Episode 3 of Star Trek: Lower Decks, titled Temporal Edict. Despite what we say during the podcast, we are pushing the deadline almost a day later. The deadline for S1E3 will be 5 PM Eastern/4 PM Central on Saturday, August 22, 2020. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! We have already gotten in some feedback about this episode after we recorded, so feel free to send in your own feedback for this episode and we'll cover it at the start of the podcast. And don't forget to sign up for our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if

STLDP 001 – Second Contact (S1E1)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 10 Aug 2020 04:22:52 +0000

Star Trek: Lower Decks - Season 1 Episode 1 - Second Contact

We're back with a new podcast, sort of. Rather than start a new podcast feed, we are putting the Lower Decks episodes on both the Picard and Discovery feeds. That way, you won't have to start subscribing to a new podcast feed. However, we are calling these episodes The Star Trek Lower Decks Podcast. For the first episode, we are covering Season 1, Episode 1, titled Second Contact.

About Lower Decks... Welcome Kyle!!!

You may remember from our episode covering the two animated Short Treks, Ruthie is not a fan of animation, so she's sitting out the episodes that cover Star Trek: Lower Decks. Kyle McAdams, who's been hosting Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through since Season 3, will be taking over co-hosting duties for Lower Decks. Kyle's been a Star Trek fan We may need to occasionally bring on guests, especially near the end of the season and the beginning of Discovery.

Ruthie will return for Discovery Season 3!

Don't worry! Ruthie is not leaving us. She's just not into animated shows. She will be returning to The Star Trek Discovery Podcast for Season 3 Episode 1 when it airs October 15th. You may go through some Ruthie withdrawal until then, but it's not that long to wait, though it might seem like it with Coronavirus still plaguing us.

Who did the music for Lower Decks? Orions in Starfleet? Mahan or McMahan?

I mentioned I'd probably put in the blog post who did the music and theme for Lower Decks. The answer is Chris Westlake. He also worked with Mike McMahan on Mike's other show, Solar Opposites, which airs on Hulu. We did see an Orion in the 2009 Star Trek film at Starfleet Academy (I'm not sure if she was studying there or not), but that's in the Kelvin Timeline. I neglected to mention that Orion women are supposed to put out very potent pheromones that males of many humanoid species are susceptible to, but Ensign Tendi didn't seem to have this issue.

Speaking of Mike McMahan, I did something I don't do too often. Every time I said his name in this episode, I pronounced it wrong. I believe it's pronounced Mick-mah-hann. It also might be pronounced like Ed McMahon or Jim McMahon. I'll confirm how to pronounce this name next week.

Chapters

00:00:00 STLDP 001 - First Contact (S1E1) 00:00:21 Intro 00:04:16 About Second Contact 00:06:16 Spot the 47 00:06:53 Ratings 00:09:19 Yeses 00:20:55 Nos 00:32:55 Not Good Enoughs 00:34:29 Listener Feedback 01:01:00 Shipwide Announcements 01:06:39 Wrap Up

We will be recording a few days later next episode...

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the Season 1 Episode 2 of Star Trek: Lower Decks, titled Envoys. We have to make a scheduling change for next week, so you will benefit from an extra-long deadline for getting in your feedback. The deadline for S1E2 will be 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Monday, August 16, 2020. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! We have already gotten in some feedback about this episode after we recorded, so feel free to send in your own feedback for this episode and we'll cover it at the start of the podcast. And don't forget to sign up

STPC 018 – Patreon Call-in 8/1/2020

Talk Through Media — Fri, 07 Aug 2020 08:17:52 +0000

Patreon Call-in Show - Star Trek: Lower Decks & SDCC 2020 Virtual-Con

We're back with another call-in show that discusses a lot of stuff, including Star Trek: Lower Decks, Star Trek: Picard, Star Trek: Discovery, SDCC 2020, and other streaming services. This call-in show held on August 1, 2020, for our Patreon subscribers. Joining Ruthie and me are Kyle McAdams from The Walking Dead Talk Through, Laurence Todd, Kim Voegele, Arend Mayes, Geoff Gentry, and Jim Matthews.

About Lower Decks... Welcome Kyle!!!

SDCC 2020 News

The big SDCC 2020 Virtual-Con was held last week, and we discuss everything mentioned. There wasn't much from Discovery, which was disappointing, although the finale read through was interesting. Picard was entertaining. We got that the Nickelodeon show will be called Star Trek: Prodigy, but the biggest thing we got was Star Trek: Lower Decks. We met the actors for the first time, and got an extended scene.

Ruthie will return for Discovery Season 3!

Ruthie will be returning on The Star Trek Discovery Podcast for Season 3 Episode 1 when it airs October 15th. You may go through some Ruthie withdrawal until then.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming on Paramount Plus! Click this banner to sign up, and you'll help support the podcast!

Speaking of our Patreon...

We have now recorded five Patreon calls, the last one Patreon Call-in Show - The Last Best Hope

We're back with another call-in show mostly about Star Trek: Picard - The Last Best Hope, which was recorded on May 16, 2020 for our Patreon subscribers. Joining Ruthie and me are Kim Voegele, Laurence Todd, James Robbins, Brian Shiro, and Jim Matthews. Joining on the chat was TJ, Christoph Lechleitner, Mark Boaldin, and Mark Kirkman. We have chapters for this episode, so check below if you want to skip parts.

Star Trek: Picard - The Last Best Hope Discussion

We begin the call-in with our intended discussion about Star Trek: Picard - The Last Best Hope after our last episode's interview with author Una McCormack. We discuss the novel in more detail. SPOILER ALERT: If you haven't read the novel but are planning to, you may want to skip this chapter until you do. In this episode.

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Discussion

Later in the discussion, we discuss the May 15th announcement from CBS All Access that they will be bringing us Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, featuring the adventures of Captain Christopher Pike, Number One, and Lieutenant Spock on board the Enterprise in the years prior to Captain Kirk's command of the Constitution Class starship.

Chapters

00:00:17 Intro 00:02:27 Star Trek: Picard - The Last Best Hope discussion 00:55:38 Strange New Worlds discussion 01:15:22 Wrap Up

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming on Paramount Plus! Click this banner to sign up, and you'll help support the podcast!

Speaking of our Patreon...

We have now recorded five Patreon calls, the last one you heard here last week, and yo

TWDTT 115 – Lindsley Register Interview

Talk Through Media — Sat, 16 May 2020 09:27:15 +0000

Talking with Lindsley Register!

For episode 115 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Mark sit down with Lindsley Register, who played Laura on The Walking Dead.

Eugene and Laura nearly got together to do the nasty!

We ask her what her favorite scene was on The Walking Dead. Her answer may surprise you. She also talks about how she got the role, what Laura's backstory is, who Lindsley enjoyed working with, and her final scene.

Scorn

Lindsley also talks about her new film, Scorn, which is now available on Amazon Video. She talks about making the film, also serving as executive producer and producer, and some of the story elements.

Send in your feedback!

We don't know when the next episode will be, but you can send in feedback for the last episode, S10E15, titled The Tower, or the season in general. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group at https://facebook.com/g roups/WalkingDeadGSM/. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146. And when the finale airs, you'll have until 6 PM Eastern the Tuesday after the episode airs.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough. We will be doing some Patreon content in the upcoming weeks.

Brian had been busy with The Star Trek Picard Cast...

The Star Trek Picard Cast is available! If you can't find it on your podcast client of choice, you can find the RSS feed here: http://talkthroughmedia.com/feed/podcast/picardcast. You can subscribe to it on Apple Podcasts here: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-star-trek-picard-cast/id1484282108. It's also available on Spotify.

Subscribe and Support!

STPC 016 – Star Trek: Picard – The Last Best Hope – Una McCormack

Talk Through Media — Sat, 09 May 2020 21:41:00 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - The Last Best Hope author Una McCormack!

We're back with an interview! Ruthie and I have been talking about how good we thought Star Trek: Picard - The Last Best Hope is for weeks now. For this episode, we are pleased to bring you a special interview with its author, Una McCormack. This was recorded on April 25, 2020.

Spoiler Alert!!!

We will be discussing the novel in detail, so if you haven't read the novel, but are planning to, you may want to skip this episode until you do. In this episode, we talk about the process of getting the assignment to write the novel, finding the characters' voices, and the story itself. We think it's one of the best novels we've read in a long time. It's not just told from the voice of Picard. We also hear the story from other perspectives, too.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming on Paramount Plus! Click this banner to sign up, and you'll help support the podcast!

Speaking of our Patreon...

We have now recorded four Patreon calls, the last one you heard here last week, and you got to listen to this episode several days in advance. Our next Patreon call-in show will discuss the novel, Star Trek: Picard - The Last Best Hope, and there WILL be spoilers. Patrons will get the episode a week earlier! If you want to listen to it when it comes out, sign up to our Patreon! https://www.patreon.com/brianandruthie for as little as $1/month and you'll get access!

Become a Patron! Patreon Call-in Show!

We're back with our latest Patreon call-in show, which we are bringing to our regular listeners later than Patreon subscribers got it. This was recorded on April 18, 2020. Joining Brian and Ruthie are Kim Voegele, Laurence Todd (AKA LT from NC), Leigh Radtke (AKA Cybermam), Wes Huntington, Arend Mayes, and Mark Boaldin, and Glynis Goltz. NOTE: I screwed it up who was on in the beginning of the recording! Sorry! We discuss Picard Season 1, Discovery Season 3, and the new Rebinge DS9 and Let's Talk Through podcasts.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming on Paramount Plus! Click this banner to sign up, and you'll help support the podcast!

Speaking of our Patreon...

We have now recorded three Patreon calls. If you want to listen in, sign up to our Patreon! https://www.patreon.com/brianandruthie for as little as $1/month and you'll get access! Our next Patreon episode will be a spoiler-filled review of Star Trek: Picard - The Last Best Hope. Listeners will get the episode a week earlier, around the time that you got this episode here!

Become a Patron!

LTT 001 – Galaxy Quest and Never Surrender: A Galaxy Quest Documentary

Talk Through Media — Mon, 20 Apr 2020 20:01:01 +0000

Let's Talk Through Galaxy Quest and Never Surrender: A Galaxy Quest Documentary

For the very first episode of Let's Talk Through, Kyle, Mark, Ruthie and Lara discuss Sci-fi, Cons, Pop Culture influences that the movie Galaxy Quest beautifully portrayed and the behind the scenes shown in Never Surrender: A Galaxy Quest Documentary.

Send in your Pop Culture Topics you would like us to cover!

We would love for our listeners to submit Pop Culture Topics, Suggestions, or every feedback on episodes going forward. You can send that in to our feedback page, on our Facebook group or email us at. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to TalkThroughTTM@gmail.com or call our new voicemail at 630-474-3218.

Subscribe and Support!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts or whatever is your podcast client of choice. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You can add our RSS feed directly: It's http://talkthroughmedia.com/feed/podcast/letstalkthrough/ You'll also get new episodes when released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! And join our Facebook group! Follow us on Twitter! And like the network's Facebook page!

TWDTT 114 – The Tower (S10E15)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 22:34:43 +0000

Talking Through The Tower

For episode 114 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian, Kyle, and Mark talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 15 titled The Tower. This episode was written by Kevin Deiboldt & Julia Ruchman and directed by Laura Belsey.

An Experiment! We recorded live with listeners!

For this episode, we did something new! We recorded this episode, like we always do, using Zoom, but we invited our listeners to join us! Joining us were DeEtta from Detroit, LT from NC, and Glynis from Toronto! You'll have to let us know how it turned out!

Peek-a-boo I see you! As the Alden says.....

This was supposed to be the penultimate episode of Season 10 but because of the Coronavirus and some post production issues they postponed the finale to an unknown date this year. But we had some special guest join us so I hope you enjoy their feedback as well as ours. In this episode we see Beta walk through the front gates of Alexandria with his horde of fans while Alden plays child games. Our people are hiding out but looks like they have a plan to fight. Too bad we won't see what that is for who knows how long. King Ezekiel, Eugene and Yumiko join Princess on an adventure through the city that ends up, well, not quite what they were expecting. So Join us as we discuss this episode, The Tower.

Send in your feedback!

We don't know when the next episode will be, but you can send in feedback for this episode, S10E15, titled The Tower, or the season in general. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are up again!!!

Ratings for up for S10E15 The Tower from last week's decrease. It got a 1.13 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.488 million viewers. That is up from last week's 1.06 in the 18-49 and 3.264 million viewers. Talking Dead was up ever so slightly this week with another special Coronavirus edition. It got a 0.39 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.389 million, up from the last week's 0.37 in the 18-49 and 1.386 million. The charts are below.

Sign up to our Patreon!

Sign up to our Patreon at https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough. We will be doing some Patreon content in the upcoming

TWDTT 113 – Look at the Flowers (S10E14)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 03 Apr 2020 01:36:00 +0000

Talking Through Look at the Flowers

For episode 113 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian (is back!) Kyle, and Mark talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 14 titled Look at the Flowers. This episode was written by Channing Powell and directed by Daisy Von Scherler Meyer.

Beta goes on a reminiscing trip with Alpha's head in a bag and Carol get's tormented by her too!

Alpha sure was busy in this episode. Negan and Daryl bonded over some dead whisperers while Carol was just off for some alone time only to have Alpha pestering her over the nagging consequences of her actions. Beta, well, he goes on a trip to open his eyes and ends having two faces... no really... half Beta walker mask and half Alpha's skin. He's even more creepy... and dangerous now that he has a horde of his own. And Eugene, Yumiko, and King Ezekiel set off to meet up with a possible new group that ends with a flamboyant stranger. Strange indeed.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E15, titled The Tower, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, April 7th, 2020. If you have any feedback on this episode, Look at the Flowers, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Join us when we record this next episode!

We are doing something special for S10E15! With social distancing in effect, we all need people right now. We are going to allow people to join us for the recording of our next episode. It will be on Tuesday, April 7, 2020 at 9PM Eastern, via Zoom.

Viewers are Down!!! Ratings are steady...

After the increase in ratings the last couple of weeks, ratings for S10E14 Look at the Flowers are down from last week's increase. It got a 1.06 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.264 million viewers. This is slightly down from last week's rating, which got a 1.21 in the 18-49, but down from last week's 3.662 million viewers. Talking Dead was down this week with another special Coronavirus edition. It got a 0.37 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.386 million, down from the last weeks, S10E13, when it got a 0.46 in the 18-49 with 1.486 million. The charts are below.

Star Trek: Picard - Season 1 Episode 10 - Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 2

We're back with extensive coverage of the season finale of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 10, titled Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 2. This episode's teleplay was by Michael Chabon, its story was by Michael Chabon & Akiva Goldsman. It was directed by Akiva Goldsman.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this episode, and we used many of them here!

We have additional feedback for the last episode...

We have feedback for the last episode, S1E9 Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 1. The discussion for this episode begins at 27 minutes 39 seconds. We have used chapters again this week. If your podcast app supports them, it will allow you to skip ahead to the section you want easier.

Chapters:

00:00:21 Intro 00:01:09 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:27:39 About Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 2 00:28:50 Spot the 47 00:30:09 Ratings 00:35:15 Yeses 00:46:18 Nos 01:26:27 Not Good Enoughs 01:55:49 Listener Feedback 02:53:38 Shipwide Announcements 02:54:56 Wrap Up

And now for the pics!

That's it for Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 2!

So, that's it for this Season 1 of Star Trek: Picard! We'll be taking a few weeks off before we discuss something! Share your thoughts about previous episodes with us, and our listeners! And sign up to our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming on Paramount Plus! Click this banner to sign up, and you'll help support the podcast!

Don't forget about our Patreon...

We have now recorded three Patreon calls. If you want to listen in, sign up to our Patreon! https://www.patreon.com/brianandruthie for as little as $1/month and you'll get access! Ou

TWDTT 112 – What We Become (S10E13)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 26 Mar 2020 14:16:30 +0000

Talking Through What We Become

For episode 112 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Mark, and, for the last part of it, Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 13 titled What We Become. This episode was written by Vivian Tse and directed by Sharat Raju.

Virgil lippin' and Michonne trippin' into some drugged induced flashbacks!

We had a lot of callbacks, some weak sauce in Virgil's a.k.a. Morgan character, and some far-reaching plot devices to push our katana-wielding heroine into the great unknown. Not to say it was a bad episode. We did enjoy it for the most part. Overall just a disappointing sendoff for Michonne. It's always a joy to see flashbacks.. or in this episode.. drug-induced hallucinations, of some of our favorite characters and epic scenes of seasons past. So with that, heat the kettle. Make a big o' cup of Jimsonweed and let's step headfirst into the rabbit hole.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E14, titled Look at the Flowers, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, March 31, 2020. If you have any feedback on this episode, What We Become, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Viewers are UP!!! Ratings are steady...

After the increase in ratings last week, ratings for S10E13 What We Become are steady and up from last week's increase. It got a 1.21 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.662 million viewers. This is slightly down from last week's rating, which got a 1.23 in the 18-49, but up from last week's 3.494 million viewers. Talking Dead returned this week with a special Coronavirus edition. It got a 0.46 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.486 million, up from the last time it was on, S10E11, when it got a 0.32 in the 18-49 with 1.322 million. The charts are below.

We could use your help in collecting feedback!

STPC 013 – Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 1 (S1E9)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 23 Mar 2020 06:30:00 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - Season 1 Episode 9 - Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 1

We're back with extensive coverage of the penultimate episode of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 9, titled Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 1. This episode's teleplay was by Michael Chabon & Ayelet Waldman, its story was by Michael Chabon & Ayelet Waldman & Akiva Goldsman. It was directed by Akiva Goldsman.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this episode, and we used many of them here! Our cover image this week is one of Fred's "Visual Yeses".

We have additional feedback for the last episode...

We have feedback for the last episode, S1E8 Broken Pieces. The discussion for this episode begins at 28 minutes 19 seconds. We have used chapters again this week. If your podcast app supports them, it will allow you to skip ahead to the section you want easier.

Chapters:

00:00:17 Intro 00:02:15 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:28:18 About Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 1 00:30:58 Spot the 47 00:31:14 Ratings 00:33:59 Yeses 00:43:46 Nos 01:28:33 Not Good Enoughs 01:40:38 Feedback Section 02:19:36 Shipwide Announcements 02:27:02 Wrap Up

Before you listen...

Ruthie and I didn't like this one at all. Most of our listeners did though.

And now for the pics!

That's it for Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 1!

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the season 1 finale of Star Trek: Picard titled Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 2. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Share your thoughts about previous episodes with us, and our listeners! And sign up to our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

TWDTT 111 – Walk With Us (S10E12)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 19 Mar 2020 21:27:50 +0000

Talking Through Walk With Us

For episode 111 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Mark, and some voicemail from Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 12 titled Walk With Us. This episode was written by Eli Jorné & Nicole Mirante-Matthews and directed by Greg Nicotero.

Hilltop Burns, Judith Stabs, and we lose some but one was worth the wait!

This episode was action-packed from the start. We have never seen The Hilltop is such die straights before but unfortunately for our group, they couldn't hold and had to retreat. Negan, in the end, surprised us all and after such a long wait the payoff is well... how can I say... came to a head. So enjoy as we discuss this episode in all its flaming glory.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E13, titled What We Become, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, March 24, 2020. If you have any feedback on this episode, Walk With Us, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are WAY UP!!!

In a shocking turn of events, ratings for S10E12 Walk With Us are way up from last week's historic lows. It got a 1.23 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.494 million viewers. This is up from last week's episode, which got a 0.92 in the 18-49 and 2.927 million viewers. That's an increase of 0.31 in the 18-49 and 567,000 viewers, up 34 and 19% respectively. But what an episode NOT to have a corresponding episode of Talking Dead with it! Due to the Coronavirus scare, Talking Dead did not have an episode this week. AMC aired an episode of Norman Reedus' Ride instead. This is the first time an episode of The Walking Dead hasn't had a corresponding Talking Dead since Season 1 if you don't count the "Survival Sunday" Season 8 finale episode, which aired directly after the Season 4 premiere of Fear the Walking Dead and featured cast from both shows.

We could use your help in collecting feedback!

Lately. it's been difficult collecting the feedback, and we could use your help. The bulk of fe

STPC 012 – Broken Pieces (S1E8)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 18 Mar 2020 02:34:42 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - Season 1 Episode 8 - Broken Pieces

We're back with extensive coverage of the eighth episode of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 8, titled Broken Pieces. This episode was written by showrunner Michael Chabon, and it was directed by Maja Vrvilo.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this episode, and we used many of them here! Our cover image this week is one of Fred's "Visual Yeses".

We have additional feedback for the last episode...

We have feedback for the last episode, S1E7 Nepenthe, the previous episode, and some more general feedback on the entire season. Discussion about Broken Pieces begins at 41 minutes 54 seconds. We have used chapters again this week. If your podcast app supports them, it will allow you to skip ahead to the section you want easier.

Chapters:

00:00:21 Intro 00:03:22 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:41:54 About Broken Pieces 00:43:55 Spot the 47 00:44:02 Ratings 00:47:16 Yeses 01:08:44 Nos 01:29:26 Not Good Enoughs 01:46:04 Feedback Section 03:07:38 Shipwide Announcements 03:11:01 Wrap Up

And now for the pics!

Flashback: The Admonition ceremony

One of the reveals shows a synth, who is dissolved into a vision of Data! What on Earth???

That's it for Broken Pieces!

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the ninth episode of Star Trek: Picard, titled Et in Arcadia Ego, Part 1. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Share your thoughts about previous episodes with us, and our listeners! And sign up to our Patreon to get access to our Patreon episodes.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Lower Decks is now streaming on Paramount Plus! Click this banner to sign up, and you'll help sup

TWDTT 110 – Morning Star (S10E11)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 13 Mar 2020 03:34:48 +0000

Talking Through Morning Star

For episode 110 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Mark, and Brian talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 11 titled Morning Star. Well, Brian was here for most of it, anyway. This episode was written by Julia Ruchman & Vivian Tse and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis.

Sappy Sacks, Iron Maiden's Final Frontier and a whole lot of suspense!

This episode was kind of a slow burn but it sure did end with our group in a sappy pickle. Alpha and Negan get a little closer to which we almost don't know who's side he's on. Gamma goes to hillside with the crew and tries to reunite with Adam or Alex or whatever they are calling her nephew. We get great interaction with many of the characters. Daryl and Carol, Ezekiel and Daryl, Eugene and Rosita and the mysterious Stephanie from Can-ah-wa or Can-aw depending on where you're from. But overall we get to the flaming walker meat that we have been waiting for between the Hillside Posse and Alpha's horde.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E12, titled Walk with Us, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, March 17, 2020. If you have any feedback on this episode, Stalker, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are DOWN to ALL-TIME LOWS...

Ratings for S10E11 Morning Star are down to historic lows. It got a 0.92 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.927 million viewers. This is down from last week's episode, which got a 1.00 in the 18-49 and 3.159 million viewers. On the other hand, at the earlier time, Talking Dead was up considerably. It got a 0.32 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.322 million viewers, down from 0.14 and 550,000 last week.

We could use your help in collecting feedback!

Lately. it's been difficult collecting the feedback, and we could use your help. The bulk of feedback comes in on Tuesdays; we have limited availability on Tuesdays. We have to grab it from the various sources, including the Facebook group, the feedback form, email, and voice mail; put it into a Google doc; separate it into the appropriate sections of the podcast: Ratings, sauces, and feedback; and then fix things like spelling mistakes, grammar, and format, and then divide it by who will read it. If you ar

STPC 011 – Nepenthe (S1E7)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 09 Mar 2020 02:05:00 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - Season 1 Episode 7 - Nepenthe

We're back with extensive coverage of the seventh episode of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 7, titled Nepenthe. This episode was written by Samantha Humphrey and Michael Chabon, and it was directed by Doug Aarniokoski.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this episode, and we used many of them here! Our cover image this week is one of Fred's "Visual Yeses".

We have additional feedback for the first six episodes of the season...

We have feedback for the last episode, S1E6 The Impossible Box, the previous episode, S1E5 Stardust City Rag and some more general feedback on the entire season. Discussion about Nepenthe begins at 51 minutes 2 seconds. We have used chapters again this week. If your podcast app supports them, it will allow you to skip ahead to the section you want easier.

Chapters:

00:00:17 Intro 00:01:14 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:51:02 About Nepenthe 00:52:49 Spot the 47 00:53:39 Ratings 00:59:06 Yeses 01:22:56 Nos 01:42:33 Not Good Enoughs 02:10:09 Feedback Section 02:55:33 Shipwide Announcements 03:00:08 Wrap Up

And now for the pics!

The flashback...

On the cube, Narissa wants blood...

Arriving on Nepenthe...

The fight on the Artifact...

The Ready Room again... OK, Observation Lounge... at the dinner table...

Taking out the tracker...

They say goodbye...

That's it for Nepenthe!

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the eighth episode of Star Trek: Picard, titled Broken Pieces. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Share your thoughts about previous episodes with us, and our listeners! And sign up to our Patreon to get access to the Patreon episode.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CB

TWDTT 109 – Stalker (S10E10)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 05 Mar 2020 20:29:45 +0000

Talking Through Stalker

For episode 109 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and Mark talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 10, titled Stalker, with Brian joining along for some of it. This episode was written by Jim Barnes and directed by Bronwen Hughes.

Gabriel's Third Eye, Alpha and Daryl dance off, and Beta rises from the Grave!

This was an action pack episode with some scary moments for some of our favorite characters. Almost too scary. Beta infiltrates Alexandria through an impossible to believe tunnel system. He rises from the grave and walkerized some of our people to get Gamma out of jail. Alpha and Daryl go stabby stabby with each other. And Gabriel, the truth detector, gets intel from Gamma and kind of gets duped that leave Alexandria unprotected. This really doesn't look good for the future of our group, going forward. We shall see.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E11, titled Morning Star, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, March 10, 2020. If you have any feedback on this episode, Stalker, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are DOWN...

Ratings for S10E10 Stalker are down quite a bit. It got a 1.00 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.159 million viewers. This is down from the mid-season premiere, which got a 1.20 in the 18-49 and 3.518 million viewers. On the other hand, at the later time due to the season premiere of Better Call Saul, Talking Dead was down considerably. It got a 0.14 in the 18-49 demographic, with 522,000 viewers, down from 0.29 and 1.133 million last week.

We could use your help in collecting feedback!

We're back with extensive coverage of the sixth episode of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 6, titled The Impossible Box. This episode was written by Nick Zayas, and it was directed by Maja Vrvilo.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this episode, and we used many of them here! Our cover image this week is one of Fred's "Visual Yeses".

We have additional feedback for the last episode...

We have feedback for the last episode, S1E5 Stardust City Rag. Discussion about The Impossible Box begins at 27 minutes 33 seconds. We have used chapters again this week. If your podcast app supports them, it will allow you to skip ahead to the section you want easier.

Chapters:

00:00:21 Intro 00:01:04 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:27:33 About The Impossible Box 00:29:09 Spot the 47 00:31:43 Ratings 00:37:07 Yeses 00:50:25 Nos 01:09:51 Not Good Enoughs 01:24:37 Listener Feedback 02:16:14 Shipwide Announcements 02:20:50 Wrap Up

Here's that Tweet we mentioned during the podcast...

And now for the pics!

Agnes easing her pain with a little Netflix & chill...

Raffi's favor costs a lot...

This is not right...

Picard returns to a Borg cube...

The Zhal Makh ceremony...

The Escape!

That's it for The Impossible Box!

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the seventh episode of Star Trek: Picard, titled Nepenthe. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Share your thoughts about previous episodes with us, and our listeners! And sign up to our Patreon to get access to the Patreon episode.

Links to us...

Sign up to CBS All Access! Help support the podcast! If you sign up from this link, you'll help support the podcast, as CBS gives us a small referral fee, and it costs you nothing!

Star Trek: Low

TWDTT 108 – Squeeze (S10E9)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 27 Feb 2020 17:50:29 +0000

Talking Through Squeeze

For episode 108 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and Mark talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 9, titled Squeeze. This episode was written by David Leslie Johnson-McGoldrick and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis.

Update on hosting duties this back half..

As some of you might know, Brian has been running the show over at Star Trek Picard Cast and it's been time consuming for him. But don't worry as Mark crossed over to jailbreak Kyle from Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through and freed him from Virginia's prison community. So he will be with us for the remainder of this season. (Unless Virginia figured out how to cross time and space) And Brian hopefully will be able to join us at a later date once things quiet down.

Caves, Explosions, Naked Bodies, Oh My!

Well there seems to be a theme among everyone's feedback this week. "Gross!" Naked Negan and Alpha bumping uglies (thank god they didn't show that) had everyone cringe. While it worked to show Negan make inroads...ewww... i mean infiltrating the Whisperers. It was a lot that could have been left unseen. Gamma's betrayal seems to have been uncovered and what that means for our group we will see. Carol's repeated blundering might have cost us Connie and Magna, but let's hope they survived. So an explosive start to 10B, for sure.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E10, titled Stalker, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, March 3, 2020. If you have any feedback on this episode, Squeeze, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are up!

Ratings for S10E9 Squeeze are up! It got a 1.20 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.518 million viewers. This is up from the mid-season finale, which got a 1.02 in the 18-49 and 3.214 million viewers. On the other hand, at the later time due to the season premiere of Better Call Saul, Talking Dead was down considerably. It got a 0.14 in the 18-49 demographic, with 522,000 viewers, down from 0.29 and 1.133 million last week.

We could use your help in collecting feedback!

STPC 009 – Stardust City Rag (S1E5)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 24 Feb 2020 09:20:06 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - Season 1 Episode 5 - Stardust City Rag

We're back with extensive coverage of the fifth episode of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 5, titled Stardust City Rag. This episode was written by Kirsten Beyer, and it was directed again by Jean-Luc Picard's former Number One, Jonathan Frakes.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this episode, and we used many of them here!

We have additional feedback for the first four episodes...

We have feedback for the premiere episode, S1E2 Maps and Legends, S1E3 The End is the Beginning. and S1E4 Absolute Candor. Discussion about Stardust City Rag begins at 36 minutes 22 seconds. We have used chapters again this week. If your podcast app supports them, it will allow you to skip ahead to the section you want easier.

Chapters:

00:00:17 Intro 00:01:35 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:36:22 About Stardust City Rag 00:37:33 Spot the 47 00:37:48 Ratings 00:43:52 Yesses 00:59:06 Nos 01:17:28 Not Good Enough! 01:31:59 Feedback Section 02:18:58 Shipwide Announcements - News & Info 02:24:09 Wrap Up

We have done another Patreon call...

We recorded another Patreon call on Saturday, February 22nd to discuss a couple of things. Ruthie attended a screening of Star Trek: The Wrath of Khan with William Shatner as the guest of honor. I read the new Star Trek: Picard novel, The Last Best Hope. We'll discuss that, as well as the first five episodes of Picard. If you want to listen in, sign up to our Patreon! https://www.patreon.com/brianandruthie for as little as $1/month and you'll get access!

And now for the pics!

That's it for Stardust City Rag!

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the sixth episode of Star Trek: Picard, titled The Impossible Box. Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Share your thoughts about previous episodes with us, and our listeners! And sign up to our Patreon to get access to the Patreon episode.

Links to us...

Star Trek: Picard - Season 1 Episode 4 - Absolute Candor

We're back with extensive coverage of the fourth episode of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 4, titled Absolute Candor. This episode was written by Michael Chabon, and it was directed by Jean-Luc Picard's former Number One, Jonathan Frakes. This is our longest episode to date!

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this episode, and we used many of them here!

Before we begin, we have additional feedback for the first three episodes...

First, we have feedback for the premiere episode, S1E2 Maps and Legends, and S1E3 The End is the Beginning. Discussion about Absolute Candor begins at 26:08 with "Spot the 47". We have used chapters again this week. If your podcast app supports them, skip ahead to the section you want easier.

Chapters:

00:00:21 Intro 00:01:06 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:26:08 Spot the 47 00:26:27 About Absolute Candor 00:27:46 Ratings 00:30:36 Yesses 00:43:56 Nos 01:32:01 Not Good Enough! 01:59:25 Feedback Section 02:56:24 Shipwide Announcements - News & Info 03:03:22 Wrap Up

Patreon call-in show: Saturday, Feb. 22nd!

We will be recording another Patreon call on Saturday, February 22nd at 6 PM Eastern to discuss a few things:

First, Ruthie attended a screening of Star Trek: The Wrath of Khan with William Shatner as the guest of honor.
Second, have you read "Star Trek: Picard - The Last Best Hope"? I did. We'll talk about it.
Finally, we will discuss the first five episodes of Picard. If you want to listen in, sign up to our Patreon! https://www.patreon.com/brianandruthie for as little as $1/month and you'll get access! And, if you contribute at the $5 level, you'll be able to participate in the live call!

And now for the pics!

Young Elnor and the Qowat Milat

First, as has been true with the second and third episodes, the fourth episode begins with a flashback. We meet a young Elnor and Zani of the Qowat Milat.

The two Elnors don't match up. He had blue eyes and has an American accent as a child, but has brown eyes and talks in an Australian accent as an adult. Where does the accent come from? No one else had that accent. I tried three times to make this point in the podcast, but Ruthie didn't seem to understand my point. It's not the accent, but that he didn't have it as a child AND no one else in the village had it. Laris has an Irish accent, but we don't meet her as a child and don't meet people with who he grew up, so it works. In Elnor's example, we see his past and get the context of where he grew up. It's not a huge deal, but it did take me out of the episode a tiny bit.

Recreating the chateau in a holomatrix...

Meanwhile, on the Borg Artifact...

STPC 007 – The End is the Beginning (S1E3)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 10 Feb 2020 07:22:47 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - Season 1 Episode 3 - The End is the Beginning

We're back with extensive coverage of the third episode of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 3, titled The End is the Beginning. This episode was written by Michael Chabon & James Duff, and it was directed, for the third time in a row, by Hanelle M. Culpepper.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this episode, and we used many of them here!

First, we have a sample of our latest Patreon episode...

We included a segment from our latest Patreon episode to give you a little taste since this segment covered something we hadn't talked about on the podcast yet. You can hear the full episode, which discusses the Star Trek: Picard Countdown comic and the first two episodes of Star Trek: Picard by going to https://www.patreon.com/brianandruthie and support us for as little as $1/month!

Next, we have additional feedback from the first two episodes...

We have feedback for the premiere episode and S1E2 Maps and Legends. Discussion on The End is the Beginning begins at 29:50. We have used chapters again this week. If your podcast app supports them, it will allow you to skip ahead to the section you want easier.

Chapters:

00:00:17 Intro 00:01:05 Patreon Sneak Peek 00:04:53 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:29:50 About The End is the Beginning 00:31:02 Spot the 47 00:32:11 Ratings 00:35:45 Yesses 00:50:29 Nos 01:23:52 Not Good Enough! 01:55:01 Feedback Section 02:44:17 Shipwide Announcements - News & Info 02:49:46 Wrap Up

And now for the pics!

Notice the text in F8's eyes...

That text wasn't there in the last episode. Fred pointed this out in a late addition to the podcast. Thanks Fred!

We see Picard and Raffi in 2385...

The Commodore Oh/Dr. Jurati meeting...

We see Commodore Oh visit Dr. Agnes Jurati, but we don't see what is said. Then, later, we see Jurati get a disruptor from... no knows where? This does bring suspicion to Jurati and her motives, but we do believe this is a red herring. What we couldn't get past was the VERY prominent ears of Oh's. They seem to REALLY stick out beyond what we saw last week's episode. See below.

Cristobal Rios, our new captain!

The fight at the Château!

Back on the Borg artifact...

And they're off!

That's it for The End is the Beginning!

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the fourth episode of Star Trek: Picard, titled Absolute Candor! Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Share your thoughts about the first, second, or next episode with us, and our listeners! And Star Trek: Picard - Season 1 Episode 2 - Maps and Legends

We're back with extensive coverage of the second episode of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 2, titled Maps and Legends. This episode was written by Akiva Goldsman & Michael Chabon, and it was directed, for the second time in a row, by Hanelle M. Culpepper.

First, we have some feedback from the last Short Trek and the series premiere...

We have feedback for the last Star Trek: Short Treks, Children of Mars, as well as the premiere episode. Discussion on Maps and Legends begins at 15:57. One thing of note, we have used chapters for the first time this week. If your podcast app supports them, it will allow you to skip ahead to the section you want easier.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this episode, and we used many of them here!

Chapters:

00:00:21 Intro 00:01:08 Feedback for Prior Episodes 00:13:55 Spot the 47 00:15:57 About Maps and Legends 00:20:22 Ratings 00:25:52 Yesses 00:51:16 Nos 01:20:28 Not Good Enough! 01:31:19 Feedback Section 02:27:50 Shipwide Announcements - News & Info 02:31:57 Wrap Up

Rogue Synths Attack Mars!

We see in the cold open the attack of Mars by synthetics. This was spectacular and chilling.

Star Trek: CSI!

I personally enjoyed Laris and Jean-Luc's investigation of the murder at Dahj's apartment.

Living on a Weapon of Mass Destruction

Irumodic Syndrome is a thing...

The F-Bombs!

Like Discovery's S1E5 Choose Your Pain, this episode featured two F-bombs. The first is by Laris, who actually said "feckers", but the captions put a U instead of an E. The other one is more blatantly used by Admiral Kirsten Clancy around the time of this screen capture. This second one was pretty startling, both to the viewers and to Picard himself.

I wasn't too happy that they made that choice. I want to make it clear: IT DOES NOT OFFEND ME. There was an outcry from some viewers when Discovery's Tilly and Stamets cursed. Some were offended; others thought it wasn't becoming of a Starfleet officer; many others thought at the time that it made it difficult for them to share Discovery with their children. like how they were exposed to Star Trek as children by their parents. It's that last reason that makes me disappointed that they made this choice. They don't need to give ammunition to the haters!

We finally meet his former first officer, Raffi Musiker...

That's it for Maps and Legends!

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the third episode of Star Trek: Picard, titled The End is the Beginning! Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Share your thoughts about the first, second, or next episode with us, and our listeners!

STPC 005 – Remembrance (S1E1)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 27 Jan 2020 02:48:42 +0000

Star Trek: Picard - Season 1 Episode 1 - Remembrance

We're back with extensive coverage of the premiere of Star Trek: Picard, Season 1 Episode 1, titled Remembrance. Remembrance's teleplay was written by Akiva Goldsman and James Duff. The story was written by Akiva Goldsman & Michael Chabon & Kirsten Beyer & Alex Kurtzman and James Duff (there's a whole Writer's Guild of America explanation as to why it is written that way. The episode was directed by Hanelle M. Culpepper.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this series premiere, and we used many of them here!

It's the Enterprise!

Some would say that the Enterprise is not lit correctly, but it looked good to me! We've seen this scene in the trailers, but it was still good to see the actual scene.

Skylines we haven't seen...

This appears to be the first time we're seeing a futuristic Boston in the 24th Century. We also see Japan for the first time, in Okinawa. We also see San Francisco and Paris, but we have seen those before, especially San Francisco.

Dahj experiences a traumatic event.

Her Xahean boyfriend is dead via an assassin's knife.

A retired Picard...

I have to say that Laris and Zhaban have already left a strong impression on me. If they can devote themselves to Picard in this way, they are good people. They have to be.

I guess journalists haven't changed much in the late 24th Century!

Richter, the journalist, didn't exactly make me want to like her very much. However, she does paint the picture that the Federation we saw in the TNG days is no longer. It's a much different animal in 2399.

Dahj goes to Picard

I mentioned in the episode that I thought Picard's ability to trust this young woman who said she just killed three people without even asking many questions seemed a little suspect, but I guess his vague recollection of her face, and then later seeing that the face in the second painting, might have been enough to explain him.

Is Dahj Data or Neo?

Goodbye, Dahj. We hardly knew ye.

Time to head to the Daystrom Institute!

Romulans & Borg & Synths? Oh my!!!

That's it for Remembrance!

So, that's it for this episode! For our next episode, we'll be discussing the second episode of Star Trek: Picard, titled Maps and Legends! Your feedback is SO important to us!!! Share your thoughts about the first or second episode with us, and our listeners! And sign up to our Patreon to get access to our next Patreon episode after we record it, which will cover the Star Trek: Picard Countdown comic book.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Picard Pre-Season 1 Roundtable: What Makes Picard Such a Compelling Character?

We're back with a Star Trek: Picard pre-season 1 roundtable episode! This time out, we are joined by esteemed Trek historian, author, podcaster, and Portal 47 purveyor, Larry Nemecek; Mark Kirkman, my friend, and co-host on The Walking Dead Talk Through and Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through; and Patrons Fred from The Netherlands, James (The Augmented Sailor) Robbins, and Laurence Todd (LT from NC). We begin the roundtable discussion with a compelling question submitted to us by LT, "What makes Picard such a compelling character?" We then round out the discussion with our thoughts of Star Trek: Picard prior to its debut on Thursday, January 23, 2020.

That's it for this Pre-Season Picard Roundtable!

So, that's it for this episode! Our next episode, we'll be discussing the series premiere of Star Trek: Picard! Like on The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, your feedback is SO important to us!!! Share your thoughts about the first episode with us, and our listeners! Most importantly, remember to subscribe to The Star Trek Picard Cast!

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! Finally, you can support us on Patreon! If you don't have a subscription to CBS All Access, click here to sign up! Clicking this link gives us a small finders' fee, which costs you nothing! Enter the discount code JANUARY to get a free month!

Become a Patron!

STPC 003 – Children of Mars (Short Treks S2E6)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 18 Jan 2020 05:42:05 +0000

Star Trek: Short Treks, Season 2 Episode 6: Children of Mars

We're back with not just another episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast! Wait, no it isn't! This time, it's an episode of The Star Trek Picard Cast! That's because this Short Trek deals with events that precede Star Trek: Picard!!! This time, Ruthie and I cover the sixth and final Short Trek of Season 2: Children of Mars, which was written by Chris Silvestri & Anthony Maranville, and directed by Michael Giacchino; and The Girl Who Made the Stars, which was written by Brandon Schultz and directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi. Both of these animated Short Treks were released Thursday, January 9, 2020.

Some housekeeping...

Our last episode was originally released on The Star Trek Picard Cast feed exclusively. Unfortunately, we noticed a sharp decline in downloads from the previous Picard episode that was very evident upon its release. We realized by making the content exclusive to the Picard feed, we unintentionally made it difficult for our existing listeners to find us. We decided to reverse our decision. Going forward, all Picard episodes will be found on the Discovery feed AND the Picard feed. If you want both podcasts, you only need to subscribe to the Discovery feed only. If you only want Picard episodes, subscribe to the Picard feed. Of course, if you want all of the episodes in

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to send us images for this Short Trek, and we used many of them here!

First of all, we have some feedback on the last episode...

We had feedback for the last episode about the other characters in Picard. More of that below.

Errata!

I made three mistakes in this episode, all in the same section of the episode. When I read over feedback from previous episodes, I said it was from STDP 047, but that was incorrect. In fact, I missed that feedback altogether. The feedback I read was from STPC 002, which I didn't even mention that I was going to read! We will have to cover episode 47 feedback for our next regular episode. Also, I said that Ship in a Bottle was TNG S6E13. I was off by one. It's S6E12. OK OK... It's a pretty small thing, but there were mistakes and I'm calling myself out on them! I also neglected to mention an error I made last episode. Icheb, the Star Trek: Voyager ex-Borg adolescent, DID NOT die. His character lived.

Picard Spoilers Ahead!!!

That's it for Children of Mars!

So, that's it for this episode! In conclusion, Ruthie didn't like either episode and thought they were a waste of time. However, I loved one and liked the other, but were disappointed with aspects of both. Next time, we will be back with news and the final Short Trek, Children of Mars. Most importantly, remember to subscribe to The Star

STPC 002 – Other Characters Returning in Star Trek: Picard

Talk Through Media — Tue, 07 Jan 2020 14:45:00 +0000

Other characters we're going to see again, besides Picard!

We're back with another episode of The Star Trek Picard Cast! This time, this episode is exclusive to the Picard feed. In this episode, Ruthie and I discuss the other characters that are returning in Star Trek: Picard, besides Jean-Luc Picard himself. Thanks to Fred from the Netherlands for providing most of our pics!

Who we know is returning in Star Trek: Picard

At this point, we know of five other characters returning in Star Trek: Picard.

Seven of Nine (Jeri Ryan)

The first we'll discuss is someone who doesn't have a relationship with Picard, Seven of Nine, the ex-Borg from Star Trek: Voyager, played by Jeri Ryan. She was always a compelling character, and well-played, and we are both looking forward to seeing her most of all the characters announced.

Hugh (Jonathan Del Arco)

Hugh was first seen in the TNG episode, "I, Borg". He was a Borg drone who develops his own identity after being separated from the collective. We later see him in the episode Descent. If they are planning to feature the Borg in this series, bringing his character back is a good choice.

William T. Riker (Jonathan Frakes)

Riker was Picard's First Officer on the Enterprise-D and E. He later became Captain on the USS Titan. This was one character that I thought they had to have back if they are going to do a show on Picard. They were a great team and it only makes sense for him to return.

Deanna Troi (Marina Sirtis)

If you bring back Riker, you definitely need to bring back Counselor Deanna Troi. As you may recall, they were married in Star Trek: Nemesis, but that's not the only reason why she is back. Troi was always a great advisor to Picard, as was Riker, and he's going to need all the help he can get.

Data/B-4 (Brent Spiner)

One of the most popular characters of Star Trek: The Next Generation was Data. Data died in Nemesis, so bringing him back is a little trickier than some of the other characters. We do not think he will be returning in the flesh, no pun intended, but will return in dream sequences, flashbacks, and possibly holodeck programs. I am definitely looking forward to his character's return, but still wondering how that will happen.

Who else do we think might be returning in Star Trek: Picard?

We both agree that our first choice would be Dr. Beverly Crusher. It was suggested in the series finale, All Good Things, that she married and later divorced Picard. We hope that it's just a big secret and that she will be returning.

Ruthie would like to see Worf. I am skeptical though, after how they changed the Klingons in Discovery.

Q would be another character I would like to show up in Picard, although I don't have a clue how they would do that in this story. How they would handle Q's aging? John de Lancie has aged a lot since last playing the role, though they all have. but he's immortal, so that's harder to explain. I also would like to see Guinan return, played by Whoopi Goldberg, and she would be another logical character to return. Beyond that, we don't have a clue.

Got any feedback for us?

What do you think about the other characters that are going to be featured in Star Trek: Picard? Do you have any cha

STDP 047 – Ephraim and Dot/The Girl Who Made the Stars (Short Treks S2E4/S2E5)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 23 Dec 2019 05:11:00 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Short Treks, Season 2 Episodes 4 & 5: Ephraim and Dot/The Girl Who Made the Stars

We're back with not just another episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast! No, not at all! That's because this is episode 47!!! This time, Ruthie and I cover the fourth and fifth Short Trek of Season 2: Ephraim and Dot, which was written by Chris Silvestri & Anthony Maranville, and directed by Michael Giacchino; and The Girl Who Made the Stars, which was written by Brandon Schultz and directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi. Both of these animated Short Treks were released Thursday, December 12, 2019.

We aren't separating these...

We decided not to release these as separate episodes because we didn't get a lot of feedback on them, especially The Girl Who Made the Stars. Therefore, we're releasing them as a single episode.

Fred's Pics!

Fred from The Netherlands was kind enough to collect a LOT of images for these Short Treks. Therefore, we use them to tell most of the story!

First of all, we have some feedback on the last two Short Treks...

We had feedback for the last two Short Treks and the episodes in which we covered them, The Trouble with Edward and Ask Not, so we start off with that.

Short Treks Season 2 Episode 4 - Ephraim and Dot

This one used two "characters" that were introduced on Star Trek: Discovery: The tardigrade from Season 1 (assuming it's the same one), and the DOT-7 that we saw in the season finale of Season 2, Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2. It's told in a Tom & Jerry style. We didn't really agree about this episode. Ruthie didn't care for it at all. I loved it, but I had one major continuity problem with the Short Trek. More on that in a bit.

We start with black and white images...

To start, we get an old film to start with. Would they have this in the 23rd Century? I don't think so because that's not even a thing today, but that's a minor point. We begin...

I missed a reference...

I totally missed this one! Thanks, Fred! It's the salt creature from The Man Trap, which was the first episode of Star Trek aired in the U.S., September 8, 1966.

Then, we get color, and it's the Enterprise!

Look!!! It's the Enterprise, TOS style (mostly)! Continuity gaffe? It's got the struts of the Enterprise from Star Trek: Discovery, but I'm going to let that slide. Considering the look of the Enterprise in Discovery, I think it's a minor point but it can also be considered a retcon.

It's Kirk and Khan!

Does the Enterprise have a laundry chute?

M

STDP 046 – Ask Not (Short Treks S2E3)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 12 Dec 2019 02:23:27 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Short Treks, Season 2 Episode 3: Ask Not

We're back! Ruthie and I are back with an episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast! This time, we're covering the third of six Short Treks before Star Trek: Picard premieres in January. This time, we talk through Ask Not, which was written by Kalinda Vazquez, and directed by Sanji Senaka.

Fred's Pics, mixed with our own!

We are using some pics collected by Fred from The Netherlands, but we are also using some pics I grabbed, including the cover image. We let the pics do a lot of the talking for us!

A coming of age?

This reminded us both of the first season TNG episode, Coming of Age, where Wesley is being tested to enter Starfleet Academy. It also reminded me of the story of a young Ensign Riker who defended his Captain Pressman on the Pegasus, choosing very differently than the cadet does here.

No post-credits scene this time...

The credits started with a couple of minutes left, so I thought we'd get an announcement of a Pike show at the end. I was disappointed.

That's it for Ask Not!

So, that's it for this episode! The next two Short Treks will be released on the same day. We're not sure if we will be releasing individual episodes or as a single episode. Stay tuned for that coming soon.

Links to us...

Become a Patron!

STDP 045 – The Trouble with Edward (Short Treks S2E2)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 08 Dec 2019 14:13:56 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Short Treks, Season 2 Episode 2: The Trouble with Edward

We're back! Ruthie and I are back with an episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast! This time, we're covering the second of six Short Treks before Star Trek: Picard premieres in January. This time, we talk through The Trouble with Edward, which was written by Graham Wagner, and directed by Daniel Gray Longino. It may have been a Short Trek, but we had a LOT to say about it!

Fred's Pics!

We are using pics collected by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We let Fred's pics do a lot of the talking for us! Thanks again, Fred! We didn't use as many as we did for the Discovery season finale, but we've got a few good ones this time!

A Tribble origin story?

This one's part Tribble origin story, part farce, and all funny. There are great performances from Rosa Salazar and H. Jon Benjamin in a crazy episode. This one was probably funnier than last season's contender for funniest Short Trek, The Escape Artist, although this also had some issues that episode didn't have.

A post-credits scene!

In a hilarious turn of events, this one had a post-credits scene from something out of the '80s or '90s. As funny as the rest of the Short Trek was, this was just hysterical! I thought the disclaimers, just like you'd see in a drug commercial, were incredible.

The return of Nickpicking Brian...

We both loved it, Ruthie in particular, but Brian let his new alter-ego character onto the podcast again, Nitpicking Brian, to speak about all the things the nitpicking side of him had issues with. He fights with Ruthie and regular Brian about why they think it was a great episode but he doesn't. In particular, he brought up some of the things that many people have brought up about the episode - how this might not fit with what we know about Tribbles, questions about Captain Lucero, how some people compare Larkin to Barclay (Brian and Ruthie think unfairly), timeline issues... things you've heard before.

That's it for The Trouble with Edward!

So, that's it for this mini-episode! We recorded our next episode for the third Short Trek, Ask Not, immediately following this episode, so you won't be able to submit feedback for the next episode, but you can send in your feedback and we'll cover it in the episode after that one.

Our Facebook Woes

We talk about our recent problems with Facebook last time. Thankfully, those have been resolved and we're able to post to Facebook again!

Links to us...

Want to participate? Joi

TWDTT 107 – The World Before (S10E8)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 28 Nov 2019 00:29:48 +0000

Talking Through The World Before

For episode 107 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle returns as we talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 8, titled The World Before. This episode was written by Julia Ruchman and directed by John Dahl.

We have feedback for last week's episode...

We had some feedback for last week's episode. The discussion for this week's episode begins at 17 minutes and 39 seconds.

Walker Siddiq...

Who is Dante? Well, now we know. That cold open told you everything you wanted to know, just like I said it would.

Send in your feedback!

We will be going on hiatus over the break, though we plan to release new Patreon content. Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E9, titled... Well, we don't know yet... by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, February 25, 2020. If you have any feedback on this episode, The World Before, the first half-season, or predictions about the second half, send that in, too, and we'll cover it when we get back! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

macro plot issues vs. Micro plot issues.

I just had a brilliant idea pop into my head to explain the problems with fear versus the problems with The Walking Dead And this episode is a good example of the two. Sometimes, The Walking Dead suffers from micro plot issues. In other words how something happens in a scene or the explanation for a particular action, like them all going into the cave or Michonne going off in a boat, is poorly executed. The problem on fear is a macro plot ssue. It's not the mostly the little things that they do from scene to scene that cause issues, although it still has problems with micro plot issues, the problem with fear is that there are issues with the entire story arc. Those are much more severe and problematic.

Ratings are surprisingly down for a mid-season finale...

Ratings for S10E8 The World Before are lower than last week. It got a 1.02 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.214 million viewers. This is down from last week, which got a 1.12 in the 18-49 and 3.311 million viewers. That 1.02 means the show is going into the break at its all-time low ratings for the show in its 10-season history. That doesn't bode well for the second half, which is historically lower than the first half. Talking Dead was down as well. It got a 0.29 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.133 million viewers, down from 0.41 and 1.380 million last week.

TWDTT 106 – Open Your Eyes (S10E7)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 22 Nov 2019 08:05:25 +0000

Talking Through Open Your Eyes

For episode 106 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 7, titled Open Your Eyes. This episode was written by Corey Reed and directed by Michael Cudlitz.

Become a Patron!

We have feedback for last week's episode...

We had some feedback for last week's episode.The discussion for this week's episode begins at 21 minutes and 41 seconds.

Poor Siddiq...

What really happened to Siddiq? Who is Dante? Well, now we know. This episode was shocking! It was also well written, acted, and directed. I was deeply affected by the death of Siddiq. I am still angry that they have killed yet another doctor!

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E8, titled The World Before, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 26, 2019. If you have any feedback on this episode, Silence the Whisperers, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are up again...

Ratings for S10E6 Bonds were slightly higher. It got a 1.0 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.212 million viewers. This is down from last week, which got a 1.05 in the 18-49 and 3.086 million viewers. Talking Dead was down as well. It got a 0.36 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.164 million viewers, down from 0.38 and 1.253 million last week.

We could use your help in collecting feedback!

TWDTT 105 – Bonds (S10E6)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 15 Nov 2019 07:18:00 +0000

Talking Through Bonds

For episode 105 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 6, titled Bonds. This episode was written by Kevin Deiboldt, and directed by Dan Liu.

We apologize for any technical issues with our feeds...

Before we get into this episode, we have had some technical issues this week, and we apologize for them. Hopefully, they have been resolved, but please let us know if you had to get this from the website because your podcast client couldn't down the episode.

Negan's back at it!

Jeffrey Dean Morgan delivered another standout performance this week.

Carol is awesome

Do we need to say anything else?

What's going on with Siddiq?

We are going to lose a lot of people!

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E7, titled Open Your Eyes, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 19, 2019. If you have any feedback on this episode, Silence the Whisperers, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are up slightly...

Ratings for S10E6 Bonds were slightly higher. It got a 1.05 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.212 million viewers. This is down from last week, which got a 1.03 in the 18-49 and 3.086 million viewers. Talking Dead was down as well. It got a 0.36 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.164 million viewers, down from 0.38 and 1.253 million last week.

We could use your help in collecting feedback!

TWDTT 104 – What It Always Is (S10E5)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 08 Nov 2019 07:09:15 +0000

Talking Through What It Always Is

For episode 104 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 5, titled What It Always Is Whisperers. This episode was written by Eli Jorné, and directed by Laura Belsey.

A little more on Silence the Whisperers...

Before we get into this episode, we got a little more feedback on Season 10 Episode 4, titled Silence the Whisperers, but not as much we have had for previous episodes. Our discussion of What It Always Is begins 5 minutes and 24 seconds into the episode.

Negan has a groupie...

We knew that Negan had groupies. We saw evidence of that in Season 6 and the Season 7 premiere. In this episode, we meet one. Brandon, who was a kid when Negan was leading the Saviors, grew up worshipping Negan, though he kept it to himself it seems.

Negan's back!

Jeffrey Dean Morgan delivered a standout performance this week. I loved the turn back to old Negan, or maybe a hybrid of old and new Negan. He's Negan with a purpose. His final scene was awesome.

Poor Ezekiel...

When it rains, it pours. Ezekiel's lost his Kingdom, his wife, and his son. Now, it appears that he's lost his health, too. I did appreciate him opening up to Siddiq. We were both worried that this signals his future death. I have a feeling if he does die this season, that he will die honorably sacrificing himself for his people, and not die from thyroid cancer.

Kelly's hearing loss

She should have not gone off alone, but I was terrified for her. I'm glad she somehow escaped, but I can't help but think that either Kelly or Connie will die soon, and I can't help but think that Luke will never make it back to the Hilltop after his goodbye to his old group last week. All in all, standout performances from everyone involved in these scenes. I'm still trying to figure out Magna.

Aaron's surprising communication with Gamma

I mentioned during the podcast that there is an extended version of the episode for AMC Premiere subscribers. Two scenes we didn't see in the main episode involved Gamma, and one of those was an additional scene with Aaron and Gamma. I'm not sure what Aaron is trying to do here but I'm hoping he will be able to turn Gamma into a double agent working for us.

One more thing...

There's something I didn't mention in the podcast that I should mention here. With Gamma tainting the water, I wonder if this is the source of the "bug" Rosita has. I guess we will see soon.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E6, titled Bonds, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 12, 2019. If you have any feedback on this episode, Silence the Whisperers, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to Talking Through Silence the Whisperers

For episode 103 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 4, titled Silence the Whisperers. This episode was written by Geraldine Inoa, and directed by Michael Cudlitz.

A little more on Ghosts...

Before we get into this episode, we got a little more feedback on Season 10 Episode 3, titled Ghosts, but not as much we have had for previous episodes. Our discussion of Silence the Whisperers begins 3 minutes and 7 seconds into the episode.

One two three one two three one two three one two three one two...

What else was I going to bring up but the song? It's called Heaven I Know by Gordi. I found the use of the song to be a weird choice. I couldn't get this earworm out of my head, and still can't. Using it at the start and the end of the episode was too much for me.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E5, titled What It Always Is, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 5, 2019. If you have any feedback on this episode, Silence the Whisperers, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are down again...

Ratings for S10E4 Silence the Whisperers were at an all-time low for the second week in a row. It got a 1.12 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.305 million viewers. This is down in the 18-49 ratings from last week's previous low, which got a 1.19 in the 18-49 and 3.479 million viewers. Talking Dead was up slightly. It got a 0.38 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.253 million viewers, up from 0.35 and 1.244 million last week.

We could use your help in collecting feedback!

STDP 044 – Q&A (Short Treks S2E1)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 31 Oct 2019 07:28:56 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Short Treks, Season 2 Episode 1: Q&A

We're finally back! Ruthie and I are back with an episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast! And we are back for the first of six Short Treks before Star Trek: Picard premieres in January. This time, we talk through Q&A, which was written by Michael Chabon, and directed by Mark Pellington.

We have launched The Star Trek Picard Cast!

You probably saw that we released our first episode of The Star Trek Picard Cast to the feed! That's a brand new podcast from Ruthie and me. We decided to launch it on a separate feed so that we can specialize in Discovery on this podcast and Picard on the new podcast. It also lets people who might not have given Discovery a chance to discover us, pun intended! :-)

Discover the Discovery trailer from New York Comic-Con...

The episode begins with us discussing the trailer that was released at New York Comic-Con. We both loved it! It has a lot of ties back to the history of Trek. We see Andorians, Lurians (Morn's species), Trill, Cardassians, and a few others we know. There's a flag reminiscent of the Federation flag, with a lot fewer stars on it. We see time has passed. We see action, a future that may not be so bright, and a new character or two.

Onto the Short Trek...

This was a great character study of a young Ensign Spock, first arriving on the Enterprise, and meeting Lieutenant Commander Una, who is known better as Number One. There is a great exchange between them. Overall, this was a well-acted, well-written and well-directed Short Trek, with great performances by Rebecca Romijn and Ethan Peck.

Those darn turbolifts!!!

In a Short Trek that was a callback to TNG's Disaster, Spock and Number One end up stuck in a turbolift. We see those darn insides of the Enterprise with vast chasms where the turbolifts are, much like the Discovery had, that many of us rolled our eyes over. Number One also sings the same song from Gilbert & Sullivan, the Major-General's Song, that Laforge auditions with for the musical Dr. Crusher's directing. In a new twist, I put on my nitpicker's hat and pick on the fact that the uniforms were of the wrong era. You'll be hearing more of this persona when we discuss the second Short Trek, The Trouble with Edward, next time!

That's it for Q&A!

So, that's it for this mini-episode! Ruthie seemed to love this episode a little more than I did, but I gave it a higher rating! Go figure. Remember to submit feedback for our next episode, covering the second Short Trek, S2E2 The Trouble with Edward.

Our Facebook Woes

We also talk about our recent problems with Facebook. You see, Ruthie and I recently got approved as affiliates for CBS All Access. We were testing a link over Messenger. I made a link on our site that redirects to this link, which is our affiliate sign up page. Somehow, that triggered Facebook to ban ALL links from this site. We're dumbfounded, and there seems to be no way to appeal this decision. We recorded this on Sunday,

TWDTT 102 – Ghosts (S10E3)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 23 Oct 2019 21:03:46 +0000

Talking Through Ghosts

For episode 101 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 3, titled Ghosts. This episode was written by new co-executive producer Jim Barnes, and directed by executive producer David Boyd.

A little more on We Are the End of the World...

Before we get into this episode, we got a little more feedback on Season 10 Episode 2, titled We Are the End of the World, but not as much we have had for previous episodes. Our discussion of Ghosts begins 2 minutes and 23 seconds into the episode.

Wave upon wave of walkers in the cold open!

As is often the case on The Walking Dead, this episode's cold open was outstanding. We don't really get an explanation of why these walkers were attacking Alexandria that satisfied me, but the action and terror vibe that was apparent in the cold open really set the tone for this episode. Title cards were seen again (I forgot to mention that in the episode) and that was very effective to show how much time had passed during these attacks. I have trouble buying Eugene's explanation that they were caused by the satellite and fire. Alexandria isn't close to Oceanside, so blaming it on that event doesn't seem plausible to me, especially since they are coming from both the north and the south.

You crossed my border three times!!! Alpha PTSD...

The standoff with Alpha was tense and dramatic. Michonne should have let Carol shoot Alpha, and I have a feeling she will come to regret that decision. That scene was an example of great television. I felt for Siddiq in this episode and his PTSD from the Alpha and the pikes, although it's been several months since that happened. It seems fresh to him. I did appreciate Dante a little more after hearing his story about Iraq and the PTSD he had from those days.

Carol's trippin', or is she?

We have already seen unreliable narrator stories, like S9E10 Omega, but this episode had a creepy vibe and a horror theme that really made this episode great. We left the episode with a feeling of not knowing what was real and what was imagined. It appears from the last shot in the episode that she did, in fact, kill a Whisperer from her gunshot in the gym. However, I had an issue with the pills. It's at least 10 years into the apocalypse. I see no way those pills would still be effective. Upon reflection, it is possible that the age of those pills was responsible for Carol's hallucinations. I guess we will never know.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E4, titled Silence the Whisperers, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 29, 2019. If you have any feedback on this episode, Ghosts, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Ratings are down again...

Ratings for S10E3 Ghosts were at an all-time low for the second week in a row.

STPC 001 – Introduction to The Star Trek Picard Cast

Talk Through Media — Sun, 20 Oct 2019 23:01:06 +0000

Welcome to the Introduction to The Star Trek Picard Cast!

We've finally done it! Hello, and welcome to the first episode of The Star Trek Picard Cast! We bring you this introductory podcast episode to bring you our brand new podcast on Star Trek: Picard! Of course, if you have been listening along to us on The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, we probably don't need an introduction, but we are Brian Meloche and Ruthie Rink, two long-time Star Trek fans since we were children in the '70s (Brian) and '80s (Ruthie).

About Us...

We're not going to bore you about us... but you can listen to us talk about our Star Trek fandom. We know that many of you don't know us from our other Star Trek podcast, The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, so we talk a little about that show, and why we love it, but our love of Trek goes back to the beginning, and we know our Trek very well. Whether you like the show or won't give it the time of day, we think you will like our take on Trek. You won't hear it on this episode, but our listeners are a cornerstone of our podcasts here at Talk Through Media, and you will hear as much or more fan interaction on this Trek podcast than you may have ever heard before!

What we know about Star Trek: Picard...

We talk about the broad strokes of what we know about this show, which isn't a lot, but we do know a few things. It begins in 2399, and centers around Jean-Luc Picard, who is no longer in Starfleet. We believe he was involved in a rescue attempt to save the people of Romulus. Data will appear in the show, although we know that Data died in Star Trek: Nemesis. The android predecessor to Data, B4, could also play into the show; both roles would be played by Brent Spiner. One of the characters is a cyberneticist, so we believe she may be constructing new androids or involved in trying to reconstruct Data.

We also know that the Borg play heavily in the story. Returning are Jonathan Del Arco, who played the liberated Borg, Hugh, in episodes of Star Trek: The Next Generation; and Jeri Ryan, in the role of Seven of Nine made famous on Star Trek: Voyager. Of course, Picard was taken by the Borg and made into Locutus, nearly assimilating the Federation and destroying their way of life. It makes sense that the Borg play a central plot element of this show.

We also know Picard's long-time first officer, William T. Riker, and Counselor Deanna Troi return in the show, although they are not members of the main cast. Still, it will be good to see them again and find out what has been going on in their lives.

Got any feedback for us?

It's going to be another three months until we have the first episode, although the sixth and final Short Trek of this season is supposed to be a tie-in to this show. Until then, we may have more trailers, and we'll probably discuss some of the relevant Star Trek films and, of course, Star Trek: The Next Generation. What do you think about the trailers we have seen so far? Please leave your feedback for us! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to picardcast@talkthroughmedia.com or call our voicemail at 216-232-6146. Or, reply to us on Twitter!

Su

TWDTT 101 – We Are the End of the World (S10E2)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 18 Oct 2019 03:03:46 +0000

Talking Through We Are the End of the World

For episode 101 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 2, titled We Are The World... ahem... I mean We Are the End of the World. This episode was written by new co-executive producer Nicole Mirante-Matthews, and directed by executive producer Greg Nicotero.

More on Lines We Cross...

Before we get into this episode, we got a little feedback on the season premiere, Season 10 Episode 1, titled Lines We Cross. I also left off a big theory I have about the satellite and how it fits in with the season and The Walking Dead universe in general. Thankfully, this episode didn't get back to this storyline, so we start off the podcast with this theory. Our discussion of We Are the End of the World begins 7 minutes and 45 seconds into the episode.

Some Whisperer backstory...

This episode was well-made and had a lot of things going for it. However, the dividing line (or border, pun intended) :-) were your reactions to Alpha, Beta, and the Whisperers in general. For Mark and I, we could appreciate that it was well-made, but it lost marks on its focus on Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and the Whisperers. We have trouble relating to these adversaries.

We still don't have that Negan backstory...

We've both wanted a back story for Negan. Negan is an interesting and, perhaps, a more complex character than you might see on the surface. He's been on the show since Season 6, and we still haven't gotten that backstory. We've wanted to see how he went from teacher to the Negan we know as the leader of the Saviors. Perhaps AMC, Gimple, Angela Kang, and the rest of The Walking Dead inner circle are holding that back for a movie, mini-series or webisode series, but no news has been announced.

Yet we have 2 Alpha backstories...

For Alpha, we have already gotten the unreliable narrator backstory from S9E10 Omega (the sometimes name for Lydia in the Whisperers, though we aren't hearing that much). This is a second backstory about Beta and Alpha meeting for the first time and the beginnings of the Whisperers. While we get a little more humanity in these characters, we have a lot of trouble relating to this group. We just find their behavior too weird to be relatable. This is more backstory that we weren't really asking for. That said, we both find some of the things brought up about Beta in this episode more intriguing, and we expect to see more backstory about him, especially his relationship with his friend. A friend he didn't want to leave, and couldn't kill. A friend whose shirt, and face, he wears.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the next episode, S10E3, titled Ghosts, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 22, 2019. If you have any feedback on this episode, We Are the End of the World, send that in, too! One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email to walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 21

TWDTT 100 – Lines We Cross (S10E1)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 12 Oct 2019 03:48:54 +0000

Talking Through Lines We Cross

We have finally made it to episode 100 of The Walking Dead Talk Through! It seems like it took forever... Well, it took us five years! Thank you, listeners, for all of your enthusiasm and support! We did the first time ever first impressions episode earlier this week, and this time, Mark and I talk through a more detailed analysis of The Walking Dead Season 10 Episode 1, titled Lines We Cross. This episode was written by showrunner Angela Kang, and directed by executive producer Greg Nicotero. Kyle will not be covering the show this season but may appear from time to time. He is behind the scenes this episode, editing (though you may hear that I was going to edit it).

A final blast from Fear the Walking Dead...

We got a couple of extended pieces of feedback about Fear the Walking Dead's season finale, S5E16, titled End of the Line from Aaron and Cutter, who also talks about how we have too many characters on both shows and gives us proof! Our more detailed discussion of the season premiere begins 32 minutes and 6 seconds into the episode.

Cards are back...

We get a return to the use of cards in the episode, with white block text on a black screen. AMC Premiere has a video of the table read for the episode. It was interesting to see how the episode changed from the table read and who wasn't there. We had:

Training Day - There was no Luke and Jules scene during the table read; Dan Fogler wasn't there during the table read. My guess is that the decision to add that scene was because of something that happens later in the season, and the decision to lengthen this to six acts instead of five.
Skin - Called "Stories We Tell" in the table read. Skin is much better, in my opinion. I don't remember hearing the Highwaymen during the episode? Michonne elaborates on the Rick comment, where she didn't in the final episode and stops short. Antony Azor wasn't there during the table read. Callan McAuliffe read RJ's parts in the table read, and it's pretty funny.
Bird Wisdom - Called "Certain Uncertainty" during the table read. This one had no Negan and Gabriel scene during the table read. I think that the Negan and Lydia scene was expanded but I can't say for sure. Jeffrey Dean Morgan wasn't at the table read, and his scenes were read by Ryan Hurst.
Sea Dogs - This was called "Daryl and Carol" in the table read. Angel Theory wasn't there during the table read; Eleanor Matsuura read her pieces. I got a kick out of Norman Reedus' reaction to some of the lines.
New Mexico - There was no card for this one. They split the Daryl and Carol scene into two acts. The original script only had five acts.
Lines We Cross - This was called "Where There's Smoke" in the table read. This act was pretty similar to the table read.
Embers - Luke's lines were read by Avi Nash. He doesn't call him "Eugenius" in the table read. That was a great addition to the script and it was a lot funnier in the episode.

So, are we over-enthusiastic?

We are curious about what people who hadn't been watching Fear think about this season premiere. Did you think it was as good

TWDTT 099 – Lines We Cross – First Impressions (S10E1)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 07 Oct 2019 03:15:55 +0000

Our First Impressions of Lines We Cross

We mentioned last time we had something special planned for episode 99 of The Walking Dead Talk Through! Mark, Kyle (who you know if you listen to us on Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through) and I do something we've never done before! We give our first impressions of the season premiere of The Walking Dead, titled Lines We Cross, on the night of the premiere! Season 10 Episode 1 was written by showrunner Angela Kang, and directed by executive producer Greg Nicotero.

Because of AMC Premiere, we're doing something new!

AMC Premiere made The Walking Dead season premiere available a week ahead of its airing on AMC. Because of that, we were all able to watch the season premiere several days early! We've never done a "first impressions" podcast before, so you will have to let us know what you thought of it! Perhaps we will make it a more regular thing if there's a demand for it, though I'm not promising!

Next time, we will do a more detailed analysis of Lines We Cross!

Unlike most episodes, your feedback is NOT a part of this episode, but we will be doing our regular episode for TWDTT 100 with a more detailed analysis of S10E1 Lines We Cross that will be released on the feed later this week, with all of your feedback like you have come to expect.

Our first impressions?

We have been very critical of Fear the Walking Dead this season. We enjoyed certain aspects of the show, but it missed more often than it hit. Lines We Cross did not leave us with that same feeling. Our first impressions, after we each watched it only once, was that it was great. It's not the best season premiere ever, but it set up the season well, and it did not have any of the little annoying things Fear had all season long. And I certainly enjoyed it a LOT more than I did the last season finale!

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! You may still be able to get in your feedback on time for the season premiere if you get it in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 8, 2019. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

We could use your help in collecting feedback!

Lately. it's been difficult collecting the feedback, and we could use your help. Our availability is limited for each of us on Tuesdays when the bulk of the feedback comes in. We have to grab it from the various sources, including the Facebook group, the feedback form, email, and voice mail; put it into a Google doc; separate it into the appropriate sections of the podcast: Ratings, sauces, and feedback;

FTWDTT 067 – End of the Line (S5E16)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 03 Oct 2019 16:38:03 +0000

Talking Through End of the Line

For this episode 67 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark, Kyle and I talk through End of the Line. Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 16 was written by the showrunners Ian Goldberg & Andrew Chambliss, and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis.

We start with a discussion of the last episode... that also discusses this one... yet again

This episode began with feedback on S5E15 Channel 5 from Todd and Aaron. Discussion about the season finale, in particular, begins at 13 minutes 27 seconds into the podcast.

We got a wedding!

There were some good points to celebrate in this season finale. We finally have our power couple, John Dorie and June, tie the knot this episode, in a very bittersweet scene at Humbug's Gulch. Dwight was great this episode, and the walker roundup and ride down the rapids were pretty great to watch, but we had a lot of problems with this episode.

Is it the end of the line for Morgan?

With an ending that was similar to the final scenes of Madison in the Season 4 mid-season finale, but with a much different story told on Talking Dead. That time, they were very clear on Talking Dead that Madison was dead. Since I watched it a couple of nights early because I have AMC Premiere, I had to wonder if he was going to be dead, but it turned out that they didn't say either way. Clearly, whether he makes it through Season 6 or not, there will be some to tell. Could the long thought dead Madison save him? Could it be that Dwight did not hallucinate Sherry, that she's really alive and tried to make contact, and that she's the one who will save him next season? Is there a dumpster for Morgan to crawl under? :-)

Is Ginny as glad as a grandma with a gravy boat?

Virginia, the person not the state, has a thing with alliteration that I'm making fun of here and with my rating. That wasn't the only Ginny thing that bothered me; I really had a problem with Ginny's strategy of splitting apart the group, even as far as at the family level. If she's really an efficiency expert, you would think she would realize that the best way for our people to be productive members of her society is for them to be content. There's no way they will be content and productive if families have been split apart, whether they are families in the traditional sense, or in the chosen sense. She's mean enough to keep Skidmark and Daniel apart? What good would that do?

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We got a good dose of feedback again this week, so keep it comin'! Next time, we'll cover any additional feedback we get for S5E16 End of the Line, and then talk through a more detailed analysis of the season 10 premiere of The Walking Dead, titled Lines We Cross. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 8, 2019. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

Our next episode will be something new!

Talking Through Channel 5

On this episode 66 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark, Kyle and I talk through Channel 5. Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 15 was written by Michael Alaimo & Samir Mehta, and directed by David Barrett.

We start with a discussion of the last episode... that also discusses this one... again

This episode began with feedback on S5E14 Today and Tomorrow from Todd, LT, and Aaron. Discussion about this episode, in particular, begins at 18 minutes 24 seconds into the podcast.

More found footage! Huh, more found footage? Yup, it's even more found footage...

I liked this episode a lot on the first watch, but it didn't do well on rewatches. There were some things in this episode that just didn't feel authentic. Tom, on one hand, seemed to genuinely appreciate what this group was trying to do, but then he sacrifices himself in a completely idiotic way. You didn't have to die, Tom, and what purpose did it serve? For that matter, what does it tell the viewer? I really hope they are done with this tape thing! It feels SO inefficient. Why not find a TV or radio station and broadcast your message on a loop? That seems much more effective than these tapes. It's just dumb.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We got a good dose of feedback again this week, so keep it comin'! Next time, we'll cover any additional feedback we get for S5E15 Channel 5, and then talk through the season finale of Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 16, titled End of the Line. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 1, 2019. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

We could still use your help!

This season, collecting the feedback has been challenging, and we could use your help. Our availability is limited for each of us on Tuesdays when the bulk of the feedback comes in. We have to grab it from the various sources, including the Facebook group, the feedback form, email, and voice mail; put it into a Google doc; separate it into the appropriate sections of the podcast: Ratings, sauces, and feedback; and then fix things like spelling mistakes, grammar, and format, and then divide it by who will read it. If you are available most Tuesdays that we have an episode to record and want to help the podcast out, please drop us a line, either using the feedback form, the Facebook group, or if you are friends with us on Facebook, over Messenger. We'll work out something if you can, like comping you into the Patreon, assuming you can do that.

Ratings are down

Ratings for S5E15 Channel 5 were up slightly from last week's e Talking Through Today and Tomorrow

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark, Kyle and I talk through Today and Tomorrow. Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 14 was written by Richard Naing & David Johnson, and directed by Sydney Freeland.

We start with a discussion of the last episode... that also discusses this one... again

Kyle missed last week's episode, so we began with his feedback on S5E13 Leave What You Don't. We also got feedback from Todd and Aaron. recommendation this time out to listen to it to pick up some insights on Leave What You Don't. Discussion about this episode, in particular, begins at 22 minutes 38 seconds into the episode.

The link to the article in DeEtta's feedback

I wanted to highlight the link to the Forbes article mentioned for DeEtta's feedback. Overall, this one was a mixed bag. It wasn't a bad episode, with not nearly as many things to point out as the last episode had, but still not up to the quality we expect from this show.

There's a discussion about Ginny in the News, Ratings and Info section...

There's a story point about Virginia/Ginny from an AMC article that we elude to several times during the podcast that we finally discuss during the News, Ratings and Info section. It describes her as an efficiency expert, a cost-cutter or re-organizer that explains a lot about this character that you may not have seen up until now. We also talk about the Talking Dead Twitter backlash, which you can find out about here.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We got a good dose of feedback again this week, so keep it comin'! Next time, we'll cover any additional feedback we get for S5E14 Today and Tomorrow, and then talk through Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 15, titled Channel 5. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, September 24, 2019. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

We could use your help!

FTWDTT 064 – Leave What You Don’t (S5E13)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 12 Sep 2019 23:41:08 +0000

Talking Through Leave What You Don't

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through Leave What You Don't. Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 13 was written by the Ashley Cardiff & Nick Bernardone, and directed by Daisy von Scherler Mayer. Unfortunately, Kyle was out sick this week, so it's just us from The Walking Dead Talk Through!

NEWS! We have a Patreon!

It's taken us nearly five years, but we finally have a Patreon for this podcast! For $5/month, you can get content not offered on the regular podcast, including call-in shows and other stuff we have planned. Join here: https://www.patreon.com/WalkingDeadTalkThrough

We start with a discussion of the last episode... that also discusses this one

Like last week's episode, we found ourselves relating Aaron's feedback on the previous episode relating to the episode we had just seen. I'll make the same recommendation this time out to listen to it to pick up some insights on Leave What You Don't. Discussion about this episode, in particular, begins at 11 minutes and 25 seconds into the episode.

How is seven miles away on foot almost there?

This episode was enjoyed by many, including Mark, but I think I brought up enough points that turned him around a bit. Don't get me wrong, there were some good aspects to this episode, but there were also some very annoying aspects as well. For example,

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We got a good dose of feedback again this week, so keep it comin'! Next time, we'll cover any additional feedback we get for S5E13 Leave What You Don't, and then talk through Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 14, titled Today and Tomorrow. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, September 17, 2019. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new email: walkingdead@talkthroughmedia.com or call our new voicemail at 216-232-6146.

We could use your help!

FTWDTT 063 – Ner Tamid (S5E12)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 04 Sep 2019 13:58:12 +0000

Talking Through Ner Tamid

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Mark, and I talk through Ner Tamid. Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 12 was written by the co-showrunners, Andrew Chambliss & Ian Goldberg, and directed by the show's lead director, co-executive producer Michael E. Satrazemis.

We start with a discussion of the last episode... that also discusses this one

Like last week's episode, we found ourselves relating Aaron's feedback on the previous episode relating to the episode we had just seen. I'll make the same recommendation this time out to listen to it to pick up some insights on Ner Tamid. Discussion about this episode, in particular, begins at 21 minutes 1 seconds into the episode.

A better episode than last week...

I think the consensus was that we liked this one more than last week's episode. It wasn't without its flaws but it was still better. Perhaps it was John and June? I don't know, but whenever those two are in it, the episode seems better.

It still wasn't perfect. In particular, I thought the scene with Rabbi Jacob telling Charlie the truth about losing his faith and why he left was good, but it was ill-timed, and it kind of hurt the rest of the story in general. That said, we all thought that Rabbi Jacob was a much more sympathetic character than Father Gabriel was on the main show! I remembered the famous supplemental episode where Ruthie and I ranted for 35 minutes on Gabriel's actions in Spend!

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We got a TON of feedback again this week, so keep it comin'! Next time, we'll cover any additional feedback we get for S5E12 Ner Tamid, and then talk through Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 13, titled Leave What You Don't. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, September 10, 2019. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new address walkingdeadtalkthrough@gmail.com or call our temporary voicemail at 216-236-5449.

Ratings are WAY down...

We didn't have the ratings yet when we recorded Tuesday night. Normally, Sunday night cable ratings come in on Tuesday morning, but when it's a holiday weekend, ratings come in a day later, and they are usually down quite a bit. This weekend, people (at least in Florida, where I live) were glued to their TVs to watch the progress of Hurricane Dorian, so that probably didn't help ratings much. S5E12 Ner Tamid Here got a 0.29 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.141 million viewers, which is way down from last week's 0.43 and 1.435 million viewers.

You're Still Here Talking Through You're Still Here!

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Mark, and I talk through You're Still Here. Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 11 was written by the Mallory Westfall & Alex Delyle, and directed by K.C. Colwell.

We start with a discussion of the last episode... that also discusses this one

Normally, when we get feedback about the past week's episode, we try to stick to last week and prior episode discussion, but we found ourselves relating Aaron's feedback to the episode we had just seen. Normally, we give you the time that we start talking about this week's episode in case you want to skip ahead, but I'll say that it's worth listening to a lot of that discussion to get insights about this week. That aside, discussion about this episode begins at 35 minutes 44 seconds into the episode.

The good, the bad and the ugly

There were a few things I really liked about this episode. I enjoyed the use of the riot gear weapons and the first shot of the cold open and a few tie ins to past episodes. I also liked the confrontation between Logan and Morgan, and there are signs that Al may be able to help Morgan finally get past the loss of his family, which he has just got to snap out of at this point.

On the other hand, the stuff with Wes and the mystery manuscript connaisseur, while well-acted, was weak to downright confusing. I said on the podcast that it felt like the writers declaring their love of some screenplay or TV pilot they had written that never got made. And why Wes would kill a guy over the manuscript and just leave it there with him... was a, "what did I just see?" kind of moment. I just didn't buy it, and neither did we or any of you that sent in feedback. Even now, I still don't get it. It didn't feel right. I also think they screwed up Alicia being screwed up. She should be traumatized by certain gnarly walkers, like the first one we see this episode, not all of them.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We got a TON of feedback again this week, so keep it comin'! Next time, we'll cover any additional feedback we get for S5E11 You're Still Here, and then talk through Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 12, titled Ner Tamid. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, September 3, 2019. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new address walkingdeadtalkthrough@gmail.com or call our temporary voicemail at 216-236-5449.

Ratings are up!

Proving that you ARE still here, ;-) S5E11 You're Still Here got a 0.43 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.435 million viewers, which is up from last week's 0.38 and 1.368 million viewers.

Talking at 210 Words Per Minute! :-)

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Mark, and I talk at 210 Words Per Minute. Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 10 was written by the showrunners Ian Goldberg & Andrew Chambliss, and directed by long-time Hollywood director Ron Underwood.

Morgan, you had the potential for a relationship with Grace...

...AND YOU BLEW IT!!! Yeah, you probably knew that was coming. I couldn't help it this time. He DID blow it. I'm still a little puzzled WHY he didn't go with her. I suspected it wasn't JUST one thing, but several.

Are the antlers decorative or functional?

Here is the picture that Kyle was talking about and if anyone knows what or if there is a meaning to Dwight's Truck Grill Decoration? I just noticed it and how the way it was shot. But don't know if there was really any meaning. If there is.. let us know.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback! We got a TON of feedback again this week, so keep it comin'! Next time, we'll cover any additional feedback we get for S5E10 210 Words Per Minute, and then talk through Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 11, titled You're Still Here. Get your feedback in by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, August 27, 2019. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. You can also send us an email at our new address walkingdeadtalkthrough@gmail.com or call our temporary voicemail at 216-236-5449.

Ratings are even to slightly down...

210 Words Per Minute got a 0.38 in the 18-49 demographic, the same as last week's mid-season premiere, with 1.368 million viewers. That's down from last week's 1.402 million.

Subscribe to us!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts or whatever is your podcast client of choice. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! And check out our Facebook group!

Talking Through Channel 4

Channel 4, Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 9, was an episode that was probably in the making since What's Your Story. In that episode, we first see Al's desire to interview people to get their stories. It was a long time coming to shoot an episode in this style, which is a first for The Walking Dead franchise.

A lot of people didn't like this one, but some did

I happen to be one of those people. Hopefully, I was able to convince Kyle and Mark that it was better than they originally thought.

How this was told

You have to remember that this was told not from the viewer's perspective, but to whoever would watch the videotape. In this case, Wes. It may seem cheesy, but it was told to that viewer, not us. We were simply watching over Wes' shoulder. It even had VCR glitches at the start and end of the episode.

Our new home!

This is the first episode that we are publishing in our new home at Talk Through Media. Hopefully, if you are reading this, either you found us from your podcast client of choice automatically, or you came to walkingdeadtalkthrough.com and were redirected here.

Send in your feedback!

We got a TON of feedback this week. Keep it comin'! Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 10, titled 210 Words Per Minute, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, August 20, 2019. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings were down

Channel 4 got a 0.38 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.402 million viewers, down from the mid-season finale's 0.48 and 1.599 million viewers.

Subscribe to us!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! And check out our Facebook group!

Talking Through Is Anybody Out There?

Kyle, Mark and I talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 8, which is titled, Is Anybody Out There? This was written by co-executive producer Michael Alaimo, and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis.

We have a very important announcement!

After five years, we decided that we were ready to strike out on our own, and as a result, we are leaving the Golden Spiral Media network. We would like to thank Darrell for the opportunity to podcast with GSM over the last five years, and thank him for allowing us to take our podcasts with us. Going forward, the podcasts that we do will be a part of our new network, which is called Talk Through Media, and will consist of the following podcasts:

The Walking Dead Talk Through and Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, hosted by Mark, Kyle (Fear only) and me;
The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, hosted by Ruthie and me;
A new podcast, The Star Trek: Picard Cast, hosted by Ruthie and me, coming soon!
And… more podcasts to come!

We are excited to start our new endeavor, and we hope to have everything set up by the time we return in three weeks for the FTWD mid-season premiere! If you are listening to us via our TWDTT/FTWDTT feed on whatever podcast app you choose, you should be OK going forward. When we make the change, it should be transparent, and the feed should continue to work. However, if you don't see an episode from us in about three weeks, several days after the mid-season premiere, then there might be an issue. If you listen to us via the goldenspiralmedia.com website, the episodes will no longer appear here. Just go to walkingdeadtalkthrough.com and you will be redirected to the new location from there!

We have more feedback for last week's episode... S5E8 coverage starts at 34:22...

Now that we have our announcement out of the way, we have to share more feedback we received for last week's episode, S5E7 Still Standing. Discussion on last week's episode starts at 34 minutes and 22 seconds into the podcast and ends at into the podcast.

A better episode!

It seems that most people agree that this episode was better than the last several episodes, although Kyle didn't like it as much as Mark or I did.

Ratings went up!

Are you wondering about the ratings for S5E8 Is Anybody Out There? Well, they were up this week! got a 0.48 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.599 million viewers, which is up from the last week's all-time low of 0.34 and 1.393 million viewers. Talking Dead, on the other hand, after weeks of not being on, came back to what might be the lowest ratings of that show. It only got a 0.07 in the 18-49, with only 373,000 viewers.

Talking Through Still Standing

On this episode 58 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian, Kyle and Mark talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 7, which is titled, Still Standing. This was written by co-producer Richard Naing, and directed by Marta Cunningham. Marta Cunningham is notable because we think she is the first director to also direct Star Trek: Discovery, which is the other show Brian podcasts about.

We have more feedback for last week's episode... S5E7 coverage starts at 30:37...

Before we get into this week's episode, we have to share more feedback we received for last week's episode, S5E6 The Little Prince, and Kyle tells us what he thought of the episode. Discussion on this week's episode starts at 30 minutes and 37 seconds into the podcast.

Not as many people disliked this episode, but it's still not a favorite!

Most people think this episode was better than last week, but it's no masterpiece. The character moments are really good, but there are some points in this episode that are handwaved over. How did Strand and Charlie move the balloon? How did it become arranged in such a way to make a wall? How did they move the propellers? How are they continuing to put the plane together when it seems there's no one actually working on it? How did they suddenly become airplane mechanics? How we don't see June and Al repel up the mountain? It has some flaws, but if you don't nitpick too much, it's still an enjoyable story.

Ratings went to an all-time low for the show this week...

For the second week in a row, FTWD ratings sunk to a new low in the 18-49 demographic and ratings. S5E6 The Little Prince got a 0.34 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.393 million viewers, down from the last week's 0.42 and 1.488 million viewers. Unfortunately, this is an all-time low in ratings and viewers for the show. Again, there was no Talking Dead this week so no ratings for it, but it returns next week.

That's it for Still Standing!

Still Standing wasn't a spectacular episode, but we liked it well enough. Please leave your feedback for the mid-season finale for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 8, which is titled, Is Anybody Out There?, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, July 23, 2019. Check the Facebook group for any deadline changes. The best way to submit your feedback is on the Facebook group, and stay tuned for some important news in the future!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Still Standing!

FTWDTT 057 – The Little Prince (S5E6)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 11 Jul 2019 03:00:00 +0000

Talking Through The Little Prince

On this episode 57 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Mark talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 6, which is titled, The Little Prince. This was written by Mallory Westfall, and directed by Sharat Raju.

We have more feedback for last week's episode... S5E6 coverage starts at 38:30...

Before we get into this week's episode, we have to share more feedback we received for last week's episode, S5E5 The End of Everything. Discussion on this week's episode starts at 38 minutes and 30 seconds into the podcast.

A lot of people didn't like this episode... but we did!

It's rare when we like an episode more than all of our listeners, but that was true for The Little Prince this week. For me, I guess it was because our main characters continue having hope, despite insurmountable odds. That's the only thing I can think of, but I guess it was hopeful when I needed it to be.

In other news, that comic book thing happened...

Mark and I talk a bit about that news that was a rumor last week, that ended up being the truth. The Walking Dead comic bookended this week, and we talk a little about it, without giving away any spoilers.

Ratings went to an all-time low for the show this week...

This week, FTWD ratings sunk to a new low in the 18-49 demographic. S5E6 The Little Prince got a 0.42 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.488 million viewers, down from the last week's 0.46 and 1.708 million viewers. Unfortunately, this is an all-time low in ratings and viewers for the show. This is not a good trend to go. Again, there was no Talking Dead this week so no ratings for it.

That's it for The Little Prince!

The Little Prince wasn't a spectacular episode, but we loved it still, although maybe it was a small love and not a Love or a LOVE. Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 7, which is titled Still Standing, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, July 16, 2019. Check the Facebook group for any deadline changes. The best way to submit your feedback is on the Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Little Prince!

Sign up to our Facebook group to make it easier to contribute feedback and interact with us and other listeners! If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, you can donate credits to Kyle's Auphonic account, which he uses to make these e

FTWDTT 056 – The End of Everything (S5E5)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 04 Jul 2019 23:46:44 +0000

Talking Through The End of Everything

On this episode 56 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Kyle are joined again by our special guest co-host Mark from The Walking Dead Talk Through, as we talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 5, which is titled, The End of Everything. This was written by co-showrunners Andrew Chambliss & Ian Goldberg, and directed by co-executive producer Michael E. Satrazemis.

We have more feedback for last week's episode... S5E5 coverage starts at 13:35...

Before we get into this week's episode, we have to share more feedback we received for last week's episode, S5E4 Skidmark. Discussion on this week's episode starts at 13 minutes and 35 seconds into the podcast.

Althea's Backstory and The Bog

We get to learn a bit about why Althea's so determined to get the story and at least a part of the story that was The Bog. She chased the story instead of staying with her brother. We get some insights about the group with the helicopter that we also see that takes away Rick on The Walking Dead. If they are trying to rebuild civilization, why are they killing anyone they come in contact with? For that matter, to take it down to basic survival, since a civilization needs people, not to mention more people being born, why would you kill someone who can have children? Why not recruit her? I don't get it. This episode just made me ask a lot more questions about them than it answered.

An impossible relationship?

Yes, it was obvious that there was an attraction between Althea and Isabelle, but the whole "I'm going to kill you but I can't 'cause I love you" vibe I just couldn't get into. If the actors weren't as strong this episode, I would not have given a much lower rating to this episode, but I liked the ending and in the end, I liked it more than I could have. Kyle and Mark liked it more than I did.

FTWD Ratings are up slightly...

This week, FTWD ratings sunk to a new low in the 18-49 demographic. S5E5 The End of Everything got a 0.46 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.708 million viewers, up from the last week's 0.45 and 1.655 million viewers. Again, there was no Talking Dead this week so no ratings for it.

That's it for The End of Everything!

The End of Everything didn't wow us. We liked it, but no one loved it. We have to record a day early next week, so please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 6, which is titled The Little Prince, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Monday, July 8, 2019. Check the Facebook group for any deadline changes. The

STDP 043 – Season 2 Roundtable

Talk Through Media — Mon, 01 Jul 2019 23:12:17 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery Post-Season 2 Roundtable

For episode 43 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, it's finally time for our Post-Season 2 roundtable! We hope you will enjoy this roundtable episode, which was recorded on Saturday, June 22, 2019. We are joined by our man with the screen captures and voicemails, Fred from The Netherlands, as well as James (The Augmented Sailor) Robbins and Laurence Todd (LT from NC), who have all been contributing their feedback all through the season!

Our Season 2 Roundtable discussion...

We start with three rounds of our favorite things from Season 2 of Star Trek: Discovery. Then, we move on to three rounds of our least favorite things, then a round of other things we'd like to bring up, and then our final thoughts. A lot of things were discussed during this Season 2 Roundtable, including:

Pike
Spock
Michael Burnham
Doctor Burnham
Talos IV
Saru
Tilly
Culber
Stamets
Jett Reno
Airiam
Eye Needles
Section 31
Control
Terralysium/New Eden
Visual Effects
Set Design
Makeup
Season Finale
And much more...

Links to us...

Become a Patron!

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! Use our feedback form to contact us! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! And we're now on Spotify!

FTWDTT 055 – Skidmark (S5E4)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 28 Jun 2019 12:38:37 +0000

Talking Through Skidmark

On this episode 55 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Kyle are joined again by our special guest co-host Mark from The Walking Dead Talk Through, as we talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 4, which is titled, Skidmark. This was written by Samir Mehta, his first episode on this show, and directed by Tara Nicole Weyr, making her second stint as a director on this show. She previously directed S4E11 The Code.

We have more feedback for last week's episode... S5E3 coverage starts at 20:57...

Before we get into this week's episode, we have to share more feedback we received for last week's episode, S5E3 Humbug's Gulch. Discussion on this week's episode starts at 20 minutes and 57 seconds into the podcast.

A cat that listens to you!

We get a good cold open this episode, with Daniel showing how he uses Skidmark as a diversionary tactic. That little guy seems to know how to get the zombies' attention and smart enough to know not to let them get too close. I thought this was a great use of the cat, though some would say most cats don't take commands. However, they do exist. One of my cats, Tazz, reminds me of Skidmark. He listens to commands and usually follows them. We also see Daniel be The Pied Piper of walkers again, something he did in S1E6 The Good Man.

More of those kids!!! Quick, get to the choppa!

We see that there are more than just Dylan, Max, and Annie that are around. There are more kids, lots more. What happened that made them so scared of grown-ups? Then, we see that symbol we saw when Althea was taken, and We see the helicopter again, and it's pretty clear this is from the same group... you know, the A or B group... that took away Rick and Jadis in the helicopter on TWD. It seems we'll get to know more about this group next episode.

No, get to the plane, I mean walker chopper!

This episode had a unique way to take care of walkers... the plane propellers. That was a pretty cool stunt, helping to save Daniel and at least a truce be called between Daniel and Strand. I thought the scenes with Daniel and Charlie were nice, too. Could he become a foster father for her?

FTWD Ratings are down to a new low...

This week, FTWD ratings sunk to a new low in the 18-49 demographic. S5E4 Skidmark got a 0.45 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.655 million viewers, the lowest since S4E12 Weak, down from the last week's 0.54 and 1.756 million viewers. Again, there was no Talking Dead this week so no ratings for it.

Soonercon, which took place June 7-9 in Norman, OK. After the interview, Ruthie talks to me about her experience at Soonercon. TLDR: She had a blast! And thanks to Dr. Trek himself, Larry Nemecek of Portal 47 for his help in getting Ruthie a press pass at Soonercon, and to the Soonercon organizers for allowing us to cover the con!

A little about the Picard teaser!

We talk briefly about the Star Trek: Picard teaser. By the way, notice where that points? That’s right! Brian owns startrekpicard.com! Of course, we both loved it!

About that review…

Brian ends it with some discussion about a few recent iTunes reviews that he wanted to visit and explain himself for things he said during episode 39.

Our next episode…

We are finally recording our post-Season 2 roundtable on the weekend, so you should see that in your feed next!

Links to us…

Looking for our RSS Feed? Not anymore! Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don’t forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we’d appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! And we’re now on Spotify!

FTWDTT 054 – Humbug’s Gulch (S5E3)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 20 Jun 2019 16:45:05 +0000

Talking Through Humbug's Gulch

On this episode 54 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Kyle are joined again by our special guest co-host Mark from The Walking Dead Talk Through, as we talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 3, which is titled, Humbug's Gulch. This was written by Ashley Cardiff, her first episode on this show, and directed by Colman Domingo, who plays Strand on the show, and is making his second stint as a director on this show. He previously directed S4E12 Weak.

We have more feedback for last week's episode... S5E3 coverage starts at 27:30...

Before we get into this week's episode, we have to share more feedback we received for last week's episode, S5E2 The Hurt That Will Happen. Discussion on this week's episode starts at 27 minutes and 30 seconds into the podcast.

Spaghetti western walkers!!!

We see this episode lean into the backstory of John, as a former trick shooter at a western theme park. The vibe of this episode, especially the music and look, was reminiscent of the old spaghetti westerns of the 1960s. I thought it perfectly fit in with the Texas motif, and I enjoyed it. Some found the San Antonio Split beyond their suspension of disbelief, but I thought they sold it well by saying it was only the second time John had been able to successfully split a bullet to two targets. Crazy, yes, but I bought it.

Dwight!?!?

We had already been told by the showrunners that Dwight was going to be crossing over to Fear from the main show, and I was skeptical as to the believability of this crossover, and not sure I wanted him on the show. Now that it's upon us, I thought it was very well done. I wasn't always receptive to Dwight's character and story, but I found myself very drawn to his character's story, heartbroken that he hadn't found Sherry yet and how that had led to desperation and anguish.

Having him found by John and June, the two characters who could best sympathize with his story were appropriate and very fitting. And he fits! He's a character that has a lot to atone to and is on his own redemption arc. He's also a character that needs the group's help. So, if he can find Sherry, and help others, he's a perfect fit for this completely different show from two years ago.

A paper trail...

Some people complained about the clues Sherry left behind for Dwight. There was some confusion as far as why he thought the car John and June were driving was the same car that he was looking for that Sherry had been driving, and where the registration was. If you recall way back in Season 7 of The Walking Dead, Sherry left Dwight a note that told him where she was going, a cottage they stayed before the apocalypse.

When he left at the end of S8E16, he went there and found another note for him that said Honeymoon. We can assume that there was a note for him there, and then another, and probably another. Whether it was in her previous car or where she was staying, Sherry took another car and left behind the registration with another note on the back. Apparently, this car had the same year, make, model and color of the car on the registration, but after comparing the registration VIN with the VIN on the car itself, John was able to determine this was not the correct vehicle, despite matching otherwise.

Those kids!!!

It seems

FTWDTT 053 – The Hurt That Will Happen (S5E2)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 14 Jun 2019 08:33:47 +0000

Talking Through The Hurt That Will Happen

On this episode 53 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Kyle are joined again by our special guest co-host Mark from The Walking Dead Talk Through, as we talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 2, which is titled, The Hurt That Will Happen. This was written by Alex Delyle, and directed by Jessica Lowrey.

We have more feedback for last week's episode... S5E2 coverage starts at 31:15...

Before we get into this week's episode, we have to share more feedback we received for last week's episode, S5E1 Here to Help. Discussion on this week's episode starts at 31 minutes and 15 seconds into the podcast.

Daniel's back!

Strand leaves to see if he can get a plane from Daniel, who we see is living in a compound near El Paso. Some were a little confused about why Strand went alone, myself included. If he was worried he would be shot for his trouble, why not bring someone with him, like Charlie? Daniel's not going to shoot a girl, but he goes alone, and he doesn't take the SWAT truck. Daniel welcomes him inside but doesn't give him the plane. There was a mixed response over Daniel's return to the show. People who haven't watched all of the first four seasons had trouble understanding the complicated relationship between Strand and Daniel, but if you have been watching, you got it.

Radioactive...

We see something new this episode: Radioactive walkers. You can't kill them in close combat - you can only shoot them. This is a little confusing to the viewer. I don't exactly understand why a simple touch could kill you, but OK.

Luciana...

They continue to struggle with what to do with Luciana. The accordion talk just didn't work. With the injury she has, you would think she would have been given some strong painkillers that would have made her slur her speech, but she instead makes some crazy talk about accordions. Now, as mentioned on the podcast, I have heard of people losing their filters after a heavy medication, but I would have expected her to slur her speech, act slow and be groggy. We saw none of that them. Lara said it and I think she got it right. The biggest problem is, once they got rid of Nick, the showrunners don't seem to know what to do with her character. I appreciate the attempt at humor, but it seems a combination of bad writing, bad directing and strange acting choices (which may or may not be Danay Garcia's fault) took the character off in a strange direction. I think they need to try something else.

FTWD Ratings aren't terrible...

This week, FTWD ratings were lower from last week, as expected, but not drastically so. S5E2 The Hurt That Will Happen got a 0.51 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.687 million viewers, down from the last week's 0.59 and 1.966 million viewers. As mentioned last week, there was no Talking Dead this week.

Talking Through Here to Help

On this episode 52 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Kyle are joined by our special guest co-host Mark from The Walking Dead Talk Through, as we talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 1, which is titled, Here to Help. This was written by showrunners Ian Goldberg & Andrew Chambliss, and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you should probably stop reading now.

We are back, and we're here to help you talk through Fear!

We were fairly critical of many of the decisions made by the showrunners last season, particularly Madison's death, and we had all sorts of problems with the second half storyline, to the point where I wasn't sure I'd want to come back and podcast about the show. However, with the promise of helping people as a story in Season 5, and a really good trailer, we decided to continue on podcasting about Fear the Walking Dead!

Where'd they get the plane?

We see how far they would go to try to help people. They get a plane. Now, do we understand that Althea (and possibly Strand) are pilots, or did they read a book or play a flying simulator to prepare for the journey? That wasn't very clear; and where exactly did they get that plane? How did they get fuel for the plane? Who knows. Maybe they will explain it next week. That said, it seems REALLY risky to fly a plane in the apocalypse, especially if you aren't an experienced pilot.

Why is it so hard to help people?

One thing I had a hard time resolving is why they had such a hard time find people that needed their help. Helping a big group? Sure, maybe I can buy that, but I had a problem believing they hadn't picked up any individuals to join up with them. Surely, after a few months, they would have had to run into someone, but they hadn't.

Is Logan a bad guy?

I am really torn about Logan. If the denim plant is really his, then why shouldn't he be able to take it back? It's pretty clear it wasn't a con job to me. He knew the combination and too much about the plant to think it could be anything other than what he said. Maybe in the zombie apocalypse, property and deeds don't matter anymore, but I can't really blame him for doing what he's done, especially since he did it without any bloodshed. That said, why did it take him so long to claim what's his? Did he have to send them so far away that they needed a plane to get there?

Luciana hurt again???

She is not my favorite character, and a lot of people agree with me. I was surprised to see her start the season injured again. They had a great opportunity to kill off her character, so I hope they have something planned for her this season that will be worth it. To me, I had to wonder why they would injure her again. Why not someone else?

What's going on?

I have to admit, I missed the symbols reference. It was only the mention on Talking Dead that alerted me to it. In case you missed it, too, those circle symbols on the paperwork were also on the helicopter that saved Rick, so they may be tied to the movies. It has to be. That walker had wires attached, and they tasered Althea, and then there's all that radiation. I don't know where this story is going, but it seems to be going somewhere.

FTWD Ratings aren't terrible...

STDP 041 – Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2 (S2E14, 3 of 3)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 05 May 2019 21:56:49 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 14: Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2 - Feedback and News (3 of 3)

For episode 41 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I complete our discussion of Season 2 Episode 14 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2. This episode was written by Michelle Paradise & Jenny Lumet & Alex Kurtzman, and directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi. For this episode, we go through voicemails and other general feedback, our notes, and news.

Third of three

This is our third and final podcast covering this episode. We recommend that you start our coverage of the season finale by listening to episode 39, and then listen to episode 40. In episode 39, we go over feedback from the previous episode, and also ratings and Yeses. In episode 40, we cover Nos and Hold Your Horses.

Fred's Pics!

Like the last episode, the images were chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We let Fred's pics do the talking for us! We have a supersized amount of pics for this episode, divided between this episode and last week's episode 40, with a few pics in episode 39. These pictures cover the second half of the episode.

What we thought about Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2...

After a week, I still love the episode, but I am more sensitive to its flaws and maybe it's not quite as good as I originally thought. Why couldn't they beam out Cornwell? Why would Control break down after Leland is neutralized? For that matter, why didn't Control go after Burnham? How was Ash able to be on the Chancellor's ship, leading the fight? How did the Kelpiens go from their primitive state to piloting fighters in such a short time? These are all nitpicks to me, though, and don't affect my ultimate rating, at least that much.

Ford Pinto!

A couple of things I mentioned in the episode were the Ford Pinto and the AVE Mizar. But one thing I didn't realize about the AVE Mizar during the recording was that the inventors of the "roadable aircraft" were killed in a test flight. I don't feel so great about making fun of it anymore, because of knowing those unfortunate circumstances.

That's it for Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2!

We are taking a well-deserved hiatus. We plan to be back sometime in June. At that time, we plan to do a Season 2 roundtable episode. We'll cover other feedback we haven't had a chance to answer yet, and any other feedback we get on these last three episodes after that. While you can respond to this episode or the previous two, so we will not be covering any feedback received until episode 42 at the earliest, but probably not until epis

STDP 040 – Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2 (S2E14, 2 of 3)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 01 May 2019 03:35:11 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 14: Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2

For episode 40 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I continue our discussion of Season 2 Episode 14 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2. This episode was written by Michelle Paradise & Jenny Lumet & Alex Kurtzman, and directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi. So, for this episode, we are focussing on the parts of the episode that our listeners and we had problems with - and we highlight them in our Nos and Hold Your Horses sections.

Because this is our second podcast covering this episode, we recommend you start our coverage of the season finale by listening to episode 39 if you haven't already done so. In that episode, we go over feedback from the previous episode, but also ratings and Yeses. Because we had so much feedback for this episode, there will be a third episode to follow. Thanks go out to my co-host on Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, for doing most of the editing on this one! I finally got a bit of a break! :-)

Fred's Pics!

We go back to our previous format and use pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. And Fred's pics do the talking for us! Because we have a supersized amount of pics for this episode, divided between this episode and episode 41 when it's released. So, you'll see more pics next time! These pictures cover the first half of the episode.

What we thought about Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2...

We both loved this episode, and it was probably one of the best ones of the series. That said, though we all (but one person) rated it highly, it does have flaws. Like the previous episode, this episode is greater than the sum of its parts. It is interesting, though, for an episode to score so high in ratings, yet have as many Nos and Hold Your Horses highlighted. By the way, a lot of people are really psyched about Discovery heading to the future but I'm not so sure.

It feels like a bit of a copout, to be honest, done to appease some of the angry fanbase, some that will never be satisfied no matter what they do. I worry that setting it so far in the future may make all other series prequels to Discovery, the opposite problem they had before, hampering shows like the Picard show, the Section 31 show, and other shows coming down the road. I would have much preferred Discovery end up in the same era as the Picard show will be, so they could play in the same sandbox, so to speak. Maybe they will end up there? Who knows.

More coverage of Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2 next week!

We'll be back next week with even more coverage of the season finale, covering your feedback, our notes that haven't been discussed yet, and news, adding in some additional news that's happened since we recorded. While you can respond to this episode, we will not be covering any feedback received until episode 42 at the earliest. You can submit feedback via the Feedback page, Facebook Group, Twitter, you can email Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 14: Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2

For episode 39 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I conclude our discussion of Season 2 Episode 13 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Such Sweet Sorrow, and begin our first of three episodes discussing Season 2 Episode 14 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2. Both episodes were written by Michelle Paradise & Jenny Lumet & Alex Kurtzman, and directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi.

Fred's Pics!

To speed us getting this out, as we recorded this a couple of days later than normal, we will be showing much of the images chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, in the next two episodes, and only show a few of them here.

STDP 039 - Star Trek Discovery S2E14 (05:56) - Perhaps Georgiou starts to see more in Saru than just food.

Discussion on Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2 begins at 56:03...

We begin the podcast with a ton of extra feedback for our previous episode, covering S2E13 Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 1, that came in after we recorded last week, and some responses to our episode 38. Finally, at 56:03, we get into the season finale. When we recorded on Easter Sunday, our combined sessions went over six hours raw. We had initially decided to cover them in two episodes, but what we had envisioned as the second episode ended up too large, and we'll be splitting those into episodes 40 and 41. This episode starts the discussion of the season finale with episode ratings and things we and our listeners gave a YES to. The next episode, episode 40, will cover NO's and Hold Your Horses. The last episode will cover voicemails and other written feedback, our episode notes and then some news.

About Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2...

We both loved this episode, and it was probably one of the best ones of the series. That said, though we rated it highly, it does have flaws, but, like last week, this is one where the episode is greater than the sum of its parts. This episode was visually stunning, emotionally captivating, and shocking, but in a good way!

More coverage of Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2 next week!

We'll be back next week with more coverage of the season finale and then again with a third episode a few days later. That episode has already been recorded, so while you can respond to this episode, we will not be covering any feedback received until episode 42. You can submit feedback via the feedback page, Facebook Group, Twitter, or you can email startrekgsm at gmail dot com. We would like to keep our episodes down to a more reasonable podcast length. To help with this, we'd like you to focus on a few key points, rather than d

STDP 038 – Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 1 (S2E13)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 16 Apr 2019 12:27:16 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 13: Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 1

For episode 38 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 13 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 1. This episode was written by Michelle Paradise & Jenny Lumet & Alex Kurtzman, and it was directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi. All are either co-executive producers or executive producers. Jenny Lumet & Alex Kurtzman co-wrote the first Short Trek, Runaway, and Michelle Paradise has been promoted to co-showrunner for Season 3 along with Kurtzman. This episode is part one of a two-part finale.

Discussion on Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 1 begins at 6:04...

We begin the podcast with a little feedback about our previous episode, covering S2E12 Through the Valley of Shadows. We get into this episode 6 minutes 4 seconds into the podcast.

Fred's Pics!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We let Fred's pics do the talking for us!

Before you look at pics from Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 1...

We both loved this episode, and it was probably one of the best ones of the series. That said, though we rated it highly, it does have flaws, such as where you see the seams where they stretched it from a one-parter to a two-parter, but this is one where the episode is greater than the sum of its parts. We'll be back next week with our next episode on the season finale. As always, your feedback is essential to this podcast! We've had a short feedback deadline most weeks this season.

We'll cover more feedback from S2E13 Such Sweet Sorrow, so do not hesitate to send in your feedback if you miss the deadline. For Star Trek: Discovery S2E14, which is titled Such Sweet Sorrow, Part 2 (we think that's the title) the deadline to get in your feedback is Friday, April 19, 2019, at 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central or 10 PM UTC. You can submit feedback via the Feedback page, Facebook Group, Twitter, you can email startrekgsm at gmail dot com, or call the voicemail at (216) 236-5449 and leave us a message there. Make sure to mention you're calling The Star Trek Discovery Podcast when you call. We would like to keep our episodes down to a more reasonable podcast length. To help with this, we'd like you to focus on a few key points, rather than discussing everything about the episode. If submitting a voicemail, please try to keep your calls to 4 minutes or less, with an absolute maximum of 5 minutes. We would like to keep our episodes under 2 hours! Please help with that!

Links to us...

Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you

STDP 037 – Through the Valley of Shadows (S2E12)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 09 Apr 2019 09:07:43 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 12: Through the Valley of Shadows

For episode 37 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 12 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Through the Valley of Shadows. This episode was written by Bo Yeon Kim & Erika Lippoldt, and it was directed by Douglas Aarniokoski. This is the third time the writers have worked with Aarniokoski, as he also directed their Short Trek, The Brightest Star, and S2E6, The Sound of Thunder.

Discussion on Through the Valley of Shadows begins at 20:11...

We begin the podcast with feedback from the previous episode, and we had quite a lot of it. We get into this episode 20 minutes 11 seconds into the podcast.

Fred's Pics!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We thought last week's experiment was a big hit, so we're going to do it again, and let Fred's pics do the talking for us!

Before you look at pics from Through the Valley of Shadows...

We both loved this episode, one of the better ones of Season 2. We'll be back next week with our next episode. As always, your feedback is essential to this podcast! We've had a short feedback deadline most weeks this season. We'll cover more feedback from S2E12 Through the Valley of Shadows, so do not hesitate to send in your feedback if you miss the deadline. For Star Trek: Discovery S2E13, which is titled Such Sweet Sorrow, the deadline to get in your feedback is Friday, April 12, 2019, at 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central or 10 PM UTC. You can submit feedback via the Talk Through Media feedback page, Facebook Group, Twitter, you can email startrekgsm at gmail dot com, or call the voicemail at (216) 236-5449 and leave us a message there. Make sure to mention you're calling The Star Trek Discovery Podcast when you call. We would like to keep our episodes down to a more reasonable podcast length. To help with this, we'd like you to focus on a few key points, rather than discussing everything about the episode. If submitting a voicemail, please try to keep your calls to 4 minutes or less, with an absolute maximum of 5 minutes. We would like to keep our episodes under 2 hours! Please help with that!

Links to us...

And now, here's a visual look at Through the Valley of Shadows!

TWDTT 098 – The Storm (S9E16)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 07 Apr 2019 04:35:35 +0000

Talking Through The Storm

We talked through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 16, which is titled, The Storm. This week, guest host Alex joined Brian and Mark to discuss the season finale! The Storm was written by Angela Kang & Matthew Negrete, and was directed by Greg Nicotero.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you should probably stop reading now.

Winter is coming? Forget that! Winter has come!

It's taken nine seasons, but we finally got to see winter on The Walking Dead. Like birds, The Whisperers shambled south for the winter, so the enemy this week wasn't Alpha, Beta and the rest of The Whisperers, but a big winter storm. Unfortunately, despite our anticipation about finally seeing the winter, it didn't work for us. We all come from northern climates, and we're used to snow. I have a hate/hate relationship with the snow since having a few close calls in winter storms over the years, so I am intimately aware of what a winter storm looks and feels like. This was not convincing to me at all. It looked OK for some of it, but when it counted, there were some things that just didn't ring true.

There should have been a lot more snow on the ground. There were leaves on the trees and bushes - all the leaves should have fallen by that time. Some of the close-ups of the snow didn't look realistic. Did you really need a caravan and a human chain to just walk from one house to another in Alexandria? The snow on the ground during the snowball fight, with RJ playing in it, looked like cotton balls, mothballs and styrofoam.

It felt like it was a snowstorm created by people who didn't know what a snowstorm was actually like, only what they had seen on TV, movies, and photos. I appreciated what they tried to do, but the show would have been a lot better off doing a location shoot where there are actual winter conditions, such as Canada, Minnesota, or upstate New York. You know, a place with actual snow, cold enough for snow to fall and stay frozen. It seems like such a big effort to simulate snow when it would have made so much more sense to go to where there is actual snow. Other series do that. Why didn't TWD? Game of Thrones has done great winter scenes. They should have emulated what they've done and gone on location.

And The Whisperers weren't even there?

Yup, you got it. They were an afterthought this week. They went south, which made me shrug. Since they left the area, why would they even go back to Virginia in the spring? Why get into a conflict when they come back? Why not just stay in the south or go somewhere else? I just didn't get that at all. It made no sense.

The King and Queen's reign is over.

The Kingdom has fallen into disrepair and sorrow over the losses, and Ezekiel and Carol split over their grief. This was very sad. I hated seeing this happen. It's very realistic. This often happens with grieving parents, but death is something that happens in the Zombocalypse, so I would have thought they'd be strong enough to weather it. They may come back together in Season 10, but this was a downer in an otherwise down episode. At least Jerry keeps his spirits. Kingtop it is Jerry!!!

Negan may not be unredeemable after all.

This may have been my favorite part of the episode. I loved the change in Negan, and him saving Judith. I also loved the scene with Michonne. A bad guy doesn't think he's a bad guy i

STDP 036 – Perpetual Infinity (S2E11)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 02 Apr 2019 18:10:45 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 11: Perpetual Infinity

For episode 36 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 11 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Perpetual Infinity. This episode was written by Alan McElroy & Brandon Schultz, and it was directed by Maja Vrvilo. She directed the first Short Trek.

Discussion on Perpetual Infinity begins at 8:37...

We begin the podcast with feedback from the previous episode. We get into this episode 8 minutes 37 seconds into the podcast.

Fred's Pics!

Before you look at pics from Perpetual Infinity...

We both loved this episode, although maybe not quite as much as last week's episode. We'll be back next week with our next episode. As always, your feedback is essential to this podcast! We'll be having a short feedback deadline most weeks this season, due to scheduling issues. We'll cover more feedback from S2E11 Perpetual Infinity, so do not hesitate to send in your feedback if you miss the deadline. For Star Trek: Discovery S2E12, the deadline to get in your feedback is Friday, April 5, 2019, at 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central or 11 PM UTC. You can submit feedback via the feedback page, Facebook Group, Twitter, you can email startrekgsm at gmail dot com, or call the GSM voicemail at (216) 236-5449 and leave us a message there. Make sure to mention you're calling The Star Trek Discovery Podcast when you call. I'm also podcasting on The Walking Dead. Because of this schedule, we are trying to get our episodes down to a more reasonable podcast length. To help with this, we'd like you to focus on a few key points from the episode, rather than discussing everything about the episode. If submitting a voicemail, please try to keep your calls to 4 minutes or less, with an absolute maximum of 5 minutes. We would like to keep our episodes under 2 hours! Please help with that!

Links to us...

And now, here's a visual look at Perpetual Infinity!

TWDTT 097 – The Calm Before (S9E15)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 30 Mar 2019 03:36:25 +0000

Talking Through The Calm Before

On this episode 97 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and special guest co-host Steve talk through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 15, which is titled, The Calm Before. This was written by Geraldine Inoa & Channing Powell, and directed by Laura Belsey. Mark was out sick this week.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you probably should stop now.

Sign the Charter!

It was quite the fair, and a chance for the communities to come together again. They finally signed the charter! That was a long time coming. I don't know about you, but I was surprised that we didn't see Cyndie as the leader of Oceanside, but Sydney Park landed a part on a new series. The actress who now plays her, Avianna Mynhier, looks just like an older version of the original actress, Mimi Kirkland.

Pike

To say it simply, the scene with our fallen comrades on a pike was disturbing and compelling. I was truly shocked by the death of Henry. I did not see that coming. I thought that character would be with us until the end of the show. Enid and especially Tara, on the other hand, should have gotten more appropriate deaths.

I mentioned TV Tropes

That link is A Death in The Limelight.

Ratings reached an all-time low...

This week, TWD ratings reached an all-time low, possibly due to a problem with many DVRs only recording the first hour and then cutting off the last 25 minutes of the program. We'll see if ratings recover when the Live + 3 and Live + 7 ratings later. S9E15 The Calm Before got a 1.48 in the 18-49 demographic with 4.152 million viewers, down from 1.66 in the 18-49, and 4.566 million last week. Talking Dead, also down, with a 0.33 in the 18-49 with 1.010 million viewers, verses 0.50 and 1.569 million viewers last week respectively.

That's it for The Calm Before!

We both enjoyed The Calm Before, as did Mark according to his feedback and thanks to Steve for coming on the podcast again this week! Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 9 Episode 16, the season finale, titled The Storm, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Wednesday, April 3, 2019. Check the

STDP 035 – The Red Angel (S2E10)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 26 Mar 2019 11:55:54 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 10: The Red Angel

For episode 35 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 10 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, The Red Angel. This episode was written by Chris Silvestri & Anthony Maranville, and it was directed by Hanelle M. Culpepper, who will be directing the first two episodes of the new Picard series. She directed S1E12 Vaulting Ambition previously.

Discussion on The Red Angel begins at 19:40...

We begin the podcast with feedback from the previous episode. We get into this episode at the 19 minutes 40 seconds mark.

Fred's Pics!

Before you look at pics from The Red Angel...

We both loved this episode, although maybe not quite as much as last week's episode. We'll be back next week with our next episode. As always, your feedback is essential to this podcast! We'll be having a short feedback deadline most weeks this season, due to scheduling issues. We'll cover more feedback from S2E10 The Red Angel, so do not hesitate to send in your feedback if you miss the deadline. For Star Trek: Discovery S2E11, which is titled Perpetual Infinity, the deadline to get in your feedback is Friday, March 29, 2019, at 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central or 11 PM UTC. You can submit feedback via the feedback page, Facebook Group, Twitter, you can email startrekgsm at gmail dot com, or call the voicemail at (216) 236-5449 and leave us a message there. Make sure to mention you're calling The Star Trek Discovery Podcast when you call. I'm also podcasting on The Walking Dead. Because of this schedule, we are trying to get our episodes down to a more reasonable podcast length. To help with this, we'd like you to focus on a few key points from the episode, rather than discussing everything about the episode. If submitting a voicemail, please try to keep your calls to 4 minutes or less, with an absolute maximum of 5 minutes. We would like to keep our episodes under 2 hours! Please help with that!

Links to us...

Looking for our RSS Feed? Not anymore! Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can leave us a review, hopefully, a 5-star! Or, if not, a rating will do!!! Talking Through Scars

On this episode 96 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian, Mark, and special guest co-host Steve from Panels to Pixels talk through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 14, which is titled, Scars. This was written by Corey Reed & Vivian Tse, and directed by Millicent Shelton.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you probably should stop now.

The Feels

Listeners know that I've had issues with the show since the departure of Rick Grimes. This episode pulled at those emotions, especially in the cold open and at the end of the episode, with the scene between Michonne and Judith talking about why it seems like people like Daryl, Carol and Ezekiel are no longer their friends. In both cases, the show hit me hard, just like it has for so many years. I wish we'd get back to that more often.

The big secret has been revealed!

It took them eight episodes, but we finally have the story of how Daryl and Michonne get those X scars on their backs. Boy, that was nothing like I expected. In some ways, this episode played like The Grove, Part 2. It had a very Children of the Corn vibe, and kind of a Lord of the Flies. I did not see it coming. I don't think it was well explained about Jocelyn. Was she always that psychopath? Probably. Did she kill the adults that were traveling with her, did she make the kids do it, or did they perish on their own? I don't know if we ever get that explained, or if we need to know. It was very disturbing. However, there were some scenes cut that took away from the story, especially showing how Daryl escaped. It was like the video skipped. In fact, I went back three times, thinking I missed something. We speculated that took the scene out because it as too graphic, partially so they could keep objections down about the killing of children in this episode, but, unless they explain it in an interview or a DVD commentary, we may never know.

Judith is a very special little girl, and more!

I was very taken with Judith this episode. She's been this character who's been wiser than her years, and I think what we see in this episode is why. She remembered what happened all this time, and still thought they should help people that need help. The scenes with Cailey Fleming were great, and I was really impressed with the character. I also loved the scenes between Michonne and Negan about Judith. He's very taken with her, and I think this might be the first time we see Negan being a straight-shooter and not posturing or grandstanding. He may be redeemable yet.

Ratings were down this week...

This week, TWD S9E14 Scars got a 1.66 in the 18-49 demographic with 4.566 million viewers, down from 1.77 in the 18-49, and 4.831 million last week. Talking Dead, also down, with a 0.50 in the 18-49, verses 0.71 and 2.031 million viewers last week respectively.

STDP 034 – Project Daedalus (S2E9)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 22 Mar 2019 03:02:07 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 9: Project Daedalus

For a supersized episode 34 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 9 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Project Daedalus. This episode was written by the newly announced co-showrunner of Season 3, Michelle Paradise, who is currently a co-executive producer on the show, and it was directed by Jonathan Frakes, who you should all know played Commander William T. Riker on TNG and the movies that followed, and has been a longtime director of Trek, including Star Trek: First Contact and Star Trek: Insurrection. This is his third time directing Discovery.

Discussion on Project Daedalus begins at 13:00...

We begin the podcast with feedback from the previous episode. We get into this episode at 13 minutes exactly.

Fred's Pics!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We are going to do something different this week, and feature JUST the pictures this week. We'll go back to a more traditional blog post next week.

Before you look at the Project Daedalus pics...

We did a flip of last week's ratings. Ruthie gave this one a 10, whereas I gave it a 9. Without details, I will just say that the episode reminded me a lot of what happened to T-Dog from The Walking Dead. Airiam was a character we finally got to know and then she's gone. We'll be back in (hopefully less than) a week with our next episode.

Get in your feedback

As always, your feedback is essential to this podcast! We'll be having a short feedback deadline most weeks this season, due to scheduling issues. We'll cover more feedback from S2E9 Project Daedalus, so do not hesitate to send in your feedback if you miss the deadline. For Star Trek: Discovery S2E10, which is titled The Red Angel, the deadline to get in your feedback is Friday, March 22, 2019, at 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central or 11 PM UTC. You can submit feedback via the GSM Feedback page, Facebook Group, Twitter, you can email startrekgsm at gmail dot com, or call the voicemail at (216) 236-5449 and leave us a message there. Make sure to mention you're calling The Star Trek Discovery Podcast when you call.

I'm also podcasting on The Walking Dead. Because of this schedule, we are trying to get our episodes down to a more reasonable podcast length. To help with this, we'd like you to focus on a few key points from the episode, rather than discussing everything about the episode. If submitting a voicemail, please try to keep your calls to 4 minutes or less, with an absolute maximum of 5 minutes. We would like to keep our episodes under 2 hours! Please help with that! We failed MISERABLY this week.

Links to us...

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And Talking Through Chokepoint!

On this episode 95 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and special guest co-host Lara talk through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 13, which is titled, Chokepoint. This was written by Eddie Guzelian & David Leslie Johnson-McGoldrick, and directed by Liesl Tommy.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you probably should stop now.

Testing Beta...

This episode features a big fight between Daryl and Beta, the Whisperers' henchman and second in command. I thought it was a really good scene, but Mark was a bit underwhelmed.

A couple of new couples?

Some people are shipping Connie and Daryl. Will it be Donnie? Dannie? Darnie? Coryl? Conyl? I, for one, would like to see Daryl get a girlfriend, and they'd be cute together if they'd just take a bath. :-) It's about time, but that's yet to be seen. On the other hand, we see more puppy love going on between the hapless Henry and former Whisperer Lydia. I think it's dangerous for Henry, but she's cute and you can't help who you fall in love with, especially in the apocalypse. Henry was less annoying for me this episode, although I was annoyed that he fell in the Cold Open.

When was the last time you have seen a movie?

The Kingdom is challenged for ransom, as a new group threatens to challenge the fair. There's a standoff, but in a severe and welcome change of pace, Carol offers this new group, which actually wrote out a list of demands in proper English, a chance to see a movie in exchange for security for comers and goers to the fair. I thought this was brilliant.

This week, TWD S9E13 Chokepoint got a 1.77 in the 18-49 demographic with 4.831 million viewers, up from 1.73 in the 18-49, and 4.708 million last week. Talking Dead, on the other hand, was up quite a bit more over last week. It got a 0.71 in the 18-49 and 2.031 million viewers, down from 0.53 and 1.696 million respectively.

That's it for Chokepoint!

I enjoyed Chokepoint, although I'm not sure about Mark and Lara though! Thanks to Lara for subbing in for me this week! Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 9 Episode 14, titled Scars by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Wednesday, March 19, 2019. Check the Facebook group for any deadline changes. I may be taking the week off again, but that hasn't been finalized.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Chokepoint

STDP 033 – If Memory Serves (S2E8)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 13 Mar 2019 04:57:40 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 8: If Memory Serves

For episode 33 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 8 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, If Memory Serves. This episode was written by Dan Dworkin & Jay Beattie, and it was directed by TJ Scott.

Discussion on If Memory Serves begins at 13:41...

We begin the podcast with feedback from the previous episode. We get into this episode at 13 minutes 41 seconds.

Fred's Pics and Spoiler Alert!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We will show them throughout this blog post. To that end, SPOILER ALERT! If you haven't watched If Memory Serves, you may want to stop reading here!

Previously on Star Trek!!!

In an unprecedented move, that many people say was brilliant, our "Previously on…" segment at the start of the show had something we have never seen before. It was "Previously on" from another Star Trek show! In this case, of course, it was "Previously on Star Trek". We saw some classic images from the first pilot episode of Star Trek, titled, "The Cage", which was also featured in the two-part TOS episode, "The Menagerie".

For me, this was very unexpected but very welcomed. It also signaled something I already knew but it was good to have the evidence: This show takes place in the same prime timeline as The Original Series, TNG and all the rest of the series that followed. It's just a visual and technological update to bring it to a 2019 standard, but it follows the same story canon as all the other shows. The success or failure of what the producers did was discussed at length. I loved it, understood what it meant, and was so happy to see them do this. Ruthie, on the other hand, was confused by it, and she talks about why at length during the episode.

Talos IV!!! Vina!!!

When Burnham and Spock arrive in the Talos system, they encounter a black hole, or is it? Of course, it's just a projection from the Talosians. Spock comes out of his state to take control of the shuttlecraft.

When they land on Talos IV, they are greeted by Vina, the same woman Pike and the Enterprise encounter there a few years before.

Pike's Peaked

When they were on Talos IV, the connection Pike had with Vina, though the Talosians tried to force them to mate in captivity, was very real. The powers they have to project communication across light years is quite impressive. I thought it was cool that they could do this and go undetected by Section 31.

Of course, we're here to fix Spock...

The Talosians say that Spock's mental breakdown happens because he is experiencing time as a fluid rather than a linear construct. It wasn't very obvious how the Talosians fixed Spock in this episode. Sure, they showed him his visions, his escape and how he didn't kill the personnel on Starbase 5, but what did they do exactly? That much is unclear. We both had some problems with what they actually did to him, but Ruthie had a bigger issue with it than I did.

As payment, the Talosians want to experience the rift between Spock and Burnham that occurred in their childhood that we had heard about all season long. Some thought that t

TWDTT 094 – Guardians (S9E12)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 10 Mar 2019 13:28:44 +0000

Talking through Guardians!

On this episode 94 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 12, which is titled, Guardians. This was written by LaToya Morgan, and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you probably should stop now.

A look at The Whisperers

We spend a lot of this episode with The Whisperers. Life with them seems to be animalistic and brutal. It's not a way of life I would like to live. It's a very survival of the fittest, and when Alpha is challenged, she attacks with a brutality that may even go beyond Negan's. That said, I really have an issue with the ability to behead someone with just razor or piano wire (it definitely wasn't a yo-yo).

I could definitely see being able to kill someone with a wire, but beheading someone??? I just don't buy it. Scary and effective, but it's one of those scenes where you love it when you first see it, it's shocking and terrifying, but if you watch it again or even think about it, it seems impossible.

The scene where Alpha tries to get Lydia to kill Henry was pretty scary. Alpha proved more that she is a psycho from long before the apocalypse, with the story of Lydia almost suffocating to death when she was a child and just watching her die, only to fall away from the plastic that was suffocating her. How did this mom react? She reacted in the way that only a psycho would react, by hitting Lydia hard. I did have a not-so-nice thing to say about Alpha, but I'll save it for the listeners.

Also scary this week is Beta, who appears for the first time. I think he's scary in another way, in terms of physical presence and being pretty cold. I think he's going to also be an interesting villain. It was a great rescue by Daryl and Connie by attacking with the walkers, but I didn't buy that these "Guardians", as they call them, would be able to attack like that and catch the Whisperers off guard as much as they did. I called BS.

Negan gets to Michonne

We get a longer glimpse at Alexandria this episode. We see a council that is frustrated at the power Michonne has to veto anything for security concerns. I think Michonne has probably vetoed too much, at the expense of distancing them from the other groups. The council really wants to participate at the fair, to help The Kingdom (or is it Kingdom?). Unfortunately, Negan offers counsel to Michonne at a time when it's least advantageous. It wasn't what he said, but how he says it that makes Michonne overcompensate in this episode, as well as knowing that Judith has been talking to Negan. Michonne overcompensates and gives into the council at a time when it may be the worst time. I worry that they'll come to the fair, and there will be an attack by the Whisperers and many from Alexandria will die, probably in the season finale.

A love triangle, or parallelogram?

We see Gabriel having to deal with the news of Rosita's pregnancy by Siddiq. Eugene really put Rosita's feelings ahead of his own and does the right thing by counseling the pastor to stay with her. I thought this showed a lot of growth in Eugene, and it was nice to see. Whether it's a love triangle, rhombus, parallelogram or square, we don't know yet, but I thought that was a nice story to see. Hopefully, we see the beginnings of a new family unit that will survive for some time to come, but it seems doomed...

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 7: Light and Shadows

For episode 32 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 7 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Light and Shadows. This episode's teleplay is by Ted Sullivan, from a story by Ted Sullivan & Vaun Wilmott, and it is directed by Marta Cunningham.

Discussion on Light and Shadows begins at 7:57...

We begin the podcast with feedback from the previous episode. We get into this episode at 7 minutes 57 seconds.

Fred's Pics and Spoiler Alert!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We will show them throughout this blog post. To that end, SPOILER ALERT! If you haven't watched Light and Shadows, you may want to stop reading here!

Spock has been found!!!

Burnham decides to go to Vulcan to see if Amanda had any luck finding Spock, knowing she probably wouldn't tell Michael if she did. Going back home reminds Burnham of her childhood years, growing up in the house, and the times she spent with young Spock.

Spock is on Vulcan, and he's really messed up. We learn something I personally found shocking about Spock. He had a form of dyslexia that the Vulcans call L'tak Terai, and that Amanda helped Spock work past this learning disability, after seeing him not get the help he needed at the Vulcan Learning Center.

Despite assertions to the contrary, Burnham senses that Amanda knows where Spock is. She kept him in a shrine that shields telepathic communication. Does it also eliminate mind melds? I didn't understand why that wouldn't be the first alternative to help Spock. Maybe that was tried, but the lack of a mention took it down, but just a tad for me. It could have easily been dealt with in a line of dialog. It's not like they couldn't have fit it in the episode, since the episode was the shortest of the season.

We find Spock operating outside of his reality. He's chanting 841947, the Vulcan First Doctrines of Logic, Alice in Wonderland, and not connected to anything or anyone around him.

Georgiou helps Burnham, but what strings does that help come with? And is she lying or telling the truth?

At Sarek's insistence, Burnham takes Spock back to Section 31, where Leland tells her he will get the best care, then says that they don't allow non-Section 31 personnel on board. Georgiou tells Burnham that Leland was going to extract his memories, and lets her escape. So, do you think she's telling the truth, and if she is, what's the angle? Only time will tell!

Wibbly Wobbly Timey Wimey!!!

Some of Star Trek's greatest episodes have involved time travel or have some element of time loops or distortions, and this one is no different. Like Tilly calls it, it's a time blender, a place where the past, present, and future all exist at the same time. Get it? Time? This story had some of the trippiness you would expect, and it was great that it tied in elements like Mudd's attempt to take the ship in S1E7 Magic to Make the Sanest Man Go Mad and Stamets' ability to exist ou

TWDTT 093 – Bounty (S9E11)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 03 Mar 2019 03:26:15 +0000

Talking through Bounty!

On this episode 93 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and special guest co-host Steve Brown from Panels to Pixels discuss The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 11, which is titled Bounty. This was written by co-executive producer Matthew Negrete, and directed by Meera Menon. Thanks to Steve for subbing in for me this week! Don't worry, you still hear from me this week, but through voicemail instead of hosting the episode. Despite me not being on the podcast this week, I thought the episode was great, and exactly what I needed after the last few episodes didn't captivate me like I'm used to.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you probably should stop now.

An Exchange...

We saw Alden and Luke exchanged for Lydia. I know that many of them didn't want to give up Lydia, but what could they do? They owe it to Alden and Luke while keeping Lydia would not make any sense, since Alden and Luke would have most certainly been killed.

Leave the baby alone!

We see the coldness of Alpha and The Whisperers, with them leaving a crying baby for the walkers. I know this was probably difficult to see for a lot of people, myself included. I think she was testing them to see if they'd care. I thought the scene with Connie rescuing the baby and then trying to thwart off the walkers in the sorghum field (looked like corn, but the behind the scenes video calling it a sorghum field) was tense and I was noticeably scared for Connie. Daryl comes to her rescue, but other Hilltop people were behind him, including Tammy Rose and Earl, who eventually take the baby, to raise, I assume.

Are we shipping Daryl and Connie?

I've heard a lot of people shipping those two. I, honestly, never thought of that at the time, until I heard it said on Talking Dead. Now, I can't stop thinking about it. If that happens, it's about time!

The Bounty

One of the best aspects of the episode was The Kingdom's side trip, to retrieve a projector bulb, so they can watch movies again. This was fun, inspiring, and a ray of hope in an otherwise depressing story. I needed that hope after some pretty depressing elements of this post-Rick era. Ezekiel, Jerry, and, of course, Carol light up the screen.

Ratings are up and down from last week...

This week, TWD got a 1.71 in the 18-49 demographic with 4.386 million viewers, up slightly from 1.68 in the 18-49, and down slightly from with 4.538 million last week. Since last week's ratings and viewers were at an all-time low, this marks a new low for total viewers. Talking Dead had a 0.62 in the 18-49 and 1.712 million viewers, up slightly from 0.59 and 1.656 million respectively.

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 6: The Sound of Thunder

For episode 31 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 6 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, The Sound of Thunder. It was written by co-producers Bo Yeon Kim & Erika Lippoldt, who are said to be the creators of the new Section 31 series, and directed by Douglas Aarniokoski. You may have seen this referred to as The Sounds of Thunder, as all of the outlets had it as Sounds, but when it premiered, it was only a singular Sound. I've already seen several podcasts and YouTubers have it wrong. The Sound of Thunder is correct.

Discussion on The Sound of Thunder begins at 17:50...

We begin the podcast with feedback from previous episodes. Then, we finally get into this episode at 17 minutes 50 seconds in.

Fred's Pics and Spoiler Alert!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We will show them throughout this blog post. To that end, SPOILER ALERT! If you haven't watched The Sound of Thunder, you may want to stop reading here!

Another Big One for Saru...

A new signal appears over Kaminar, Saru's homeworld. Saru hasn't been back since he left, but since going through the vahar'ai, he has undergone certain changes. Saru doesn't immediately leave the captain's chair when Pike is summoned to the bridge, and later borders on being insubordinate when Pike doesn't choose him for the away team. Burnham diffuses the moment by asking for him to accompany her on the surface.

Saru and Burnham meet up with the village priest, only to find out that it's Saru's sister, Siranna, who we met during the third Short Trek, The Brightest Star, which was shot at the same time as this episode.

We finally meet the Ba'ul! Sort of...

Contact with the Ba'ul doesn't go very well, as they plan to kill the rest of the Kelpiens if Saru doesn't surrender himself. Saru attempts to beam himself away before Burnham stops him.

Yes, we do meet them, but they are never clearly seen. Many commented that the Ba'ul reminded them of Armus, the lifeform from TNG's Skin of Evil that killed Tasha Yar.

Another appearance of The Red Angel...

The Red Angel appears to Saru and Siranna on the Ba'ul ship. This time, we see more detail, as it appears to be a female in an advanced space suit.

Culber's New Body...

We also see Culber in sickbay, as he gets used to his new body. This is an interesting story, and I wish we would have seen a little more of it this episode.

That's it for The Sound of Thunder!

We both loved the episode, although I'd probably rate it the least favorite of the six so far. Don't get me wrong. I still loved it, just not as much as some of the others. We'll be back in a week with our next episode. As always, your feedback is essential to this podcast! We have a short feedback deadline most weeks this season, due to scheduling issues. We will cover more feedback from S2E6 The Sound of Thunder, so do not hesitate to send in your feedback if you miss the deadline. For Star Trek: Discovery

TWDTT 092 – Omega (S9E10)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 23 Feb 2019 11:48:52 +0000

Talking through Omega!

On this episode 92 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I discuss The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 10, which is titled Omega. This was written by Channing Powell, and directed by David Boyd. Like last week, Mark loved the episode. I gave this episode an 8, which isn't a bad rating, but I had to dig down deep to find things I liked. The story isn't drawing me in and I found myself bored throughout the episode. I only raised the rating after repeated viewings. It's well written, directed and acted. I couldn't find any major faults... OK, one. More on that below.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you probably should stop now.

Unreliable narrator...

We see the interrogation of Lydia focussing on a flashback from early on in the apocalypse. As the episode goes on, we see different versions of reality, culminating with the beginning of Alpha. This is a backstory we should have gotten for The Wolves, The Governor and Negan (the latter two were shown in the books and comics) but we only got a backstory for the Termites. It was interesting in the end, but I spent most of the episode confused and bored, and Alpha not all that compelling so far. I didn't say it on the podcast, but I really wasn't impressed with Samantha Morton's portrayal. I was distracted by her unconvincing Southern accent. Lydia, on the other hand, reveals that she is a victim of abuse, and I think we have just seen the tip of the iceberg. Henry!!! You have a good heart, but you are gullible. What would have happened had the baby not cry? Kudos to Cassady McClincy in the role of Lydia. I liked her a lot better than her mom.

A decent Daryl episode...

Although this episode did not focus on Daryl, he was a big part of the story. His character this season is a big improvement over the last several past seasons. I'm still wanting to find out what the deal is with that big scar on his back. For some reason, though I've heard it mentioned, I really noticed his facial scar this time. I was a little confused about how Lydia picked up on his past abuse. I guess there must have been a subtle clue that I missed.

Ratings are... Down to a record low!!!

This week, TWD got a 1.68 in the 18-49, with 4.538 million, down from 2.00 and 5.156 million last week. Unfortunately, those represent the lowest ratings in the series so far. Charts below.

That's it for Omega!

Mark will be hosting this coming week. As previously mentioned, I will be stepping back a bit from the podcast, and will not be hosting the show every week, starting this coming week. Part of it is due to scheduling with Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 5: Saints of Imperfection

For episode 30 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie is back and we discuss Season 2 Episode 5 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Saints of Imperfection. It was written by executive story editor Kirsten Beyer, who is said to be one of the creators of the new Picard series, and directed by David Barrett. He previously directed S1E7 Magic to Make the Sanest Man Go Mad.

Fred's Pics!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We will show them throughout this blog post.

Discussion on Saints of Imperfection begins at 18:12...

We begin the podcast with feedback from previous episodes, and Ruthie's take on last week's episode, since she was out sick. Then, we finally get into this wonderful episode a little over 18 minutes in.

A very cool looking episode!

From the Section 31 tech to the partial spore jump, to the beauty of the mycelial network, this episode was beautiful. This show just keeps outdoing itself visually!

STDP 030 - Discovery's Partial Jump

STDP 030 - Bridge In The Network

Another Tough One for Tilly...

Taken to the mycelial network to kill a monster, Tilly has yet another tough episode, but one that she comes through in the end with support from her friends. This may be the end of that connection with May, but I have a feeling that those two will meet again. One thing I said during recording was that I didn't feel that the emotional connection between Tilly and May didn't seem earned, but I have rethought that stance. I can see it now.

STDP 030 - Discovery In The Mycelial Network

The Return of Culber!

One of the worst kept secrets in Star Trek history, Culber has returned, although it is a new Culber, reconstituted in the mycelial network. How much of the old Culber is in this new Culber is hard to know, but if you think this is far fetched, remember Star Trek III: The Search for Spock! Is this anymore far fetched than if it was his katra?

Georgiou and Section 31!

We got another long glimpse at what the Section 31 series may be like in this episode. With Georgiou, Tyler, newcomer Leland and (possibly) Admiral Cornwell, who showed up near the end of the episode, we could definitely see those characters in that show. To me, it's looking more and more interesting.

Sparks fly when the Discovery captures Spock's shuttlecraft, only to find that Georgiou is piloting it. We think Pike may put two and two together about Georgiou if he knows where Lorca came from. There were some interesting scenes between Georgiou and Burnham and more interesting actions by the former Mirror Emperor that will keep us guessing. What are her true intentions? We'll have to keep watching to find out!

STDP 030 - Georgiou Hands Up

That's it for Saints of Imperfection!

We'll be back in a week with our next episode. As always, your feedback is essential to this podcast! We'll be having a short feedback deadline most weeks this season, due to scheduling issues. We'll c

TWDTT 091 – Adaptation (S9E9)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 15 Feb 2019 13:33:28 +0000

Talking Through Adaptation

On this episode 91 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and Brian discuss The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 9, which is titled Adaptation. This was written by Corey Reed, and directed by Greg Nicotero.

More teenage angst!

Henry!!! What else needs to be said? I am kind of fed up with this character, and as such, Brian didn't care for the episode.

Thankfully, ratings are up again!!!

This week, TWD got a 2.00 in the 18-49, with 5.156 million, up from 1.96 and 5.089 million for the mid-season finale. That's not much, but we'll take it! Charts below.

Due to scheduling conflicts, we have decided to go to a Wednesday night recording schedule for the rest of the season. Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 9 Episode 10, titled Omega by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Wednesday, February 20, 2019. Check the Facebook group for any deadline changes.

Speaking of scheduling conflicts...

Brian has decided that he will be stepping back a bit from the podcast, and will not be hosting the show every week. Part of it is due to scheduling with The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, partly due to some fatigue, and partly because the show is not doing it for him like it was, and he wants to focus more on Star Trek. Rest assured, you'll hear from Brian every week, even when he's not hosting. He's not leaving the podcast, but he will take a few weeks off.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Adaptation

If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, I mentioned a while back that you can donate credits to my Auphonic account, which I use to make these episodes sound so good! That link is https://auphonic.com/donate_credits?user=bmeloche. Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you're in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it helps others to find us!

apple podcasts Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 4: An Obol for Charon

For episode 29 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie is out sick, but I was able to get emergency guest co-host Wes Huntington from the Minnesota Star Trek Nerd Podcast to fill in, as we discuss Season 2 Episode 4 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, An Obol for Charon. The teleplay was written by producer Alan McElroy (I got his name wrong during the recording - it's Alan, not Adam) & co-executive producer Andrew Colville, the story was written by co-executive producer Jordon Nardino & showrunners Gretchen J. Berg & Aaron Harberts (who were still showrunners at the time). It was directed by Lee Rose. She also directed S1E5 Choose Your Pain.

Fred's Pics!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We will show them throughout this blog post.

A Tough One for Saru...

It was a tough episode for Commander Saru. It looked like we would be losing the first and only Kelpien in Starfleet during this episode, and they sold that death. I had myself questioning it. Could they kill him off? Would this be the right time to do that? I knew we see his sister Siranna in the last trailer, but I thought that maybe it could end up being a flashback or a hallucination before death. When it looked like he was going to die, though, he didn't die. He evolved. One of his most problematic traits, his threat ganglia, are gone for good, and he feels like he's never felt before.

I loved the Burnham/Saru scenes, showing that the bickering we had seen early on was the behavior of brother and sister. It took a tragedy for them both to admit it to each other, and to themselves. So, what will become of Saru, and the Kelpiens, who were being culled, seemingly as a part of a big lie. Time will tell.

I liked Saru's quarters, by the way. Very idyllic.

A Tough One for Tilly...

This was also a tough episode for Tilly, and looks like the next one will be, too. The blob formerly seen as May has attached itself to Tilly, and isn't going to easily let go. Tilly gets a drill to the head to facilitate communications, which had to hurt. At the end of the episode, we see Tilly's been consumed by the blob. For what purpose, we cannot know.

Reno's back!

Speaking of Tilly, this episode marks the return of Jett Reno, Tig Notaro's character from the season premiere. I had predicted that Stamets and Reno would make a good combination, and I was right! There were some great insults, barbs and comic lines exchanged. I look forward to seeing her again, but WHO IS THE CHIEF ENGINEER, anyway??? With the spores in the air, mushrooms abound and make Stamets and Reno high. Very trippy!

Number One!

Rebecca Romijn makes an appearance as the legendary Number One, from the TOS pilot, "The Cage" and the two-parter, "The Menagerie". It was a short appearance and one that did not yield what many of us thought it would, including me: Her name. That said, it was a good performance by Romijn. We're pretty sure we'll be seeing her again, and if you believe me (Brian), we'll see a lot more of her soon. By the way, you

STDP 028 – Point of Light (S2E3)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 06 Feb 2019 00:19:34 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 3: Point of Light

For this supersized episode 28 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 3 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, Point of Light. It was written by co-executive producer Andrew Colville (his first writing credit on Discovery, but he's got a long list of shows he's worked on) and directed by executive producer Olatunde Osunsanmi. Unfortunately, his name was misspelled in the credits. See for yourself.

Fred's Pics!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We will show them throughout this blog post.

Last time on The Star Trek Discovery Podcast!

We start this episode with A LOT MORE feedback for our last episode that covered Season 2 Episode 2, titled New Eden. We received more feedback for last week's episode than we have ever gotten for any podcast episode before!

NOTE: Discussion of S2E3 Point of Light begins at 1:04:27.

The Search for Spock

The seven signals search reaches a bit of an impasse, but Discovery gets an unexpected visitor from Amanda, Spock and Burnham's mother. She has stolen Spock's medical records.

What did Burnham do to hurt Spock??? Amanda hears this and decides she must find Spock on her own. It can be interpreted a few ways how to take this point, but it's a powerful moment.

Stilly Made Silly

The haunting of Tilly by May, which seemed to be a harmless thing in the last episode, has taken a turn to the strange and for the worse. May becomes more insistent and demanding. Tilly appears to lose it on the bridge at the worst time. I loved the sense of humor shown by Pike here, by the way. Mary Wiseman is great as usual in this scene.

Later, we see her confer with her best friend (and still roommate, it seems?) Burnham, who makes her realize she is not going insane. There's some nice work, all the way around.

We see a pretty amazing scene with Stamets pulling May out of Tilly.

Back on the Klingon Homeworld...

We return to Qo'noS to find Chancellor L'Rell in a fight to keep her position from a challenge from Kol-Sha, leader of the House of Kor (where is Kor?) and father of the deceased General Kol. Torchbearer Tyler is still by her side, but his human side is causing issues for L'Rell.

We learn that L'Rell's keeping a secret from Tyler. Before his transformation, L'Rell became pregnant with Tyler's child. Tyler sees a "baby Voq", as the child has that same translucent skin Voq had.

We see an interesting scene with Burnham having a "holographic Skype" session with Tyler. Here are some visuals.

Section 31: The Pilot

Captain Georgiou is back, only she's not a Captain anymore, and she's not that Georgiou. Yes, it's the former Emperor Georgiou! She's "retired", and a "Starfleet Security Consultant". She makes a spectacular entrance, saving L'Rell and Tyler from certain death at the hands of Kol-Sha.

This episode serves as a kind of a back-door pilot for the new Section 31 show. We get a good look at the tech, uniforms and how they wor

STDP 027 – New Eden (S2E2)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 29 Jan 2019 12:52:23 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 2: New Eden

For episode 27 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss Season 2 Episode 2 of Star Trek: Discovery, which is titled, New Eden. The teleplay is by Vaun Wilmott & Sean Cochran, with story by Akiva Goldsman & Sean Cochran. It was directed by someone who should need no introduction, Jonathan Frakes, who of course played Commander William T. Riker in Star Trek: The Next Generation, and is no stranger to directing Star Trek, directed Star Trek: First Contact and Star Trek: Insurrection, and a total of 17 episodes of TNG, DS9, VOY and Discovery (including S2E9 later this season).

Fred's Pics!

We have been blessed yet again with pics chosen by Fred from The Netherlands, including the cover image. We will show them throughout this blog post.

Last time on The Star Trek Discovery Podcast!

We start this episode with some feedback from our last episode. The talk about the spore drive seemed to hit a nerve. We explain our thoughts about it… or mine, at least, that the spore drive needs to be explained away, especially with respect to what happens with the Voyager a century later. Although I won't detail it here, we go through our thoughts here, and I explain a theory that would explain the spore drive and everything we are seeing so far this season at the end of the episode. If you want to know much, you'll have to listen!

Now THIS is Star Trek!

This episode advanced the Red Angel plot while feeling like a classic Star Trek story that we all remember! We start with Burnham showing Pike the drawings made by Spock that predict the seven signals months before they ever appeared.

The source of the next signal appears far away in the Beta Quadrant, 51,450 light-years from Discovery's present position. Pike orders use of the spore drive to get there. Like before, when they get there, the signal has gone away, but Discovery finds an M-class planet that we later learn is called Terralysium, which is much like Earth, but with a radioactive asteroid belt.

Like many stories before it, the crew finds a human colony broadcasting a signal over 200 years. It appears the Red Angel had brought a group of 200 that were hiding from the bombs in a church during World War III, just before nuclear bombs were about to be dropped on them.

We end up with a "Prime Directive" story (which is called General Order 1 at this point in Federation history) about whether or not the colonists that have settled in New Eden should be told that Earth survived the war and went on to help create the Federation or allow them to evolve their own way without intervention. Unfortunately, the asteroid field is about to fall out of orbit and cause fatal radiation to the inhabitants, and it's up to Discovery, mainly Tilly, to come up with a plan, and the rest of the crew to carry it out.

Tilly's Eager!

So far, Tilly's Short Trek has been the one with the most ties to the season. Her eagerness to do well in the Command Training Program causes her to take unnecessary risks to capture a piece of the asteroid to create an interface to interact with the spore drive.

We meet May, wh

STDP 026 – Brother (S2E1)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 22 Jan 2019 19:42:31 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2, Episode 1: Brother

For episode 26 of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Ruthie and I discuss the Season 2 premiere of Star Trek: Discovery - S2E1, which is titled, Brother. It was written by Ted Sullivan & Gretchen J. Berg & Aaron Harberts (the latter two were the showrunners at the time this was filmed), and it was directed by the current showrunner and co-creator, Alex Kurtzman. We both loved this supersized movie-like premiere! If you haven't given Discovery a try, this epic episode is one you can jump right in!

We LOVE Captain Pike!!!

If you've seen TOS ("The Cage" and "The Menagerie") or the Kelvin Timeline films - specifically "Star Trek" (2009) and "Star Trek Into Darkness" (2013) - you are probably aware of Captain Christopher Pike, who captained the Enterprise before Kirk took command, but we didn't know about his stint as the captain of the Discovery, while the Enterprise underwent extensive repairs after suffering severe ship-wide system failure. Pike takes command of the Discovery to investigate seven red bursts throughout spread out across more than thirty thousand light-years, but he considers it "shared custody" with Saru. Pike makes this episode, and if this episode is any indication, Pike will quickly become a fan favorite, if he isn't already!

They Have Stepped It Up

This episode looks like a blockbuster movie! It looks every bit as good as the three Kelvin Timeline films. There have been reports that Berg & Harberts lost their showrunner jobs in part because the first three episodes went way over budget. I was skeptical of this report until I saw this first episode. When I said it looks like a hundred million dollars was spent on this episode, I wasn't exaggerating. I know it wasn't, but the quality of the visuals has far eclipsed what we saw in Season 1, which was already made it one of the best looking TV shows going.

Fred's Pics!

In addition to our cover image, Fred from The Netherlands also provided us with some images from Brother! Thanks again, Fred!!!

If you watched the first Short Trek, Runaway, you may have noticed a resemblance between Po and Commander Nhan. I know I did, enough that I had to check to see who played Nhan. Well, Fred thought Nhan was a Xahean, like Po. However, it's been determined that she's a Barzan, the aliens who tried to sell rights to the Barzan wormhole in TNG's Season 3 episode, "The Price". This first couple of images focus on Nhan, and how she compares to the Xahean leader, Po and the Barzan leader, Bhavani.

Here's a great pic of Captain Pike, just as Discovery is about to be taken out of warp.

Lastly, here's a split-screen of the four pod pilots getting into their craft.

The Niggling Result of Not Going Forward in Time

Discussion about the look and feel of Star Trek: Discovery vs. TOS and the TNG era came up again a couple of times during this episode, though it was discussed in the roundtable last week. I was going to elaborate here what was said, but I'll just say you should listen. I'll also say that I had a lot more to say about it the previous episode. Ruthie got to say her piece in this episode since she fell off the call last week before we got to this topic.

That's it for Brother!

We'll be back in a week - hopefully, less - with the next episode. As always, your feedback

STDP 025 – Season 2 Preview and Other News Roundtable

Talk Through Media — Wed, 16 Jan 2019 10:52:22 +0000

Our Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2 Preview (and Other News) Roundtable!

As we get ready for Star Trek: Discovery Season 2, Ruthie and I sat down for a marathon preview session with Steve Brown of the Panels to Pixels Podcast (Steve's third roundtable), Wes Huntington of the Minnesota Star Trek Nerd Podcast (Wes' second roundtable), and new panelists John McGrail of GSM's Maid of Steel Podcast and Martin Donison of GSM's Arrow Squad Podcast, Tomorrow's Legends (@tomorowslegends Facebook Group), and Sibercast (@Sibercast and Facebook Group) to discuss the Short Treks, news about the Picard series and Lower Decks, discuss other possible shows (including one that has since been announced) and then discuss what we expect for Season 2.

The Short Treks in Review

Opinions were varied between the six of us as far as which Short Trek was our favorite and which was our least favorite of the Short Treks. I would call that in and of itself a success, as they appealed to us differently.

I've brought down bigger men than you, Picard!!!

Sorry, that was a line from The Drumhead... Most of us are really waiting in great anticipation for the new Picard series, with one of us more tepid in our reaction to it. We react to all of the news that's been coming out about the show, especially within the last week.

I think we should go down to the Lower Decks in Section 31!

The reaction to the animated comedy series Lower Decks was a little more reserved than the Picard reaction, though generally positive. Some felt better about it after the Harry Mudd Short Trek, as that Short Trek was written by the creator of the animated show. We talk a little here and there about the Section 31 series with Georgiou, which was just a rumor at the time. Since we recorded this on Friday, January 11th, CBS All Access has announced that the show is a go! Some of us look forward to it, and others aren't too thrilled. We also talk about other shows that have been rumored but not

STDP 024 – Short Treks Episode 4 – The Escape Artist

Talk Through Media — Fri, 11 Jan 2019 12:34:00 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Short Treks, Episode 4: The Escape Artist

Ruthie and I are back with the fourth and final Short Trek before Season 2 of Star Trek: Discovery! This Short Trek is titled The Escape Artist. It was written by Mike McMahan, who is the showrunner of the new Star Trek: Lower Decks animated series, and it was directed by Rainn Wilson, who also starred in this short.

What a surprise!

I didn't have a lot of expectations for this Short Trek, but with a brilliant teleplay and Rainn Wilson's incredible performance both behind and in front of the camera by Rainn Wilson, I will have to say that this was my favorite Short Trek of the four! We both loved it!

Delicious Jipper!

Ah yes, jipper!!! If you haven't been able to see this Short Trek, you may wonder what the deal is with jipper. Well, it's a drink, one that doesn't exist yet, but I predict we'll hear of someone inventing a jipper soon! Sipping jippers on a beach somewhere was the punchline of this story and a big part of what made this short one of the funniest Treks ever!

Fred's Images

We have a comparison image from Fred from The Netherlands this time around. This compares the android shots in I, Mudd, using three sets of twins, and this episode, with the many versions of Rainn Wilson.

No more After Treks?

We also covered some news that is not being reported by the other podcasts or news websites yet. It appears that After Trek is not coming back for Season 2. It was announced back in June that it was being "reimagined" for Season 2, but After Trek has been removed from CBS All Access, both in the standalone app/website and on the CBS All Access Channel on Amazon Prime. If you're watching internationally via Netflix, and if you're watching on CraveTV in Canada, you still have access to it, at least for now.

Matt Mira, the former host who hosts the popular Star Trek: The Next Conversation podcast, announced on his show that the show is not returning and for Season 2, and that he is not under contract with CBS at this time. He's offered to return should they need him. It may come back later in Season 2, or for the Picard show, but for now, it's canceled. Matt implied on his podcast for Patreon subscribers that the budget overruns that caused (at least in part) former showrunners Aaron Harberts and Gretchen J. Berg their jobs were probably the reason why After Trek was canceled. Also, he didn't find out about getting the hosting job until the Thursday before his first show just a few days later. That explains a lot.

That's it for The Escape Artist!

So, that's it for this mini-episode! We both loved it! We'll be back with our Season 2 Preview Roundtable in a few days!

Links to us...

Looking for our RSS Feed? Not anymore! Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts! While you do, we'd appreciate it if you can Star Trek: Discovery - Short Treks, Episode 3: The Brightest Star

Ruthie and I are back with the third Short Trek! We recorded episodes for the first three Short Treks on Tuesday, December 18th in back to back to back fashion, and this is the final episode that we recorded that night. This Short Trek is titled The Brightest Star. It was written by executive story editors Bo Yeon Kim and Erika Lippoldt, and directed by co-executive producer Douglas Aarniokoski.

Finally, an origin story!

This is the first Short Trek that I would consider an origin story. This one focuses on our favorite alien commander, Saru! Well, he's at least the favorite alien for one of us. As such, Ruthie didn't care for this episode as much as I did, as she's not a big fan of his character and/or species, which she finds confusing. I understand that sentiment, as I was expecting more backstory on the prey aspects of his species, and his height, super speed, strength and especially his threat ganglia. I came up with a theory on how this evolved. His species was hunted, probably by the Ba'ul, but that Mirror Universe saying about scared Kelpiens make tough Kelpiens plays in here.

The hunt made Kelpiens less tasty, so a system evolved to make them live in a more idyllic surrounding, and that they didn't live with that fear their whole life. As I've said on the podcast many a time, I HATE the term "headcanon", so I'd prefer to consider this speculation and not anything that can be used as "gatekeeper" material. Speaking of an origin story, are we to believe that the reason why Saru's species are called Kelpiens because they eat and/or harvest kelp? Really? That's a little on the nose, don't you think?

Why did she take a shuttlecraft?

I was very pleasantly surprised to find out that Lieutenant Georgiou was the one that rescued Saru from Kaminar, and that totally fits the Saru/Georgiou/Burnham dynamic, and why he was so hurt that he didn't get to serve as the first officer under her. The appearance of Michelle Yeoh was very unexpected in any of these Short Treks, so I was very happy to see her. However, with that in mind, I did not understand part of that aspect of the story. Was there a reason why she took a shuttlecraft down to pick up Saru and not beam down to get him? This seems like the Prime Directive is under effect here, as the Kelpiens are not a warp-capable species, and we see Siranna see the shuttle as it leaves the planet, so this didn't make sense to me.

Fred's Images

As promised, I've included images Fred from The Netherlands sent us from his trip to Toronto last year, which showed scenes used in this Short Trek!

That's it for The Brightest Star!

So, that's it for this mini-episode! I loved it, but Ruthie just thought it was fine. We'll be back in the first or second week of January with the final Short Trek, which is titled The Escape Artist. Send in your feedback!

Links to us...

Looking for our RSS Feed? Not anymore! Want to participate? Star Trek: Discovery - Short Treks, Episode 2: Calypso

We're finally back! Ruthie and I are back with the Short Treks! We recorded episodes for the second episode covering one of the three so far released Short Treks on Tuesday, December 18th in back to back to back fashion. We will have one more coming in a few days! Calypso's story was by Sean Cochran and Pulitzer Prize award-winning writer Michael Chabon, who is also one of the executive producers of the new Jean-Luc Picard series, who also wrote the teleplay. It was directed by Olatunde Osunsanmi.

A Very Different Trek... Yet Very Trek Short Trek

This Short Trek gives you an idea of what might be possible within this type of story. We see no characters from Star Trek: Discovery, except for the USS Discovery itself. Instead, in a story similar to one in The Odyssey, we meet a new character, Craft, rescued by the sentient USS Discovery computer in the 33rd Century, or so it suggests. She calls herself Zora.

Zora wants to keep Craft there, a character we may never see again, but later realizes she has to release him so he can go home to his wife and child. It hints of an enemy called the V'Draysh. Many people, myself included, have speculated are The Federation. It was an interesting short, with many questions about how the ship got there, who ordered it there and how long it has been there. Why has it been undisturbed all this time, and how did Zora evolve? Perhaps it's later than the 33rd century? Maybe Discovery was sent there by Section 31? We may never know. The performances of Aldus Hodge and Annabelle Wallis, who played the voice of Zora were great, and both of us enjoyed this Short Trek very much!

That's it for Calypso!

So, that's it for this mini-episode! We'll be back in a few days with the next Short Trek, titled The Brightest Star.

Links to us...

STDP 021 – Short Treks Episode 1 – Runaway

Talk Through Media — Thu, 20 Dec 2018 09:36:19 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Short Treks, Episode 1: Runaway

We're finally back! Ruthie and I are back with the Short Treks! We recorded episodes for the first three Short Treks on Tuesday, December 18th in back to back to back fashion. We'll be releasing them a few days apart over the holidays, so you can have time to listen to each of them before you get the next one! This time, we have the first Short Trek, titled Runaway.

A Runaway favorite, if you love Tilly!

Who can REALLY have a bad thing to say about this Short Trek? It features our favorite cadet, now an ensign, Sylvia Tilly! Ruthie and I both say that Tilly is our favorite character, and Mary Wiseman shows why Tilly is a favorite for so many viewers!

Well, I did...

OK, I did have a bad thing to say about the Short Trek. I had one issue with the episode, and that is the Runaway herself, Po, and her Xahean species in general. I didn't have any problems with Yadira Guevara-Prip's performance, but the way the character changes over the course of 15 minutes was not believable to me. In fact, I really didn't like the episode because of it, on the first watch. On repeated watches, though, it became less of an issue, but it was still enough to take the rating down a couple of points. Listen to the episode for more. I also have a potential explanation for "the born at the same time as the planet" thing. Some might call that "head canon", but if you've ever listened to us, you KNOW how I feel about that term!

What's with Tilly's Mom?

I found it to be an odd choice that they showed Tilly's mom in the form of a hologram, but didn't show her face! Why did the producers and director decide to do that? Was Mimi Kuzyk, who played the character, just temporarily cast in that role, or is there some other reason for it? It was very weird and a bit off-putting.

That's it for Runaway!

So, that's it for this mini-episode! Ruthie loved this episode more than I did, but I still liked it a lot. We'll be back in the next few days with the next Short Trek, titled Calypso.

Links to us...

TWDTT 090 – Evolution (S9E8)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 02 Dec 2018 12:47:38 +0000

Talking Through Evolution

On this episode 90 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I discuss The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 8, which is titled Evolution. This was written by David Leslie Johnson-McGoldrick, and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. Mark loved this episode, but I didn't. Some choices were bothering me this time around.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you probably should stop now.

Surprising death... of the character and his jingle!!!

I am not afraid to admit that I enjoyed my Jesus jingle. I enjoyed it a lot more than the character, so now that he's gone in spectacular fashion, I am sad to see it go. Don't get me wrong. I am sad to see Jesus go, but he never lived up to his hype. He was just another character on the show. I know he was a much-loved character from the comic book, but in the show, he was underutilized. I never felt like I got to know him very well. He was always in the background. He went out in a great sequence, in a surprising turn. It's sad that he actually lived up to some of his potential in his last scene.

What happened? Would you please just tell us what happened???

We get more of this hinting that there's a big rift between Alexandria and the other communities. Strike that... Not between Alexandria, but Michonne and the other communities. Everyone is giving her the cold shoulder this episode: Tara, Enid, Dianne, and even Carol. Yes, they talk, but notice how they didn't hug? Whatever happened, I'm starting to feel manipulated, much like I did before we found out the fate of Madison in Season 4 of Fear. I just wish they would tell us what happened.

Too much teenage angst for a mid-season finale!

The trials and tribulations of Henry were things we had seen before, both from Fear S3E3 TEOTWAWKI when Alicia met with the kids of Broke Jaw Ranch, and TWD S5E12 Remember, with Carl meeting Enid and Ron, and then later with Aiden and Nicholas' walker plaything. I really didn't need to see this stuff in the mid-season finale. Instead of getting a lot more information about this Michonne vs. everyone else that keeps being hinted at, we get more of Henry. It's not that I don't think we should have seen that - it was a timing issue. It could have waited for the back half. Instead, we have 2 1/2 months to wait for any of that to be explained; I could have really used that to be explained a lot more, and I wasn't waiting for Henry's story or the other angsty teens. By the way, using cats as bait is not cool. That kid is a serial killer wanna-be!!!

Thankfully, ratings are up for Evolution...

This week, TWD got a 1.96 in the 18-49, with 5.089 million, up from 1.80 and 4.794 million last week. That's down from the two episodes previous to that, but some of that can be explained because of the long holiday. Charts below.

Talking Through Stradivarius

On this episode 89 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I discuss The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 7, which is titled Stradivarius. This was written by Vivian Tse, who is a new writer to the show, and directed by Michael Cudlitz, who I’m sure you all remember played Abraham. This season continues to be the best in years.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven’t watched this week’s episode, then you probably should stop now.

Daryl’s been searching… but won’t ever find what he’s looking for

It seems like Daryl has been out there, searching for Rick for the past six years, living alone, except for a new dog named Dog. It turns out that Daryl has the same X scar as Michonne does.

Speaking of Daryl and Michonne… and Maggie…

It was postulated that perhaps the rift between Michonne and Maggie could have been based upon Michonne finding out the circumstances behind why Rick was out there in the first place. If she found out that Daryl kept Rick out there to keep him away from Alexandria, and that Daryl’s actions were in part to blame for Rick’s purported death, then I could see there being a rift between Michonne and Maggie, and Daryl could have also been blamed. Maybe that’s why Daryl never went back to Alexandria, in addition to the guilt Daryl has. It doesn’t explain why they both have the same scar. I doubt that Maggie would have done that to them both.

The walkers are speaking now??? Or are they???

Continuing from the end of the last episode, we see Rosita being pursued by a herd of walkers that can speak. She somehow got separated from Eugene, and the episode ends with the search for Eugene, led by Dog!

Unfortunately, ratings have reached a new low…

This week, TWD only got a 1.80 in the 18-49, with 4.794 million, down from 2.02 and 5.396 million last week. The 1.80 marks the all-time low for ratings in the 18-49 demographic. There were two episodes lower in viewers in Season 1, but this episode isn’t far ahead of them. With the mid-season finale airing on the Sunday after Thanksgiving, it’s highly possible that next week’s ratings could go even lower, although I hope I am wrong. Charts below.

Leave us your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 9 Episode 8, titled Evolution, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 27, 2018. Check the Facebook group for any deadline changes, and that's one of the best ways to l

TWDTT 088 – Who Are You Now? (S9E6)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 16 Nov 2018 12:53:18 +0000

Talking Through Who Are You Now?

On this episode 88 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I discuss The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 6, which is titled Who Are You Now? This was written by Eddie Guzelian, and directed by Larry Teng.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you probably should stop now.

Did you notice changes in the credits?

I couldn't help but notice Andrew Lincoln and Lauren Cohan have been removed from the credits, with Norman Reedus now appearing first in the credits for the first time, Danai Gurira second, Melissa McBride third and Alanna Masterson fourth. Also, Khary Payton has been moved to the main credits for the first time.

It's six years later...

Speaking of the credits, there's nothing specifically mentioned in the story about Maggie, but we know some things happened after the last episode. We can only assume that she's not the person leading the Hilltop, but we cannot say who is, except that whoever is leading is a woman. I personally hope they fill in the gaps as far as where Maggie is and what happened to her in the next episode.

We see Michonne has a big scar on her back in the form of the letter X and might have been a branding scar, and we'd love a flashback to see what happened there. Various other people have new scars, hairstyles, and even personality changes. Gabriel and Rosita are a thing???

Eugene's now a badass and grew out his hair??? We also see some of the Saviors are now living in Alexandria. Others are marauders, as Carol and Henry discover. Carol shows once again that if you underestimate her, you might get burned! Rimshot!!! Daryl is living alone... and seems lost. Michonne's in Alexandria, but she's also lost, and talking to Rick. It is really sad, and I started to cry... and stopped in my tracks when I realized he's not dead or at least wasn't dead when they thought he died six years before. That undermines the emotional underpinnings of the story, but not fatally. This was a great episode in what's been the best season since Season 5 or 6.

Where... Are... They???

We see the walkers behaving in ways we've never seen before, including talking. Are they evolving, or is something else at hand? Well, we think this is not what it seems, but time will tell.

Ratings are about even from last week...

This week, TWD got a 2.02 in the 18-49, with 5.396 million, slightly down from the 2.07 last week, from 5.414 million. All things considered, that's a decent result. Charts below.

Submit your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 9 Episode 7, titled Stradivarius, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 20, 2018. Check the Facebook group for any deadline changes, and that's one of the best ways you can leave feedback!

Talking Through What Comes After!!!

On this (longest ever) episode 87 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I are joined by Mark's co-host on Panels to Pixels, Steve, as we talk through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 5, which is titled What Comes After. The teleplay was written by co-executive producer Matthew Negrete, based on a story by TWD Chief Creative Officer Scott M. Gimple & Matthew Negrete, and directed by executive producer Greg Nicotero. We all loved this episode, though we also admit that it has some faults.

SPOILER ALERT!!! SPOILER ALERT!!!

The rest of this blog post requires a SPOILER WARNING!!! If you haven't watched this week's episode, then you probably should stop now.

Visitations from departed friends... and one soon to be

A good portion of this episode is seen in hallucinations. Thankfully, we see three people he needs to see. The scene with Shane was priceless. Jon Bernthal was so good in this show in the first two seasons, and seeing Rick and Shane together again, even if only for a short minute, was great. The next hallucination was Hershel, played by the late Scott Wilson. This one really made me cry, both in the joy of seeing Hershel again, and sorrow over Scott Wilson's recent passing in real life. The third was Sasha. You could argue that Sasha's character was the only one that probably wasn't the first choice, but seeing Sonequa Martin-Green's character again probably hit me the hardest of all. I think that was mostly due to me being attached to because of her portrayal of Michael Burnham on Star Trek: Discovery. One could argue that one should have been Glenn, Abraham, or even Carl, but I think Sasha worked nonetheless. The last vision is with Michonne. I said soon to be, not because she is leaving, too, but because Rick is leaving, and Michonne will lose her partner.

Maggie vs. Negan!!!

Maggie reaches Alexandria, intent on killing Negan, but Michonne stops her. I thought this would be a standoff between them, but Maggie ultimately convinces Michonne to let her see Negan, despite knowing what would probably happen as a result. Maggie ultimately decides not to kill him, as that would give him the release he does not deserve.

How is he not dead?

Rick was bleeding throughout the episode, yet does not succumb to his injuries. The bridge explodes, and it seems that Rick somehow escapes without a scratch? How did that happen? He somehow survives both his rebar injury and the explosion and is taken via helicopter to who knows where.

These helicopter people!!!

We still don't know what an A or a B is, but we do know that Rick is a B. I guess we may not know more until the first TWD movie comes out.

Walking Dead: The Next Generation?

In the final scene, we see that there's been another time jump, as a new group of survivors being surrounded by walkers, only to be rescued by the 10-year-old Judith Grimes! This looks interesting, and we'll see where the story goes from here!

As expected, ratings are up...

As you can see from these rating and viewer charts, created by me, you'll see that ratings were up again, with 2.07 in the 18-49 demographic, slightly above the 1.95 from last week, and 5.414 million viewers, slightly up from 5.095 million last week. What ratings will do after this episode is anyone's guess. They could go up again, or take anothe

TWDTT 086 – The Obliged (S9E4)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 04 Nov 2018 09:05:03 +0000

Talking Through The Obliged!!!

On this episode 86 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 4, which is titled The Obliged. It was written by Geraldine Inoa, and this is her first IMDB credit, and directed by Rosemary Rodriguez. We both loved this one and are still happy with the direction the show is going this season. Except...

NO!!!! Only one episode left for our favorite character!!!

It's hard to believe, but next episode, we'll be discussing the final episode of Rick Grimes!!! I am really not looking forward to saying goodbye to my favorite character. I know I would have been really, really upset if they had killed off his character out of the blue, much like how I was upset with a couple of deaths in Fear the Walking Dead Season 4. That said, Rick Grimes IS The Walking Dead, much more than Madison or Nick WERE Fear, so Rick's death, assuming he dies, will be much more traumatic, even knowing about it.

Maggie's going to kill Negan???

It seems like Maggie is going to Alexandria to kill Negan. Will she succeed, and next week is a big fake out??? Is she going to decide not to kill him after she sees him? Will Michonne stop her? We know that this episode will focus on Rick, so we may not ultimately see what happens here, but I think we will see something, even if not a lot.

Michonne vs. Negan!!!

So, Negan's got a fixation with Lucille, doesn't he? He tries to make it sound like they are the same, but we know that is not the case. It was all just to get his bat Lucille. So where is that bat anyway? Do you believe her that they just left it out there, probably by that tree with the stained glass, or do they have it somewhere? To me, I hope they just threw it in a river or buried, or even burned it. I don't want him to ever get that bat back. I liked how Michonne needs to get her "workout" by killing walkers at night. To me, that's a job that's never done, and I think that's healthy for her to do.

Falling into a Hole...

There was some good drama between Rick and Daryl. Major kudos go to Angela Kang and how much of an improvement we've gotten in Daryl's character since she took the reigns from the Gimple! Still, the whole sinkhole was a bit contrived. Are we to believe that no walkers fell into it until then? I don't buy it. It was a minor contrivance in an otherwise good episode.

Jadis is definitely back... Anne + Jadis = Annis???

Again, with the Rube Goldberg walker contraptions? What's the point? So, do you think that she's gone with the helicopter, or is she still around? What's an A? If she's not bringing back Gabriel as an A, who will she take as her A? Could she take an injured Rick? Negan? Maggie? Someone else? What's a B?

Ratings are slightly up...

As you can see from these rating and viewer charts, created by me, you'll see that ratings were up a little bit, with 1.95 in the 18-49 demographic, slightly above the 1.93 from last week, and 5.095 million viewers, slightly up from 5.037 million last week. Ratings should go up the next episodes, for Rick's last episode, and the World Series is over now.

TWDTT 085 – Warning Signs (S9E3)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 26 Oct 2018 04:10:00 +0000

Talking Through Warning Signs!

On this episode 85 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle joins Mark and me, as we talk through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 3, which is titled Warning Signs. It was written by Corey Reed and directed by Dan Liu. We all loved this one and are still happy with the direction the show is going this season. Except...

NO!!!! Only two episodes left for our favorite character!!! Are these warning signs for the end of Rick???

It's hard to believe, but in just two episodes, we'll be discussing the final episode of Rick Grimes!!! I am not looking forward to saying goodbye to my favorite character, but I appreciate knowing he's leaving ahead of time. I know I would have been really, really upset if they had killed off his character out of the blue, much like how I was upset with a couple of deaths in Fear the Walking Dead Season 4. That said, Rick Grimes IS The Walking Dead, much more than Madison or Nick WERE Fear, so Rick's death, assuming he dies, will be much more traumatic, even knowing about it.

More Richonne Family!!!

It seems doomed, but Rick wants to expand the family and have a child with Michonne. While I would love for this to happen, knowing that Rick is not long for this show makes that very bittersweet. It would be great if Rick could live on in a son or daughter, but not getting to see them together is sad.

Oceanside's Vigilante Justice!!!

We learn at the end of the episode that it's the Oceanside that's been killing Saviors. Was Arat reformed? Did she deserve to die? In some ways, absolutely. In other ways, she appeared to be beyond her evil ways, but the Oceansiders had reasons for wanting her dead, like the rest of the Saviors involved in the deaths of their men and boys. Forcing warring factions to live together without a way for them to heal and get beyond the past is doomed to fail, and I think that's what we're seeing here. It's worth mentioning that we COMPLETELY missed that Maggie and Daryl were carrying the missing ethanol at the end of the episode, even AFTER playing Steve's message that mentions it. Oops! Note to self: Make sure you listen to voicemails BEFORE you play them!!!

Move over Anne... Jadis is back!!! A or B???

We learn more about the helicopter and see that it is tied to the trading of people. So Gabriel is not a B? What's a B? What's an A? Do I care? I think I do, actually. I personally thought the helicopter was from the Commonwealth... remember Georgie and the twins? However, it seems fairly clear I was wrong about that, and the helicopter belongs to another group entirely. I am disappointed in Anne's turn back to the dark side, but Gabriel should have known better. Still, I guess he had affection for her and was blinded (no pun intended) into thinking that his new girlfriend is, actually, a good person. Will Rick leave via the helicopter? We will know soon enough, but I think it's a strong possibility.

Ratings are even...

As you can see from these rating and viewer charts, created by me, you'll see that the 18-49 rating hit an all-new low at 1.93, slightly below 1.98 last week, but the total viewers were up a tad from 4.947 to 5.037 million viewers. Ratings should go up the next two episodes.

Talking Through The Bridge!

On this episode 84 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 2, which is titled The Bridge. It was written by David Leslie Johnson-McGoldrick and directed by Daisy von Scherler Mayer. We both loved this one and are happy about the direction the show is going so far.

Poor Aaron...

There's a great action sequence at the lumber camp, featuring the log rolling, a work accident, some great melee combat and Rick shooting the logs free and the awesome destruction unleashed as a result. Aaron's arm is gruesomely crushed, with flesh and bone showing. Enid is forced to think on her feet and do what she had no choice to do and amputate Aaron's arm, with Siddiq being back at home dealing with a bug that's hit Alexandria.

For me, this was one of the best sequences on the show in recent seasons, with outstanding special effects and makeup to make Aaron's injury so realistic. I was very impressed with these scenes, although some of the backstory was a little sketchy. Why would they put slacker Justin in charge of that second siren post? Did he get what he deserved at the end of the episode? I think so!

Love... Exciting and New! Friendships strained...

We saw some couples this episode, old and new. New couples Jerry and Nabila, Ezekiel and Carol, Anne and Gabriel, established couple (but new to us) Tammy Rose and Earl and, of course, staples Team Richonne! Were you surprised about Anne and Gabriel? Let's not forget the strained friendships of Rick and Daryl, Michonne and Maggie, and Maggie and Jesus (to a lesser extent). I look forward to how these develop - how many will survive?

Ratings are way down...

As you can see from these rating and viewer charts, created by me, you'll see that the 18-49 rating hit an all-new low at 1.98, and the 4.937 million is the lowest since S1E4 Vatos. It is normal for ratings for the second episode to be lower than the premiere, but the decline cannot be denied. To contrast, last week got a 2.49 in the 18-49 with 6.076 million viewers.

Get in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 9 Episode 3, titled Warning Signs, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 23, 2018. The best way to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Bridge!

If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, I mentioned a while back that you can donate credits to my Auphonic account, which I use to make these episodes

TWDTT 083 – A New Beginning (S9E1)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 12 Oct 2018 00:36:17 +0000

Talking Through A New Beginning!

On this episode 83 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through The Walking Dead Season 9 Episode 1, the season premiere, which is titled A New Beginning. It was written by executive producer/showrunner Angela Kang and directed by executive producer Greg Nicotero. Mark loved it, and I liked it a lot. I didn't have any major problems with it, except that it was a bit long and felt like a setup episode. It reminded me a lot of the Season 4 premiere, 30 Days Without an Accident. That said, I enjoyed this episode a lot more than most of what we had on Fear.

What will we do without Gregory? RHETORICAL, OK???

We see Gregory at his most despicable, bringing booze to an alcoholic at his lowest point, and conspiring to kill Maggie, while she is with baby Hershel, then attempt to kill her with a knife. I understand why Maggie executed Gregory, but she pulled a page from Negan by doing it, providing no due process, circumventing the democracy she was just elected to rule.

Ratings are way down...

As you can see from these rating and viewer charts, created by me, you'll see that the ratings and viewers are the worst since Season 1. Is it that people are leaving the show in droves, or are there other factors in play? Yes, viewers may not be returning, but there are several other reasons for a ratings decline. One is that AMC Premiere made the episode available a day early for subscribers of the service. Another is that it premiered a couple of weeks earlier than the last few seasons, so some may not have realized that the show was back. Another is that this trend is not isolated to The Walking Dead. Ratings are down, across the board. I do wonder if viewers will return with news of Andrew Lincoln's departure.

One point I want to clarify...

One of my weak sauces was how Tammy Rose shifting blame from Maggie. It felt like the writers were grinding the gears a bit, forcing that conversation to tell the story. I said that my reaction to that was to say "OK..." That might have sounded dismissive, or worse - sexist - but Tammy Rose's reaction to Maggie is completely understandable. I also buy her sentiment about the Saviors. It was the putting of those two things together that felt forced, not emotions that I didn't buy or the delivery. Connecting them together felt forced to me. If Earl had said the same things, I'd have the same reaction.

Get in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 9 Episode 2, titled "The Bridge", by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, Oc

FTWDTT 051 – …I Lose Myself (S4E16)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 07 Oct 2018 12:53:24 +0000

Talking Through ...I Lose Myself

On this episode 51 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Mark, and I talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 16, the season finale, which is titled ...I Lose Myself. It was written by executive producers/showrunners Andrew Chambliss and Ian Goldberg and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. This episode had some good parts to it, but the story holes were deep and vast! Great characters, actors, visuals and camera work, but bad writing! Compared to last season, this finale was nowhere near as good as last season's finale. Next week, we come back as The Walking Dead Talk Through!

Ratings were up for the finale...

Ratings for ...I Lose Myself were up from the previous week, with a 0.71 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.127 million viewers, up from last week's 0.66 and 2.033 million viewers.

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 9 Episode 1, titled "A New Beginning", by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 9, 2018. The best way to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to ...I Lose Myself!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts Talking Through I Lose People...

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Mark, and I talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 15, which is titled I Lose People… It was written by co-executive producer Kalinda Vazquez and directed by David Barrett. This was a pretty good episode! There were some cool stunts, nice story moments, and a few things we didn't like, but all in all, this one was probably the best of the second half so far.

Ratings are up...

I Lose People... got a 0.66 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.033 million viewers. up from 0.57 and 1.871 million viewers last week.

Get in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 4 Episode 16, titled "…I Lose Myself", by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 2, 2018. The best way to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to I Lose People!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

STDP 020 – Season 2 and Picard Show News Roundtable

Talk Through Media — Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:40:18 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 2 and Picard Show News Roundtable!

It's finally time for us to bring you our long-awaited Season 2 News and Picard Show Roundtable!!! Recorded on September 8th, Ruthie and I were joined by two past roundtable participants - Mark Des Cotes from Solo Talk Media, and Steve Brown of the Panels to Pixels Podcast, and two new participants - Mark Deal and Wes Huntington from The Minnesota Star Trek Nerd Podcast. We had some recording glitches during this episode, including some we didn't know about at the time. More on that later.

We start with the news...

We reacted to the former co-showrunners Gretchen J. Berg and Aaron Harberts being fired from the show for both budget concerns and abuse in the writers' room. We discussed the announcement of Alex Kurtzman becoming the new showrunner and James Duff later made an executive producer and probable next showrunner. Then, we reacted to the casting announcements of Anson Mount as Captain Christopher Pike, Rebecca Romijn as Number One, and, most recently, Ethan Peck as Spock.

Onto the trailer!!!

Most of us had seen the trailer (one exception... and you'll have to listen to find out who hasn't), but we talk about the trailer and our reactions to it. We also talk about what we would like to see in Season 2.

Jean-Luc Picard... Is Back!!!

After that, we then spend a good deal of time discussing last month's announcement at Star Trek Las Vegas that the next Star Trek series will be focused around Jean-Luc Picard. We reacted to that announcement; we dissected some of what Patrick Stewart said about the show is and isn't, and we speculated what the show will be about. What we think some of the other shows might be was also discussed.

We finally get to some undiscussed feedback!!!

Ruthie and I finally go through some feedback that came in after the end of the season. We recorded that feedback separately, so the other panelists do not participate during that section of the podcast.

We STILL didn't cover EVERYTHING...

The "Short Treks", four shorts covering short stories within the Star Trek: Discovery universe, were not covered in this roundtable. In hindsight, we probably should have. On September 20th, CBS announced that the first of these Short Treks - a Tilly story called Runaway - would be released on October 4th. This would be followed by shorts in November, December, and January. We will definitely be covering the Short Treks next time. A few days after we recorded, CBS CEO Les Moonves resigned amidst allegations of sexual harassment, and since he's been the driving force behind CBS All Access, I'm sure we will have more to say about this next time. We also didn't talk much about the existin

FTWDTT 049 – MM 54 (S4E14)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 20 Sep 2018 15:34:52 +0000

Talking Through MM 54!!!

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle's out this week, so Mark and I discuss Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 14, which is titled MM 54. It was written by supervising producer Anna Fishko & co-executive producer Shintaro Shimosawa and directed by Lou Diamond Phillips. We get to see some backstory on the "Filthy Woman", who we now know is named Martha, but a lot of the backstory seemed forced and we found certain holes in how she became the psychotic zombie-apocalypse serial killer she is now. Both too much AND too little time had passed in the cold open, and how I ultimately liked the last scene with her connecting to Morgan.

Ratings are up!

Ratings for MM 54 are up from the previous week in the total viewers. Fear the Walking Dead got a 0.57 in the 18-49, which is the same from last week, with 1.871 million viewers, which is up from 1.712 million last week.

That's it for MM 54!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 4 Episode 14, titled "I Lose People...", by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Wednesday, September 26, 2018. We're going to be recording a day later than normal next week, so you'll have an extra day to get in your feedback! The best way to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to MM 54!

If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, I mentioned a while back that you can donate credits to my Auphonic account, which I use to make these episodes sound so good! That link is https://auphonic.com/donate_credits?user=bmeloche. Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it helps others to find us!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Talking Through Blackjack!!!

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 13, which is titled Blackjack. It was written by executive producer and co-showrunner Ian Goldberg & writer Richard Naing directed by Sharat Naju. This was a polarizing episode. I thought it was the best episode this half-season, as did Mark, but Kyle did not like it very much. The "Filthy Woman", as she's called on Talking Dead, became much more of a villain against our people, showing her chaotic evil. We thought the characters worked better this time, but some parts of the story were pretty forced.

Ratings were up from last week!

Blackjack got a 0.57 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.712 million viewers, up from 0.48 and 1.521 million viewers last week. Charts below.

That's it for Blackjack!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 4 Episode 14, titled MM 54, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, September 18, 2018. The best way to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Blackjack!

If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, I mentioned a while back that you can donate credits to my Auphonic account, which I use to make these episodes sound so good! That link is https://auphonic.com/donate_credits?user=bmeloche. Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it helps others to find us!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

FTWDTT 047 – Weak (S4E12)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 06 Sep 2018 02:38:13 +0000

Talking Through Weak!!!

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 12, which is titled Weak. It was written by co-executive producer Kalinda Vazquez and directed by Colman Domingo, who plays Strand on this show, in his TV directorial debut. This was a well-acted and directed episode, with a few negatives. I liked it more than last week's episode, but there were some things I had to fault it for. We're not sure what makes the "Filthy Woman", as she's called in the credits, tick. She just seems to be a chaos agent. We're also seeing some characters are poorly developed. Althea is a self-defined "chick with layers", but we're not seeing those layers yet. She's pretty two dimensional. But if she's two dimensional, Jim is pretty one-dimensional. He's all beer, all the time!

Ratings are down a little...

Weak got a 0.61 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.827 million viewers, down slightly from last week's 0.63 and 1.855 million viewers. Charts below.

That's it for Weak!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 4 Episode 13, titled Blackjack, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, September 11, 2018. The best way to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Weak!

If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, I mentioned a while back that you can donate credits to my Auphonic account, which I use to make these episodes sound so good! That link is https://auphonic.com/donate_credits?user=bmeloche. Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it helps others to find us!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher

FTWDTT 046 – The Code (S4E11)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 30 Aug 2018 04:24:53 +0000

Talking Through The Code!!!

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 11, which is titled The Code. It was written by co-showrunner and executive producer Andrew Chambliss & staff writer Alex Delyle and directed by Tara Nicole Weyr. This was a well-acted episode, with interesting new characters, but beyond that, the episode falls apart. For me, the plot of this episode was one of the weakest of the series, and maybe the entire franchise. How does Morgan not wake up even once while the truck he is sleeping in is being driven from Texas to Mississippi??? Trust me, I recently drove a truck 1200 miles across several states, and there is no way Morgan could have slept through it without being drugged. What were these characters doing BEFORE they met Morgan? Were Sarah and Wendell driving a different truck? If they weren't transporting these boxes, how did they know all the routes? What about Jim? How was Jim going to become "rich" in the apocalypse if he never left the brewery? It goes on and on from there. Listen to the episode for more.

Ratings were down slightly...

Ratings for The Code were a 0.61 in the 18-49 demographic with 1.827 million viewers, down from last week's 0.63 and 1.855 million viewers. Charts below.

That's it for The Code!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 4 Episode 12, titled Weak, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, September 4, 2018. The best way to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Code!

I also took a few minutes to give an AMC Premiere update. It does not let you watch past seasons of shows, which really sucks. I continue to have authentication issues. Although I had downloaded a copy of this week's episode on my phone through the app, which I was planning to watch on my lunch break, the app wouldn't let me watch the episode because it wasn't authenticating. I don't know if the problem lies with Spectrum or AMC, but it led to a bad user experience.

Subscribe to us

Please remember to subscribe to us on Talking Through Close Your Eyes

On this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 10, which is titled Close Your Eyes. It was written by co-executive producer Shintaro Shimosawa and directed by co-executive producer Michael E. Satrazemis. This was a bottle episode, but a good one. It only featured two characters: Alicia and Charlie. Charlie became somewhat less annoying this episode, and Alycia Debnam-Carey got to shine with this episode. Compared to last week, this was definitely a better episode, but, for me, it wasn't outstanding. Though the acting was spot on, some of the dialog and scenes were a bit too on the nose. While the hurricane was definitely more believable this time around, there was one plot twist that I found a bit of a stretch.

Ratings are down...

Close Your Eyes got a 0.63 in the 18-49 with 1.855 million viewers, which is down from last week's 0.68 and 1.878 million viewers. Charts below.

That's it for Close Your Eyes!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 4 Episode 11, titled The Code, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, August 28, 2018. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Close Your Eyes!

I also took a few minutes at the end of our episode discussion to talk about my recent experiences with AMC Premiere. When it works, it's not bad. You get to watch shows commercial-free, there is additional content available to Premiere subscribers, and I enjoyed my first week. I was able to sign up using a $5 credit I had from Google Play, so it's like having a free month. However, there were a few issues that make me fall short of recommending it right now. Listen to the episode for more.

If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, I mentioned how you can donate credits to Brian's Auphonic account, which he uses to make these episodes sound so good! That link is https://auphonic.com/donate_credits?user=bmeloche. Please remember to subscribe to us in Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! Thanks

FTWDTT 044 – People Like Us (S4E9)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 17 Aug 2018 00:24:40 +0000

Talking Through People Like Us

We are back! Fear the Walking Dead Through is back with an analysis of Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 9, which is titled People Like Us. It was written by supervising producer Anna Fishko and directed by Magnus Martens. The story of the mid-season premiere, itself, was decent. The special effects, on the other hand, were among the worst we have seen in the franchise. Of course, we were warned, but there's nothing like the actual episode to bring out more detail.

Ratings were down...

People Like Us got a 0.68 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.878 million viewers, which is down from the mid-season finale's 0.73 and 2.320 million viewers. Charts below.

That's it for People Like Us!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 4 Episode 10, titled Close Your Eyes, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, August 21, 2018. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to People Like Us!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts

TWDTT 082 – Comic-Con, Other News and Brian Rants!

Talk Through Media — Wed, 01 Aug 2018 04:03:46 +0000

Brian is back in the saddle again, with Mark and Kyle to discuss all the news, trailers, past discussions of The Walking Dead and Fear The Walking Dead that came out of Comic-Con this year.

As you may remember, Brian missed the last two episodes, discussing Season 4 Episode 7 and Season 4 Episode 8 as he was moving to Florida.

Brian gives us his thoughts (Rants) about the mid-season finale of Fear the Walking Dead as well as discussions of all our thoughts about everything we saw and predictions from the trailers about the coming of Season 9 of the Walking Dead and the back half of Season 4 of Fear the Walking Dead. So strap yourself in, prepare for the Walkernado, and join in our whisperings of this jammed packed episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Episode 82. Comic-Con, Other News and Brian Rants!

Don't Forget the Mid-Season Return of Episode 9 is August 12th, so the deadline is...

Please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, August 14, 2018. We will be discussing the Season 4b premiere of Fear the Walking Dead Episode 9. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Comic-Con, Other News and Brian Rants!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

FTWDTT 043 – No One’s Gone (S4E8)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 18 Jun 2018 01:53:59 +0000

Talking Through No One's Gone!!!

Hey Survivors! WOW! What an episode. It sent shockwaves throughout the Walking Dead universe. Brian, as you may know, is in the process of moving to Florida and we thought he could join us for the finale, but was unable to. So we will have a special episode during the break where we can get all of his insights about this heart-wrenching episode. So Mark and I, with our viewers feedback, pop in a tape in Althea's camera and record our thoughts about the Past, Present, and Future of Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 8, No One's Gone.

Ratings were up...

No One's Gone got a 0.73 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.320 million viewers. That's up from last week's 0.60 and 1.971 million viewers.

Don't Forget the Mid-Season Return of Episode 9 is August 12th, so the deadline is...

Please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, August 14, 2018. We will be discussing the Season 4b premiere of Fear the Walking Dead Episode 9.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to No One's Gone!

If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, I mentioned how you can donate credits to my Auphonic account, which I use to make these episodes sound so good! That link is https://auphonic.com/donate_credits?user=bmeloche. Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts Talking Through The Wrong Side of Where You Are Now!!!

Hey Survivors! Brian was busy preparing to move to Florida on the night we recorded, so he wasn’t able to join us for this episode. So for this episode Mark and I take the reigns. We take your feedback, mixed in some of ours, and with a little helping of black sludge, we strike a match and set the discussion ablaze. Still so many unanswered questions with this episode (Madison) but we have the Mid-Season finale next and they better not Gimple us with a flaming dumpster. Join us as we discuss Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 7, The Wrong Side of Where You Are Now.

Ratings are down...

The Wrong Side of Where You Are Now got a 0.60 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.971 million viewers, which is down 0.82 18-49 with 2.306 million viewers last episode, which aired on May 20th.

Don't Forget the Mid-Season deadline is...

Please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, June 12, 2018. We will be discussing Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 8, titled No One's Gone. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Wrong Side of Where You Are Now!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts Talking Through Just In Case!!!

On episode 41 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and I are joined again by TWDTT co-host Mark, as we talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 6, titled Just in Case. Just in Case was written by Richard Naing, and directed by Daisy von Scherler Mayer. So much to talk about. I think we all had an OMG moment with this episode. But I think we can all agree we will not let that happen. We take your feedback and we discuss this confusing but informative episode of Fear The Walking Dead. Mark wasn't supposed to to be with us this time but he made it. So we have a lot to talk about and happy he was with us for this one.

Ratings were down...

Just in Case got a 0.82 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.320 million viewers, down from 0.85 and 2.464 million viewers last week.

Holiday Break!!! So the next deadline is...

Please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, June 5, 2018. We will be discussing Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 7, titled The Wrong Side of Where You Are Now. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Just in Case!

If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, I mentioned how you can donate credits to my Auphonic account, which I use to make these episodes sound so good! That link is https://auphonic.com/donate_credits?user=bmeloche. We have the best listeners in all of podcasting! Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher Talking Through Laura!!!

On episode 40 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and I are joined again by TWDTT co-host Mark, as we talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 5, titled Laura. Laura was written by Anna Fishko, and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis. Forgive us for being late this week, but I was not available to edit the episode like I normally do.

Billy Bass alarm clocks!

Kyle and Mark both had reservations and suspicions about John, but they do no longer! They have joined me for being members of the John Dorie Fan Club! Anyone who has a Billy Bass alarm clock can't be a bad guy! How can you not love John? I want to BE John. I just hope that Naomi's not dead after all and that he will meet up with her in the end.

Laura, what's your story?

Why Laura/Naomi didn't stay with John at the end is beyond me, but at least she said consistently from first arriving until she left that she would be leaving. That's why I haven't gone completely ballistic over her. I don't understand why she won't stay, what she has to get back to, and, if she HAD to get back, why didn't she take John with her? I definitely hope we will get an answer soon. She reminds me of a couple of past girlfriends a little too much.

What's the Laura consensus?

We all loved it! What else can be said?

Ratings are pretty even...

S4E5 Laura got a 0.85 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.464 million viewers, only slightly off versus 0.85 and 2.485 million last week.

Regular Feedback Deadline!!!

Please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, May 22, 2018. We will be discussing Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 6, titled Just in Case. We may finally know what happened at the diamond. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Laura!

I mentioned on this week's podcast that I might not be on next week, but since we recorded, I can now tell you that I will be on next week. However, Mark will not be, so it'll just be Kyle and me. If you want to help pay for the editing of this and other podcasts, I mentioned how you can donate credits to my Auphonic account, which I use to make these episodes sound so good! That link is https://auphonic.com/donate_credits?user=bmeloche. Thanks to all who have contributed so far! We have the best listeners in all of podcasting! Please remember to s

FTWDTT 039 – Buried (S4E4)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 12 May 2018 12:55:58 +0000

Talking Through Buried!!!

On episode 39 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and I are joined again by TWDTT co-host Mark, as we talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 4, titled Buried. Buried was written by staff writer Alex Delyle, and directed by Magnus Martens.

Hope from before brings sadness now...

If anything was buried with the weapons at the end of the episode, it was hope. This episode oozed sadness from every pore. The surprise death of Nick in last week's episode played heavy on the passengers of the MREP (Althea's SWAT vehicle), as the old remaining crew of Alicia, Strand and Luciana recount the stories of how, on one day, they all decided to stay at the Diamond and dig in for the long haul instead of leaving.

Apparently, they believe those decisions to stay cost Nick his life, although I would counter that argument, saying that they could have left and Nick could have died anyway, possibly even the same way. Plus, if they had left, how do they know that they would have ended up any better? I want to know how staying backfired so badly, but I suspect that we may not know that for a few weeks longer. We see Strand may be trying to be the better man, but Strand shows that, deep down, he's always looking out for himself. Luciana blames herself for turning to the wrong page in that atlas that changed their thinking and they try to replant instead. Alicia thinks about convincing her mom to leave at Naomi's advice but convinces Naomi to stay and build an infirmary instead.

Naomi = Laura!

Speaking of Naomi, I predicted it, and I was right! Naomi IS Laura. Naomi had the matching six-shooter that John was looking for. Now, is her real name Naomi, Laura, or, like I say during the episode, some other 5-letter woman's name? Who knows? We think we are going to learn that story next episode.

Kyle and Mark think that John has a dark side, and may even be a bad guy. I think they are misjudging John, at least in part by past characters that Garret Dillahunt has played over the years. John's a good man, and I believe we will see that play out. I don't want to see him do a heel turn. We don't need him to be a bad guy. We talked about John being simple, but that doesn't mean he's dumb. That only means that John has a way to get down to what really matters and doesn't overcomplicate things. We'll see who's right going forward. By contrast, Naomi/Laura is a character that seems deeply troubled. Like Glynis said in her feedback, she appears to be one of those people who bolts at the first sign of trouble. I think we'll find out that she's still alive, though I really want to know why they think she's dead. She may be dead, but like with Madison, I doubt it. But where is she, and what happened at the Diamond? Only time will tell.

What's the Buried consensus?

Buried was another good episode, though maybe not as good as the last one or the season premiere. Feedback on this episode is positive, although not overwhelmingly so.

Ratings are down...

S4E4 Buried got a 0.85 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.485 million viewers, which is down from 0.97 and 2.708 million viewers last week.

Talking Through Good Out Here!!!

On episode 38 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, it's just Kyle and me this time, as we talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 3, titled Good Out Here. Good Out Here was written by co-executive producer Shintaro Shimosawa, and directed by Dan Liu.

SPOILER ALERT!!!

Do not read any further if you have not watched this episode! I mean it! OK... here it goes... We lost Nick this week!!! NICK!!! NICK??? It was a shocking ending that you couldn't have seen coming. It was a great episode before the ending, but the ending solidified this episode as one of the best Fear the Walking Dead episodes to date, if not the best. Where do we go from here, and where is Madison? If she's still alive, how's she going to take the news? I missed reacting to it in Lara's voicemail, but could Madison kill Charlie out of vengeance? So many of Madison's actions have been to protect or find Nick. Then again, is Madison still alive? I know I had speculated she was dead last week, but I'm now finding it difficult to conceive of a show where they kill both Nick and Madison off. Who would lead the show after that? I see no good candidates that will ultimately work in that role.

What's the Good Out Here consensus?

Like the first two episodes, the feedback on this episode is overwhelmingly positive, though not unanimous. Most people seem to like where the show is going but are floored by the death of Nick. I thought this was the best episode of the series.

Ratings are down

Ratings for Good Out Here were 0.97 in the 18-49 demographic with 2.708 million viewers, down from last week's 1.09 and 3.066 million viewers.

Regular Feedback Deadline!!!

Please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, May 8, 2018. We will be discussing Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 4, titled Buried. One of the best ways to send in your feedback is through our Facebook group!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Good Out Here!

We have the best listeners in all of podcasting! Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us o

FTWDTT 037 – Another Day in the Diamond (S4E2)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 26 Apr 2018 11:18:57 +0000

Talking Through Another Day in the Diamond!!!

On episode 37 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle and I are joined by special guest co-host Mark from The Walking Dead Talk Through and guest host Lara to talk through Fear the Walking Dead Season 4 Episode 2, titled Another Day in the Diamond. Another Day in the Diamond was written by Andrew Chambliss & Ian Goldberg, the co-showrunners, and directed by veteran TWD director and now co-executive producer of Fear the Walking Dead, Michael E. Satrazemis.

What's the Another Day in the Diamond consensus?

Like last week, the feedback on this episode is overwhelmingly positive. Most people seem to like where the show is going. I was slightly milder in my impressions of the episode versus the rest of us.

Ratings are down

Another Day in the Diamond got a 1.09 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.066 million viewers, which is down from last week's 1.63 and 4.060 million viewers. Last week was boosted from the crossover event, so it was bound to come down from that level.

Regular Feedback Deadline!!!

Please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, May 1, 2018. We will be discussing Fear the Walking Dead episode, S4E3, titled Good Out Here.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Another Day in the Diamond!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher Po

TWDTT 081 – Wrath (S8E16) Feedback

Talk Through Media — Tue, 24 Apr 2018 08:23:16 +0000

Wrath Feedback!!!

For this special feedback only episode 81 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark, Kyle and I give your Wrath feedback, which is Season 8, Episode 16 of The Walking Dead. We talk a little about Gimple and Kirkman interviews, and then give the Nielsen ratings for the episode, which are up, but down from previous finales, as we kind of expected.

Wrath was written by Scott M. Gimple & Angela Kang & Matthew Negrete, and directed by Greg Nicotero.

This is a part of our big coverage of Survivor Sunday. You can check out our roundtable episode for Wrath, and our roundtable and feedback episodes for What's Your Story, the Fear the Walking Dead portion of this mega event!

What's the Wrath feedback consensus?

The feedback on this episode is mostly positive. People are happy to see the end of All Out War. Some people are angered about Negan surviving, while others don't know what to make of that Hilltop conversation near the end of the episode.

Ratings

Early Feedback Deadline!!!

We are recording on Monday night next week, so please leave your feedback by 7 PM Eastern/6 PM Central on Monday, April 23, 2018. We will be discussing Fear the Walking Dead episode, S4E2, titled Another Day in the Diamond.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Wrath Feedback!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts What's Your Story Feedback!!!

For this special feedback only episode 36 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, Mark and I give you the What's Your Story feedback, which is Season 4, Episode 1 of Fear the Walking Dead, which is titled What's Your Story? We also have some Survivor Sunday feedback, as well as Nielsen ratings for the episode. What's Your Story? was written by Scott M. Gimple & Andrew Chambliss & Ian B. Goldberg, and directed by John Polson. This is our second episode on What's Your Story. You can find our first here. You can also check out our coverage of the TWD side of Survivor Sunday with roundtable and feedback episodes on S8E16 of The Walking Dead, titled Wrath.

What's the What's Your Story feedback consensus?

The feedback on this episode is overwhelmingly positive. People enjoyed Morgan and the new characters John Dorie and Althea, as did we on the previous episode.

Ratings

Early Feedback Deadline!!!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to What's Your Story Feedback!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts Talking Through What's Your Story?

On this very special roundtable episode number 35 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, we talk through Season 4, Episode 1 of The Walking Dead, which is titled What's Your Story? Mark, my TWDTT co-host and I are joined by Kristin, who also was able to participate in the Season 8 finale roundtable (TWDTT #80 on the feed) earlier this week, and Malika, who was a guest host on TWDTT #67. Unfortunately, my co-host for Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, Kyle, tried but was tied up and could not participate. He returned for the feedback episodes, though, that you'll hear in the next couple of days. What's Your Story? was written by Scott M. Gimple & Andrew Chambliss & Ian B. Goldberg, and directed by John Polson.

The Big Survival Sunday Crossover!!!

This was the big crossover episode that we've been expecting for months since this was first announced. This story tells the story of Morgan's journey to Texas after All Out War, and meeting gunslinger John Dorie and later journalist turned badass Althea. We also see a few of our beloved characters from The Walking Dead take part in the story: Rick, Carol, and Jesus. We all really enjoyed this first episode in the new era of Fear, and can't wait for the next episode.

A few more episodes are still coming your way!

We will be releasing two feedback episodes in the coming days that were recorded Thursday night, one for The Walking Dead season finale, and one for this episode. You can find the feedback episode for What's Your Story, feedback for the TWD season finale, and the TWD season finale roundtable.

Ratings were up!

Ratings were up considerably from the last season finale. Fear got a 1.63 in the 18-49 demographic, with 4.090 million viewers. That's up from 0.80 and 2.230 million viewers last year.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to What's Your Story?

apple podcasts

TWDTT 080 – Wrath (S8E16) Roundtable

Talk Through Media — Wed, 18 Apr 2018 22:37:29 +0000

On this very special roundtable episode number 80 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we talk through Season 8, Episode 16 of The Walking Dead, which is titled Wrath. For this Wrath roundtable, we are joined again by Kristin and Rima. Kristin is the host of House Podcastica, which covers Game of Thrones. Rima's the co-host of Legion 'Cast, which covers Legion, and Strange Indeed podcast, which covers Stranger Things among other series. Both podcasts are on the Podcastica network.

The episode Wrath was written by Scott M. Gimple & Angela Kang & Matthew Negrete, and directed by Greg Nicotero.

Lots more episodes are coming your way!

We will be covering the Season 4 premiere of Fear the Walking Dead in the next episode. We do NOT cover your feedback in this episode, but we will be recording a feedback episode Thursday night. We'll also record a feedback episode for Fear the same night.

You Can Still Get in Feedback!!!

Because of the format change, we are still accepting feedback for this episode, as well as S4E1 of Fear the Walking Dead and the Survival Sunday at the theater (US only). Please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Thursday, April 19, 2018.

For next week's Fear the Walking Dead episode, S4E2, titled Another Day in the Diamond, we are recording the episode on Monday night again, so please get in your feedback by 7PM Eastern/6PM Central on Monday, April 23, 2018.

Ratings are up for Survivor Sunday!

Ratings for Wrath were up. It got a 3.41 in the 18-49 demographic, with 7.916 million viewers, which is up from last week's 2.81 and 6.665 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to this Wrath Roundtable...

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankin

STDP 019 – Season 1 Roundtable

Talk Through Media — Thu, 12 Apr 2018 11:39:20 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 1 Roundtable!

It's finally time for us to bring you our long-awaited Season 1 Roundtable!!! Recorded on March 30th, Ruthie and I were joined by my former co-host Adam, of The Nerfherder Council Podcast and Steve of the Panels to Pixels Podcast. Unfortunately, our stellar feedback contributor Mark, from Solo Talk Media, was sick on this night. Steve was able to fill the fourth seat, on short notice, and he was great! We also learn about his... well... let's say Steve REALLY loves Denise Crosby! :-)

Starting with the season as a whole...

We had some discussion as to whether the serialized format of the show led to us not being able to highlight specific episodes. We had a split vote.

The Mirror Universe!

When we had our first roundtable, we hadn't gone to the Mirror Universe yet, so we talk about the Mirror Universe in detail, and its impact on the season.

You can't talk about the Mirror Universe without talking about Lorca!!!

Jason Isaacs was incredible in the role of Captain Gabriel Lorca, a Federation Captain with a different way of doing things. Many were complaining that he did not act like a Starfleet captain. We later learn why... he's from the Mirror Universe!

Mirror Georgiou is an interesting character...

The Mirror Georgiou, former emperor of the Terran Empire, now stranded in the Prime Universe, we all agreed is a very interesting character, and we hope that we'll get to see a lot of her next season. If you haven't seen it yet, check out the bonus scene that was shown at WonderCon a few weeks ago, with Georgiou and a representative from an organization you may have heard of! I said the last episode that I wondered if Georgiou would become an agent of Section 31, or running the whole thing. After watching that scene, it seems that I may have been right!

Yeah, Tyler, Voq, the Klingons in general and the war...

We're all a bit underwhelmed by the Tyler/Voq story and how little we got to see of the war. Of course, we can't go an episode without talking about how much we dislike the Klingons... big shock there.

All the rest

We go a long way into this episode before we really talk much about Burnham at all. Tilly's character we all love, and we also discuss Saru and Stamets. We hope to see more of the bridge crew next season, which is why I picked this image for the episode!

NCC-17...

We had this roundtable before the recent announcement of Anson Mount taking the role of Captain Pike of the Enterprise in Season 2. We still wonder who will take the Discovery's captain's chair. It could be Pike's Number One (as seen in the TOS pilot episode The Cage), Saru, or someone else, even a not dead Prime Lorca. We'll still have to guess. We still wonder how much the Enterprise will play into Season 2, as well as how well the show will fit into canon. So that's it... and remember to pour one out to Lieutenant Yar for Steve! :-)

I could use your help...

We last talk about whether or not we are dropping CBS All Access. The vote was 2 dropping, 1 keeping, and 1 abstention. Unfortunately, though I would love to k

TWDTT 079 – Worth (S8E15)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 11 Apr 2018 01:05:46 +0000

Talking Through Worth

On this episode number 79 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through Season 8, Episode 15 of The Walking Dead, which is titled Worth. This episode was written by David Leslie Johnson-McGoldrick & Corey Reed, and directed by Michael Slovis.

Bye Bye Simon!

This episode was good but not as good as some of the others in the second half. It did bring an end to one of the most interesting characters on this show, and certainly of the Saviors: Simon. A lot of people will miss Simon, myself included.

Negan's Plan...

I really enjoyed how Negan played Simon and Dwight, although Mark was less impressed. For me, I knew that Negan had some tricks up his sleeve based on the end of the episode, so I was expecting there to be shenanigans. I couldn't help but notice that Negan, by the end, was committed to following the same course of action as Simon wanted to follow.

Rick, you finally read the letter!!!

Rick finally read Carl's letter. It was about time. I wonder if any of it will sink in. I liked the Chandler Riggs reading, as I expected him to do. I enjoyed Michonne reading Carl's letter to Negan to him. Like Rick, he couldn't hear it. In the end, I think that good guy/bad guy reversal last week was transient, and I think both characters will go back to their usual places.

I can't Oh Eugene him anymore...

Eugene has gone past redemption at this point. I think he's fully committed to Negan in a way that is more despicable than in the past. I just want him dead!

Dwighty Boy, you are in trouble!

It took all episode, but it is finally revealed that Laura was, in fact, the person Negan picked up at the end of last week's episode. It all made sense, and I enjoyed Negan's long play in this episode, but Mark didn't. He thought it was a bit contrived. Dwight's in trouble. It's interesting that Negan didn't kill Dwight like he did Simon, but as he says, people are a resource. I guess Simon had gone past reform.

Ratings are up!

Worth got a 2.81 in the 18-49 demographic, with 6.665 million viewers, up from last week's 2.63 and 6.295 million viewers.

Regular Deadline... For Now

Next week, we'll be covering S8E16, titled Wrath, and S4E1 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled What's Your Story? We are doing a special two-part roundtable episode next week, so we may not cover feedback

TWDTT 078 – Still Gotta Mean Something (S8E14)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 06 Apr 2018 23:44:59 +0000

Talking Through Still Gotta Mean Something

On this episode number 78 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through Season 8, Episode 14 of The Walking Dead, which is titled Still Gotta Mean Something. This episode was written by Eddie Guzelian, and directed by Michael E. Satrazemis.

Action and Heart!

This was another great episode. This had action, but it also had character moments.

You KNOW what it is!!! Don't you???

Morgan is haunted by those words again, from the ghost of troubled kid Henry… except that Henry wasn't dead after all. He went out there to kill those Savior escapees. Boy, that Jared death was both gruesome, and satisfying! If any character deserved to die, it was Jared.

Hero Carol!

Carol, after going her separate ways with Morgan, finds Henry, under a tree that looked suspiciously just like the tree Sophia was supposed to hide underway back in Season 2. It was the same tree, by the way, in real life, though they are far away from the suburban Atlanta that the characters were back then. What if Carol found Sophia back then? She definitely was a different character in Season 2. I thought that was a good tie in, as we see other tie-ins to past episodes and seasons elsewhere in this episode. Carol is a lot of things but a coward is not one of them.

Read the darn letter, Rick!!!

Rick, on the other hand, uses the words of Alden, and things he's said back in S2E8 Nebraska, S4E8 Too Far Gone, and S7E3 Monsters, to entice the Savior escapees to return with them to The Hilltop, but he had other plans. It seems that several of them are lured in, help Rick and Morgan escape, and one of them even kills a walker that was about to get Rick. By the way, I forgot to mention it on the podcast, but I noticed one of the escapees actually called them walkers, so I think they were genuinely interested in coming back to The Hilltop.

However, Rick was lying the whole time, and never intended on doing anything but killing them. I know Carl had other ideas, and really, this is the first time in a long while where I had to question Rick's intentions. More on that below. Rick gives the hatchet to the guy that saved him just seconds before. I thought the moment after, when Rick asked Morgan why he saved him back in King County, was a little forced and didn't seem like something the characters would have discussed at that time, had Morgan been staying on TWD. I understood why it was there, but would have appreciated a more natural scene for it.

Jadis and Negan, sitting in a dump...

The scenes with Jadis during and after the massacre were very interesting, but I had an issue with that slip. That didn't look like it would fit under that coat, plus she had pants on! I don't know why it was important to have her in that slip… though it shows off Pollyanna McIntosh. Judging her by her appearance on Talking Dead really cleans up well. Really well. I find myself actually CARING for her now, and she was a character I couldn't stand just a few short weeks ago. Damn you, writers!!!

What was more interesting was the interaction between Jadis and Negan. Negan, strangely, felt more human in this episode than Rick did. The lines have finally blurred some for me. I don't appreciate how he's shaped the world according to HIS plan, but he actually shows genuine concern for Jadis, though he spoils it some by saying she can have it all back. When you talk about people being a resource, you disassociate them from who they really are: People. You

TWDTT 077 – Do Not Send Us Astray (S8E13)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 30 Mar 2018 21:43:02 +0000

Talking Through Do Not Send Us Astray

On this episode number 77 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through Season 8, Episode 13 of The Walking Dead, which is titled Do Not Send Us Astray. This episode was written by co-executive producers Angela Kang and Matthew Negrete, and directed by Jeffrey F. January. As you may know, Kang will be taking over as showrunner for The Walking Dead next season.

Action!

This episode gives us some great action, in what I called the best Act 1 ever! I loved it, and this, by far, made me love the episode.

Poor Tobin...

Unfortunately, things go wrong after that. The Saviors use some shady tactics to taint the weapons according to Negan's plan, even though he wasn't in the episode. After the battle, people turn. One of them is long-time Alexandria resident and former boyfriend to Carol, Tobin. I am sad to see Tobin, but I will say that he made a SCARY walker!!! He's so big that his size overpowered people, and fresh zombies are much more scary, in general than ones that have been around since the start and are falling apart.

Stay out of trouble, Carl... I mean, Henry!!!

That kid… Why oh why would he open the gate? He was told that Gavin killed his brother Ben, but I guess he couldn't accept that. Jerkface Jared and most of the other imprisoned Saviors, along with Gregory, escape, and Henry is nowhere to be found. That darn kid!!!

You KNOW what it is!!! Don't you???

I couldn't write this blog post without addressing the dead Gavin haunting Morgan. I have probably said this 50 times since then!!! So, what is it? I speculated that "you were supposed to" goes back to Morgan not killing his wife Jenny and zombie Jenny killing his son Duane. Could "you know what it is" be Morgan's cowardice? Do you have any thoughts?

Retcon!!!

We have to address the success of the Negan tactic because it doesn't match what we have seen before. Since this is a tactic that comes from the comic, we know that it also succeeded there, so what do we make of this? Do we accept it? Well, yes, but not without some concerns. I suggested on the podcast that this restores the INTENTION to make the zombie guts infectious that comes from the comic, but since we have seen several times where bloody knives have cut our heroes, and they've worn the guts both on this show and Fear, to no effect. What happened to Gabriel earlier this season, and this event changes how tainted weapons affect people.

To me, this could have EASILY been handled!!! A simple line from one of our people would have made it a lot less problematic, like, "This never happened before. You were cut with that knife and you didn't die. Why now?" See what I mean??? Wouldn't that have made all the difference? Instead, they ignore it. I worry that we're going to keep seeing things like this come up when Angela Kang takes over in Season 9. It's the little details that mean everything!!!

Ratings were up!

Do Not Send Us Astray got a 2.95 in the 18-49 demographic, with 6.774 million viewers. This is up from 2.83 and 6.663 million viewers last week.

Talking Through The Key

On this episode number 76 of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through Season 8, Episode 12 of The Walking Dead, which is titled The Key. This episode was written by co-executive producers Channing Powell and Corey Reed, and directed by executive producer Greg Nicotero.

Car chase!

This episode brings us something seldom used on TWD but a staple for action movies, a good old-fashioned car chase! Rick went after Negan and nearly got him. What ensues is part action, part dialog, and part predictable story. Yeah, in episode 12, we knew that neither Rick nor Negan would die or get seriously hurt in this confrontation, but it was entertaining and tense.

Simon and Dwight

You would normally expect Simon to search for Negan but he doesn't. Simon tries to feel out Dwight. Dwight doesn't realize until the end that the prospect of The Saviors led by Simon may be far worse than Negan.

Georgie and the Mystery Machine!!!

Georgie, Hilda, and Madge. At first, I thought they were from Oceanside. This encounter and the information it brought was definitely not expected, but I suspect this will set us up for Season 9 or 10, and a possible time jump.

Ratings are up a bit

The Key got a 2.83 in the 18-49 demographic, with 6.663 million viewers. This is up from 2.80 and 6.604 million viewers last week.

Tuesday Deadline

For S8E13, titled Do Not Send Us Astray, please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, March 27th, 2018.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Key!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Talking Through Dead or Alive Or

On this episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Mark and I talk through Season 8, Episode 11 of The Walking Dead, which is titled Dead or Alive Or.

Another doctor bites the dust!

We see the journey of Father Gabriel and The Hilltop's Dr. Carson try to get back to The Hilltop, and though it seemed like God might be guiding them, they not only end up not succeeding, but Carson is killed in a failed attempt to escape. Dr. Carson is the latest in a long line of doctors/medical professionals who have died on The Walking Dead.

Jenner, Dr. S (from the prison - I forgot about him during the recording), Hershel, Bob, "Porch Dick", Denise, Dr. Carson's brother, and now, Dr. Carson himself. We still have a doctor from The Kingdom we haven't met, and Siddiq, a former resident, and that means he IS a doctor, and you will hear a rant about that during the episode about several podcasts that got this point wrong this week, so I'm guessing at least one of them won't survive the season. I felt bad for Gabriel, ending up with Eugene (who is a bit of a jerk this episode). Will he die? Will he get back his eyesight? He just continues to screw things up, though I would have to put this one on Carson, for doing such a dumb thing. As a doctor, he is a most valuable person to have around, yet like Denise, he does such a dumb thing, a lot dumber than Denise did.

Tara and Dwight

Exactly how much time has passed since the beginning of Season 6? Maggie's still not showing yet. How long has it been since Dwight killed Denise? I know Tara has every right to be mad at Dwight and not want to work with him, but her behavior is a bit out of character. It also makes her a hypocrite, when you consider that she stood beside The Governor when he killed Hershel. Dwight shows he is working with our group, but then has to go back to Negan.

Finally, a tear...

I intentionally picked the Enid picture because this was the moment that finally got me to shed a tear for Carl. That was a heartbreaking moment to watch, seeing joy turn into sorrow.

Audio Problems improved...

I was able to improve on the reverb in this episode, but it's still not quite up to the sound quality at the old place. I'll keep working on it.

Ratings are down...

Dead or Alive Or got a 2.80 in the 18-49 demographic, with 6.604 million viewers, which is down from 2.86 and 6.820 million viewers last week.

Going back to Tuesdays

Mark and I have decided to go back to Tuesdays for recording since it seems to make it easier for listeners to submit feedback. Therefore, for S8E12 titled Talking Through The Lost and the Plunderers

On this episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Season 8, Episode 10 of The Walking Dead, which is titled The Lost and the Plunderers.

Audio Problems this episode...

This week's episode is not up to our normal audio quality. This is the first episode that I've done at our new place, and it ended up being very echoey with a lot of reverb. I'm working to correct this for next week. Also, we had a few technical issues on top of that, and that didn't help. I corrected, or at least improved, some of the issues before handing the files off to Kyle for editing, as I was too busy with the move and the process of cleaning up the old place for a sale. Thanks to Kyle for editing this episode. I know it wasn't easy.

Title Cards

This episode brought back the use of title cards. Most prominently, we saw them in the 5th season premiere, No Sanctuary. We see title cards for Michonne, Negan, Enid, Simon, Jadis and Rick, a total of six cards instead of five, as I mentioned in the recording (I was tired… so sue me!). Mark and I thought this was the best episode we had seen from The Walking Dead in a long time, and definitely the best of the season so far.

We actually felt something for Jadis???

We actually felt sympathy for Jadis for the first time, after seeing her go through this brutal attack. Hopefully, she will become a more sympathetic character going forward.

Ratings are WAY down from last week

The Lost and the Plunderers got a 2.86 in the 18-49 demographic, with 6.820 million viewers, down considerably from 3.64 and 8.282 million viewers last week. I'm guessing people were interested to see what happened with Carl but were really disappointed that he's gone. I expect more erosion of the viewership going forward.

Get in your feedback!

For S8E10, titled Dead or Alive Or, please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 Central on Monday, March 12th, 2018.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Lost and the Plunderers!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll get new episodes when they come out. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out!

app

TWDTT 073 – Honor (S8E9)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 27 Feb 2018 21:42:38 +0000

Talking Through Honor

On this episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Season 8, Episode 9 of The Walking Dead, the mid-season premiere, which is titled Honor. Joining me is my new co-host, Mark Kirkman! No relation! :-) Mark was a guest host for our Episode 68. I'm pleased to have him along for the ride.

Honor - Farewell to Carl :-(

We have been waiting for two and a half months to see what would happen to Carl. Some would not accept that he was going to die, others mourned him, while others were happy about him going. While I was sad that Carl has passed on, I was surprised that I did not cry during the episode. For those of you who have been listening to us for a while, you know that The Walking Dead makes me cry, sometimes a lot. I expected to cry, but I didn't. I'm still unsure why. I can only assume that it's because the episode, particularly those Carl scenes, weren't as well written as they could have been.

The Walking Dead's Batman and Robin: Morgan and Carol!

The scenes in The Kingdom, on the other hand, I found very compelling, particularly Morgan's "gut-wrenching" scene with a Savior. :-) This episode also saw the death of the seemingly reluctant Savior leader, Gavin. It was tragic to see the young Henry be the one to kill Gavin, although their sudden reluctance to kill Gavin came a little late for a lot of Saviors. Overall, we thought this episode was middle of the road, although I seemed to like it a little more than Mark did. Not terrible, but not fantastic either.

Ratings were up!

Honor got a 3.64 in the 18-49 demographic, with 8.282 million viewers, up from the mid-season finale's 3.36 and 7.885 million viewers.

Get in your feedback!

For S8E10, titled The Lost and the Plunderers, please leave your feedback by 6 pm Eastern/5 Central on Monday, March 5th, 2018.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Honor!

apple podcasts Star Trek: Discovery - Season 1, Episode 15: Will You Take My Hand?

There was a lot to say about Star Trek: Discovery S1E15, which is titled Will You Take My Hand? It was a season finale, after all, right? In fact, like last week, it took extra time to get this episode to you as a result.

More about Season 1, Episode 14: The War Without, The War Within

Before we get going and talk about the season finale, we got more feedback about last week's episode and some pre-finale speculation. We share that feedback about the penultimate episode!

Fred's pics... Part 5!

Fred from The Netherlands shared more pics again this week, showing us more wonderful use of lighting in the season finale! I have used one of those pics as the featured image for this episode, and a couple more below. If you want to see them all, you can see Fred's image collection from the episode here.

You're no Captain Georgiou, Emperor!!!

It seems that not all Starfleet captains from the Mirror Universe are good at hiding in plain sight! During his time in the Prime Universe, Lorca was able to pass himself as a Federation captain, albeit with some unconventional tendencies. Emperor Georgiou, on the other hand, doesn't even TRY to hide her true self, despite Admiral Cornwell installing her as the long thought dead Captain Georgiou. The way she conducted herself on the Bridge was quite shocking, but also right in character. I was a bit surprised that she survived the episode, but when I think of the possibility of her as this crew's longtime antagonist, like a Q, Gul Dukat or even Daniels, it makes me giddy! I still wonder if she will end up an agent of Section 31, or running the whole thing. Maybe she'll try to start a new empire? Who knows, but I look forward to seeing her again!

NCC-17...

Yup, that's right!!! At the end of this episode, Discovery answers a distress call from... you guessed it... the USS Enterprise NCC-1701!!! Now, in this era, sometime around the Kirk is not the Captain of the Enterprise yet. Instead, his predecessor, Captain Christopher Pike, is the Captain. However, Sarek's son and Burnham's adopted brother, Spock, does serve on this era's Enterprise. We can only hope we'll see this Enterprise in Season 2. Will Zachary Quinto reprise his role, or will they cast someone else as another version of Spock? And will it be Bruce Greenwood, who plays Pike in the 2009 and 2013 reboot films, reprising the role, or will it be someone new? What about the enigmatic Number One, who was played by the late Majel Barrett in The Cage (the original TOS pilot)? Some called the appearance of the Enterprise as fan service, and Ruthie is a little trepidatious on how this might affect canon next season. I say bring it on!

Did The Producers of Star Trek: Discovery Stick The Landing?

Yes, with an ending like that, I think they definitely did stick the landing, albeit too much fan service for some... However, taking the gymnastics term to the full analogy, you not only need to stick the landing but do a flawless routine. Although there was a lot great in this episode, especially Tilly, I think it fell short on several levels. This finale felt tacked on, oversimplified, and a tad forced. Where the producers had intentionally planned to end the season with

STDP 017 – The War Without, The War Within (S1E14)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 09 Feb 2018 02:48:11 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 1, Episode 14: The War Without, The War Within

There was a lot to say about Star Trek: Discovery S1E14, which is titled The War Without, The War Within. In fact, it took extra time to get this episode to you as a result.

More about Season 1, Episode 13: What's Past Is Prologue

We got more feedback about last week's episode, which was a big one! Before we get into the discussion, we share that feedback.

Fred's pics... Part 4!

Fred from The Netherlands shared more pics again this week, showing us more wonderful use of lighting in this series! I have used one of those pics as the featured image for this episode, but I am not going to feature the rest here, since it takes the extra time it to create the blog post when I do, and you've had to wait long enough! You can see Fred's image collection from the episode here.

The War Without, The War Within, The War Goes Badly For The United Federation of Planets...

Soon after the pseudo-ISS Discovery becomes the USS Discovery again and rejoins its own universe, albeit nine months later than when they left it, we see Cornwell and Sarek forcibly take over the ship. They make Saru subject himself to a mind meld from Sarek. That was something you wouldn't normally see a Federation Admiral and Ambassador do! You could see that they were pretty freaked out. We learn that Captain Killy's ISS Discovery was destroyed in the Prime Universe, so they thought that Discovery was no more. We know things are bad when they are trepidatious of the Discovery warping to Starbase 1. Cornwell's reaction to the 80,000 people gone from the starbase, probably many if not most of them dead, and a damaged base, tells you all you need to know. The Federation is losing badly, and with them installing Emperor Georgiou to captain Discovery, impersonating her doppelganger, that can only mean they are desperate, to the point where the very tenets of the Federation may have to be ignored to continue its survival. However, is there ANYONE out there who thinks this is a good idea??? This has BAD IDEA written all over it.

The War of Lorca's Legacy

Lorca, or the shadow of him, is all over this episode. If you had any doubt, Lorca (Mirror version) was a jerk. A real jerk! By jumping into the Mirror Universe before transmitting the cloak breaking algorithm, he has doomed the Federation, taking them to the brink of annihilation. Would Cornwell, the former psychiatrist, prescribe shooting up Lorca's remaining bowl of fortune cookies? For me, this was a highlight of the episode.

The War of Fan Expectations

I thought that The War Without, The War Within would either have time travel in the episode or set up a time travel episode for next week's finale, to correct the timeline. The finale may still go that way, but it doesn't look like it will be now. The show continues to keep me guessing, and I love that about the show.

The Canon War

Speaking of the finale, it's going to have to address several elements of the story. We know there's no spore drive going forward. The war with the Klingons, though we know very little about it according to canon, seems to be going worse than makes sense from what we kno

STDP 016 – What’s Past Is Prologue (S1E13)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 01 Feb 2018 06:28:47 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 1 Episode 13: What's Past Is Prologue

A lot happened during Star Trek: Discovery S1E13, which is titled What's Past Is Prologue. So if you haven't watched the episode, Ruthie and I would suggest you stop reading this now. HUGE spoilers are ahead!!!

Fred's pics... Part 3!

Fred from The Netherlands shared more pics again this week, showing us more wonderful use of lighting in this series! I am not going to share all of them this week, but if you want to see them all, you can check them out here.

We both loved this episode, but... upon further reflection...

See what I did there??? :-) I often go back and re-examine my impressions of certain episodes, and I am starting to do that now with What's Past Is Prologue. During our recording, I gave this episode a 9.8. After thinking about this episode more, I still love this episode, but I'm not so sure I'd give it such a high rating now.

Lorca's Behavior

I am a little disappointed by Lorca's behavior, and to a lesser extent, his demise. Here is a guy who has been brilliant, even genius, with his ability to work an elaborate plan to get back to his universe. He has been extremely adept manipulating people and events in both universes, though at times showing he may be a megalomaniac and is probably a sociopath.

Not so brilliant in his own universe...

Once he got home to the Mirror Universe and revealed his true self, his brilliance waned. Why is he so single-minded in wanting to have Burnham by his side? He doesn't even make a really good case why she belongs in the Mirror Universe with him. Her life sentence in the Prime Universe? Fate or Destiny? Fate may explain SOME of what has happened to him, but he should also realize that his actions have had something to do with it, too. For example, he could have stayed in the Prime Universe and been just fine, and once the war was over, maybe even thrived, but he was too hellbent on claiming an empire (I should have played my "You Blew It" clip). During the final battle, he took his eye off of Georgiou and paid for it with his life.

Forget his goatee... Where was his mustache to twirl?

So, while I love the character, he didn't seem to learn much from his experiences in the Prime Universe and seemed more brilliant in Prime than Mirror. Once he was was back in his own universe, he became a bit of a mustache-twirling, Bond villain, without the mustache or goatee but with a big racist, isolationist bent!!! :-) OK, I'll admit, the Mirror Stamets kill wasn't too Bond villain-like. I'll keep the rating for now, as I have a feeling we'll learn more about Lorca before the season is out, but my rating may change once the season is done. I will miss Jason Isaacs on this show. I think he's deserving of an Emmy nomination. He's probably done as a character, unless...

Fred's STD S1E13 What's Past Is Prologue beautiful lighting screen shots - Lorca falling into the Mycelial core

Will Discovery go back to "Save the Whales"?

Discovery's success returning to the Prime Universe, but returning nine months later, meaning that the rest of Starfleet never received the Klingon cloak breaking algorithm. It appears that the war has gone very badly for the Federation, and when you take Star Trek canon into consideration, it has possibly gone TOO badly. Could the Discovery go back in time to c

STDP 015 – Vaulting Ambition (S1E12)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 24 Jan 2018 19:59:11 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 1 Episode 12: Vaulting Ambition

Ruthie and I discuss Star Trek: Discovery S1E12, titled Vaulting Ambition. Our heroes continue to try to make it back home from the dog eat dog Mirror Universe, but get in deeper and deeper. Don't read further if you haven't seen the episode, because there are HUGE spoilers ahead!!!

Fred's pics... Part 2!

Fred from The Netherlands shared more pics this week, showing us more wonderful use of lighting in this series, specifically this episode! I share them with you throughout this blog post!

Michael, I am your mother!!!

We learn something that I hypothesized during the last episode, that Emperor Georgiou is Burnham's mother in the Mirror Universe. This made a lot of sense, and when we found out that Georgiou was the Emperor and Sarek didn't seem to know Burnham last episode, that was a piece of the puzzle that fit into place.

Threat Ganglia has a whole new meaning!

We learn that the Kelpiens are more than slaves in the Mirror Universe! They are also lobster!!! EWWWWW!!!

Not much of a trade...

Burnham reveals to Georgiou that she's from the Prime Universe. It seems that the Emperor wants to keep the Prime Universe a secret, in this incredible scene, where she uses something that's a cross between a shuriken (ninja flying star weapon) and a fidget spinner, leaving just the new Governor of Andor, Burnham and Emperor Phillipa Georgiou Augustus Iaponius Centaurus! Burnham trades the plans on the Displacement Activated Spore Hub Drive for her life. I guess they don't have in the Mirror Universe? If that's true, what's Mirror Discovery got? Will we ever find out?

You can't be two people!

We can say that about a lot of characters in this episode, but this is especially true for Tyler & Voq. We get more information from L'Rell as far as how Voq was transformed into Tyler, which we believe the real Tyler is deceased, killed during the extraction process. I loved the Saru and L'Rell scenes, and Saru really stepped up as Acting Captain this episode. We see a struggle within "TyVoq" (remember Tuvix?) that has to end with one possibly at its end. We're still a tiny bit confused on this point. It looks like the Voq consciousness dies here, we think, but we aren't 100% sure. Did L'Rell kill Voq intentionally? By accident? Or did something else happen? We'll have to find out more next week.

The Big Reveal!

In this episode, we learn something that many of us suspected, and Mark from Solo Talk Media theorized a couple of episodes back, that Captain Lorca, all this time, is really from the Mirror Universe!!! This show has had some big reveals, but this creates a paradigm shift in this show that explains SO MUCH of what we've seen. As much as we suspected this might be the case, the reveal that all Terrans have the same light sensitivity. On AfterTrek, they published a video that shows us all of the clues that have been there the whole time! Fred didn't give us a Lorca pic, but here's that video... By the way, I'm not sure if this can be seen everywhere or if just the U.S., so be warned!

Culber & Stamets, Revisited...

The relationship between our Stamets and the departed Dr. Culber is explored during

STDP 014 – The Wolf Inside (S1E11)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 18 Jan 2018 09:03:13 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 1 Episode 11: The Wolf Inside

Ruthie and I discuss Star Trek: Discovery S1E11, titled The Wolf Inside. Our heroes continue to try to make it back home from the dog eat dog Mirror Universe. We see new but familiar races, several alternate versions of people we know, and struggle to maintain their humanity, while one discovers something else entirely. Ruthie LOVED The Wolf Inside, and I did, too, but not quite as much as she did.

Fred's pics...

Fred from The Netherlands shared some pics in his feedback, showing us the wonderful use of lighting in this episode, as these first two of the bathtub scene! I share them with you throughout this blog post!

SPOILERS AHEAD!!!

Be warned, if you haven't seen this episode yet, you will probably not want to read the rest of this post! We spend a lot of this episode aboard the Shenzhou, and some on an away mission.

Mirror, mirror on the wall, who am I?

We finally learn, after months of speculation, that Tyler is, in fact, the Klingon Torchbearer Voq. He is the Secret Klingon many of us thought he was. As I said in the podcast, this could have really been told in a boring, anti-climactic way, but it really worked for me! I never expected for Tyler to encounter the Mirror Voq down on the planet Harlak, but the way it went down was really effective. I didn't say this in the episode but kudos to Shazad Latif for a stellar performance in the many faces of Tyler/Voq! He reminds me of Tatiana Maslany's many clone performances in Orphan Black. To see Burnham "space" him, well, almost... was shocking, and even more shocking when he got beamed back to Discovery!

Captain Killy or Doctor Killy?

We see Tilly treat Stamets with, what else, spores! Tilly has always been a favorite of mine, but she continues to shine in the Mirror second half.

Hail the Emperor!

We learn that the Terran Emperor is none other than Phillipa Georgiou! We both predicted it, but the way it was revealed makes us think the next episode is going to really be awesome!

That's it for The Wolf Inside!

That's it for this episode! For our next episode, Star Trek: Discovery Season 1 Episode 12, titled Vaulting Ambition, please get in your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, January 18, 2018.

Subscribe to us!

STDP 013 – Despite Yourself (S1E10)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 10 Jan 2018 13:55:35 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - Season 1 Episode 10: Despite Yourself

On this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, new co-host Ruthie and I discuss the mid-season premiere of Star Trek: Discovery, S1E10, titled Despite Yourself. In the long-standing tradition, we find out that the USS Discovery has traveled to the Mirror Universe, after not knowing where it ended up last time. We both LOVED this episode!!!

Mirror, mirror on the wall, who's the Emperor of them all?

So much happened in this episode! We discover that Burnham is the Captain of the ISS Shenzhou, or at least was before being presumed dead. Lorca is a fugitive in this universe, and although he captained the Buran as he did in the prime universe, was never captain of the ISS Discovery. Instead, Tilly is the captain, and she has earned several nicknames for her command, including Captain Killy.

Who's Got a Secret?

We learn more about the Tyler/L'Rell situation, and it gets really complicated, while we lose a valued member of the crew as a result.

Get in your feedback!

Please submit your feedback to the next episode, Star Trek: Discovery S1E11, titled The Wolf Inside. Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter!

STDP 012 – Season 1A Roundtable

Talk Through Media — Tue, 02 Jan 2018 08:48:26 +0000

Star Trek Discovery - Season 1A Roundtable

Star Trek Discovery returns on January 7th, but we return a bit early for a Season 1a roundtable, discussing the first nine episodes of Season 1. Joining Adam and Brian are Mark Des Cotes of Solo Talk Media and my former co-host of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Ruthie Rink!

Bittersweet Announcement

We begin the episode with an important announcement about this podcast. Unfortunately, Adam has decided to step down as co-host of the podcast. This is his last episode for the immediate future, due to other commitments that make it difficult to do this podcast. It's sad to see Adam go. He's been a big reason for the podcast's success, and this podcast wouldn't be where it is without him. However, I am pleased to announce that the new co-host is Ruthie!!! Ruthie and I have been podcasting together for over three years. She's as big of a Star Trek fanatic as Adam and I are, and she loves this show. I think you will find that the quality of this show will not skip a beat, and since this podcast's format is based upon the format of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we probably won't be changing things much. You can still listen to Adam on The Nerfherder Council podcast.

Submit Your Feedback for S1E10 Despite Yourself!

Please get in your feedback for S1E10, which is titled Despite Yourself, by Monday, January 8th, 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central, by going to the Feedback form, or by joining our Facebook group and posting your feedback in the designated feedback thread!

Want to participate?

TWDTT 072 – How It’s Gotta Be (S8E8)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 15 Dec 2017 07:13:58 +0000

Talking Through How It's Gotta Be

On this episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Season 8, Episode 8 of The Walking Dead, the mid-season finale, which is titled How It's Gotta Be. For this episode, I am joined by returning guest hosts Ben Beck, co-creator of the Next Level Network and co-host of the DC Prime Time and Next Level Showcast podcasts, and frequent feedback contributor Lara! I think you'll agree that, yet again, both guest hosts did a fantastic job discussing the mid-season finale!

We were warned by AMC that we would be shocked by something that would happen at the end of the episode, and most of us were, although that wasn't our primary emotion. On the Facebook group, the majority of respondents in our poll were feeling sad after this episode, many were confused, some mad, some were indifferent, amazed and even happy and a few of us were all of the above. I felt many emotions about it, which I share in the episode.

STOP READING IF YOU HAVEN'T SEEN THE EPISODE!!!

Initially, I LOVED this episode, but after repeat viewings and thinking about the episode more, some of that love has faded. This episode has a lot of plot holes, some things I did not like, and some real head-scratchers. I'm more positive than many, but I can't help but criticize this episode, and much of the season so far. I still love the show, but I can't help but wonder what I would have done differently if I had my writing cap on, and I think a lot of people are there with me.

In this episode, we learn that the Saviors were able to escape the Sanctuary. They attack Alexandria, The Kingdom and the leaders of The Hilltop. I believe Maggie and the group were heading to The Sanctuary relatively simultaneously. It completely changed the course of the war. I didn't get into it too much during the recording, but exactly how many Saviors are there? The "AHK" or like I say in the podcast, "HAK" (for Hilltop, Alexandria and The Kingdom) wiped out all three outposts. Well, the Saviors don't know The Hilltop has 38 POW's, but they are effectively out of the war for now. Yet, it seems that The Sanctuary STILL has enough "Negans" to take over all three at the same time! How? And how quickly did they come up with this plan?

Burying the lead...

OK, I'm burying the lead. We learn that Carl has been bitten, and in a place that can't be amputated. Both by going back and re-watching the episode more than once, and by listening to showrunner Scott M. Gimple on Talking Dead, he was bitten while helping Siddiq "release souls" in S8E6, which is something that was mentioned during our episode 69 as a possibility. I am sad to see the character go, but the show has always done well when departing from the comic book. The imminent death of Carl, which will probably happen next episode, will pull the story in new directions and not follow the comic book. We can only hope things get better.

Ratings are up!

How It's Gotta Be got a 3.36 in the 18-49 demographic, with 7.885 million viewers, up from 3.28 and 7.468 million that S8E7 Time For After got Talking Through Time For After, Again!

On the conclusion of a very special 2-parter of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we give your feedback and notes of Season 8, Episode 7 of The Walking Dead, which is titled Time For After. I am joined again by Rima, co-host of the Strange Indeed podcast, which covers Stranger Things, and Kristin, co-host of the House Podcastica podcast, which covers Game of Thrones. Both podcasts are on the Podcastica network. If you missed the first part, check it out here.

Get in your feedback for the mid-season finale!

Please leave your feedback by 6 pm Eastern/5 Central on Tuesday, Dec. 12th for S8E8, titled "How It's Gotta Be". Although the guest hosts are already booked for the mid-season finale, I could always use more people to add to the stand by list, as we may do additional hiatus episodes. If you're interested in appearing as a guest, please contact me. Most likely, the permanent co-host will be from one of the guests you'll hear during this period. Only one co-host will be chosen!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Time For After!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 070 – Time For After (S8E7) Review

Talk Through Media — Thu, 07 Dec 2017 01:20:57 +0000

Talking Through Time For After

On this very special 2-part episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Season 8, Episode 7 of The Walking Dead, which is titled Time For After. For this episode, I am joined by Rima, co-host of the Strange Indeed podcast, which covers Stranger Things, and Kristin, co-host of the House Podcastica podcast, which covers Game of Thrones. Both podcasts are on the Podcastica network. I think you will agree that is an amazing episode, but... we went more than a little long. Rather than cut a lot of the amazing discussion, I decided to release this as a 2-part episode, with episode 71 covering your feedback and our notes later this week!

This episode heavily features Eugene like no other, which we thought was both a good and a bad thing.

Ratings are down...

Time For After got a 3.28 in the 18-49 demographic with 7.468 million viewers, down from last week's 3.57 and 8.282 million viewers.

Get in your feedback for the mid-season finale!

Please leave your feedback by 6pm Eastern/5 Central on Tuesday, Dec. 12th for S8E8, titled "How It's Gotta Be". Although the guest hosts are already booked for the mid-season finale, I could always use more people to add to the stand by list, as we may do additional hiatus episodes. If you're interested in appearing as a guest, please contact me. Most likely, the permanent co-host will be from one of the guests you'll hear during this period. Only one co-host will be chosen!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Time For After!

Please remember to subscribe to us in Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out!

FTWDTT 034 – Season 4 – TWD/FTWD Crossover Character Revealed!

Talk Through Media — Sat, 02 Dec 2017 22:13:41 +0000

Talking Through The Walking Dead/Fear the Walking Dead Crossover Character Reveal!

Wow... it's here! They dropped a bomb on us and revealed who is the crossover character from The Walking Dead into Fear The Walking Dead. I didn't guess it would be Morgan as my bet was on Abraham. So in my mind, this changes everything. I dropped in on Brian and his guests, Reese Nicole Brown and Steve Brown as they were discussing the last episode and wanted to get their take on the crossover news. Join us as we discuss our thoughts and predictions on what this means for Fear The Walking Dead.

It's Not Abraham?

So many people were certain that it was going to be Abraham that would be the crossover character, but that would mean that Fear would remain in the past. Instead, they made another choice.

Morgan???

There are a lot of people that are confused, even enraged, by the idea that Morgan is the crossover character. Some think that he must have gone west before finding Eastman, or after Eastman, but Brian had a much different take on it. Brian thinks that Morgan must arrive in Texas in the future. To him, that's the only thing that makes any sense.

Don't forget to send in your feedback!

Remember to leave us your feedback, and remember that we will be covering Time for After next week, so send in your feedback for that, too!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to TWD/FTWD Crossover Character Reveal!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 069 – The King, the Widow, and Rick (S8E6)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 01 Dec 2017 09:57:59 +0000

Talking Through The King, The Widow, and Rick

On this episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Season 8, Episode 6 of The Walking Dead, which is titled The King, the Widow and Rick. For this episode, I am joined by guest hosts Reese Nicole Brown of The Introverted Nerd Watches, who returns a second time after recently appearing as a guest host for S8E1 Mercy, and Steve Brown, no relation! Both guest hosts did a fantastic job discussing this episode!

The King, the Widow, and Rick is a Misleading Title!

The title of this episode, The King, the Widow, and Rick, is very misleading. Although there was a fair bit of Maggie in this episode, we see very little of King Ezekiel and only a little of Rick. Unfortunately, we also saw a lot more of the Trash People than we bargained for! Ewww!!!!!!!!!!!

Isn't it about the characters?

One thing that I neglected to mention during the recording was that The Walking Dead often has problems when its characters behave in a way against their personalities, and possibly against logic, in order to service the plot. e.g. Character A has to do this to make plot point 1 work, and Character B has to do that to make plot point 2 work, despite both actions are out of character. Unfortunately, we had a ton of that in this episode. Stories work best when the plot comes out organically from the characters, not the other way around.

Ratings are up

The King, The Widow, and Rick got a 3.57 in the 18-49 demographic with 8.282 million viewers, which is up from last week's 3.42 and 7.845 million viewers.

Stay tuned for the TWD/FTWD Crossover coverage next episode!

Please note that we will not be covering the crossover announcement this episode. Instead, will be releasing a separate episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through on Saturday, covering the crossover, where the three of us are joined by my Fear co-host, Kyle McAdams!!!

Our feedback deadline will be a day early next week, so please leave your feedback by 6 pm Eastern/5 Central on Monday, Dec. 4th for S8E7, titled "Time for After". Although the guest host schedule is already booked until the mid-season finale, I could always use more people to add to the stand by list, plus we may do additional hiatus episodes. If you're interested in appearing as a g

TWDTT 068 – The Big Scary U (S8E5)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 23 Nov 2017 03:58:15 +0000

Talking Through The Big Scary U

On this episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Season 8, Episode 5 of The Walking Dead, which is titled The Big Scary U, and the post-Ruthie period of this podcast continues. For this episode, I am joined by Mark Kirkman and Clare Retterer! I think you'll agree that, yet again, both guest hosts did a fantastic job discussing this episode! I especially want to thank Clare for her last-second substitution guest host appearance! Given the fact that she only had two and a half hours to prepare, she did a fantastic job!

What makes Negan Tick?

In this mostly centered on The Saviors' Sanctuary episode, we see what has been going on there, both before the alliance forces from Alexandria, The Hilltop and The Kingdom show up with their "hillbilly armor", in what might be the longest cold open ever, and after. We see some backstory to Negan, but we really see that Negan, unlike most of the Saviors, seems to value people as a needed resource, and selected (not mass) killing as a necessary but useful tactic. We also see the Gregory weasel deal with Negan, and Negan treats him with a lot of skepticism. I would be remiss if I didn't mention the Daryl/Rick fight, which was inevitable, but throwing the dynamite was pretty stupid!

I want to thank DeEtta this week for her extended voicemail here, as I didn't properly thank her in the episode!

Ratings were down

The Big Scary U got a 3.42 in the 18-49 demographic, with 7.845 million viewers, which is down from last week's 3.88 and 8.688 million viewers.

Regular Feedback Deadline

Our feedback deadline was a day early this week, so we missed some feedback from Gary. Time permitting, I'll try to cover that feedback during the next episode as long as we don't run extra long. Please leave your feedback by 6 pm Eastern/5 Central on Tuesday, Nov. 28th for S8E6, titled The King, the Widow, and Rick. The best way to leave us feedback is on our Facebook group. Although the guest host schedule is already booked until the mid-season finale, I could always use more people to add to the stand by list, plus we may do additional hiatus episodes. If you're interested in appearing as a guest, please contact me. Most likely, the permanent co-host will be from one of the guests you'll hear during this period. Only one co-host will be chosen!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Big Scary U!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps u

STDP 011 – Into the Forest I Go (S1E9)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 16 Nov 2017 11:35:18 +0000

Into the Forest I Go - Star Trek: Discovery - Season 1 Episode 9

Into the Forest I Go! The fall finale is here! On this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Adam and I discuss Season 1 Episode 9, titled Into the Forest I Go. We see the Discovery fight the Klingon Ship of the Dead and General Kol, and Burnham redeems herself a great deal from the mutiny in the series premiere. She defeats Kol, rescues Admiral Cornwell, and is instrumental in saving Pahvo from certain destruction. We also see 133 spore drive micro jumps! Don't you think that the spore drive is cool? However, it is clear that too much of a good thing can get you killed!

So what did we think of this episode?

I thought this was the best episode of Star Trek: Discovery so far, definitely better than the last episode! Adam did not like it as much as I did, but still found it to be a solid episode. We'll see you back before the winter premiere on January 7th! Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! And check out our Facebook group!

TWDTT 067 – Some Guy (S8E4)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 15 Nov 2017 10:45:46 +0000

Talking Through Some Guy

On this episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss Season 8, Episode 4 of The Walking Dead, which is titled Some Guy, and the post-Ruthie period of this podcast begins. For the rest of this half-season, through Episode 8 in December, TWDTT will feature a core of rotating guest hosts. For this episode, I am joined by Allison Fike of The Dead Connection, and long-time listener, Malika Tazi! I think you'll agree that both Allie and Malika were great discussing this episode!

Ezekiel went through a lot!!! Carol got her groove back!!!

SPOILER!!! In this episode, King Ezekiel tried to renounce his throne, after losing lost most of his guard, and his beloved Shiva. I know that affected many of you were affected by this loss. It was heartbreaking, but I guess it seemed that Shiva could have gotten away made me a little less affected. Well, that, and the fact that I got spoiled about this episode, but you'll have to listen to find out more! On nicer things that we saw in this episode, it was good to see Carol in Season 5 & 6 form again, kicking ass as only she can!

Ratings are up

Some Guy got a 3.88 in the 18-49 demographic, with 8.688 million viewers, up from 3.79 and 8.519 million viewers last week.

Early Feedback Deadline

We will have another early feedback deadline this week, so please leave your feedback by 6 pm Eastern/5 Central on Monday, Nov. 20th for S8E5, titled The Big Scary U. Although the guest host schedule is already booked until the mid-season finale, I could always use more people to add to the stand by list, plus we may do additional hiatus episodes. If you're interested in appearing as a guest, please contact me. Most likely, the permanent co-host will be from one of the guests you'll hear during this period. Only one co-host will be chosen!

Norman Reedus Autograph Giveaway!!!

Allie let us know that her website, The Dead Connection, is having an incredible autograph giveaway this month, and wants to encourage you to sign up! They have giveaways every month, but this particular one is special because it's none other than Norman Reedus!!! Talking Through Monsters

We discuss Season 8 Episode 3 of The Walking Dead, titled Monsters. The topic of our discussion this week. A season 1 character that returned at the end of the last episode can’t compete with the return of Morgan. Then again, he gets killed off anyway, so it doesn’t really matter. Speaking of Morgan, he might be losing his mind so he runs off. Daryl reacts ruthlessly so Rick won’t have to. Maggie makes a decision about Gregory the snake and also about the future of Savior prisoners. Ezekiel and Carol strike some blows to the enemy, but end up walking into a bad situation at the end.

A TWD Talk Through announcement...

At the end of this episode, Ruthie made an announcement. It is with a heavy heart that I tell you about it here. Ruthie has decided to step down as co-host of The Walking Dead Talk Through. She has a new job that came with a schedule change that makes podcasting more difficult. She wants to thank all of you listeners over the past three years of doing the podcast for listening to us, and all of your support and admiration. We had a lot of fun doing this podcast together over the years, and I will miss doing this with her, especially when I gave her belly laughs!

Since we recorded, Kyle, co-host of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through, has decided not to take over permanent co-host. Instead, Kyle will remain behind the scenes, providing me with support throughout the season, as he has been doing with editing, images and some of the blog work. This support has been instrumental in allowing me to produce/host two podcasts for TV shows that are on Sunday nights (The Star Trek Discovery Podcast being the other), and I couldn't do this podcast right now without that support. He will return as co-host for Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through Season 4!!!

For the next five weeks, I will be hosting each episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through with two guest hosts. Some have appeared on this podcast before, while many others have not. Although the schedule is already booked until the mid-season finale, I could always use more people to add to the stand by list. If you're interested, please contact me.

Shifting Feedback Deadline

To that end, I am needing to rearrange the recording schedule for some of these weeks, and the feedback deadline will need to be changed during those weeks. To that end, please leave your feedback by 5 pm Eastern/4 Central on Monday, Nov. 13th for S8E4, titled Some Guy.

After the mid-season finale, I plan to announce who the new co-host will be. If one hasn't been determined, I'll continue to do more episodes during the hiatus with guest hosts until a successor can be named. However, make no mistake, the search for a permanent co-host is already well underway!

Ratings are down

Monsters got a 3.79 in the 18-49 demographic, with 8.519 million viewers, which is down from last week's 3.99 and 8.923 million viewers.

Star Trek: Discovery - S1E8 - Si Vis Pacem, Para Bellum

On this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Adam and I discuss Season 1 Episode 8, titled Si Vis Pacem, Para Bellum.

Saru knows fear!

This episode does a deeper (but in my opinion, not deep enough) dive into Saru and his species. For a prey species, Kelpiens are faster, stronger, have better senses and taller than humans. He can crush communicators with his bare hands. Can you imagine what the apex predator species that considers the Kelpiens prey? For the first time in his life, Saru felt no fear on the planet. His actions, however, showed questionable judgment. His actions on the planet were nothing short of mutiny, though I doubt he will be reprimanded for it.

What does Si Vis Pacem, Para Bellum mean?

According to the Wikipedia article, Si Vis Pacem, Para Bellum means "If you want peace, prepare for war".

So what did we think of Si Vis Pacem, Para Bellum?

It was very much a split vote for this episode. Adam thought it was the best episode so far, but I had the opposite reaction. I would probably rank this one as my least favorite so far. I had a hard time figuring out why I had that impression, but I finally identified one key issue: The episode length. It started with a bang but, in my opinion, it tailed off from there. Mind you, it seemed well written, well-acted, well-directed and the effects (with the exception of the naturally occurring transmitter) excellent. The problem that I see is that there was enough potential story there to fit into two episodes, but the episode was not only edited down to a single episode, but this was the shortest episode so far. It seemed like a lot of the story on the planet had been edited out, as did the story on the Klingon sarcophagus ship. It's possible that some of the Klingon plot could have been moved to next week's mid-season finale, and it'll fit well once that's been released, but the episode could have benefited from more time to expand the story.

Is Cornwell still alive?

That's one thing that wasn't clear but we both think that she did not die. We should be seeing her again next episode.

Speaking of next episode...

Please leave your feedback for the mid-season finale, Season 1 Episode 9, titled Into the Forest I Go, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, August 21, 2018. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Subscribe to us!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so i

TWDTT 065 – The Damned (S8E2)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 05 Nov 2017 17:14:58 +0000

Talking Through The Damned, with Ruthie!!!

That's right! Ruthie returns to the podcast, after taking Fear Season 3 off and missing last week. In this episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Ruthie and I discuss the non-stop action that was in The Walking Dead's Season 8 Episode 2, titled The Damned, along with a couple of unexpected turns and some questionable moral decisions. I thought it was a good episode, though maybe not as good as last week. Ruthie, however, didn't care for it too much.

The return of Morales!

It was unexpected, but Rick comes face to face with a blast from the past: Morales! Morales was a character that was a big part of Season 1, but he left with his family to go to Birmingham instead of staying with our survivors. Clearly, he didn't get there and probably lost his family. Hopefully, we will know more next week.

Ratings are down

It is normal for ratings to go down from the season premiere, and this was the case this time around. The Damned got a 3.99 in the 18-49 demographic, dropping not only under 10 million but under 9 million, with 8.923 million viewers. This is down from 5.03 in the 18-49 with 11.439 million viewers last week. I wonder if we will be under 10 million going forward. Even with the decline, the show is still a ratings juggernaut.

That's it for The Damned!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 8 Episode 3, titled Monsters, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. Check the Facebook group for any deadline changes. I may be taking the week off again, but that hasn’t been finalized.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Damned!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Star Trek: Discovery - S1E7 - Magic to Make the Sanest Man Go Mad

On this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Adam and I discuss Season 1 Episode 7, titled Magic to Make the Sanest Man Go Mad. This episode marks the return of another TOS figure, Harry Mudd.

Man, Mudd can hold a grudge, can't he?

In this episode, we see the Discovery in a 30-minute time loop. This is a Trek trope. We've seen a similar thing in other episodes of Star Trek, the most notable being the classic TNG Season 5 episode, "Cause and Effect". Unlike that episode, we see a time loop created intentionally, with Mudd and Stamets, who still seems a bit acid trippy this episode :-), retaining the awareness of what happened in previous time loops. Mudd, he sure can hold a grudge!!! It's stated at one point that Mudd killed Lorca 53 times, and I think he kills him a few more! Also unlike the TNG episode, we see them not get repetitious. We seem to some of the loops, while others are mentioned in passing, and others we don't see. I think we see the first loop, but then many more loops happen before the next one. This continues on.

Stella!!!

I didn't say too much about this during the episode, but I was a little disappointed with Stella. She seemed a lot nicer, younger and better looking than the Stella-bot we see in TOS. It didn't seem too much of a punishment for Mudd, and certainly not what he deserved for what he had done. I thought it led to a weak ending. The writers also seemed to make the characters a little too aware in the last couple of loops, and I thought it was a big stretch that Stamets could have conveyed everything going on to each major character in a believable way. However, on a second watch, both elements bothered me a lot less, and I just enjoyed it for what it was.

What is the magic to make the sanest man go mad?

I didn't mention this on the podcast since I screwed up the meaning of the episode with the next one (cue TOS Incorrect! sound effect!!!), but the title of this episode comes from Homer's The Iliad. Here's the quote: "...There is the heat of Love, the pulsing rush of Longing, the lover’s whisper, irresistible—magic to make the sanest man go mad."

Disco! Disco duck!!! Duck, it's disco!!!

So Star Trek: Discovery earned a bit of those Disco shirts, featuring Wyclef Jean's re-sampling of The BeeGees' Staying Alive, which probably is the cornerstone of disco music. And you can buy your own Disco shirt now!!! :-( Oh well, I had hoped we'd see an end to that, but I guess not. In summary, we both thought this was a fun episode to watch, even with its flaws, and can't wait for next week! Send in your feedback!

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter!

TWDTT 064 – Mercy (S8E1)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 27 Oct 2017 07:00:04 +0000

Talking Through Mercy

Hi, Brian here, and Season 8 of The Walking Dead is finally here! We have been teasing the return of Ruthie for weeks now, but she's out sick this week, and my Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through co-host Kyle wasn't available to sub in, but I was able to secure some special guests to help me analyze S8E1, titled Mercy. Joining me are fellow podcasters Reese Nicole Brown of The Introverted Nerd Watches and Ben Beck, co-creator of the Next Level Network and co-host of the DC Prime Time and Next Level Showcast podcasts.

It's All Out War!

This episode marks the beginning of either the season or half-season, of a section in the comic book known as All Out War. Rick comes to the Sanctuary, with the start of an elaborate plan to defeat the Saviors. All goes well, except for one thing… The episode is also marked by what appears to be three timelines: The main timeline, either future, possible future or dream timeline, with an older Rick, and what may be a near-future Rick, standing by a grave, with red eyes. Time will tell what the heck this all means, but we'll be watching!

We also re-examine the TWD/FTWD crossover, with Ben and Reese giving their thoughts on it.

Ratings are DOWN CONSIDERABLY over last season!!!

We see a big drop in the 18-49 rating from year to year. Mercy got a 5.03 in the 18-49, with 11.439 million viewers. This compares to last season's season premiere, which got a near-record 8.36 and 17.029 million viewers. It is lower than the last season finale in the demo, which got a 5.42 18-49, but higher in total viewers with the finale's 11.314 million viewers.

We want your feedback!

Remember to leave us your feedback for next week, S8E2 titled The Damned by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 Central. One of the best ways to leave feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Mercy!

Please remember to subscribe to us on

STDP 008 – Lethe (S1E6)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 26 Oct 2017 08:30:10 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - S1E6 - Lethe

On this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Adam and I discuss Season 1 Episode 6, titled Lethe. This episode was a bit of a departure from the long story arc we have seen so far from this series. Although some of what happened in this episode will continue on through this season, it felt very self-contained, almost episodic.

Sarek and Burnham

We learn a lot more in this episode about the complicated relationship Burnham has with Sarek. Burnham's application to join the Vulcan Expeditionary Group was rejected, not on its own merit, but because Sarek was forced to choose between Burnham and Spock. Only one would be able to go. Sarek chose Spock, but Spock decided to join Starfleet instead. He never revealed that to Burnham and reflected upon this with regret as he lay dying on his ship.

What's Lethe? A false rejection? A troubled captain?

According to Wikipedia, Lethe means "oblivion", "forgetfulness", or "concealment" in Classical Greek. The episode title suggests concealment, as Sarek concealed the truth about why Burnham's application was rejected. It also fits Lorca concealing his true psychological condition to Starfleet. Cornwell discovers his PTSD, but before she can do anything about it, she is abducted by the Klingons. Unlike his unsanctioned rescue of Sarek, Lorca decides to play it by the books and wait for instructions, probably to hold onto his command.

Groovy mind melds, spore trips, and funky nebulas!

One thing this show was… it was trippy!!! The mind-meld was trippy. The nebula itself was very colorful and trippy. The Formerly uptight, Stamets is now the mellow Chief Engineer as a result of his spore drive encounters. Very trippy, indeed!

We thought that this episode was not as good as previous episodes, especially last week. I thought it was still decent, while Adam didn't care for it, and thought it was his least favorite so far. Nevertheless, we can't wait for next week!

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter!

FTWDTT 033 – Things Bad Begun/Sleigh Ride (S3E15/S3E16)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 22 Oct 2017 03:38:48 +0000

Talking Through Things Bad Begun/Sleigh Ride

Well, we are at the end of the road... er Dam... with the finale of Season Three of Fear the Walking Dead. It's been a fun ride with some let downs but overall this was one of the best that this show has produced. Drama, New Characters, Terrors, and some Feels. Madison had decent overall growth as a character. Her two kids, Nick and Alicia, did as well. But now with the end of Dave Erickson as showrunner and two new ones on the way. He sends us off into the wild vast alpaca lips.. um, Apocalypse. What does this mean for our characters (who as far as we know are still alive). Where did they go? Well, join Brian and Kyle and our special guest from the Facebook Group! Lara Wille-Swink joins us as we discuss all things in this episode of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through Episode 15 Things Bad Begun and Episode 16 Sleigh Ride.

Ratings are up, and down

Things Bad Begun and Sleigh Ride's ratings were given together. They got a 0.80 in the 18-49 demographic. This is a slight increase from 0.77 in the 18-49 but slightly lower than 2.231 million viewers from last week.

Leave your feedback for The Walking Dead next week!

The Walking Dead returns on Sunday! Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 8 Episode 1, titled Mercy, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Things Bad Begun/Sleigh Right!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher Star Trek: Discovery - S1E5 - Choose Your Pain

Adam and I discuss Season 1 Episode 5, titled Choose Your Pain. Our characters deal with the pain they are causing the tardigrade. Lorca has been taken and then tortured by the Klingons; and we come across the final main cast member, Lieutenant Ash Tyler, and meet an old character in Harry Mudd.

Choose Your Pain, Harcourt Fenton Mudd!!!

We also see the Klingon L'Rell again, who has moved up and is Captain of her own ship. The reveal of her having Tyler as a prisoner for seven months bring me more questions about Tyler, and makes me wonder about Voq. Could they be one and the same?

It wouldn't be the first time we see a Klingon be altered to appear human. We see this in The Trouble With Tribbles. Now, I am not sure enough about this possibility to declare him a spy, but I will be paying attention to this character going forward.

We also enjoyed the Saru scenes, especially with him dealing with his resentment of Burnham and the continuation of the tardigrade story.

We both thought this was the best episode so far, and can't wait for next week!

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for Star Trek: Discovery, Season 1 Episode 6, titled Lethe, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Monday, October 23, 2017. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter!

FTWDTT 032 – El Matadero (S3E14)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 13 Oct 2017 07:33:49 +0000

Talking Through El Matadero

So, here we are, discussing the penultimate episode of Fear the Walking Dead (well, pre-penultimate, since episode 15-16 will be back to back on Sunday), namely S3E14 titled El Matadero, and splinters are emerging throughout our group of survivors. Alicia takes off on her own and discovers what we all know about children's ball pits. Seriously, never ever get into one!!! Even more dangerous during a Zombie Apocalypse!!! Madison and the gang go back to this world's version of a post-apocalyptic Costco to stock up and meet with Daniel. And, talk about not going as planned. Nick is all 'Brain Stemming' it up at the local Bazaar-o Drug Den, with Troy hesitantly joining and have a Fear and Loathing in Mexicali moment to enjoy. And Strand... dear Strand... what are you up to? Why do you seem to be up to no good?

We enjoyed this episode overall, but there were some issues and more questions that I hope we get answers to in the Season 3 finale. And, with the announcement about the Crossover Event coming sometime next year or next season, we discuss your feedback as well as our guesses on who the character from The Walking Dead is that's joining our survivors on this show, or so the vast majority of us think the direction of this crossover will go, anyway. So join Brian and I as we discuss Fear the Walking Dead, Season 3, Episode 14, El Matadero.

Send in your feedback!

Remember to leave us your feedback for the two-episode season finale, S3E15, titled Things Bad Begun and S3E16, titled Sleigh Ride, by Tuesday 6 PM/5 PM Central.

Ratings are up!

S3E14 El Matadero got a 0.88 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.364 million viewers. That's up from last week's 0.75 and 2.078 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to El Matadero!

apple

STDP 006 – The Butcher’s Knife Cares Not for the Lamb’s Cry (S1E4)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 11 Oct 2017 00:07:49 +0000

Star Trek: Discovery - S1E4 - The Butcher's Knife Cares Not for the Lamb's Cry

On this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Adam and I discuss Season 1 Episode 4, titled The Butcher's Knife Cares Not for the Lamb's Cry. We see the "spore drive" working, which explains the weird saucer section of the Discovery, and one of the coolest things we've ever seen a starship do! It's Burnham fighting the monster within herself and dealing with the monster on board Discovery. Who is really a monster? Both, one or neither?

Since we've all seen the 24th Century of this universe, we know that the spore drive is not commonplace on future Starfleet vessels. However, we've just seen just what it can do, and what controls it. We both enjoyed this episode, although I enjoyed it more than Adam did. What can I say? I like cool ships doing cool things, and the spore drive is cool! And Tardigrades play a factor in this episode… you know, those little, resilient water bears? Only this one isn't so little!

Some mysteries from last week are solved, but certain ethical dilemmas seem to present themselves. Are they hurting the Tardigrade?

Burnham gets a new uniform!

We are treated to some cool effects at the start of this episode, to a surprising result: The creation of Burnham's uniform! She's got no rank, but it's good to see her out of those prison duds!

Don't forget to send in your feedback!

We can't wait for next week! Get in your feedback for Star Trek: Discovery Season 1 Episode 5, titled Choose Your Pain by Monday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

How can you find us!

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter! And don't forget to leave us an Apple Podcasts review!

FTWDTT 031 – This Land is Your Land (S3E13)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 06 Oct 2017 17:37:22 +0000

Talking Through This Land is Your Land

Man, is it getting stuffy in here? I don't remember a time when so much danger was around every pantry corner. Low on Guns, low on Hope and low on Air made for a thrilling episode for our Walker-Ranch Gang. Nick and Troy have a short-lived road trip to save the Clan and Alicia gets her biggest moral test. And Madison. Well, you'll see. With only the breath we have left in our lungs. Join us as we discuss Season 3 Episode 13 of Fear the Walking Dead, titled This Land is Your Land, This Land is My Land, From California to... Oh sorry, I can't help it. At least I know all the words.

A Tough episode for Alicia...

That was one brutal episode, especially for Alicia. I think this episode turns a corner for her. I don't think there is any question that she's a badass.

Ratings are up!

S3E13 got a 0.88 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.364 million viewers, which is up from 0.75 and 2.078 million viewers last week.

Send in your feedback!

Remember to leave us your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead S3 E14, titled El Matadero by Tuesday at 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Other Fun Stuff!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

STDP 005 – Context is for Kings (S1E3)

Talk Through Media — Wed, 04 Oct 2017 01:32:18 +0000

Talking Through Context is for Kings

On this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, we analyze Season 1 Episode 3 of Star Trek: Discovery, titled "Context is for Kings". We finally get to see the U.S.S. Discovery. We finally have Burnham join the NCC-1031, after two episodes on the Shenzhou under less than ideal circumstances.

What about the ship?

We didn't talk a lot about the ship during the episode, so what do we think of it? Well, it's cool! It looks way better than it did in that original teaser back at Comic-Con 2016. We're excited to finally see it. We said last time that this is not your father's Star Trek, and I would also say that Discovery is not your father's Enterprise. Keep in mind there's been 51 years since the original show. Technology in 2017 has advanced considerably since 1966. If you want Star Trek to continue for future generations, my advice is don't get too hung up on it. From what we can see, they are sticking to story canon pretty well... for the most part... and we think that is most important.

We have a bit of a mystery as to what's going on with the Discovery. That may play a bit different than your "problem of the week" did back in the '80s and '90s, but, for a long-form serial, this has almost as many mysteries as Westworld did.

New Characters!

We get to meet new characters in this episode, particularly many from the main cast, such as Stamets, Tilly, and Captain Lorca. Each is much different than you may expect. We both loved Tilly, though one of our listeners didn't agree. Stamets was not what I expected. Lorca's going to be an interesting character, and I have tons of questions about his menagerie.

We also meet Chief of Security, Commander Landry. Although not on the main cast, I think we'll be seeing a lot of her for the rest of the season. We also see the sister ship, the U.S.S. Glenn, and a familiar pet of the Captain.

We both loved the episode, and can't wait for next week!

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for Star Trek: Discovery, Season 1 Episode 4, titled The Butcher's Knife Cares Not for the Lamb's Cry, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Monday, October 9, 2017. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

STDP 004 – Battle at the Binary Stars (S1E2)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 29 Sep 2017 21:16:54 +0000

Talking Through Battle at the Binary Stars

On Sunday, September 24th, CBS All Access made available S1E2 of Star Trek: Discovery, titled Battle at the Binary Stars, immediately following the airing of S1E1, The Vulcan Hello, on CBS. Since many people in the U.S. didn't have CBS All Access and still don't, they want to know: Should they watch this show? Should they pay for CBS All Access? Should they wait, and binge it, or buy it now and watch week to week? We answer those questions, at least most of them, in this week's episode.

In this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, we analyze Season 1 Episode 2 of Star Trek: Discovery, titled "Battle at the Binary Stars". We also discuss, after the first two episodes, our experiences so far with CBS All Access, and give our advice about watching each week, waiting and binging or not watching at all. Read More...

Is Star Trek: Discovery Star Trek?

Star Trek: Discovery is not your father's Star Trek. You know the uniforms and the Klingons look different, but it goes beyond that. The producers have changed a lot more, added a few new wrinkles to some things, and created new things within the universe. But, is it still Star Trek? I believe the answer is yes. If you can accept some changes to what you're used to, then this Star Trek is for you. If you can't accept that their uniforms are anything except what you see in "The Cage", and that the bridge doesn't look like a classic bridge a la NCC-1701, then move on. Stick to Kirk, Spock, and McCoy.

At least they still act like Klingons!

Though the producers have been coy about it, I believe that Star Trek: Discovery is a partial re-imagining of the franchise. They've kept story canon, for the most part, but they have changed the look and much of the technology. They could have saved themselves a lot of grief by announcing this as a re-imagining of the franchise, or by not changing as much as they did. I'm still scratching my head as to why they felt it necessary to change the look of the Klingons so much, but it is what it is. I hope it may be explained, but the most important part is that they still act like Klingons, and if they had changed their behavior, I would be objecting a lot more than I am now.

So, should you watch Star Trek: Discovery?

We believe the answer is yes. We think it will be a great season, and great TV, but different than the Trek we grew up with. Should you get CBS All Access? We think so... but whether you wait and binge, or watch weekly, that's up to you; whether you don't want to be spoiled online because you haven't seen it, want to share with the online community as it airs, or you're more than comfortable binging it and watching later is a major determining factor. However, if you're waiting for it to come onto another streaming provider in the US, like Netflix, think again. CBS is building their whole streaming service around the Star Trek franchise. This is going to become more commonplace, not less, with other content providers. It's unlikely, though not impossible, that Discovery will be available on Netflix in the future. If that happens, it won't be soon.

What about the episode itself? SPOILER ALERT!

This episode ends with a few major twists. Captain Phillipa Georgiou and T'Kuvma are dead, the Shenzhou has been destroyed, the Federation and the Klingon Empire are at war, and Burnham has been court-martialed and received a life sentence. We've not even seen the USS Discovery yet! "The Vulcan Hello" an

FTWDTT 030 – Brother’s Keeper (S3E12)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 28 Sep 2017 21:36:27 +0000

Talking Through Brother's Keeper

♫Three members of Otto's family on the wall, Three Members of Otto's family. Take one down. Pass dad's head around. Now, Troy is the last a live, Otto's on wall.♫ (lol, I tried to make that work)

Jake, we hardly knew ya. But sad to see you go. But who to blame? Madison, Nick, Alicia? Troy really went all out to get back at the Nation and his own people. And still remains alive to clean up his mess. Alicia tries to keep the Ranch functioning. But after the herd comes crashing through the gate she has many people looking for her strength to get through this and survive. Join us as we discuss this explosive episode of Brother's Keeper.

Send in your feedback!

Remember to leave us your feedback for S3E13, titled This Land is Your Land.

Ratings are up, just a little

Brother's Keeper got a 0.75 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.078 million viewers. That's up from last week's 0.74 and 1.985 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Brother's Keeper!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

STDP 003 – The Vulcan Hello (S1E1)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 28 Sep 2017 01:36:23 +0000

Talking Through The Vulcan Hello

It's been a long wait, but Star Trek: Discovery is finally here!!! For this episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast, Adam and I cover the pilot, Season 1 Episode 1, titled The Vulcan Hello. Overall, we're cautiously optimistic, with some enthusiasm on some things and nagging issues on others. We'll cover Season 1 Episode 2, titled Battle at the Binary Stars, later this week.

The verdict's still out for some

We know some of you, especially in the U.S., are undecided as to whether or not you will watch the show. Perhaps you will wait until you can binge-watch it before you pay the monthly fee, or maybe you want to wait and see what people think of it before committing to yet another bill. If you are in Canada, have the show available on Netflix or have decided to pay for access in the U.S. now, perhaps you are going to watch it weekly like we are. I'm not going to write this post to try to get you to sign up, but if and when you do, we'll be here for you!

What's MY verdict?

Overall, we're cautiously optimistic, with some enthusiasm on some things and nagging issues on others. When we recorded Monday night, I had not yet seen episode two, but I have now. Some of my opinions changed after that episode. Some changed for the positive, and a few for the negative. On the whole, I am pleased and can't wait for next week's episode! However, I'm still asking why they made the changes they did. I've decided to just accept them and watch the show based on its own merit.

We'll be back in a few days!

We will be recording again Thursday night, covering Season 1 Episode 2, "Battle at the Binary Stars". If you want to get in feedback, one of the best ways to do that is via our Facebook group.

STDP 002 – A Deeper Dive into Star Trek: Discovery

Talk Through Media — Fri, 22 Sep 2017 17:34:27 +0000

The Star Trek Discovery Podcast does a deeper dive!

It's Brian here, and, as I write this, we are only two short days away from the biggest event in the Star Trek fan universe in years, the premiere of Star Trek: Discovery!

On this second episode, we discuss the newly released theme, the first four episode titles, the characters, actors, producers, writers, and directors of the show. We also discuss a few things that have been hinted at from people working on the show, and our impressions of what's coming.

Videos

Here are some of the videos we mention during the podcast (no, I won't link to the Enterprise theme!):

Our next episode will be covering Episode 1 ONLY. We are going to watch it, but hold off watching Episode 2 (which is only available on CBS All Access in the U.S.) until after we have finished podcasting about the pilot Monday night. We'll then come back later in the week with another episode, covering Episode 2.

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter!

FTWDTT 029 – La Serpiente (S3E11)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 21 Sep 2017 23:44:03 +0000

Talking Through La Serpiente

As one would say; Are you thirsty and hot after this episode? I know I sure am. Madison really took charge to make a deal with the Water Queen. Even if, at times, it looked like a bust. Strand again uses his talents of wheeling and dealing, listening and fact-finding, that even for a moment swayed Daniel to the softer side. Cry-Baby Walker may have saved Ofilia, and Daniel was grateful, only to be told she was Walker's Weapon against his enemies. Oh man, that didn't sit well with Papa. But in the end, we had some great moments with our characters as well as some really gross ones too. Join us as we discuss "La Serpiente" in this week's episode 29 of Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through.

Ratings are down

La Serpiente got a 0.74 in the 18-49 demographic, with 1.985 million viewers, which is down from 0.78 and 2.139 million last week.

Send in your feedback!

Remember to leave us your feedback for the next episode, Fear the Walking Dead Season 3 Episode 12, titled Brother's Keeper, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to La Serpiente!

Brian wants to tell you that he's going to be hosting the new Star Trek: Discovery podcast! Go to http://talkthroughmedia.com/series/startrekdiscoverypodcast/ for more!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts

STDP 001 – Introduction to The Star Trek Discovery Podcast

Talk Through Media — Mon, 18 Sep 2017 20:03:58 +0000

Welcome to the first episode of our podcast on Star Trek Discovery!

Welcome to the first episode of The Star Trek Discovery Podcast! It's Brian here from The Walking Dead Talk Through, and I'm here with a brand new podcast! Join Adam, from The Nerfherder Council, and me as we begin our new podcast!

We start with a little intro about ourselves and our ties to the Star Trek universe. I start off talking about my experiences pitching stories to the various Star Trek shows back in the '90s, and Adam talks about his love for Trek. Then, we go into where we stand on the various versions of Star Trek. We follow that with what we do an intro on what we currently know about Discovery!

Next time...

We'll do a deeper dive about the show next time, which will come out before the premiere, which is Season 1 Episode 1, titled The Vulcan Hello. Since that airs on CBS proper, we're going to do a separate episode for that, then do a second episode a few days later covering the second episode, Battle at the Binary Stars.

Want to participate? Join our Facebook group! And follow us on Twitter!

FTWDTT 028 – Minotaur/The Diviner (S3E9/S3E10)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 16 Sep 2017 10:55:48 +0000

Talking Through Minotaur/The Diviner

Hello Survivors! We are back! Wow, How much can change with such a long break. We have two episodes of Fear the Walking Dead to discuss for this Season 3B premiere. Madison and Walker team up to find "AGUA, AGUA". Troy seriously has like a million "get out of jail free" cards. Alicia tries to keep Jake as the leader. Nick gets wrangled as the new militia leader of the post-Otto clan. And like Troy and his bulletproof plot armor Strand is back! Join us as we discuss Minotaur/The Diviner on this week's podcast.

Ratings are down...

Ratings for the two episodes were counted together, rather than separately as they did for the mid-season finale. Minotaur/The Diviner got a 0.78 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.139 million viewers. That's up from episode 7's (S3E7 The Unveiling) 0.93 and 2.621 million viewers, and the mid-season finale S3E8 Children of Wrath's 0.83 and 2.402 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

Remember to leave us your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead S3E11, titled La Serpiente, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Minotaur & The Diviner!

Brian wants to tell you that he's going to be hosting the new Star Trek: Discovery podcast, beginning next week! Stay tuned for more info! We'll let you know when it's available!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts Talking Through The Unveiling/Children of Wrath

We survived this half-season of Fear the Walking Dead! Well, most of us survived. We got a pretty big reveal with our Madison Pie that explain at least some of her decision making. Now that Alicia and Nick know her deep dark secret, will this change the trajectory and do they stick with her until the bitter end? Only time will tell.

Ofelia is back, saved by Walker after her heat stroke Daniel sighting. She is reunited with the Clarks, but that didn't go well. Is there still a survivor's bond between them, or does Ofelia's choice to back Walker break any leftover bonds? Jake almost gets a scalping and Troy goes on more murder runs, which, ultimately, leaves the Broke Jaw Ranch in tatters, and a leadership change is in store. Can a peace between the groups last, or will there be more hidden dangers beyond the horizon? Join us as we talk through the last two episodes of Season 3A of Fear the Walking Dead, The Unveiling and Children of Wrath.

Send in your feedback!

Remember to leave us your feedback for the two-episode midseason premiere.

Ratings are up!

S3E7 The Unveiling got a 0.93 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.621 million viewers. S3E8 Children of Wrath, at the later time, got a 0.83 in the 18-49 with 2.402 million viewers. Both episodes are up from last week's 0.83 and 2.193 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Unveiling/Children of Wrath

Brian's been asking for some help. Brian's laptop had been having some hard drive issues while he and Ruthie recorded The Walking Dead 7B, so he started a GoFundMe campaign to help him out to buy a new solid-state drive (SSD), asking listeners if they could help him out a bit and donate to help pay for it. Well, over the hiatus, he found a deal on an SSD and put it on his credit card. So, he now has the drive, but he could still use help since he's still paying for it. We appreciate all of your support! We have the best listeners in all of podcasting!

FTWDTT 026 – Red Dirt (S3E6)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 07 Jul 2017 22:15:15 +0000

Talking Through Red Dirt

Light your fires and run for the hills. Trouble is brewing for the Broke Jaw Ranch. Madison is stepping up in this episode as the Ranch hands completely lose their minds. Why run for the hills when you have so many resources around you. And this makes me harken back to our parent show's "Who's Deanna". Because who is in charge here! Jeremiah starts drinking and putting holes in the floor. Troy has abandonment issues that leads to outright murder. Alicia is spending her time on a Jake date at the shooting range. And Nick is Jeremiah Otto's AA Sponsor. But in the end, our Madison steps up to fill the leadership vacuum the Otto's left behind. With the two-episode midseason finale next, this is sure to end with some unexpected results for everyone involved. And, it looks like we finally get to see the answer to 'Where's Ofelia"! Thank the Lord.

Send in your feedback!

We love the feedback we are getting from our listeners and we want so more. So keep it coming! Send in your feedback to the two-episode midseason finale, S3E7 The Unveiling and S3E8 Children of Wrath.

Ratings are down...

S3E6 Red Dirt got a 0.83 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.193 million viewers. That's down from last week's 0.96 and 2.493 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Red Dirt!

FTWDTT 025 – Burning in Water, Drowning in Flame (S3E5)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 01 Jul 2017 04:08:48 +0000

Talking Through Burning in Water, Drowning in Flame

Quoth the Raven... "Brraaiinnss"!

In this episode of Fear the Walking Dead, we saw some disturbing things: From a heartfelt and brutal end for some long-time lovers to a poem spouting crow head! But our wait for a new protagonist, and who shot down the helicopter, is over. Welcome "Mr Walker".

In this episode, Daniel and Strand have a bro-tastic breakup, Alicia gets her groove on, Madison could be treading on thin ice with Troy, and once again, where is that freaking Ofelia! So sit back, relax, and break out your best copy of some William Hughes Mearns rhymes, because we are going on a trip to Walker Town.

Send in your feedback!

We had some great feedback from our listeners this week. And we thank you. We couldn't do this without you all. So keep it coming. Please send in your feedback for our next episode, covering Fear the Walking Dead Season 3 Episode 6, titled Red Dirt.

Ratings are up!

S3E5 Burning in Water, Drowning in Flame got a 0.96 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.499 million viewers. That's up from last week's 0.94 and 2.396 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Burning in Water, Drowning in Flame!

Brian's been asking for some help. Brian's laptop had been having some hard drive issues while he and Ruthie recorded The Walking Dead 7B, so he started a GoFundMe campaign to help him out to buy a new solid-state drive (SSD), asking listeners if they could help him out a bit and donate to help pay for it. Well, over the hiatus, he found a deal on an SSD and put it on his credit card. So, he now has the drive, but he could still use help since he's still paying for it. Brian would like to thank Sarah this week for her donation, and we appreciate all of your support! We have the best listeners in all of podcasting!

apple podcasts Talking Through 100

No, it's not The 100, the show Alycia Debnam-Carey was on before The Walking Dead, but it was a really good episode! Daniel Salazar is Back!!! (And Ofelia is not). Join us as we discuss the ups and downs of Daniel's psyche, his pain, his thirst for forgiveness, and like the Holy Intervention of a Lightning Strike. Ruthie has graced us with her divine presence to give her insights of this episode and season so far. We have two new characters, Efrain and Lola, Strand is still trying to con his way out (but this time he missed the mark), and all this talk about water is making me thirsty! So sit back, open up that can of Spam and wash it down with a tall glass of Agua. There are a lot of things to discuss.

Send in your feedback!

We love the feedback we are getting from our listeners and we want more. So keep it coming! Please leave us feedback for S3E5, titled Burning in Water, Drowning in Flame ...but please don't ask us 'Where's Ofelia'. We don't know. But we do know she better show up soon. Or we'll Riot. j/k

Ratings hit a new low...

100 got a 0.94 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.396 million viewers. That's down from last week's 1.02 and 2.504 million viewers. Those numbers are an all-time low for the series.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to 100!

apple podcasts Talking Through TEOTWAWKI

Brian and I discuss Fear the Walking Dead Season 3 Episode 3, titled TEOTWAWKI. It may feel like the end of the world as we know it, but this episode made us feel like there is so much more to come. Madison making some Mommy moves on Troy, Alicia is the cool girl at Bible school, and Nick making a crazy connection with the craziest guy we know. Oh and don't forget 'Strand The Man' trying to con his way out of death. We are not even halfway through the first half of Season 3. Daniel makes an appearance, but we still don't know what happened to Ofelia! Where is she!!!??? This episode really was a nice change of pace. Very little death but a lot of character developments that are looking promising. We love the feedback we are getting from our listeners and we want so more. So keep it coming! Remember to leave us your feedback. And join our Facebook group!

Ratings are down a little bit...

TEOTWAWKI got a 1.02 in the 18-49 demographic with 2.504 million viewers, down slightly from 1.04 and 2.698 million last week. Charts are below.

Leave your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 3 Episode 4, titled 100, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to TEOTWAWKI!

Talking Through Eye of the Beholder & The New Frontier

Fear the Walking Dead is back with Season 3, and we're back, too! And we want to welcome new co-host Kyle to the podcast! We hope you'll all give him a warm welcome!!! Okay, so it's me, Kyle, writing this... LOL. But I know you will all be nice to me. Ruthie will be back for The Walking Dead.

This season is off to a rockin' (no pun intended) start and 'WOW' was that a heart-wrenching surprise at the start of Episode two. Brian and Kyle, take your Awesome Sauce feedback, mix it in with a few crumbles of Travis's freshly crumbled cinder-blocks, and stir it with a little Madison's eyeball laden spoon and out comes a Willy 'rat fink' toady souffle for you all to feast on and enjoy.

Send in your feedback!

Remember to leave us your feedback for next week's episode, Fear the Walking Dead Season 3 Episode 3, titled TEOTWAWKI.

S3E1 Eye of the Beholder got a 1.18 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.109 million viewers. S3E2 The New Frontier got a 1.04 in the 18-49 with 2.698 million viewers. Compare that to last season's premiere, this is way down from 3.08 and 6.674 million viewers. Comparing to the last two episodes that covered the last season finale, it's down from 1.59 and 3.671 million viewers for S2E14 and 1.26 and 3.048 million viewers for S2E15.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Eye of the Beholder & The New Frontier

TWDTT 063 – The First Day of the Rest of Your Life (S7E16)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 07 Apr 2017 03:06:33 +0000

Talking Through The First Day of the Rest of Your Life

The First Day of the Rest of Your Life is the last episode of season 7 of The Walking Dead. This show has taken us on a roller coaster this season, with plenty of ups and downs for all fans. Whether you liked or disliked this latest episode, no one can really say for sure where future seasons will take us. Another character’s journey has come to a close, and what a shocking ending it was. Why did Negan say she had him wrapped around her little finger? Must have been the beach ball-sized lady nuts.

Now that Season 7 of The Walking Dead is over, what are your overall thoughts about it? We'll be back soon with an episode covering Season 7 (though we talked a lot about it this episode), and we want to hear from you! Let us know by leaving us feedback. We may bring on a guest or two to talk about the season with us, and if you're interested in getting on the podcast with us, let us know! We also want feedback when we come back for Season 3 of Fear the Walking Dead!

Ratings are up from last week, but down from the last season finale...

First Day of the Rest of Your Life got a 5.42 in the 18-49 demographic, with 11.314 million viewers, which is up from last week's 4.88 and 10.543 million, but it is down considerably from last season's 6.92 and 14.193 million viewers for the season 6 finale.

Other Fun Stuff Unrelated to The First Day of the Rest of Your Life!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Talking Through Something They Need

Something They Need is the penultimate episode of the seventh season and is the one where they finally go to Oceanside. It’s also the one where Sasha has to make a decision about her future. And it’s also the one where we get a character named Rapey Davey. But, this isn’t Friends, it’s The Walking Dead where the future is uncertain. Rick and the gang go to Oceanside and take all of their guns, but promise to bring them back. Will they be able to keep this promise? Sasha tells Negan that she will join him but then tells Eugene that she doesn’t want to be used to hurt her friends and asks for his help. How will she get out of the situation she has created for herself?

Something They Need has left us with many unanswered questions, but will we get all the answers in the finale? Will we get the all-out war that has been promised this season, or will we have to wait until season 8? Will the season finale see all of the groups finally coming together to fight against the Saviors?

Ratings were up!

Something They Need was able to get a 4.88 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.543 million viewers, which is from last week's 4.72 and 10.318 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

If you think you know the answers to any of the burning questions, let us know by leaving us feedback. Please leave feedback for the season finale, The Walking Dead Season 7 Episode 16, titled The First Day of the Rest of Your Life, by Tuesday 6 PM/5 PM Central.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Something They Need!

We're asking for something new this week. Brian's laptop has been having some hard drive issues lately, so he's asking listeners if they could help him out a bit and donate an Amazon gift card of any dollar amount you can spare so he can upgrade his laptop's hard drive to an SSD. It’ll help breathe new life into it and help things run more smoothly here at The Walking Dead Talk Through. Check out his Amazon wishlist, and you can see the specific Samsung 1TB SSD he's looking to get with those gift cards. If you don’t want to go the Amazon gift card route, he also set up a GoFundMe. We know we have asked for a lot lately, and we appreciate all of your support! We have the best listeners in all of podcastdom!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Talking Through The Other Side

The Other Side, also known as the antepenultimate episode of season 7 of The Walking Dead, was a rather middle of the road episode for the two of us. While it wasn’t terrible, it didn’t really knock our socks off either. This episode mainly focused on the unlikely--and reckless--pairing of Sasha and Rosita, with a little bit of the Hilltop, sprinkled in for good measure. While we know what it is that motivates them, it’s hard to understand why they are making such rash decisions. It also seems unlikely that Sasha will survive her decision.

The little bit we got at the Hilltop definitely brought this episode up, and I don’t mean Gregory’s bootlicking. We both enjoyed the non-verbal cold open as well as the heartfelt scene between Maggie and Daryl. Although it seemed like a long time coming, the moment was just right. We already knew that Maggie didn’t blame Daryl, but it was really nice to hear her say it out loud and alleviate some of Daryl’s suffering. I am not sure how that scene could have been any better.

Questions, Questions, Questions!

And now for a few questions! First of all, I would really like someone to tell me why people still follow Gregory. Seriously. What’s the deal here? Next, what will Eugene do about his “rescue” attempt? Will he tell on Sasha and Rosita? Also, what is up with Eugene, is he really Negan, or is he running some kind of long con? Has he truly forsaken the friends who took him in and looked after him? Is Eugene really just looking out for number one? Finally, who was the figure with the crossbow at the end of the episode? Did Daryl have enough time to get to the Sanctuary? Could it have been Dwight? If it was Dwight, what will he do to Rosita, assuming he sees her?

Get in your feedback!

We want to know your answers to these questions and more so please, drop us a line and tell us what you think! Please send in your feedback for Season 7 Episode 15, titled Something They Need by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Ratings are down...

The Other Side got a 4.72 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.318 million viewers. down from last week's 4.88 and 10.676 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Other Side!

TWDTT 060 – Bury Me Here (S7E13)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 17 Mar 2017 16:33:54 +0000

Talking Through Bury Me Here

Bury Me Here is the title of the 13th episode of The Walking Dead this season, and it was also what one character wanted, and, in the end, got. That character was Richard, and the one who buried him both literally and figuratively was Morgan. Although the previews lead us to believe that this was a Carol-centric episode, it was really all about Morgan. Morgan was the one who arguably had the biggest character change this episode, a change that was brought about ultimately by Richard, the one he buried. What a circle of life and death this episode was, and it also brought a little rearranging and mind-changing.

Other characters changed, too

Although none quite so significant as Morgan, Bury Me Here brought about changes for other characters as well. Carol decided not to live apart anymore, and King Ezekiel decided that The Kingdom could no longer carry on as before. Now that both Carol and Ezekiel have decided to join the fight against the Saviors, what will the future hold? Will they team up with Alexandria? Will Carol try to convince him to do so, and if she does, will she be successful?

One more question for the road: if all had gone according to Richard’s plan, how exactly did he expect them to know that the Bury Me Here sign was for him? After all, he wouldn’t exactly be around to explain it to anyone; and if Morgan hadn’t found the fated cantaloupe, perhaps no one would have ever known. So much trouble for one little melon.

Send in your feedback!

Leave us your feedback and tell us what you think the answers to these questions are. Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 7 Episode 14, titled The Other Side, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings are up!

Bury Me Here got a 4.88 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.676 million viewers, up from 4.71 and 10.163 million viewers last week.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Bury Me Here!

TWDTT 059 – Say Yes (S7E12)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 09 Mar 2017 23:09:53 +0000

Talking Through Say Yes

Say Yes is the next episode of The Walking Dead and there was a lot of yes in this episode. Michonne and Rick said yes to each other, Jadis said yes to Rick’s deal, Sasha said yes to Rosita’s ridiculous plan, and Tara said yes to herself when she (we think) decided to tell Rick about all the guns at Oceanside. What will be the result of all this yes? Probably something pretty spectacular, but we won’t find out next week! Next week looks to be a Carol-centric episode, which is quite alright with this podcaster. I hope she has a come to Jesus moment and will be ready to join the fight against the Saviors.

We enjoyed it... You didn't!

It seems we are on opposite sides once again with a lot of you out there. Brian and I both really enjoyed this episode, but it seemed to fall flat for others. At least, that was how it seemed based on most of the feedback we got. Even though this episode had its flaws, for us, it was still a really fun episode that I think was necessary for Rick and Michonne. Sometimes, it’s best to not look too closely at what is going on, however, this seems to be a recurring problem for the Walking Dead writers’ room. We know they are capable of great things, but sometimes they take the easy way out. I hope that our enthusiasm for this episode is able to talk our less enthusiastic listeners off the ledge a little bit. In any case, we are four episodes away from what will hopefully be a new storyline without Negan…because some of us don’t like him. At all.

Remember to leave your feedback!

If you have any ideas about what the next four episodes or the next storyline will hold, then let us know! We love to get feedback from our listeners and fellow fans of The Walking Dead, especially audio feedback! We haven’t had any of that in a while. The next episode is S7E13, titled Bury Me Here. The best way to leave us feedback is in our Facebook group.

Ratings are down...

Say Yes got a 4.71 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.163 million viewers, down from last week's 4.95 and 10.423 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Say Yes!

TWDTT 058 – Hostiles and Calamities (S7E11)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 03 Mar 2017 05:03:33 +0000

Talking Through Hostiles and Calamities

Hostiles and Calamities is the next episode of The Walking Dead. It was an all Saviors all the time episode. If you couldn’t tell, neither one of us really cared too much for this episode. However, one bright spot, for at least one of us, is that Dwight gets beat up. Even though we didn’t, we always like it when our listeners enjoy the show!

While there wasn’t much that either of us found very compelling this week, we both felt that we did get a lot more insight into Negan, and what makes him tick. Unfortunately, for me at least, the problem is I don’t really care too much about what makes Negan tick. I still can’t really put my finger on why I dislike him so much other than that he is just a bully and I don’t like bullies. But the other bright spot in the episode is Eugene. Josh McDermitt does such a great job portraying the scared little boy that Eugene often is, but also when Eugene changes into a guy with a little more chutzpah. Is Eugene really siding with Negan, or is he doing what Daryl couldn’t and just going along to get along? I hope he is able to recognize Negan for what he is and not be suckered in by his smooth talk. Also, what is up with Dwight? Will he turn on Negan finally? Or will he keep on taking it like a whipped puppy?

Ratings are down...

Hostiles and Calamities got a 4.95 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.423 million viewers, which was down from 5.28 and 11.075 million viewers last week.

That's it for Hostiles and Calamities!

Tell us what you think about Eugene and Dwight by leaving us some feedback. Will they team up to take down Negan, or will one of them rat the other out? Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 7 Episode 12, titled Say Yes, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Things Unrelated to Hostiles and Calamities

New Best Friends are what Rick and the gang found in this episode, as well as a porcupine walker and a wire cat statue. While Winslow didn’t survive the encounter, hopefully, the cat found a new home with Michonne. Also hopefully, our gang can find the guns required to keep their new best friends. Will Tara have to reveal what she knows about Oceanside? Or will they find another cache of guns? Either way, the clock is ticking and the pressure is mounting.

Give us your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 7 Episode 11, titled Hostiles and Calamities, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings are down...

New Best Friends got a 5.28 in the 18-49 demographic, with 11.075 million viewers. That's up from the mid-season premiere's 5.72 and 11.996 million viewers.

Other Things Unrelated to New Best Friends!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 056 – Rock in the Road (S7E9)

Talk Through Media — Tue, 21 Feb 2017 03:45:38 +0000

Talking Through Rock in the Road

What an episode back from hiatus! Rock in the Road showed us all the things we wanted, and none of the stuff we didn’t. As Brian said, it was Negan without Negan. Unfortunately, even though I love Jeffrey Dean Morgan, a little Negan goes a long, long way for me. You may remember that we argued about the blobby shadow in the front seat of Father Gabe’s car and wondered what it might mean if anything. We got to see a little of the Hilltop, and a little of the Kingdom. We also got to see the coolest clothesline ever!

A few things

And now for a few things I may or may not have said before, and maybe some questions, too! I thought it was rather interesting that Richard doesn’t call Jesus by his nickname, but rather by his given name, which in case you forgot (I know I did) is Paul. In any case, he didn’t seem to be very trusting of Jesus, or happy to see him, but maybe he’s just naturally mistrustful and unhappy. I feel sorry for Richard, it seems like he carries so much on his shoulders. He knows what the right thing to do is, but can’t seem to convince his leader of the same. One thing I kept meaning to bring up was the identity of the new group that our gang encountered at the end of the episode. Keeping in mind that I have never read the comics, and so, therefore, have no real idea…I couldn’t help but wonder if this was the group I’ve heard called the Whisperers. From the comic, the scuttlebutt is that the Whisperers are another enemy, so if they are, that would make them another group of bad guys. I guess we will find out soon.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 7 Episode 10, titled New Best Friends, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings are up!

The mid-season premiere did a lot better than the mid-season finale! Rock in the Road got a 5.72 in the 18-49 demographic, with 11.996 million viewers, which is up from the mid-season finale's 5.09 and 10.583 million viewers.

Things Unrelated to Rock in the Road

TWDTT 055 – TWD News & Other Stuff

Talk Through Media — Fri, 10 Feb 2017 05:46:46 +0000

Talking Through TWD News!

Hello, all! We're back! Brian here! I'm doing the blog post duties for this week. It's been a while, hasn't it? Yup… just shy of two months! But, in a few more days, our beloved show, The Walking Dead, returns for the second half of Season 7!!! We can't wait to talk about it with you! First, we have TWD news!

This episode, at least the last two-thirds of it, is a bit of a departure from our normal content. Recorded last week, it starts off normally enough, with a lot of news on The Walking Dead that happened over the hiatus. Then, we talk about our impressions of 7A now that we've had some time away, then we discuss what I've been able to piece together about The Walking Dead Season 7B. I also talk a bit about my re-watch of TWD that I completed over the hiatus, and how my impressions of certain episodes have improved over time.

Talking Through Other Stuff!

After that, we do something unusual and talk about TV shows and films that we watched over the hiatus. If you want to bail out at that point, you can. We won't mind! However, if you want to listen to us talk about other shows, I watched a lot of TV while I was trying to rest, and most of it was quite good. I thought I'd start things off by mentioning something I technically watched a little BEFORE the hiatus, which was the AMAZING Stranger Things!!! I watched the last eight episodes of Westworld that I hadn't seen yet. My impressions have improved a lot with that show, but I'm still not as big of a fan of that show as Ruthie is.

Game of Thrones talk...

However, we do a much deeper dive to talk about Game of Thrones. I finally watched seasons 2-6 over the break, and my impressions of GoT have completely changed, and I'm now a big fan. In fact, I want to apologize to our listeners for anything I've said negative about that show over the years because I was completely wrong about that show! It's now one of my favorites!!! I also watched seasons 2 and 3 of Black Mirror, which is very good as well but a bit more hit and miss watched the pilot Better Call Saul but decided to postpone watching the rest of that until it's closer to when Season 3 comes in April. I also saw three movies over the break: Star Trek Beyond (liked it but thought the first two movies were better). Mad Max Fury Road, and Train to Busan. I forgot to mention Train to Busan this episode, but we definitely will touch upon it next week. It's now one of my favorite zombie movies! Well worth watching!!!

Ruthie also watched a lot of TV over the hiatus. She talks about Travelers, The Crown, Victoria, the Sense8 and Dr. Who Christmas specials, and the final season of Sherlock, none of which I've seen yet.

That's it for TWD News and Other Stuff, until next week!

We want to hear your feedback for the mid-season premiere, so tell us what you think. Has Rick Grimes smiled yet? We love audio feedback the best!

Other Fun Stuff!

If you feel so inclined, please check out Ruthie's GoFundMe. She's got her new computer, but could still use other computer accessories and recording equipment.

Please remember to subsc

TWDTT 054 – Hearts Still Beating (S7E8)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 16 Dec 2016 09:04:49 +0000

Talking Through Hearts Still Beating

There are many Hearts Still Beating after the mid-season break for season 7 of The Walking Dead, but a few that have been stopped forever. Thankfully it was Spencer, unfortunately, it was also Olivia. Some characters weren’t on the road to learn the lesson that Rick learned, but some were and didn’t learn it good enough. I’m looking at you, Rosita, and now Eugene is paying the price for your stubbornness. I hope she has now learned her lesson. He tried to tell her when he told her that it might not be her that pays the price for her actions. Hopefully, she will remember those words and how she was mean to Eugene and work extra hard to get him back.

While both of us liked this episode, Brian, as usual, liked it a little bit more. I’m just glad that this episode ended on a hopeful note. Compare that to how the season premiere ended. I am hopeful that the subjugation of our gang will not last much longer in the second half of season 7. I hope Carol will come to her senses and be the BAMF she was meant to be. We both are glad that Daryl is now free and that Rick has the python back. I guess it’s a good thing that he offed Fat Joey, after all, he might not have ever known that he had it. However, this does not bode well for the gentle soul that is Daryl Dixon. I can’t wait for the next Daryl and Carol reunion.

And now for the burning question: who is the owner of the boots? We had a lot of responses on the poll on Facebook, but we would love to hear from everyone about what they think the answer is.

Ratings were up!

Hearts Still Beating got a 5.09 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.583 million viewers. That's up from last week's 4.98 and 13.220 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

Speaking of hearing from you, you have plenty of time in between now and the next episode to get in oodles of feedback! We got one piece of audio feedback this week, which as always, made us super happy! Drop us a line and let us know who you think is wearing the boots! We will be recording a preview episode before the mid-season premiere. Please submit your feedback for The Walking Dead Season 7 Episode 9, titled Rock in the Road, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Wednesday, February 15, 2017. We'll be recording a day late because of Valentine's Day.

Other Fun Stuff C

TWDTT 053 – Sing Me a Song (S7E7)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 10 Dec 2016 22:13:55 +0000

Talking Through Sing Me a Song

Sing Me a Song is the title of the next episode of The Walking Dead, also known as season 7 episode 7, and the penultimate for this year. It is also another way that Negan shows how he is a prick because he makes Carl, our little serial killer in training, do just that. While the seemingly budding bromance between Carl and Negan was the main focus of this episode, we also checked in with Rick and Aaron, Spencer and Father Gabriel, Rosita and Eugene, and Michonne. It seems that our characters are going off in all different directions, both literally and figuratively while they all try to cope with their new Savior situation. Michonne and Rosita are both hell-bent on getting themselves killed…er, I mean going after Negan. While Michonne doesn’t need anyone’s help so no one really knows what she is up to, Rosita drags Eugene into her plan by bullying him into making her a bullet. He tries to save her from herself by talking her out of it, but she is having none of that. Spencer is off being a whiny baby and actually makes Father Gabriel wish he hadn’t come along with him, so much so that he chooses to walk back home. You know when F.G. is fed up with you, it’s bad. Meanwhile, Rick and Aaron are actually being useful by getting something interesting.

Now that was a long episode!

Whew, it seems like a lot went on this episode, but since it was 90 minutes…not really. While this episode wasn’t my favorite by a long shot, it wasn’t as bad as I was expecting. There were only a few scenes I enjoyed; however, Brian enjoyed this episode way more than I did. To varying degrees, we were both a little disappointed by it, even though his rating doesn’t really reflect that. There is almost always room for improvement. Unless you’re talking about the season 5 premiere. That one seems to be the gold standard for both of us. Gareth really was scary, but it was mostly because of his indifference to human life. For this episode, though, there is nothing scarier than seeing Negan holding a baby.

Send in your feedback!

It’s your last chance to give us feedback for the year, and we really want to know what you think about this first half of season 7. We seem to be getting less and less each episode, and we don’t know if it’s because less of you are watching, or less of you are listening to us. In any case, let us know by sending us some audio feedback! It’s our favorite! Please send in your feedback for Season 7 Episode 8, titled Hearts Still Beating by Tuesday 6 PM/5 PM Central.

Ratings are up!!!

Sing Me a Song got a 4.98 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.481 million viewers, which is up just a bit from 4.90 and 10.403 million viewers last week.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelat

TWDTT 052 – Swear (S7E6)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 01 Dec 2016 09:02:51 +0000

Talking about Swear... Without Swearing! :-)

Swear means we only have two more weeks of The Walking Dead this year, but it also means all Tara all the time. The sixth episode of season 7 caught us up on what happened to Tara and Heath after that fateful night at the Savior outpost. When they left, our gang still had no idea what was to come, but when Tara returned, she returned to a post-Negan world where everyone is a nail, and Lucille is the hammer. Fortunately, we didn’t have too much to be said about this episode, except feeling sad for Tara when she feels sad. Otherwise, she was a much needed bright ray of sunshine.

One of my favorite things throughout this episode was Tara’s particular brand of funny. She is such a fun and funny character, I don’t think we really realized how much we missed her until she came back. Her optimism is infectious and by the way, what a difference lipstick makes! Yowza! Alanna Masterson is such an amazing actress who is also stunningly beautiful. But back to the lecture at hand. Oceanside, or the Amazons, as I call them, seems like a great place to settle down, but unfortunately, they have a shoot first ask questions later kinda policy. My question is, why did Cyndie decide to make an exception for Tara, again and again? Because of this, I think Tara feels obligated to swear to Cyndie that she won’t tell anyone, even the people she lives with, about the Amazons, but how long will that promise hold out? Also, what in heck happened to Heath?

Ratings were down

Swear got a 4.90 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.403 million viewers. That's down from last week's 5.17 and 10.996 million viewers.

Please leave your feedback a little early this week!

We have to move up the deadline again this week, so please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 7 Episode 7, titled Sing Me a Song, by Monday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Things Unrelated to Swear!

Talking Through Go Getters

What a difference a week makes! Go Getters, episode 5 of season 7 of The Walking Dead, was a welcome departure from the previous week, and we both liked it so much more than the one before. Brian had some weak sauce this week, but honestly, I was so happy to not see Negan again, I probably gave them a pass where I normally might not have. But that’s the way these things go sometimes. It was great to see Maggie again, and the path that she’s on with the Hilltop. Hopefully, Gregory will not be in charge for very long, although Xander Berkeley is quite divine. As Sonequa Martin-Green said on Talking Dead, Gregory cares more for his own safety than for the safety of others, and that is what makes him dangerous. How very right she is, and I think Jesus is starting to recognize this as well.

Maggie on a tractor taking care of business was probably my most favorite moment of the episode, second only slightly to when she punches Gregory. Woman power! I can’t wait to see the deft trio of Sasha, Maggie, and Enid and what they can accomplish when the men get out of the way. Rawr! Finally, what will become of Carl and Jesus? It seems like a dangerous path they are on, but hopefully ninja Jesus will be able to keep one-eyed Carl alive long enough to see his dad again. I sure hope they left a note. It doesn’t look like the Savior storyline will end before the break, more’s the pity for me. But hopefully, that will just make it all the sweeter when they finally do overthrow Negan.

Send in your feedback!

Please submit your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 7 Episode 6, titled Swear, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 29, 2016. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings were down

Go Getters got a 5.17 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.996 million viewers. That's down from last week's 5.43 and 11.402 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Go Getters!

We got some audio feedback for this episode that was simply delightful! We love hearing from you all, but most especially when it is in your own voices.

TWDTT 050 – Service (S7E4)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 17 Nov 2016 06:14:53 +0000

Talking Through Service

Episode 4 of season 7 of The Walking Dead, Service is all about Negan visiting Alexandria and taking their stuff, or as he says, providing service. More than that, though, it’s about making sure the Alexandrians understand their place in the grand Savior scheme of things. Negan wants to make sure they are demoralized and that they won’t ever try to fight back. I’m really hoping that fighting back happens very soon because I’m not sure how much more of this kicking them when they’re down that I can take.

Send in your feedback!

If you feel differently than we did on Service, then please let us know by giving us some feedback. With our new feedback-centric style of episodes, we really, really need your input! We especially want and like audio! Please send your feedback for the next episode, S7E5, titled Go Getters, by Tuesday 6 PM/5 PM Central.

Ratings are down

Swear got a 5.43 in the 18-49 demographic, with 11.402 million viewers. That's down from last week's 5.68 and 11.721 million viewers.

Other stuff not related to Service

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 049 – The Cell (S7E3)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 14 Nov 2016 08:24:22 +0000

Talking Through The Cell

The Walking Dead's third episode of season 7 takes us to the Sanctuary, as Negan’s home is called, and we learn a little bit more about Dwight. Meanwhile, the title of the episode, The Cell, is where Daryl spends most of his time. Also, he’s naked. That’s right, Daryl was naked for part of this episode. So if you didn’t watch it, you missed out. Because it was sexy time. Okay, not really, it was a terrible kind of naked that wasn’t sexy at all, but rather, very, very sad. Daryl was brought to his lowest point in the series so far: no clothes and being fed dog food sandwiches. He even cried at the end, and our hearts broke as poor Daryl only had Dwight to comfort him. A masterful performance by Norman Reedus, this episode nevertheless left some of us wanting a little bit more.

Easy Street, the earworm of The Walking Dead!

This episode should have been called Easy Street, for the obvious reason. What an effective use of a song!

We still haven’t found any reasons to like Negan, or to love to hate him, or to even think he might be anything more than just a classic narcissistic megalomaniac. He is a bully, and as I have said before, I just don’t like bullies. I still wonder why everyone puts up with him, and how long it will be before people get tired of bowing and scraping all the time. He is just one man after all. As one listener pointed out to us, based on his “hot wife, hot sister” speech, he’s not even that witty or charismatic. I have yet to figure out why people follow him, or even why they are afraid of him. He is, after all, only one man. And I don’t think anyone feels anything for him but fear. I don’t think there is any respect or love there, not like in The Kingdom. Speaking of The Kingdom, I shall echo what Lara said, can we go back there now…?

The Cell got a 5.68 in the 18-49 demographic, with 11.721 million viewers. That's up from last week's 6.09 and 12.455 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

We want to hear from you! Leave us your feedback and tell us all your thoughts about what happened in the episode. If you don’t make it in time, that’s okay, we have a whole section for feedback from the previous week that we can bust out as needed! So what are you waiting for? We especially love audio feedback! For The Walking Dead Season 7 Episode 4, titled Service, please submit your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 15, 2016.

Other Fun Stuff Unrelated to The Cell

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps u

TWDTT 048 – The Well (S7E2)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 06 Nov 2016 08:33:25 +0000

Talking Through The Well

The Well was definitely a different kind of episode than the season 7 premiere, and at least one of us really, really liked it. I won’t tell you who, you’ll just have to listen to see. Okay, twist my arm, it was me. This episode caught us up on what is happening with Morgan and our beloved Carol, as well as introduced us to a new community of people. During this episode, we see an entirely new way of life in the zombie apocalypse, one that seems a little hard for Carol to swallow. She thinks that the Kingdom is a joke and that King Ezekiel is, too. That is until he lets her in on his little secret. By the end of the episode, I think Carol and I are in agreement. Ezekiel and Shiva aren’t so bad after all.

I don't know what's going on in the most wonderful way!

It seems in this episode that both Morgan and Carol start out kind of adrift, but I think by the end of it, they both find their footing. I can’t wait for the Kingdom and Alexandria to finally team up to defeat the so-called Saviors, who don’t save anybody but themselves and their megalomaniacal leader. Maybe they will even get the Hilltop in on it, too, but they seem rather defeated already. In any case, I don’t want a super long conflict with the Saviors like there is in the comics. A girl can dream…

A few things

Now for a few things I didn’t say in the episode. I noticed, in the beginning, the second time I watched the episode that you can hear someone in the background ask Morgan what he’s doing, and you can see him in the background as he says he’s marking the way back. Then a few minutes later we see him marking a mailbox and putting the flag up. At the end of the episode, we see him lead Carol back to that same house he marked earlier, and he puts the flag back down. I really like that Carol and Morgan both seem to fit in with The Kingdom, and I also like that Ezekiel is crushing on Carol in a big way. I think they would be cute together, and maybe be another power couple to give Richonne a run for their money!

Get in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 7 Episode 3, titled The Cell, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, August 21, 2018. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings are down sharply...

The Well got a 6.09 in the 18-49 demographic, with 12.455 million viewers, down sharply from last week's season premiere, which got an 8.36 in the 18-49 and 17.029 million viewers.

Subscribe to us

TWDTT 047 – The Day Will Come When You Won’t Be (S7E1)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 28 Oct 2016 11:36:25 +0000

Talking Through The Day Will Come When You Won't Be

The Day Will Come When You Won’t Be are prophetic words spoken by Dr. Jenner way back in season 1 as Rick and the gang fled an about to explode CDC in Atlanta. Much like Rick, we didn’t ever think that those words would or could come back to haunt us. Now we know differently. Two of our beloved characters will no longer be a part of our show, but they will not be forgotten. Especially by the rest of the characters. In fact, this episode will most likely be the story that changed everything.

The most polarizing episode ever!

Quite a polarizing episode once again from The Walking Dead, and if you are anything like me, you didn’t really like The Day Will Come When You Won't Be. That’s not to say it’s a bad episode, but bad things happened. Things I didn’t like. Things that will forever change the show, and maybe not for the better. I had a hard time with this episode mainly because of the frustration. I don’t like watching someone get their spirit and resolve broken, and that’s exactly what happened to Rick. I don’t like watching injustice and that’s what Negan embodies for me. Fortunately, Maggie still has some fight left in her, and hopefully, she will be able to bring them back from the brink of despair. We’re all counting on you, Maggie! We will mourn the loss of Glenn and Abraham for a long time to come!

That's It For The Day Will Come When You Won't Be!

We love to get your feedback! Please send us some audio! We wanted to give a special shout out to Cutter because while you submitted your feedback in time, we didn’t get it in time…D’OH!!! Don’t you fret, we will be sure to include it next week! For next week's episode, Season 7 Episode 2, titled The Well, please submit your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, November 1, 2016.

Ratings are WAY up!

The Day Will Come Will You Won't Be got an 8.36 in the 18-49 demographic, with 17.029 million viewers, up from the last season finale's 6.92 and 14.193 million viewers. It's also up from the last season finale, which got a 7.43 in the 18-49 and 14.633 million viewers. It's the second-highest rating ever for the show, second only to No Sanctuary's 8.70 and 17.290 million viewers.

Subscribe to us

Please remember to subscribe to us on

TWDTT 046 – Season 7 Preview

Talk Through Media — Sat, 22 Oct 2016 15:47:54 +0000

Talking Through The Walking Dead Season 7 Preview!

Whoa, whoa, whoa! Season 7 is upon us! Only a few days remain until we get to see who gets “Lucilled” and this makes us both excited and trepidatious, both eager and panicked, and both inpatient and anxious, all at the same time! What a wide range of emotions we are all experiencing as we anticipate what will happen! I cannot use another exclamation point! Oops. But, we talked about a lot more than just who we think might get the bat. We talked about what we are most excited about, and what we are perhaps dreading a little bit. But one thing is for sure, Sunday cannot get here soon enough. To that end, it's time for a season 7 preview!

We have a special guest!

We are also super excited that we had a wonderful guest host with us for this episode. After the enormous amounts of listener feedback we got from Kyle for Fear the Walking Dead, we extended the invitation…and he said yes! I know we had a lot of fun, and we think he did, too. We may do this again, so if you are interested, start sending us lots of feedback! (And maybe let us know if you want to…!) If we do get a lot of feedback for the season 7 premiere episode, we will probably do a feedback focused episode, so help us out! We really, really also really want some audio feedback. Please and thank you. Please submit your feedback for The Walking Dead Season 7 Episode 1, titled The Day Will Come When You Won't Be, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, October 25, 2016.

Subscribe to us

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

FTWDTT 021 – Wrath/North (S2E14/S2E15) Feedback

Talk Through Media — Thu, 13 Oct 2016 02:01:32 +0000

Talking about Wrath / North Feedback!

Hello folks, we are back with another episode that is all about YOU! You guys had a lot to say about Wrath and North and so did we. But you can hear what we had to say in the previous episode. Thank you so much for joining in on the conversation, we really appreciate it when we get to hear from other people besides just the two of us (“we can make it if we try…”). I know I beg for it all the time, but we really love it when you all give us audio feedback!! A special thank you to Lara who did this time! Thank you thank you!

Next on our agenda...

We will be doing a season 7 preview episode before the season premiere. We will discuss everything we know about the season, and predict what we'll see... including who will die the first episode!

Get in your feedback!

We have a three-week break before the BIG season premiere of The Walking Dead, Season 7 Episode 1, titled The Day Will Come When You Won't Be. Please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, October 25, 2016. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other things unrelated to Wrath and North

Our fundraiser for MS is still ongoing, so feel free to donate to that absolutely wonderful cause.

Or if you feel so inclined, please check out my GoFundMe. I need a new computer to continue doing this in a bad way. Shout out to Monica, Lara, and Kathleen for helping out my cause since the last time I wrote a blog post! Thank you so much, guys! I’m over ¼ of the way there now!

Subscribe to us

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

FTWDTT 020 – Wrath/North (S2E14/S2E15) Review

Talk Through Media — Sat, 08 Oct 2016 15:29:25 +0000

Talking Through Wrath and North

Well, the final two episodes of the second season of Fear the Walking Dead, Wrath and North, are here, and so is this episode! It has been a crazy week, but we aren’t even done! Stay tuned (so to speak) for our feedback episode which will be released later. But first, we talk about the craziness that is the penultimate episode and the still kinda craziness, but not quite as crazy that is the ultimate episode. We liked both episodes, but I think the consensus is that we liked the penultimate episode slightly better. However, there were good parts of both, and that is what we discussed! We also talked about a few things that disappointed us, as we do.

I Have More to Say

Of course, the most awesome thing about both of these two episodes for us was the awesomeness that was Travis at the end of Wrath. Not only was that scene truly gratifying in a way that makes us a little ashamed of ourselves, but the way it was shot was also awesome. This was something that the show got right, the way that the rest of the sound faded out and the ringing sound that permeated everything let us know exactly what Travis was thinking and feeling. And of course, the amazing Cliff Curtis knocked it out of the park as well. Kudos to you, sir.

On the other hand...

The scenes with Ofelia seem sort of like wasted time/space, unfortunately. I think they spent too much time away from her and her journey to make these any more significant, except for when it was expedient for the show to give them to us. Namely, when they wanted to show danger at the border, they gave us Ofelia’s journey. Yes, they did set it up a little bit in the previous episode, but it still seemed less significant. Maybe that’s just me, and if so, maybe you should definitely tell us!

Ratings were up, then down...

We have two episodes of ratings to cover since the ratings were published separately. Let's start with last week's episode, which got a 1.48 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.491 million viewers. S2E14 Wrath was up from last week, with a 1.59 in the 18-49 demographic and 3.671 million viewers. On the other hand, the actual season finale S2E15 North got a 1.26 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.048 million viewers, which was down from both last week and the first part of the season finale.

Subscribe to us

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the ran

FTWDTT 019 – Date of Death (S2E13)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 30 Sep 2016 15:28:59 +0000

Talking Through Date of Death

It’s the penultimate week for Fear the Walking Dead, but Date of Death is not the penultimate episode. Not exactly. It depends on if you consider the two next week to be one episode or not. Personally, I think it will also depend on how they play out. Sometimes, two episodes can feel like one really long one, and sometimes, they really are two separate episodes. Since my crystal ball is still on backorder, I guess we will have to wait until this coming Sunday to find out.

A vast improvement

In any case, Date of Death was a vast improvement over the previous week, at least for these two podcasters. This episode gave us the backstory on what happened with Travis and Chris after the ill-fated trip to the chicken farm. I rather feel bad for Lorenzo James Henrie because he seems like he would be so much fun, but I absolutely detest his character. I guess that means he’s doing his job well.

It's worth repeating a few things

I’m glad that Travis is rid of the bro-migos, at least for the time being, but I feel bad for Travis that it was at the expense of his son. I do not feel bad for us. And how, unfortunately, I think that Travis lost Chris when he made the mistake of not bringing him back to the rest of his family. When he made that decision, he wasn’t being a parent to Chris, he was trying to be his friend. This backfired when Chris found new friends who wouldn’t also try to parent him. No one wants friends who boss you around all the time. I still think if Travis had not done what Chris wanted and had made the decision with his parent brain on instead, he would have taken Chris back to the rest of the group and they never would have been in that situation. But then we also wouldn’t have this drama for Travis.

Send in your feedback!

Leave us your feedback and tell us what you think about the episode, and what you think will happen in the final two. Pretty please with a cherry on top, we wish for more audio! But we understand that maybe not as many of you are watching Fear, and for those who are, it may not be priority watching. For Fear the Walking Dead's two-part season 2 finale, Season 2 Episode 14, titled Wrath, and Season 2 Episode 15, titled North, please submit your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, October 4, 2016.

Ratings are down

Date of Death got a 1.48 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.491 million viewers. That's down from last week's 1.55 and 3.616 million viewers.

Talking Through Pillar of Salt

Two weeks, three episodes are how much time we have left with Fear the Walking Dead; two steps forward, three steps back is kinda how we feel about episode 12, Pillar of Salt. Unfortunately, things took a downward turn during this episode, and it was mostly because of one character. As I said in the episode, Madison is as unreliable as Nick is in her actions and motivations. However, I think that perhaps the roles have been reversed because Nick appears to be doing quite well. But Madison just can’t accept that he’s gone and that the daughter she has right in front of her still needs her. I hope that the next three hours will be enough to change her into a character that I really do want to follow and care about. Because as of right now, I really, really don’t.

But who knows what will happen in the future? Three hours can be a long time in TV land, and Madison can still turn it around, especially if Travis shows up. His character also has some things to work out that will perhaps be addressed next week. All we know is that we saw him at the end of this episode with no Chris in the shot, making at least one good thing to come from the beacon that Madison lit for all to see.

Random thoughts

I’m not sure if we talked about why they had to sneak out of the Colonia, but it was something I was wondering about. It seems they should have done a little bit more sneaking since they got snatched up almost immediately. I’m not quite sure what will become of Ofelia, if she will eventually turn around and try to meet back up with our group, or if she will just head off the show into the same no man’s land where Morgan hung out. I still think she should have left a note at the very least tell them where she was going. Maybe she just figured they wouldn’t care. Alejandro doesn’t seem long for this world, but I don’t know if it is because he is actually infected, or if it’s because the Narcos found them. In any case, he seems to be falling apart a little bit. He is also holding on too tightly and just like water, the Colonia is slipping through his fingers.

Send in your feedback!

Tell us what you think is going to happen in the next three episodes by giving us your feedback. We love to hear from all of our listeners, especially in audio! For Fear the Walking Dead Season 2 Episode 13, titled Date of Death, please submit your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, September 27, 2016.

Ratings were up!

Pillar of Salt got a 1.55 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.616 million viewers. That's up from last week's 1.49 and 3.401 million viewers.

Don't Forget t

TWDTT 045 – Vincent M. Ward (Oscar) Interview

Talk Through Media — Sun, 18 Sep 2016 18:47:35 +0000

Talking to Vincent M. Ward! Oscar!

Wow! What an amazing experience this was! Words cannot even express how infinitely cool Vincent M. Ward is, not to mention, he really is as big as he looks on tv! I just walked up to him and said, “Hey, we’re doing this podcast thing here at Geekinomicon, I do a podcast about The Walking Dead, and we’d love it if you could come and talk to us.” And he did! In case you are scratching your head about who he is, Vincent played Oscar in season 3 of The Walking Dead. Oscar is one of the prisoners that our gang unwittingly stumbles upon in the prison, who ultimately, along with Axel, sides with Rick. Unfortunately, his time on the show was short, but it was very sweet as he dies helping our gang rescue Glenn and Maggie from Woodbury.

We'll be back for another Fear episode next week!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 2 Episode 12, titled Pillar of Salt, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, September 20, 2016. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Subscribe to us

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

FTWDTT 017 – Pablo & Jessica (S2E11)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 17 Sep 2016 02:11:07 +0000

Talking Through Pablo & Jessica

And the hits just keep on coming! We liked this episode about Pablo and Jessica better than the last episode, which makes us very glad. It also makes us hopeful for the future of the series as far as the quality of content goes. However, the ratings keep taking hits. Perhaps the rest of you are not liking Fear as much as you did? That would make sense, given our reactions to the show. We might just so happen to be a little bit predisposed to like them, though! As we discussed in this week’s episode, the ratings may be dipping, but the show is still on top. They don’t have to worry about securing a third season. We hope they can focus on making the show great!

A few things

I know we talked extensively about the use of the gore camouflage, but I think it bears repeating that the show seriously needs to move away from this crutch. Don’t put your characters in situations they can’t get out of unless they use this worn-out tactic. Find other ways to make them survive, or don’t put them in that situation. Continuing with the hotel storyline, I appreciated that while the guests weren’t necessarily ready to help, Oscar was willing to give the keys back to facilitate Stradison’s plan. I really liked it that both characters in the title, Pablo and Jessica, weren’t actually in the episode at all, or as in the case of Pablo, not even in the show at all. But both of these characters are big motivators for at least two other characters in the show. Even when they aren’t there, their presence is felt by those who miss them the most. This causes some interesting and potentially destructive behavior. We can't wait to see what will happen next week!

Send in your feedback!

I really want the hotel to stay the focus of the rest of the episodes because so far it’s my favorite of the three stories. But what I really, really want is for you all to tell us what you think! Send us some feedback and tell us what you want to happen in the rest of the episodes. Or tell us what you think will happen in the remaining episodes. Tell us your predictions, or answer some of our burning questions, like who took the truck (Ofelia?), and who really bit Alejandro? We are waiting to hear from you, and remember as always, we really love when you all send us audio feedback! For the next episode, Fear the Walking Dead Season 2 Episode 12, titled Pillar of Salt, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, September 20, 2016.

Ratings are up!

Rebounding from the lower ratings it got during the Labor Day weekend, Pablo & Jessica got a 1.49 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.401 million viewers, up from 1.24 and 2.991 million viewers last week.

FTWDTT 016 – Do Not Disturb (S2E10)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 09 Sep 2016 07:05:20 +0000

Talking Through Do Not Disturb

Do Not Disturb is our third episode back, and so logically we catch up with our third group: Travis and Chris. The first scene we see what became of the ill-fated wedding party, but then we immediately go to the father and son wonder team. Although Chris seems really happy to have his dad with him, he doesn’t really seem to be on the same page as Travis. Travis is trying his best not to lose his son, but he can’t seem to compete with the bro-tastic trio. Chris ends up showing his murdery side when he kills the owner of the chickens, and Travis doesn’t seem to know what to make of this new turn of events.

Back at the hotel

However, back at the hotel, we finally learn who was putting up the do not disturb signs on the doors, and while there were a few tiny plot holes in the scenes at the hotel, overall I think we both liked them better. Elena seems like a much more sympathetic and likable character than we’ve seen in a long time, and major points in her favor: she is not the frat-bruhs. I think we are also both liking the character of Alicia better than the others right now.

A few things

And now for a few things I may or may not have mentioned already in the podcast, but I wanted to mention again. I’m not sure that Chris will be able to travel back from the dark side of the force because he didn’t even seem the least bit bothered by what appeared to be the dead bodies of the store owners. This does not bode well. The question is, will Travis stick with him, or will he eventually give up on Chris, and if the latter, how long until that happens? Or has it happened already? Back to the hotel (I’m now hearing music and song lyrics in my head) scenes, Alicia and Elena seem to bond rather quickly, and also to trust each other quickly. She finally gives up the keys to the guests, is this because she sees Alicia’s plan, or because she trusts her already?

Send in your feedback!

We need the answers to these and so many more burning questions, so leave us your feedback and tell us what you think! While you are out tromping around the internet, go check out our donation page for MS. It’s still open as of the writing of this blog post, but we don’t know how long it will remain that way. For Fear the Walking Dead, Season 2 Episode 11, titled Pablo & Jessica, please submit your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, September 13, 2016.

Labor Day Affected the Ratings

Do Not Disturb was affected by airing during the Labor Day weekend. It got a 1.24 in the 18-49 demographic, with 2.991 million viewers. This represents the all-time lowest ratings to date for the show. That compares to last week's 1.59 in the 18-49 and 3.661 million viewers.

Talking Through Geekinomicon

Hey survivors! Brian here! We talk through both The Walking Dead and Fear the Walking Dead in this live episode that was part of Geeking Out MS, a podcast marathon and charity event for Multiple Sclerosis put on by Golden Spiral Media that took place at Geekinomicon! Ruthie is live from the convention floor at the Golden Spiral Media booth, while I join in remotely from suburban Cleveland.

Part of Geek Out MS!

You can help us obliterate our $2500 goal with a donation! All proceeds go to the National MS Society. The money raised will help fund amazing progress in MS research, as well as programs and services that ensure people affected by MS can live their best lives. This cause is really important to us, so we hope you will help us end MS forever. You can make your tax deductible contribution NOW!

Stay tuned for more!

Ruthie and I will be live again on Sunday from 3:30 - 5:00 pm, discussing two other shows we love, Mr, Robot and Star Trek (discussing the entire universe in general and the new show). Join us and the other discussions live! The event will be going on Sunday from 10:00 am to 5:00 pm Central. We also hope to do an interview!

Leave your feedback!

For our next episode of Fear the Walking Dead, please send in your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 2 Episode 10, titled Do Not Disturb, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

FTWDTT 015 – Los Muertos (S2E9)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 02 Sep 2016 06:58:33 +0000

Talking Through Los Muertos

The second episode back, Los Muertos, felt like it should have been the first episode back, but I guess you have to get Nick there first. Both of us enjoyed this episode more than the first one, but there are still kinks that need to be worked out. Unfortunately, when a show isn’t doing it for you as much, or any more, the desire to overlook those little inconsistencies goes away. But we are still watching and looking for the good, and I hope we don’t ever get too negative so as to turn off our listeners. If that is ever the case, won’t you please let us know so that we can course-correct?? However, I have a feeling that fewer and fewer of you are also still watching. But, you’re still listening to us, right? Right…?

A few things

How did that little girl understand Nick when he asked her what was wrong? Was it his tone of voice? Or did she really understand English? The latter seems less likely, but maybe she was just telling anyone who was around what was up. Does Nick actually get his addictive personality from his mother? She seemed to be hitting that bottle pretty hard, which, as we all know, is completely foolhardy in the zombie apocalypse. Nick seemed like he was sitting pretty thinking he was walking the talk, so to speak, after negotiating for that second cart, but in this instance, I have to agree with Luciana on this one. It wasn’t his place, and he might very well have placed that whole community in danger. Poor Nick is just such an impressionable young lad, he seems to be easily lead to whatever new ideas are spouted in his general direction. I wonder if something will happen to snap him out of his current mentality.

Send in your feedback!

We got one looooong bit of feedback from Kyle, and one from Judii, but the rest of you leave us wanting more!! We are positively dying to hear from all of you, so please, please, PLEASE leave us your feedback!! That is if you’re still watching. And, honestly, even if you’re not. Tell us what you had for breakfast...or lunch...or whatever else is going on in your life... For the next episode, Fear the Walking Dead Season 2 Episode 10, titled Do Not Disturb, please send in your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central, Tuesday, September 6, 2016.

Ratings were down

Swear got a 1.59 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.661 million viewers. That's down from last week's 1.62 and 3.864 million viewers.

Don't Forget to Subscribe!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts<

FTWDTT 014 – Grotesque (S2E8)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 28 Aug 2016 04:11:34 +0000

Talking Through Grotesque

The time has come at last for the second half of the second season of Fear the Walking Dead! Grotesque is the name of the episode that brought us back, and the title was not wrong. There were more than a few stomach-churning things that happened in this episode, however, the episode also left a sort of grotesque taste in our mouths. I don’t know if we should have been expecting more or not, but this episode did not seem to fit its placement in the season. It would have been more fitting as a middle of the pack bottle episode rather than the one that we first saw after the destruction of the previous episode so many months ago. But, this is what we got, so this is what we talk about!

Send in your feedback

We didn’t hear from a lot of people, so we can only guess what the rest of you thought about the episode. My guess is that you all probably had a similar reaction. What we also don’t know is the reason why we didn’t hear from you! Is it because it’s no longer a priority to watch Fear so you aren’t caught up enough to let us know what you think? Or is it because you stopped watching the show altogether? Or worse yet, is it because you are no longer listening to us…? We understand if it is the first two, but we sincerely hope it’s not the last! If you are still watching, what do you think will happen to Nick and the new community he found? How long do you think this new community will last? What do you think will happen with our other two groups? Will they ever all come back together again? If you are still watching/listening, then let us know what you think by leaving us your feedback. As always, we really love audio feedback! For Fear the Walking Dead, Season 2 Episode 9, titled Los Muertos, please submit your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, August 30, 2016.

Ratings were down

Grotesque got a 1.62 in the 18-49 demographic, with 3.864 million viewers, down from the mid-season finale's 1.88 and 4.388 million viewers.

Don't Forget to Subscribe!

apple podcasts

TWDTT 043 – Season 6 Review and 7 First Look

Talk Through Media — Mon, 22 Aug 2016 11:57:46 +0000

Talking Through The Walking Dead Season 6 Review

The long wait is over! Our review of The Walking Dead season 6 is finally here! We also have a first look at season 7! And not a moment too soon, as Fear the Walking Dead returns to finish off the second half of season 2, which we talked about briefly. But the main event is still the main show and that is what we spent most of our time talking about. There were Comic-Con trailers to review and highs and lows to discuss. For the most part, there were no major differences in our opinions of the strengths and weaknesses of The Walking Dead season 6, but at least one of us has felt the fires cool a little bit in anticipation of season 7. However, I’m sure that will change once The Walking Dead season 7 starts on October 23rd.

We will be back in August

Fear the Walking Dead returns August 21, so check the feed for those episodes! For Fear the Walking Dead, Season 2 Episode 8, titled Grotesque, please submit your feedback 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, August 23, 2016.

Coming Soon, Geekinomicon!

We will also be talking The Walking Dead when Ruthie attends Geekinomicon in September, and she'll try to get some interviews while she's there! Check for that while Fear the Walking Dead Season 2b is back.

Subscribe to us

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts

FTWDTT 013 – Shiva (S2E7)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 29 May 2016 20:58:46 +0000

Talking Through Shiva

The long wait is finally over! Shiva is the last episode of Fear the Walking Dead for a few months, and this will be our last episode for a little while as we take a small break from what has been a TWD juggernaut.

We didn't like this one

We hope you won’t be too disappointed with our episode. Shiva disappointed us. We tried to stay positive, but sometimes our disappointment in Shiva took over a little bit. This is also unusual for us because it’s not very often when both of us feel the same way about an episode. Most of the time, one of us is able to talk the other off the proverbial ledge as to why an episode has been written and directed the way that it is. However, this time we both had to keep ourselves from being too negative. We are confused about the decisions that the network has been making, and we don’t understand why so many of the characters did what they did. It also seemed especially disappointing considering how much we both loved the previous episode. However, many of you out there really enjoyed this episode, which made us very happy. This time, it was you guys who were able to talk us off the ledge.

We didn't like this one... At all

I usually have more to say about the episode in my blog post. I’ve always been taught that when you don’t have anything nice to say... In the interest of getting this episode out for your listening pleasure, I’m gonna keep it short. We so enjoy hearing from you all out there who are sticking with FTWD and sticking with our podcast. If this is the first time you’ve ever listened, please know that we really do like the show, and we hope we didn’t deter you from either watching Fear or listening to us!

Send in your feedback!

As always, we really love getting your feedback! Even though we aren’t going to record for a while (we’re on a break!!), still send us your thoughts about FTWD and also for the last season of TWD. We have plans to do a couple of recap episodes, and we would love some overall thoughts for either show. For the next episode, Fear the Walking Dead Season 2 Episode 8, titled Grotesque, please send in your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, August 23, 2016.

Ratings were down

It's the usual trend that ratings go up for a mid-season finale, but that did not happen this time around. Shiva got a 1.88 in the 18-49 demographic, with 4.388 million viewers, which is a series low. Last week, Sicut Cervus got a 1.94 in the 18-49 and 4.486 million viewers.

Other Fun S

FTWDTT 012 – Sicut Cervus (S2E6)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 21 May 2016 06:29:22 +0000

Talking Through Sicut Cervus

Sicut Cervus is the penultimate episode of Season 2a of Fear the Walking Dead. Have I said that I love the word penultimate? We have one more episode before The Walking Dead Universe on television takes a break. That means you also won’t hear from us for a while. We're taking a break! This may be sad news if you like listening to us prattle on. If you don’t... I’m so confused as to why you are here... We had fun talking about this episode once again. Things took a rather dark turn in this episode. We might be done with the Love Boat edition of TWD.

A new direction?

It seems like they might be headed in a new direction as our gang arrives in Baja and are greeted by something they did not expect. Strand discovers the tragic fate of Thomas, and I think it’s finally clear that it wasn’t a ruse or a con, Victor really did love him. We are also introduced to Celia, a formidable character with some rather strange beliefs about what is going on in the world, and what those things that look like people really are. Will she influence Nick to her way of thinking? Or will Nick realize that she really is crazy?

A few things

It seems to me that they got through the flotilla a little bit too easily, and it makes me wonder if that is something significant, or just a plot hole. I doubt the answer will ever be known to that one. I also think that the stress of this new world is beginning to take its toll, and perhaps most of our gang have let their guards down a little too easily when they arrive at the house in Baja. One of my favorite parts of the episode is when Thomas asks Victor if we like her when Madison is at the door. Strand is correct when he says she is fierce, but will she use that power for good, or evil? I think she needs to let her kids adapt to this new world and stop trying to hold them back by being overprotective. Also, was Alicia overreacting, or was Chris really threatening her? What was he doing in their room while they were sleeping with that knife?

Send in your feedback!

If you know the answers to any of these questions, please leave us your feedback and tell us! We are dying to know! For the mid-season finale, Fear the Walking Dead Season 2 Episode 7, titled Shiva, please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, May 24, 2016.

Ratings were a mixed bag

Sicut Cervus got a 1.94 in the 18-49 demographic, with 4.486 million viewers, down from last week's 1.97 in the 18-49, but up from 4.414 million viewers.

Don't Forget to Subscribe!

Please remembe

FTWDTT 011 – Captive (S2E5)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 13 May 2016 21:14:39 +0000

Talking Through Captive

Captive is the next episode in season 2 of Fear the Walking Dead and boy did we have a lot to say about this episode! We were kind of all over the place, but hopefully what we had to say made sense to most of you. What we didn’t understand was why Connor’s group expected Alicia to simply ditch her family and stick with them. What did they have to offer that was so great that would outweigh being with family? While it’s true that not everyone is blessed with a great family or great family bonds, they had no idea if that was the case for Alicia. As Jack found out, Alicia would rather be with her family than them.

A few more things...

And now for a few more things about Captive that I didn’t get to say or forgot to say, or wanted to say again. Not that it matters now, but at the time I was wondering how long Connor would be able to provide all of his people with a hot meal. I guess after this episode, the answer is not very long. Alicia mentions the laws of nature again in this episode. When we first see Travis, it appears that he is coming to. Apparently, he was knocked out at some point. Neither of us understood why Alex blamed Travis specifically. She didn’t have any more interactions with him than Strand, but for some reason, she held him responsible for her plight. We were also unsure of the timeline of events because nothing seems to be matching up correctly. Hopefully, we will get more answers in the next two episodes!

Send in your feedback!

However, if you have answers, we would love to hear from you! If all you have are more questions but no answers, we would love to hear from you! We will try to answer them as best we can, or maybe someone else can give you an answer. What I’m trying to say is, give us some feedback, pretty PLEASE!! For Fear the Walking Dead, Season 2 Episode 6, titled Sicut Cervus, please send in your feedback by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Ratings hit an all-new low

Captive got a 1.97 in the 18-49 demographic, with 4.414 million viewers, a series low, down from last week's 2.15 in the 18-49 and 4.803 million viewers.

Don't Forget to Subscribe!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! Get new episodes when released! And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! And check out our F

FTWDTT 010 – Blood in the Streets (S2E4)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 07 May 2016 11:53:58 +0000

Talking Through Blood in the Streets

Blood in the Streets is episode 4 of season 2 of Fear the Walking Dead. This episode is a rare gem for either show in this universe because it gave us Strand's backstory! I don’t know if they always planned on giving us his backstory, or if they did it because he became such a fan favorite the moment he appeared on the screen. I was definitely excited to learn more about this very intriguing character, but what is also interesting is how this backstory can be interpreted differently. What seems like a no brainer to one could still be viewed more than one way by another. It seems Strand's intentions are still not crystal clear. Is he playing a long con, or does he really love Thomas Abigail? Only time will tell.

A few more points

And now for a few more points about the episode. Although it does appear that Nick is really getting the hang of the zombie-apocalypse, diving into the tent without checking it first seems like a huge risk, as well as trapping himself in a place with only one exit. It seems clear that he has more learning to do, but Nick, he will do it fast. When we recorded, I couldn’t specifically remember the lights in the cold open, but I went back and looked and I think that perhaps the lights were the flotilla that Luis said they had to get through. I think the “bad decisions” that Ofelia said Chris still has time to make will be quite different from the bad decisions she made, and actually, have nothing to do with liking a girl.

Send in your feedback!

I also still want to know why Strand tried to ditch the Abigail instead of staying, so if you think you know the answer, please send us some feedback and tell us! Was he going to try to get to Luis and Nick for backup? If so, why did he think he would be able to make a getaway? For our next episode, Fear the Walking Dead Season 2 Episode 5, titled Captive, please submit your feedback by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Ratings are up!

Blood in the Streets got a 2.15 in the 18-49 demographic, with 4.803 million viewers, up slightly from last week's 2.12 and 4.726 million viewers.

Don't Forget to Subscribe!

Talking Through Ouroboros

We are back to our normal selves to discuss Ouroboros, Fear the Walking Dead Season 2 Episode 3. At least, I am back to normal! I was able to catch a few more zzz’s this week. I did not have to focus all my energy on forming coherent sentences! And yes, Brian was normal, too. But what an exciting episode! Perhaps the best episode of Fear yet, this episode was packed with all the things we love about this world. There was an infected horde that mobbed our characters on the beach. There was also an underwater scare with an “infected” filtration clog, and of course, good ole fashioned death threats. Is Madison capable of carrying out her promise to throw Strand overboard? Strand doesn’t think so, but I’m not so sure. Brian pointed out that there is not really a clear leader of the Abigail crew yet, and while I want it to be Travis, I think it will probably end up being Madison. But what do you think?

Flight 462

We also finally got to see the grisly outcome of Flight 462, but by the end of this episode, things were not looking good for what seems to be the final two passengers. Will we ever see Alex or Jake again? I think we will at least see Alex again, Jake I’m not so sure about. However, I have no idea how they will get out of the predicament that Strand put them in, and I’m still not sure why he didn’t want to even tow anyone else. Perhaps it really did just have to do with the extra drag, but Strand is still mysterious enough that I think there was another reason behind him cutting the tow line. He has a purpose that is not yet known by the other characters.

More on Strand

Speaking of Strand, a few more things I may or may not have mentioned in the recording. Strand thinks that a little ego-stroking will get Travis to work faster, but I think what he said and how he acted didn’t help. It’s not the U.S.S. Enterprise, and they are not Kirk and Scotty. I think Travis is right to be annoyed with Strand, but at the same time, I’m reminded of “we all have a job to do…” I still don’t understand why the horde on the beach meant that the Abigail had to be ready to move right then. It doesn’t seem like the infected on land posed any real imminent threat to those on the sea. I’m also still curious about the implied time limit to get to the house in Rosarito, and what will happen if they don’t make it on time, which of course leads back to questions about Strand. It all goes back to Victor Strand.

Send in your feedback!

If you have any answers to my questions, then please tell us by giving some feedback! As always, we love to get audio feedback, but we will take whatever we can get! For the next episode, Fear the Walking Dead Season 2 Episode 4, titled Blood in the Streets, please submit your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, May 3, 2016.

Ratings are down

Ouroboros got a 2.12 in the 18-49 demographic, with 4.726 million viewers, up from last week's 2.53 and 5.581 million viewers.

Talking Through We All Fall Down... Barely!!!

First of all, I must offer apologies because I was super tired the night we recorded our review of We All Fall Down but I promise I was not drunk! I was a little slow on the uptake so I didn’t laugh at all the funnies as much, or even get them really. But still, I think we had a fairly good discussion about the second episode of Fear the Walking Dead. I had fun at least, and hopefully, you guys will, too, and forgive me if I sound crazy!

OK, now for We All Fall Down...

A lot of things happened in this episode of Fear the Walking Dead, and we got a lot of information about what is going on right now in the zombie apocalypse. It seems that the whole west coast is down for the count, and most of the rest of the western United States as well. Is there any safe “infected-free” place left? I’m kind of thinking not. But what does that mean for the Abigail and her passengers?

For that matter, what does Strand have in mind for the rest of his guests aboard his boat? He clearly had a plan for something before all of this went down, but what were his motivations for taking on so many extra people? Is it simply strength in numbers? Or was it because they were attached to Nick? Furthermore, why did Strand invite Nick along in the first place? Victor Strand is still a huge mystery, and what Daniel uncovered in this episode did not give us any answers, only more questions.

Send in your feedback!

What do you think Strand is really up to? Let us know by leaving us your feedback after the episode. Will we get any answers Sunday, or just more questions? For Fear the Walking Dead, Season 2 Episode 3, titled Ouroboros, please submit your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, April 26, 2019.

Ratings are down...

S2E2 We All Fall Down got a 2.53 in the 18-49 demographic, with 5.581 million viewers, down from last week's 3.08 and 6.674 million viewers.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to We All Fall Down!

Talking Through Monster

Monster is the first episode of season 2 of Fear the Walking Dead, and what a season opener! We find out that the three rules of Strand’s boat are similar to the first two rules of Fight Club, and that some characters are figuring out the new world quicker than others. They left behind a burning Los Angeles for perhaps an equally perilous journey on the sea, but something tells me that they won’t be on the water the whole time (maybe it was that sneak peek on Talking Dead!). Still, it will be interesting to discover the different dangers that the ocean will provide.

They're on the boat

I’m surprised that Madison was so adamant about helping the stranded people given how pragmatic she seemed last season, but it seems that Travis and she really have reversed their roles. Maybe she just doesn’t want to feel helpless. It’s a terrible thing to realize that even though you may want to help people, you can’t always do it. Kind of like how climbers will cut the rope to save the people above them when they know there is no hope of rescue. Hopefully, she will be able to adjust more quickly and learn what she needs to do to protect her children. Daniel is another mystery, as last season he couldn’t wait to separate himself from Madison and Travis, but now it seems that he has hitched his and Ofelia’s wagon to their star. And then there’s Strand, the biggest enigma of them all. We still don’t know why he decided to save Nick’s group, but I maintain that he really does like Nick. I just don’t know why yet. So who is the monster?

Send in your feedback!

We always want to hear from you, but we especially like getting your audio feedback! Or you can go to our Facebook group and leave something on our feedback thread. Please send in your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 2 Episode 2, titled We All Fall Down, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, April 19, 2016.

Ratings are down

Monster got a 3.08 in the 18-49 demographic, with 6.674 million viewers, down from last season finale's 3.37 and 6.861 million viewers. It's also down from last season's premiere 4.90 and 10.130 million viewers.

Subscribe to us

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us ou

TWDTT 042 – Last Day on Earth (S6E16) Feedback

Talk Through Media — Sun, 10 Apr 2016 22:59:21 +0000

Talking Through Listeners' Takes on Last Day on Earth

Wow! Our heads are exploding right now because our feedback episode for Last Day on Earth may have even been longer than the regular episode! We can’t believe how much you all respond to us, and we absolutely love it! I know we beg (okay, I beg) for audio feedback, but we just love hearing what you all have to say in your own voices. However you want to talk to us, though, we want to listen! Thanks for making this so much more fun for us! I hope you all enjoy what everyone says and the differing opinions. Join in our Facebook group for even more fun!

A few points

I wonder if Enid is right, did Carl hope to run into the Saviors? I am not sure, but part of me thinks he did. But I also think now that if he did, he regrets that thought. I thought it was really ironic that “Pornstache” Savior tells our gang to be kind to each other. Maybe that’s not true irony, but it must be something because all along he knew they were planning on killing one of them. I wonder if in the season 7 premiere we will find out just how elaborate the Saviors’ plan really was. Would they have been able to turn back around and go all the way back to Alexandria? I don’t know. I hope we will find out, and I hope that it will all be worth it in the end.

Send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 2 Episode 1, titled Monster, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, April 12, 2016. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group. We will do a review soon!

Subscribe to us!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 041 – Last Day on Earth (S6E16)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 07 Apr 2016 09:44:11 +0000

Talking Through Last Day on Earth

Hey Survivors!!! It's Brian here. Ruthie usually handles this side of the podcast but it was her 40th birthday on Wednesday and we wanted to get the episode out ASAP so I volunteered to pinch-hit for her at the last minute and swing the bat [play my rimshot sound effect!!!] to get this episode out for you!!! :-) It's time to discuss The Walking Dead Season 6 finale, S6E16 Last Day on Earth. :-) This will be the first of two podcasts covering the finale.

Make sure you get in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for the season finale, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Thursday, April 7, 2016. And get in your feedback for the season 2 premiere of Fear the Walking Dead, titled Monster, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, April 12, 2016. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings for Last Day on Earth

Last Day on Earth got a 6.92 in the 18-49 demographic, with 14.193 million viewers, up from last week's 5.80 and 12.384 million viewers.

Subscribe to us

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 040 – East (S6E15)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 01 Apr 2016 05:26:34 +0000

Talking Through East

Our discussion of the penultimate episode of season six is here! East is the title of that episode and unfortunately, it did not wow everyone; and some of you were rather disappointed at what happened and what some of our gang did. We hope that after listening, we were able to talk you off the ledge a little bit. What we can all agree on is that we are nervous, excited, scared, and a whole host of other emotions about the 90-minute season finale coming this Sunday! Come to think of it, with so many 90 minute episodes this season, maybe they should have just kicked it up to 18 episodes this year…? Nah.

Negan is upon us

What will happen when our intrepid heroes finally meet Negan? Should we just skip the question of will someone die, and go straight to who will die? It seems more and more likely that we will lose a beloved character. Who will it be? You can’t always trust the show to follow the comics exactly, so there’s no helpful hint there. Is anyone safe from Lucille? We know we haven’t actually met Negan yet, but from all we’ve heard, he doesn’t sound like a very nice guy. I still maintain that our gang members are the good guys, even if they have made some morally ambiguous decisions this second half of season 6.

Not mentioned during the recording...

A few more things to mention about this penultimate episode: I really do love saying penultimate! :-) Can you tell me what kind of firearm Carol sewed into her sleeve? I’d really like to know. If it was just a made up gun… well, I’d like to know that, too. Also, I didn’t say it when we recorded, but Rick kinda looked like he was strung out on crack when he parted ways with Morgan. Was it because he had been hoofing it and that guy gave them the slip? At least, he looked normal by the time he got back to Alexandria. I still hope that Morgan and Carol will have some quality alone time together to maybe help balance each other out so that they won’t both be so paralyzed by what they are going through. I think they can really help each other, but I want them to show up at the end of the finale to save the day! Something tells me that won’t happen, though.

Send in your feedback!

We were overwhelmed by the amount of audio feedback we got for this episode. I’m not sure we’ve ever had three people send us audio in one week! If we have, it’s been so long that we forgot. So thank you Cutter, Lara, and Sarah. Consider the gauntlet thrown down to the rest of you! Or you can just send us your feedback the regular way. We won’t be sad. Much. Please leave your feedback for the season finale of The Walking Dead, Season 6 Episode 16, titled Last Day on Earth, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Thursday, April 7, 2016. We will be covering your feedback in a second episode, hence the later deadline. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings were down

East got a 5.80 in the 18-49 demographic, with 12.384 million viewers, down from last week's 6.00 and 12.686 million viewers.

Talking Through Twice as Far

We may have come Twice as Far with this episode, but we're only half ready for what happened. Two beloved characters gone, one for good, and yes, we definitely need therapy after this next episode of The Walking Dead.

What Not to Do if you star in a Zombie show...

Just make sure if you ever appear on a zombie apocalypse show that you never experience any character growth. And don't become the moral compass. Don't make plans for the future. Do any of those and you'll probably get killed off. How many more encounters with the Saviors will our gang have before it destroys them? Or before it destroys their spirits? Dr. Denise may have been awkward, but she was the best kind of awkward. Merritt Wever did such an amazing job of bringing this character to life that we barely got enough time to get to know and make us love her. Merritt and Denise, I'll miss you terribly.

A few more thoughts

About the cold open, they are trying something new from what they have done before, and I like it. They aren’t stuck in a rut and that they aren’t afraid to try new things. Some of those things will land for some of the audience; some will fall flat. At least, they aren’t going to just “play it safe” and ride this success wave as far as they can. What I liked about the cold open is that they were able to convey information without exposition, which is always nice, and that they made us pay attention. I also liked how the cold open-ended with Carol and the rosary, and the episode ended with Morgan noticing Carol was missing. Not quite a bookend, but again, they are keeping it interesting.

There's no I in Team...

When Daryl did not want to take the train tracks, it occurred to me that he is not always the most diplomatic person. In other words, whereas other people might take the time to say why or why not, Daryl just does what he wants sometimes without explanation. I bet if he had taken the time to tell Rosita and Denise why he didn’t want to take the tracks, they probably would have indulged him. But the way it went down, as Brian said, they weren’t really acting like much of a team (which should have clued me in that Denise was doomed!), and sometimes to be better teammates, we need to be vulnerable and expose our soft gooey center.

Begging the question?

I am going to tackle one of my biggest pet peeves this episode, the term "begging the question". I had it right. It describes a fallacy in logic and philosophy. You may know it as circular logic. The technique is used most often during formal debates and is derived from the Latin phrase petitio principii, which if you believe Wikipedia actually means “assuming the initial point.” If you want to learn more about how it has been subverted for popular usage because probably one time someone somewhere used it wrong and other people thought that person was smart and so more and more people wanted to be smart, too...well, you can do your own google research on that. But, here are a few websites about begging the question that I like that explain it a little bit more: BTQ, Grammar Girl and NY Times.

Talking Through The Same Boat

In The Same Boat, all of the characters this episode are in the same boat; at least, that’s how it seems in the beginning. By the end of the episode, they are not in the same boat at all. In fact, it appears that our gang has come out on top, but at what cost to Carol and Maggie? They both appear to be in a bad way after their own experiences from the Savior invasion.

We are rewarded with a tender moment for Daryl and Carol (a moment which has been lacking for quite some time we might add!), as well as for Glenn and Maggie. It might not be fair to pick favorites, but I liked the Maggie and Carol power hour storyline way better than Abe’s tripping over his “sack o’ gonads” story. And what a tour de force performance from Alicia Witt, complete with the unglamorous Walking-Dead-style make-under that just helped her be even more amazing!

Did we win?

Did our gang really come out on top, though? It seems that they won this one, but what will happen in the future? We got a prediction from Sofie about that, so make sure you listen right to the end to hear it! We’d love to hear from each of you about your predictions, so give us some feedback and tell us what you think will happen at the end of the season. Sofie also gets the gold star for sending us audio feedback! Yay Sofie!

Every group thinks they are the good guys, just like no villain actually sees themselves as the villain. I was pretty hot under the collar when ‘Chelle said that our group is not the good guys. Our gang doesn’t go cutting off digits of fingers for stealing, or telling people that the way you stay alive is you produce for them? In what world does that make you the good guys?

Our group is more of a family where all the individuals pitch in and have an equal voice. If one person wants or needs to go out and search for a missing loved one, no one would have to “steal” to do it. I get the feeling that “We are all Negan” kind of means that it’s all about what’s important to Negan. Alexandria doesn’t go out trying to find people to oppress, they want to trade. As Brian pointed out, in war even the good guys have to do things that you normally wouldn’t do, and I don’t think you can apply the same morality that we have now to the zombie apocalypse. I am just really tired of everyone saying that Rick and the gang are the new bad guys because, to me, they are not. Not yet, maybe not ever. But we shall see.

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, S6E14, titled Twice as Far, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings are down

The Same Boat got a 6.00 in the 18-49 demographic, with 12.530 million viewers, down from last week's 6.10 and 12.816 million viewers.

Talking Through Not Tomorrow Yet

Not Tomorrow Yet is the next full speed ahead episode of The Walking Dead. With a cold open focused on Carol, we knew it would be a knockout episode, and she finally gets some sugar! But then, in the end, she gets kidnapped. Bummer. But we all know that Rick and the gang will do anything and everything to get Carol and Maggie back into their safe and loving arms. Only a few days left until we find out how they will do just that, but will it be that simple? Who will be the next beloved character to leave the show? Will it be your favorite? Will it be mine? Do I have just one?? The suspense is almost killing me!

A few things I didn't mention...

And now for a few things I didn’t mention when we were recording. Abraham is a jerk...oh wait, did I already say that? Well, it bears repeating. I kinda hope his “thing” for Sasha blows up in his face, and I hope that Sasha is the woman I think she is and that she will not want to hook up with someone who could be so cruel. But, it’s a TV show, so I probably won’t get my way.

Why rush it?

I understand that they wanted the element of surprise on their side, but I still didn’t understand the immediacy of their actions. Why could they not have taken a couple of days to do a little bit more scouting? More knowledge is always better, and I think it was a little foolhardy to go in guns blazing without knowing all they could know. It seems clear now that this is not the only “Savior” compound. Why is Carol smoking now? This I don’t understand, especially with her chiding Mrs. Neudermeyer about it. Rosita has a very good point when she’s talking to Carol about Morgan and she says, “We don’t wanna kill, we don’t like, it happens,” which kind of makes how Morgan is acting seem like too much of an extreme for the ZA.

Send us your feedback!

We are again so grateful for the audio feedback we got this week and we hope for more! As always, we will take it in whatever form you wanna give it to us! Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 6 Episode 13, titled The Same Boat, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, March 8, 2016. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings same and up, depending on what you're looking at...

Not Tomorrow Yet got a 6.10 in the 18-49 demographic, the same as last week, with 12.816 million viewers, up from last week's 12.794 million viewers.

Talking Through Knots Untie

Jesus made the Knots Untie in this next episode of our favorite show and took our gang to meet his, also known as Hilltop. The show has been feeling a little incomplete without a porch dick, son of porch dick, or Nick dick. So, we are introduced to Gregory, who slips into his new role as though he had been doing it his whole life. Which, let’s be honest, he probably had been.

Xander Berkeley plays a jerk so well...

Xander Berkeley does a fantastic job of being instantly dislikeable. In his next role, I want him to play a loveable teddy bear. Just once. But for now, he’s the newest irritant on The Walking Dead. The action kicked up after our gang arrived in Hilltop. They found that things were a little more complicated than Jesus had indicated. After a confrontation with recently returned residents, Rick’s face was once again covered in someone else’s blood. Have we gone back to Wild West views of death where “he needed killin’” was a legitimate reason to off someone? Perhaps so.

Additional thoughts/clarification...

When I first heard Jesus mention entropy, it made me think of the title, Knots Untie, and how it all fits together. The idea is that “things fall apart”, which, as I said, is also the title of a book I read in college. To me, this is an indicator for future events, meaning things are about to get totally crazy for Alexandria, and probably for Hilltop, too, but then what else is new? This is The Walking Dead after all! Another thing I wanted to mention, just something to think about, would Maggie really have been able to shoot Jesus? After watching the whole episode, I think so. I really liked it when Glenn and Daryl were working together in the building and how Daryl pushed Glenn out of the way to take out one of the walkers. Thanks for reading this far, you rock!

Send in your feedback!

We are loving all of the feedback you guys are giving us, especially the audio! We really like including everyone who likes to listen to us in our show, because we like to listen to you, too! Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 6 Episode 12, titled Not Tomorrow Yet, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, August 21, 2018. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings are down

Knots Untie got a 6.10 in the 18-49 demographic, with 12.794 million viewers, which is down from last week's 6.60 and 13.483 million viewers.

Subscribe t

TWDTT 035 – The Next World (S6E10)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 27 Feb 2016 13:58:36 +0000

Talking Through The Next World

The Next World is the next episode of our favorite show, but this one came with mixed reviews from us. One of us thought there were too many plot holes, and the other just went with it. Whatever your thoughts are, this episode is probably the most humorous episode of The Walking Dead that we’ve ever seen. It’s nice to see our characters relax for a little while and sort of goof off. Unfortunately, we know that this cannot last and that hell is probably coming.

Are you really Jesus?

At least one of us has a few burning questions, like who the heck is this guy whose friends used to call him Jesus? And what happened to his friends? Where did he come from? How is he so clean? Was he always a ninja, or did he learn to be one later, like Morgan? And finally, what would a fight between Morgan and “Jesus” look like? Since I haven't read the comics, I can't wait to find out!

A few more things...

Here are a few more things I forgot to say when we were recording. I really liked at the end when Rick and Daryl are talking and Rick says, “It is pretty stupid going out there,” to which Daryl responds, “Yep...do it again tomorrow?” “Yep.” A little bit of Daryl Dixon makes everything better. Also, I know we talked briefly about Carl and Michonne and their moment, but I wanted to point out that love in the time of zombies is being willing and able to bash in the brains of your loved ones. I told my mom if she ever became a zombie, I’d off her, but I don’t think she took it the way I meant it. Finally, I kept thinking that “Jesus” was faking it the whole ride back to Alexandria. I kept expecting him to pull some shenanigans. But if he was faking, he really sold it by waiting until everyone else was asleep (or otherwise engaged, if you get my drift!).

We got some audio feedback!

Thank you so, so much for your audio feedback this week, it really means a lot! We love to hear your voices! Don’t be shy, everyone else, let us hear your voice, too! Faith and Sarah, you are not off the hook for next week! ;) Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 6 Episode 11, titled Knots Untie, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings are down

The Next World got a 6.60 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.483 million viewers, down from last week's 6.80 and 13.742 million viewers.

Talking Through No Way Out

What an amazing episode to come back to after that break that seemed like it might last forever, especially with the issues that some of us had with the first half of season 6. But No Way Out just made it all better, they recaptured us with sweet words and explosions! Well, all better for some of us; for Sam and Jessie, not so much. Just like Rick did, we also fell in love with Jessie; and just like Alexandra Breckenridge, we are super bummed about Jessie’s fate, too. However, when it comes to Sam, responses vary wildly. I, for one, think he was a kid in a tough situation in which this outcome was probably inevitable. Major Dodson’s poor character just couldn’t catch a break. But after seeing him on The Talking Dead, he endeared himself even more, at least to this fan, making it that much harder to see him go.

We loved it, even if not everyone else did...

While we have heard that some people had less than favorable reactions to No Way Out, we both wholeheartedly loved it! Our only disagreement is whether this episode is the best of the show. We got the best from all of our favorite characters, and even a little redemption from those we thought was beyond help. Alexandria survived the night, and it was really good to see the other Alexandrians do what scared them the most and face the walkers. The shots at the end - what I call the "faces montage" - were easily our favorites of the episode. Sometimes it’s a swing and a miss, but sometimes when you swing for the fences you hit a home run. This one was definitely a home run.

Send in your feedback!

We love to get your feedback in any way that you want to send it to us, but we especially love getting audio feedback! Thank you for everyone who participated in our facebook group feedback thread! You guys are awesome, and help make us awesome, too! Please send in your feedback for the next episode, Season 6 Episode 10, titled The Next World, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways of leaving feedback is on the designated episode thread in our Facebook group!

Ratings were down...

No Way Out got a 6.80 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.742 million viewers, down from the mid-season finale's 7.00 and 13.981 million viewers.

Subscribe to us!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Talking Through The Walking Dead Season 6b Preview!

Join us as we have wacky fun talking to Kelli and Justin of The Walking Dead: A Walking Naked Podcast about the upcoming second half of season 6, otherwise known as the 6b Preview show! We love talking to Justin and Kelli (and plan to make many more “simulcasts” of The Walking Naked Talk Through as we jokingly referred to ourselves) and so we hope you have as much fun listening to us ramble on about stuff and thangs.

A little housekeeping...

In this episode, we talked about the ongoing conflict between Frank Darabont and AMC. Read more about that here. If you want to know more about the Alicia Witt casting news that we may or may not have mentioned, you can read more about that here. If you want to subscribe to our lovely simulcast hosts’ podcast, you can also find them on Apple Podcasts. Be forewarned, they can be a bit saltier than us, but each person decides their brand of saltiness for themselves! So give them a listen, there is enough TWD love to go around to all of us, right?

Oh yeah, the feedback deadline!

We forgot to tell you the feedback deadline, but we figured you know what it is by now already. Just in case, please let us hear from you by Tuesday at 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central (the only time zone that counts) and tell us what you think about the first episode back, No Way Out. Also, what did you think about Season 6a?

Don't forget to subscribe to us!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 032 – Season 6a Review

Talk Through Media — Fri, 29 Jan 2016 18:29:10 +0000

Talking Through a Season 6a Review!

In this episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we discuss the merits and demerits of the first half of season 6. We both agree: The “Glenn thing” was done all kinds of wrong. We feel a little let down by our favorite show. However, there were plenty of high points this first half to outshine the negatives. Carol was our main winner for what was best about season 6a, but that shouldn’t be a surprise since we both love her so much. As our discussion played out, we decided that this first half was full of peaks and valleys in the story, and we hope for so much more in the second half.

We'd love to get your feedback!

As always, we love to hear from you! Let us know what you think about the first half of season 6, or what you think will happen in the second half of season 6, or really, anything else you might want to tell us! We will next have a Season 6b Preview with our friends from The Walking Naked Podcast. And please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead mid-season premiere, Season 6 Episode 9, titled No Way Out, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, February 16, 2016. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Subscribe to us

TWDTT 031 – Start to Finish (S6E8)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 06 Dec 2015 12:32:46 +0000

Talking Through Start to Finish

The season 6 midseason finale is finally here with the 8th episode, Start to Finish and what a doozy! While perhaps not as strong as past mid-season finales, this episode ended on what appears to be another huge cliffhanger. The show begins and ends with poor Sam, who is not adapting to this new world as fast as his mother. After spending all of his time since the wolf attack upstairs, his first venture downstairs will be to walk through a huge herd of walkers wearing a guts poncho. Understandably, he is unsure of himself; and in his moment of uncertainty, he calls out for his mother. But that’s just the end! In this episode of TWDTT, we discuss all of the many other juicy, intense, and crazy scenes that are in Start to Finish.

Only one death?

Surprisingly, only one person died in this episode, but based on past experience, we won't believe Deanna is dead until we see a body. Will everyone else make it through the mid-season premiere? Other characters also end the episode in peril, and we have to wait until February 14th to find out their fates! In the meantime, we can contemplate what went wrong with the first half of season 6, and what went right. There are grumblings on the internet about our favorite show, and some fans are calling for Scott M. Gimple to be sacked as showrunner. Others chastise the show for lazy writing, and I have to say, I’m glad that I’m not the only one who has noticed it! Are the problems that some see with the show really problems, or are they little hiccups along the way?

What did you think?

Tell us what you think about this and anything else on our feedback page. We plan on having some hiatus content, including a recap of the first half, and we want to know what you all think. Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 6 Episode 9, titled No Way Out, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, February 16, 2016. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings were up!

Start to Finish got a 7.00 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.981 million viewers, up from last week's 6.70 and 13.224 million viewers.

Subscribe to us!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Talking Through Heads Up

Heads Up, the 7th episode of season 6 of The Walking Dead. We are one episode away from the mid-season finale. This episode finds the hosts on opposite sides of the dumpster escape method of saving Glenn, but what we can both agree on is that we are happy he is alive! Neither of us wanted to lose Glenn, but one of us thinks what happened is just a little bit too far fetched. The folks in charge of The Walking Dead seem to have broken their own rules, and they need to get back on track.

We both enjoyed the rest of it, though...

Although one fraction of the episode did not pass muster, in my opinion, the rest of it turned out pretty good! We are left with an exciting cliffhanger to take us into the mid-season finale. It turns out that the tower being hit by the semi in episode 2 might actually end up being disastrous. While we don’t yet know what will happen for sure, it appears that the wall will be breached, and Alexandria will be overrun. What will become of Alexandria? Are the Alexandrians trapped in their houses? Or will they be forced to evacuate Alexandria? In either case, we may lose a lot of characters in this latest culling of the herd. How many will fall and how many will make it to the second half of season 6? Will your favorite Alexandrian survive?

Please send in your feedback!

We want you to tell us your answers to these questions, as well as whatever else you want us to know by leaving us some feedback. We love to hear your voices, so let us know what you think! Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 6 Episode 8, titled Start to Finish, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, December 1, 2015. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Heads weren't the only thing that is up this week... Ratings are, too!

Heads Up got a 6.70 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.224 million viewers, up from last week's 7.00 and 13.781 million viewers.

Subscribe to us!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! And get new episodes when released! While you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! And check out our Facebook group!

Talking Through Always Accountable

Always Accountable brings us one episode closer to the mid-season finale. This week, we get to see what became of Daryl, Sasha, and Abraham as they lead the walker horde away from Alexandria. Well...most of it anyway. After accomplishing their mission, they run afoul of some new strangers, which refer to themselves as D and Honey; two of whom will be sorry later when Daryl catches up to them to retrieve his motorcycle and crossbow. Are these people part of Negan’s group, or some other threat? We think we just saw our first glimpse of the Saviors!

Stunted Dialogue

This wasn't Brian's favorite episode of The Walking Dead. He had a hard time with the dialogue as it was written, especially after watching it again after we recorded. Abraham always had a weird way of saying things, but the stunted dialogue seemed to be the norm this episode, and I have to agree.

Send in your feedback!

We think we know, but we would love to hear from you and what you think. Send us your audio feedback, or use one of the many other ways there are to communicate with us. One of the best ways is to post on our designated episode thread in our Facebook group. For next week's episode, The Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 7, titled Heads Up, please leave your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, November 24, 2015.

Ratings were up!

Always Accountable got a 7.00 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.981 million viewers, up from last week's 6.70 and 13.220 million viewers.

Subscribe to us!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher

TWDTT 028 – Now (S6E5)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 13 Nov 2015 03:23:30 +0000

Talking Through Now

Now is this week’s episode, and... well... all we can say is not every episode will knock it out of the park. Call us crazy, but for some reason, when it comes to our favorite TV show, that’s what we expect! The fifth installment of the sixth season appears to have left us all a bit grumbly. The ratings took a bit of a dip this week as well, but it’s hard to know if this is a result of last week’s episode of this one.

Was that the right place to put that Morgan episode?

We also wonder if the disappointment we feel is because of the placement of this episode and last week’s Morgan-centric episode. Here’s Not Here and Now might have been better served had they not been back to back. But, we have confidence in the writers, that they are taking us on a journey and we will like where we end up. We want to know what’s next! Like NOW!!! :-)

The feedback wasn't very positive for this one...

We didn’t get very much positive feedback for Now, but if you feel differently, please let us know! As always, we desperately want your audio feedback! Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 6 Episode 6, titled Always Accountable, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 17, 2015. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings were down

Now got a 6.70 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.220 million viewers, down from last week's 6.78 in the 18-49, but up from 13.339 million viewers.

Subscribe to us!

apple podcasts Talking Through Here's Not Here

In this week’s episode of The Walking Dead, Here’s Not Here is an all about Morgan extravaganza. This latest installment of our favorite show picks up around the time that Rick, Michonne, and Carl find him in the season 3 episode, Clear. This time, if it’s even possible, Morgan seems even crazier than the last time their paths crossed. Fortunately, Morgan stumbles upon the Cheesemaker, and his life is changed forever. Or so it seems right now.

A Morgan mixed bag

This episode was a mixed bag of Morgan. After last week’s harrowing episode, this week we slam on the brakes. Not everyone was pleased with the placement of the episode, and not everyone was pleased with the episode, generally speaking. However, we do gain a little insight into what makes Morgan tick. Based on the bookends of the episode, should Alexandria be concerned that Morgan’s no-kill policy = Wolf prisoner? Will Morgan be able to “Eastman” the Alpha Wolf? We tried to answer these questions and more this week.

We'd love to hear what you think!

If you have any answers for us, then please tell us! You can leave us your feedback in several different ways, but we always love the audio versions! It’s so nice to hear your voices... Please leave your feedback for the next episode, The Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 5, which is titled Now, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, November 10, 2015. One of the best ways to do so in our designated episode thread in our Facebook group.

Ratings were up!

Here's Not Here got a 6.78 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.339 million viewers, up from last week's 6.69 and 13.143 million viewers.

Subscribe to us!

apple podcasts Google P

TWDTT 026 – Thank You (S6E3)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 29 Oct 2015 13:00:06 +0000

Talking Through Thank You

The Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 3, titled Thank You, should have been called Murphy’s Law. If it could go wrong, it did. For the first time in a long time, we see our main characters with frightened looks on their faces, and we are left with so many many questions. First among them: WTH happened to Glenn?! Which is followed by the equally important question: What will happen to Rick?? We hope these questions will be answered next week, but have a sneaky suspicion that we will have to wait until the episode after the next episode.

f it could go wrong, it did. For the first time in a long time, we see our main characters with frightened looks on their faces, and we are left with so many many questions. First among them: WTH happened to Glenn?! Which is followed by the equally important question: What will happen to Rick?? We hope these questions will be answered next week, but have a sneaky suspicion that we will have to wait until the episode after the next episode.

Remember to leave us feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 6 Episode 4, titled Here's Not Here, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, November 3, 2015. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings were up!

Thank You got a 6.69 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.143 million viewers, up from last week's 6.20 and 12.186 million viewers.

Remember to Subscribe!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll get new episodes when released. And while you’re in there, leave us a rating or review! It only takes a few minutes and it also helps us out! And check out our Facebook group!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher Talking Through JSS

After a somewhat slower start for some fans, this second episode kicked season 6 into high gear with some non-stop action, and all in the time it takes to bake a casserole! Walkers are not the main danger in JSS, that honor goes to perhaps the craziest group of people on the show yet. The Wolves don’t seem to be killing to conquer or killing for food, but rather just for the fun of it. How long will Morgan survive in this world where the motto kill or be killed is the way of life, and what put him on his path of non-lethal violence?

Ninja Carol!

Once again, Carol was the rock star of this episode. She activated her beast mode (thanks Kyle for coining that phrase!) and nearly single-handedly eliminated the threat. How will everyone else in Alexandria react when they realize that she had been putting on an act before the attack? And is the unflappable fan favorite finally succumbing to the burden of her chosen path? I think Morgan is right, Carol doesn’t like killing, even though she does it without hesitation. Perhaps she is no longer able to lie to herself about it, which is why we see the tears at the end.

Morgan

What will become of Morgan? Is he leaving Alexandria for good, or just going to help with the zombie parade? And perhaps the most heartbreaking question of all...will Morgan survive season 6? There is at least one podcast host that sincerely hopes he does.

I forgot my theory...

Finally, speaking of that one podcast host, due to some technical difficulties, I completely forgot to talk about my theory/prediction during the episode, even after I made all that fuss about it. So, I will just explain it, briefly, here. I think that Jessie will become a little “mini-me” for Carol and that she will study at the feet of the master the art of becoming a badass. I think their similar backgrounds helped, in a way, to prepare them for living in the zombie apocalypse, and the death of the abusive spouse is what triggers the emergence of the inner badass. Now that Jessie is free to be who she was always supposed to be, she and Carol will become the biggest, baddest BAMFs in the new world, and will roam the earth killing what needs to be killed... yeah.

What do you think?

Tell us what you think about the season so far? What about my crazy theory? We ask because we absolutely crave your feedback! We feel so lucky to have so many people interact with us, we can’t tell you how much it means to know that you are out there listening. For the next episode, The Walking Dead Season 6 Episode 3, titled Thank You, please submit your feedback by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 27, 2015. A great way to send in your feedback is via our Facebook group.

Ratings are down, but that's not unexpected

JSS got a 6.20 in the 18-49 demographic, with 12.183 million viewers. That's down from the season premiere's 7.43 and 14.633 million viewers. That's not unexpected, though, as the premiere always gets a high rating.

Talking Through First Time Again

Watching The Walking Dead is like slipping on your favorite pair of comfy pants, it feels just right. And while we enjoyed the companion show Fear the Walking Dead, it will be a long, long time before that show can even think of replacing its big brother. First Time Again marked the newest beginning in a string of strong season openers for our favorite show about the zombie apocalypse.

We're glad to be back... though we've been here!

We are so glad that you’re here to join us as we hit the ground running for season 6. In this first review of the new season, we had a lot of questions about what happened, what didn’t happen, and what may happen. Will we get answers in the next episode? Or will we have to wait even longer? Or will some never get answered? We sure want to know what you think about what is going on, and who is sounding that horn?? Send us feedback to help us answer these burning questions. While we love hearing from you however you want to communicate, we especially love getting audio feedback; and this week we got two different audio clips. Let’s see if we can make that number bigger!! Or at least...not smaller… If you didn't bother watching Fear the Walking Dead, you might not have realized that we covered that six-episode short season, but you can find that here.

The Walking Death Pool

The Walking Death Pool is running smaller picks for each episode, and we wanted you to know, but we forgot to mention it in the episode. After we finished recording, we realized we didn’t bring it up, so here is a link for you. Go make your JSS predictions while you still can!

Please send in your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 6 Episode 2, titled JSS, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 20, 2015. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings are still strong, but a bit down year to year...

First Time Again got a 7.43 in the 18-49 demographic, with 14.633 million viewers. That's up from last week's Fear season finale's 3.37 and 6.861 million viewers. Comparing to The Walking Dead, that's down from the last season finale of 8.20 and 15.784 million, and it's also down a fair bit from last season's record-breaking premiere that got an 8.70 and 17.290 million.

Season 6 Preview of The Walking Dead, roundtable-style!

After a season of Fear, it's great to talk about our favorite show again! Just in time to get you ready for tonight’s episode, here is our season 6 preview! If you noticed a couple of new voices on this episode, well, you’re not hearing things. We did a joint podcast with The Walking Dead: A Walking Naked Podcast. We hope you have as much fun listening as we did recording with Kelli and Justin. If you are interested in checking out more of The Walking Naked Podcast Network, be sure to tell them we sent you!

If you believe all the posters and trailers, then you might think that Rick and Morgan will be at odds this season, but we think that is a red herring.

Leave us feedback!

If you have more feedback for the Fear the Walking Dead season finale, and especially for the season premiere, S6E1, titled First Time Again, please leave it by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, October 13, 2015.

Remember to subscribe!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

FTWDTT 006 – The Good Man (S1E6)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 08 Oct 2015 17:56:08 +0000

Talking Through The Good Man

The Good Man is the final episode of Fear the Walking Dead for this season, and there was so much to talk about (as usual)! New questions are raised, old questions are answered, and twisty turns abound. How did Daniel manage to corral all of those walkers?? Then there were those other not so great things in the episode. But we tried, as always, to focus on the positive.

Travis is The Good Man

As it turns out, Travis is The Good Man in the title, but was this the case by the end of the episode? Will his actions ultimately prove to be too much for him? We have to wait until 2016 to find out. In the meantime, there’s this little show called The Walking Dead that starts this Sunday…

How were ratings this week?

Ratings for The Good Man were a mixed bag. It got a 3.37 in the 18-49 demographic, which is down slightly from last week's 3.44 in the 18-49. However, it got 6.861 million viewers, which was up from last week's 6.665 million viewers.

We're going to do a preview episode!

Next on the feed will be a Season 6 Preview episode, which is a roundtable with our friends at the Walking Naked podcast, followed by our coverage of the Season 6 premiere for The Walking Dead, titled First Time Again. Make sure you get in your feedback for the season premiere by Tuesday, October 13, 2015. One of the best ways to do it is by leaving your comments on our designated Facebook thread!

Thank you, thank you, thank you to all who joined in the discussion of this riveting season finale in the Walking Dead universe! We always love to hear from our listeners, and we’d love to hear from you! Getting feedback makes podcasting so much more fun and we really appreciate all of the participation.

Subscribe and leave us a review!

FTWDTT 005 – Cobalt (S1E5)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 01 Oct 2015 11:13:41 +0000

Talking Through Cobalt

It’s the penultimate episode of the first season of Fear the Walking Dead! And I'm gonna use penultimate a few more times because I forgot to say penultimate in the episode…but I digress. In the penultimate episode, we find out the meaning behind Cobalt, and we also find out that Brian is a huge Walking Dead nerd. Well, we already knew that, but it is confirmed in episode five of the first season, titled simply "Cobalt."

What will happen next week? We follow the clues left for us in Cobalt as we discuss what happened to move the story along. We think they might not be in the “safe zone” for very much longer, but how will they get out, and will they meet up with the rest of their party? Will we ever see Tobias again?

We want to know the answers to these and any other questions you can think of asking, as well as whatever else you want to say. We can’t believe how much feedback we got this week and even some audio! Thanks to Judii with two I’s for the audio, you are awesome! Now the rest of you need to send us audio feedback! Or…you can continue as you have been. However you do it, we love getting your feedback! For the season finale, Fear the Walking Dead Season 1 Episode 6, titled The Good Man, please get in your feedback by Tuesday at 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Ratings are up!

Cobalt got a 3.44 in the 18-49 demographic, with 6.665 million, which is up from last week's 3.30 and 6.620 million viewers.

Remember to Subscribe!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts Talking Through Not Fade Away

Fear the Walking Dead, Season 1 Episode 4, titled, Not Fade Away, takes a sharp left turn this episode, and the more we watched, the more we liked it! It was like an onion, it had layers, and it may have made some people cry! The more layers you peel away, the more you discover about what is really going on! Did someone say “conspiracy”...?

Polarizing!

We’re so glad you joined us for this discussion of the most polarizing episode yet. It’s beginning to look as though the series is headed for a big payoff, and those fans who have continued to watch will be in for a treat. Even though it may still be rough around the edges, we can still see the potential for greatness, maybe even as great as The Walking Dead.

Ratings were the lowest so far...

Swear got a 7.00 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.981 million viewers. That's up from last week's 6.70 and 13.220 million viewers.

We got a lot of feedback for this episode, and even some listener ratings which thrilled us to no end. We love to get feedback that comes in any form, but we still would love to hear your voice! Catch the bug and send in some audio feedback. The deadline for the next episode, Fear the Walking Dead, Season 1 Episode 5, titled Cobalt, is Tuesday, September 29, 2015, at 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to send in feedback is in our designated episode thread in our Facebook group.

Lots of feedback!

Remember to subscribe!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher Talking Through The Dog

The Dog kicks it into high gear, and we are halfway through the very first season of Fear the Walking Dead. What will happen in the final three episodes? If you are anything like us, then you also can’t wait to find out. Higher ratings this week from us, but lower ratings in TV land. But, this doesn’t mean much since we already know there will be a season 2. So, we can just relax and enjoy the story.

We think that Fear is doing a great job of portraying what might have happened anywhere in any home at the dawn of the zombie apocalypse. But, we really want to know what you think! Our feedback was a little light this week, so we are anxious for more interaction. Maybe you guys just spoiled our last episode or maybe you forgot. In any case, we can’t wait to hear from you and include your voices in our fan podcast!

Get in that feedback next week!

Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead, Season 1 Episode 4, titled Not Face Away, by 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central on Tuesday, September 23, 2015. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Ratings were down

The Dog got a 3.60 in the 18-49 demographic, with 7.185 million viewers. That's down from last week's 4.70 and 8.200 million viewers.

Remember to Subscribe!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts

FTWDTT 002 – So Close, Yet So Far (S1E2)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 03 Sep 2015 08:58:22 +0000

Talking Through So Close, Yet So Far

We are now one-third of the way through Season 1 of The Walking Dead companion series, and with episode 2, titled So Close, Yet So Far, we say, “so far, so good.” The story keeps building at a steady pace, instead of light speed and gives us a chance to really see what the beginning of the end of civilization would be like for ordinary people. But can this momentum be sustained? It may be too soon to tell, but we can’t wait to find out!

New characters...

We meet the Salazars this episode, including Daniel and Ofelia, played by series regulars Ruben Blades and Mercedes Mason.

No new episode next week...

While there is no new episode next week, AMC will be re-airing the first two episodes. So, it’s not too late to tell all your friends and get them into the world of The Walking Dead. Also, we invite you to take advantage of this small break to send us some audio feedback, or any other kind of feedback you want to submit. We want you to be a part of this podcast! But if you are too shy to leave feedback (or you just don’t want to), you can support us by leaving a review or rating on Apple Podcasts. Don’t forget to subscribe so you will automatically get all of our episodes. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our designated episode thread in our Facebook group! The deadline for the next episode, S1E3, which is titled, The Dog, is 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central Tuesday, September 15, 2015,

Ratings are down but still good!

So Close, Yet So Far got a 4.10 in the 18-49 demographic, with 8.200 million viewers. That's down from last week's 4.70 and 10.130 million viewers. It's a drop, but it is still far beyond most other shows.

Stuff Unrelated to So Close, Yet So Far...

apple podcasts Talking Through the Fear the Walking Dead Pilot!

Hello, fellow fans of The Walking Dead universe, we are back! In case you didn’t get our mini ’cast, we are here to discuss the pilot episode of Fear the Walking Dead, the companion series to our favorite zombie-apocalypse show.

In this episode, we discuss what worked and what didn’t for this pilot, and what we liked and didn’t like. Despite the slow (subjective, we know) start to the episode, we are excited about the potential of this new series and what adventures it may bring us. The conspiracy theories started to fly from one host-based on one tiny little tidbit from the episode. Keep listening to find out what got the wheels turning…but you probably already know.

Ratings were good!

Ratings for the Pilot were a 4.90 in the 18-49 demographic, with 10.130 million viewers.

We tried another method of sending us feedback, and it worked!

We tried a new method to get feedback so we no longer sound like pathetic podcasters, and it worked! Join us on facebook to put an end to our shameless begging for attention! Or, you can go the traditional route and leave us your feedback on our website. We are dying to hear what you think…oops, there we go begging again… Please leave your feedback for Fear the Walking Dead Season 1 Episode 2, titled So Close, Yet Su Far, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Speaking of ratings... Give us a rating or review!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts Do YOU Fear the Walking Dead? Well, so do we!

Hi, this is Brian, with a brief announcement! A lot of listeners have asked us over the last few months if we're going to cover Fear the Walking Dead, and up until now, we haven't given you an answer.

Ruthie and I are pleased to announce that we'll be covering Fear the Walking Dead! We will be covering Season 1 of FTWD in our main podcast feed for The Walking Dead Talk Through. We are temporarily changing the name of the podcast to Fear the Walking Dead Talk Through. Eventually, the show will get its own podcast, but for now, the first season will be covered on the main feed.

Send in your feedback!

We want your feedback! You can submit written feedback, but we would really like to hear your voice. A great way to leave us feedback is on our Facebook group! We'll have a special thread where you can post feedback for our next episode, where we will be covering Season 1 Episode 1 of Fear, which is simply titled, Pilot. You should see our episode covering the pilot in the feed Wednesday night.

Thanks to Darrell of GSM for allowing us to podcast for this show. Ruthie and I are very excited about covering it, and we look forward to bringing it to you!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 021 – Weak Sauce of The Walking Dead Season 5

Talk Through Media — Thu, 16 Jul 2015 10:49:35 +0000

Weak Sauce!

On our last episode, we talked about our favorite moments from Season 5. Since the weak sauce is the yang to the awesome sauce, in this episode we discuss what we found least pleasing about Season 5. But we couldn’t find very much to complain about because The Walking Dead is such an awesome show! With so few options to choose from, there are a lot of repeats between our two lists. And, as we love the show, we always want it to be the best it can be.

So what was weak?

We'd have to say the van. as you will see in our featured image this week. There is no way that van could have landed right side up. We weren't fans of Gabriel, as you know, and Eugene rubbed us the wrong way. Of course, we also thought the death of Tyreese was disappointing. Tyreese was never the character he should have been on the TV show.

San Diego Comic-Con 2015

Of course, San Diego Comic-Con 2015 was last week, so we also discuss our reactions to The Walking Dead Season 6 and Fear The Walking Dead trailers, tidbits from the panels, and other TWD/FTWD news from the convention.

Send in some feedback!

We hope everyone is enjoying our hiatus episodes this summer, but we would still love to hear from you! Drop us some feedback or join in the fun on Facebook.

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 020 – Season 5 Awesome Sauce

Talk Through Media — Thu, 09 Jul 2015 04:02:58 +0000

Talking Through Awesome Sauce!

It’s an all Season 5, all Awesome Sauce episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through as we count down our 5 favorite things from season 5. We also discuss other shows that we are watching to help us pass the long hot summer while we wait for October. Fortunately, the wait might not seem as long with the new companion series debuting in August. Nothing new to report on that front, except that we still can’t wait for the premiere. Never fear (get it?!), we will keep you updated about a possible podcast!

We also got a little bit of feedback after we recorded our last season 5 episode, so we’ve included that in this episode as well. But, we’d love to hear from you, so send in your feedback for your season 5 top 5 Awesome Sauce and Weak Sauce moments.

Don't Forget to Subscribe!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 019 – Season 5 – News, Feedback & Steven Yeun/Robert Kirkman Panel

Talk Through Media — Sat, 27 Jun 2015 06:32:30 +0000

Talking Through a Steven Yeun/Robert Kirkman Panel

We hope you enjoy our first postseason 5 hiatus episode! We are very pleased to bring you a special panel discussion featuring Steven Yeun and Robert Kirkman in this episode. There is a lot of buzz surrounding The Walking Dead as the showrunners prepare for the launch of Fear the Walking Dead. Check out our Facebook group for links to all of the articles we referenced. If we forgot to post one there, just give us a holler and we’ll be sure to add it into the mix. Thanks to everyone who participates in our Facebook group, we really enjoy the interactions!

Send in your feedback!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 018 – Conquer (S5E16)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 04 Apr 2015 03:04:43 +0000

Talking Through Conquer

What a season! Although not ending on a huge cliffhanger as with the previous season’s finale, the concluding episode of season five still left us with enough questions to keep us occupied and discussing throughout the long hard break between seasons. Thankfully, we didn’t see any of our core cast bite the dust, but this episode still had us twisting and turning with fear for our favorite characters. There were a few plot snafus, but they were minor enough that they did not detract from our overall opinion of Conquer. We were still on the edges of our seats for the majority of this 90-minute episode.

Ratings were up!

For us, the final episode of season five did not disappoint, and according to the ratings, much of America agrees with us. Conquer, The Walking Dead season five finale, once again won the night for cable with an uptick in the ratings from the previous week, and with Talking Dead coming in second. Only 181 days until October and counting. Conquer got an 8.20 in the 18-49 demographic, with 15.784 million viewers, up from last week's 7.00 and 13.757 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

If we get enough feedback, we might be able to do a special listener feedback episode next week. So send us your thoughts on season five, including Awesome Sauce and Weak Sauce.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Conquer!

In other news, Robert Kirkman released this trailer for the spinoff via Twitter, revealing the official title.

To read the article where George R. R. Martin tells us the best place to survive a zombie apocalypse, go here.

TWDTT 017 – Try (S5E15)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 30 Mar 2015 08:47:44 +0000

Talking Through Try

The penultimate episode of The Walking Dead Season 5, titled Try, starts off with Nine Inch Nails and ends with Raging Rick. Despite mixed feelings about some elements of the episode, it still earned high marks from both of us, as well. As our gang spends more and more time in Alexandria, the difference between the two groups becomes more and more clear.

Alexandria Love Triangles

In this episode, we discuss the Rick-Jessie-Pete dynamic and whether or not we think it is believable. We also made an update to our who-we-want-to-die-a-horrible-death-in-the-series list. (Hint: Glenn knows his secret.) Walkers with the W carved into their foreheads are becoming more prevalent as Daryl and Aaron make some gruesome discoveries. But, the burning question on many fans' minds: will we see Morgan before the end of season 5? We will just have to tune in on Sunday to find out!

Ratings were down...

The ratings were down a little bit from last week but still won the night in the cable rankings. Try got a 7.00 in the 18-49 demographic, the same rating it got last week, with 13.757 million viewers, down slightly from last week's 13.787 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

Again, we are blessed with TWO whole feedback submissions for this episode. We love hearing from you guys, whether it's in your own voice or written out. So please, let us know what you are thinking about and what you think will happen in the season finale!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Try

To read about Greg Nicotero's two year deal with AMC, go here.

Oops! Somehow we got our hands on some four-year-old news...but to see what it is we were talking about, go here.

Finally, to read the article about the difference between a sociopath and a psychopath that we talked about in this episode, go

TWDTT 016 – Spend (S5E14) Supplemental – Father Traitor

Talk Through Media — Mon, 23 Mar 2015 02:27:27 +0000

We spend more time ranting about the traitor, Father Gabriel

In this super short supplemental episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, we needed to spend more time to “discuss” Father Gabriel throwing our gang under the proverbial bus. We didn’t want to ruin the main episode with our diatribes, so we decided to get it out of our systems in this short segment. However, you might soon learn that the English language did not do us any favors as we were sometimes too mad to formulate words. We rant about how terrible Father Traitor is and why we think he did what he did. What motivates him to tell such lies, especially after what our gang has done for him? We also want to know what you think about Father Douchebag, so if you need to get it out of your system, then send us your rantings and ravings.

Don't forget to leave your feedback!

Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 15, titled Try, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Spending time on other stuff!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 016 – Spend (S5E14)

Talk Through Media — Sun, 22 Mar 2015 09:10:22 +0000

Talking Through Spend

Spend brings us one episode closer to the season five finale, although this year might not seem quite as long with the upcoming companion series to look forward to.

This week, we discuss our favorite parts of the episode, which earned high ratings from both of us. To spare our listeners extended rantings about Father Gabriel in this episode, we are releasing a separate episode dedicated to the special feelings we have for him. It was fun to go on a tirade about what a horrible person he is. So, this left us more time to talk about the rest of the episode. The ill-fated solar power supply run, the revolving door, the budding Sam-Carol bond, Abraham finding his purpose, and Eugene finally stepping up.

Ratings were down...

The ratings were once again up and down: up from last season, down from last week. You win some, you lose some. Speaking of losing, our gang experienced more loss this week, but what’s a show called The Walking Dead without some loss? Even though we know it’s a fact of life for our favorite characters, it doesn’t mean we have to like it! Spend got a 7.00 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.781 million viewers, down from last week's 7.30 and 14.534 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

We got feedback this week from two whole people, let’s see if next week we can double that! We love to hear what you all have to say, so come join the conversation. Don't let the deadline keep you from contributing, if you send it in late, we'll include you in the next episode!

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Spend!

Here's some information about the Broken Windows theory, in case you were curious!.

This week’s episode of The Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 13, titled Forget, was definitely unforgettable!

We went to a Cocktail Party...

In a weird twist of fate, our gang ends up at the apocalypse’s most awkward cocktail party this episode. Our favorite survivors seem to have mixed feelings about the whole affair, but what is very clear is how different they are from the Alexandrians. This is perhaps most dramatically expressed when Sasha, apparently suffering from PTSD, loses her cool at the party. Carol is still playing the role she has chosen for herself, although she is not as invisible as she might have liked when Sam follows her, hoping for more cookies. What he got instead lead us to our third nickname: Scary Carol! Rick seems to be taking his role seriously, and Daryl strikes up a bromance with Aaron. So much going on in this episode and we both really liked it.

Ratings were up!

The ratings were up and they were down, but The Walking Dead was still cable’s number one show for the week. Talking Dead got a boost, too, coming in at the number two slot for cable. If you haven’t ever watched it, you should check it out. As with all shows, not all episodes hit the mark, but, depending on the guests, it can offer some interesting insights. Only three remaining episodes this season, and we are on the edges of our seats! Forget got a 7.30 in the 18-49 demographic, with 14.534 million viewers. This is down from last week's 7.50 in the 18-49, but up from 14.430 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

In other news, the spinoff has officially been announced! Er, should we say “companion series?” Whatever you call it (because they still haven’t announced the name!), they have already locked down two seasons. Will you check it out? Let us know what your thoughts are about the soon-to-be newest addition to The Walking Dead universe. Are you excited? Bummed? Neutral? Give us a shout and let us know this and all of your other thoughts about all things TWD. We love to hear from you! And send in feedback to the next episode, The Walking Dead Season 5

TWDTT 014 – Remember (S5E12)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 07 Mar 2015 05:11:19 +0000

Talking Through Remember

This week’s episode of The Walking Dead shows our gang trying to become domesticated again. They must figure out their place in this new community, but is it everything it seems?

The group explores Alexandria as they decide whether or not they want to stay in this “safe zone.” There are mixed feelings in the group, and some aren’t taking any chances...or showers. I’m looking at you, Daryl. Others seem to be swayed by the promise of running water and electricity. However, Carl and Stepford Carol both point out that the people here in Alexandria are weak, and if they stay, they might become weak also. Rick says that it isn’t in them to be weak ever again, and then makes a statement that sounds very un-Rick-like. Will he finally become the villain in his own story?

Ratings were up!

The ratings are back up again for this episode, probably due in part to no annual TV events to watch. But mostly because this show is so awesome! In any case, we are excited that the slump seems to be over, but only time will tell.

If you want to see more about the ratings from past episodes, go here and here. If you want to see final ratings for Sunday night, go here. Remember got a 7.50 in the 18-49 demographic, with 14.430 million viewers, up from last week's 6.90 and 13.438 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

Help us make the show better by adding your voice and sending us feedback! We want to know what you think about The Walking Dead, we want Death Predictions and we want Awesome Sauce moments. For the next episode, S5E13 titled Forget, please leave your feedback by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Remember!

If you want to check out The Walking Dead town for sal

TWDTT 013 – The Distance (S5E11)

Talk Through Media — Mon, 02 Mar 2015 02:59:27 +0000

Talking Through The Distance

The rest of our gang meets Aaron in this episode and are faced with a big decision, to trust or not to trust? While most of them seem keen on taking Aaron up on his offer, Rick still has issues trusting and hesitates. He almost won't be convinced, but Michonne prevails upon him to take a chance because they can't stay on the road forever.

To read more about the season finale, go here.

Ratings were up!

Another week, another episode, another big competitor for eyeballs. This past week, The Walking Dead season 5 episode 11, The Distance went up against the Oscars. The ratings were up this week compared to last week, perhaps proving that the recent dip was just a fluke. However, The Oscars do appear to be on a ratings downward slide. Keep reading for links to more news items. The Distance got a 6.90 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.438 million viewers, up from last week's 6.20 and 12.267 million viewers.

Send in your Feedback!

We still want your feedback, so drop us a line and tell us your Awesome Sauce moment, who was your Survivor of the Week, or give us your Death Predictions. Please send in your feedback for S5E12 of The Walking Dead, titled Remember, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to The Distance!

To find out what Laurie Holden is up to with her new show, go here.

To see what Cliff Curtis says about TWD spinoff during his interview for The Dark Horse, go here.

The Colorado lottery ticket commercial controversy is detailed here.

Talking Through Them

This week’s episode of The Walking Dead was a bit of a departure from the previous one. Our gang has been through the wringer, and they are definitely feeling it! Not very much action or danger, this poignant episode focuses on three characters and their journey through grief.

For anyone who has ever lost someone, this episode may have hit very close to home. Sasha, Maggie, and Daryl struggle with their grief as the whole gang searches for water. It has been three weeks since Atlanta, and after the last car finally runs out of gas, they must continue on to D.C. on foot. The task seems daunting, but most of the group are determined to make it. Our focus trio must decide for themselves if they want to give up or if they want to continue fighting. And what would an episode of The Walking Dead be without a twist ending?

Ratings were down...

The ratings were down this week, but was it a result of the high viewership that the SNL 40th Anniversary Special received? Or is it true what fellow GSM hosts Tony and Joe have said on their podcast, The Devil You Know, that the ratings actually reflect how the audience felt about the previous episode? Tell us what you think, is it because of SNL or the contrary reactions to last week's episode?

Them got a 6.20 in the 18-49 demographic, with 12.267 million viewers, down from last week's 8.00 and 15.643 million viewers. To read more about the ratings on Xfinity go here.

Send in your feedback!

We had one bit of feedback this week from De'Etta (yay!) but we are still waiting to hear from the rest of you out there in cyberspace. Please leave your feedback for The Walking Dead, Season 5 Episode 11, titled The Distance, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central. One of the best ways to submit feedback is on our Facebook group.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Them

To read about the Wizard World Comic Con in Cleveland go Talking Through What's Happened and What's Going On

The second half of season five begins with What's Happened and What's Going On, a polarizing episode as we say goodbye to another main character. If you didn't know that already, then stop right now and go watch the show, we'll wait for you!

Another episode with mixed feelings at the end. Both of us agree that there were aspects of the episode that really were very well done, however, we made a slight divergence in our overall ratings. We talk about the difference in our opinions of the episode, as well as how we felt about the end of Tyreese's journey. We also discuss the many different guest appearances (as well as one notable absence) and what we think will happen next.

Ratings were up!

This week's episode, What Happened and What's Going On, was another ratings success even though it didn't beat out the Grammys. What's Happened and What's Going On got a 7.60 in the 18-49 demographic, with 14.807 million viewers, up from the mid-season finale's 7.00 and 13.329 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

We didn't get any feedback this week, but we'd still love to hear from you! Totally agree with us? Think we missed something big? Let us know! Send in your feedback for the next episode, S5E10, titled Them.

Other Stuff Completely Unrelated to What's Happened and What's Going On!

Other websites we mentioned (or maybe forgot to mention):

To find out more about Sling TV adding AMC, go here.
To read the episode in tropes, go here or here.
To see what's next for Chad L. Coleman (Tyreese), go here.

Please remember to subscribe to us on

TWDTT 010 – Season 5b Preview – We Can’t Wait! We Can’t Wait!

Talk Through Media — Sun, 08 Feb 2015 12:04:29 +0000

Talking Through a Season 5b Preview!

The wait is almost over! We know you've been dying for our second hiatus episode... er... yeah, that's what you can't wait for! In our shortest episode yet (yay!), we discuss some news about the spinoff and do a season 5b preview. A lot of character news is out about the companion series, as well as some old and new character news about the main show. There may be a possible crossover character as reported by two different sources, so you know it must be truth!

We also talked about some other non-spoiler as well as semi-spoiler stuff, like a really cool interview, and a Google hangout. By the time you are reading/listening, you may have already seen the mid-season premiere, so you don't need to know where to find the first two minutes of the episode...if you didn't already know anyway. We also know the titles of the first four episode titles, make of them whatever you will!

Send in your feedback!

Leave us your feedback and tell us what you think will happen in the back half of season five, and as always, we want your Death Predictions!

How to support us!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremendously! You'll also get new episodes when they're

TWDTT 009 – Season 5a Roundtable

Talk Through Media — Thu, 08 Jan 2015 03:16:53 +0000

Talking Through The Walking Dead Season 5a Roundtable

Our very first hiatus episode is a Season 5a roundtable discussion of the first half of season 5. Join me, Brian and special guest host Tony from The Devil You Know: A Constantine Podcast as we talk about our favorites and some things we wished they did better. We have some news about the location of the companion series, and we also know that Cliff Curtis and Kim Dickens have been cast in the show as leads. Unfortunately, we don't know much else yet.

Counting down the days until February 8th, we hope this episode will help tide you over. We had a lot of fun doing this episode and we hope you enjoy it, too. We discuss the usual topics, but this time for all of the first 8 episodes, as well as other interesting tidbits. Stay tuned for a preview episode next!

Send in your feedback!

If you watched parts of The Walking Dead marathon over the holiday, give us some feedback if you noticed anything new or if you just want to tell us about it.

How to support us!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

TWDTT 008 – Coda (S5E8)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 05 Dec 2014 16:13:05 +0000

Talking Through Coda

Mixed reviews for me and my co-host about the season 5 mid-season finale, Coda but still a strong episode rating from both of us. In this episode, we talk about what thrilled us and what didn’t, what hit the right spot, and what missed the mark.

A Great Cold Open!

Coda begins with one of the best cold opens in show history as Rick chases after escapee, Bob 2. When he catches up with him, we see the result of Rick after a year and a half(ish) of zombie apocalypse living as he tries to protect all of the original, old, and new members of his family. The culmination of this episode was gut-wrenching, but we see the whole group back together again, minus two. Beth will be missed by many, and for me, it was almost sadder watching Emily Kinney talk about it on Talking Dead.

Ratings are up!

We didn’t have all of the week’s ratings for TV at the time that we recorded. What we did have was a press release from AMC about how well this episode did, but they might be a little biased. Coda got a 7.60 in the 18-49 demographic, with 14.807 million viewers, up from last week's 7.00 and 13.329 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

February 8, 2015, cannot get here fast enough! But we want to stay in touch so we will be releasing more podcast episodes during the long hard hiatus. Right now, we only have one planned, so let us know if you have any ideas for a show or something you want us to talk about. You can do that by giving us feedback! We also want feedback about the first half of season 5. Tell us your favorite parts, what bugged you, your favorite Awesome Sauce moments, your Survivor of the Week, and who you think will not make it out of season 5 alive. If we get enough feedback, we might be able to do a feedback episode! We will definitely do a preview episode, too.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Coda!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Ap

TWDTT 007 – Crossed (S5E7)

Talk Through Media — Sat, 29 Nov 2014 10:18:15 +0000

Talking Through Crossed

The Walking Dead is one week closer to the mid-season finale with Crossed, the 7th episode of season 5. Rick is back (finally!) in this episode and we get a little slice of what is happening with all of our main characters.

Back to Grady...

Rick and the gang begin the rescue mission to free Beth and Carol from Grady Memorial Hospital. There is disagreement as to how this goal might best be accomplished, but they come to a consensus. As they wait for Eugene to recover, GREATM splits into two groups, Glenn, Tara and Rosita looking for water, and Maggie caring for Eugene and berating Abraham. Meanwhile, back at the church, Father Gabriel might actually be losing his mind. Check out this article in Entertainment Weekly to find out what Seth Gilliam, aka Father Gabriel, thinks about his actions.

Ratings were down...

The ratings dipped a little this week but still won the night. However, for the first week in a little while, TWD did not prevail over football. Crossed got a 7.00 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.329 million viewers, down from last week's 7.30 and 14.068 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

What do you think? Leave us your feedback and tell us what you think is going on with Father Gabriel, or the rest of the gang. What do you think was the most Awesome Sauce moment in the episode? Who was your Survivor of the Week? Or send us your Death Predictions. We'd love to hear from you. Send in your feedback for the mid-season finale, The Walking Dead Season 5 Episode 8, titled Coda.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Crossed

Only two episodes left until the mid-season finale after Sunday’s amazing Daryl and Carol episode, full of subtlety and substance. Consumed is one of the best episodes of the season, according to one host at least. It had only one tiny flaw.

Carol and Daryl

Carol and Daryl pursue a car like the one that stole Beth all the way to Atlanta, where they search for clues to where she might be inside the city. Along the way, they meet Noah, who makes a very bad first impression. We see little bits of Carol’s journey from when she was banished by Rick up to the point where she came out of Terminus. Was she really aiming for his leg? What were those crazy Grady people doing with the bicycle? Will the shippers ever get satisfaction from Daryl and Carol? And what were the producers thinking with that van?

Ratings are up!

The Walking Dead was still ratings gold for AMC, coming in at number one for another week in cable ratings, and oh yeah, beat football. Consumed got a 7.30 in the 18-49 demographic, with 14.068 million viewers, up from last week's 7.00 and 13.530 million viewers.

Send in your Feedback!

Since we have a little bit of a break coming up, we want to know what you want us to cover while TWD is on hiatus. Also, we want to know what you had for breakfast...er at least one of us does. What we really want is to hear from you! Leave us your feedback and tell us what you think the most Awesome Sauce moment in the episode was, who your Survivor of the Week was, or if you have any Death Predictions. Please send your feedback for Season 5 Episode 7 of The Walking Dead, titled Crossed, by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Consumed!

Please remember to subscribe to us on Talking Through Self Help

As we careen past the quarter mark of the fifth season with the fifth episode, Self Help, directed by Ernest Dickerson, we finally get to see a little of what motivates one of the newest members of our Walking Dead family, Abraham. While not much is revealed, it is still a tantalizing clue to what makes this man tick.

In this episode, we talk about the journey to D.C. and the obstacles our gang face along the way. Why is Abraham so driven to keep going? And why does Rosita side with him up until the end of the episode? For that matter, why did Eugene say that he's not a scientist at the end of the episode? Did the whole episode really almost get pulled by censors, or just parts of it? These questions and more are discussed, but we don’t have all the answers. We also have more questions about this episode and the future of our gang in The Walking Dead.

Ratings were down...

The ratings are not quite as high as last week's episode but they still beat football. Self Help got a 7.00 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.530 million viewers. That's down from 7.60 and 14.518 million viewers last week. People were probably curious about Beth's whereabouts.

Send in your feedback

We want to thank you guys for listening and encourage you not to be shy! We know you have thoughts about the episode, too, so leave us your feedback and tell us what you think the most Awesome Sauce moment in the episode was, who was your Survivor of the Week or give us your Death Predictions. Please send in your feedback to our next episode, covering The Walking Dead S5E6, titled Consumed.

Other Fun Stuff Completely Unrelated to Self Help

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us move up in the rankings, so it'll help us out tremen

TWDTT 004 – Slabtown (S5E4)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 06 Nov 2014 16:58:45 +0000

Talking Through Slabtown

While our love affair with The Walking Dead never ends, it can wax and wane. After three powerful episodes, we came down off our high with the fourth episode of season 5, Slabtown. This Beth-centric episode didn’t pack quite the same punch, but it certainly did not lack for creepy. The mystery of what happened to Beth is finally divulged, and we are very glad it did not drag out for the whole first half of the season. (Cough cough Sophia! cough) This episode can most definitely be labeled a filler episode, but the reveal at the end makes for an exciting setup!

Grady Memorial Hospital

In this episode, we talk about what is going on with Grady Memorial Hospital and how we think Beth came to be there. We discuss the dynamics of the residents and how their post-apocalyptic survival is similar to other groups we’ve seen and how it differs. And of course, we talk about the ratings this week, and how they stacked up against baseball and football. In other news, it seems both red and blue can agree that The Walking Dead is an awesome show!

Ratings are up

Slabrown got a 7.60 in the 18-49 demographic with 14.518 million viewers, which is up from last week's 7.00 and 13.801 million viewers.

Send in your feedback!

We know you're out there, and we can't wait to hear from you! Leave us your feedback and tell us what you think the most Awesome Sauce moment in the episode was, who was your Survivor of the Week or give us your Death Predictions. Do you think Noah is the one with Daryl at the end of Four Walls and a Roof? Do you think Beth and Carol will make it to the end of season 5? We have our opinions, and we want to hear yours! Please leave your "Four Walls and a Roof" continues the awesome streak that is Season 5 of The Walking Dead. The death toll rises as we get the first death of a major character this season as well as a few others. The ratings for this episode are still high, but Brian blames the World Series for the slight drop we see from last week. However, The Walking Dead still tops cable viewership for the third week in a row.

In this week's discussion, we talked about what we liked about the episode, as well as a few things that missed the mark. We talked a lot about Gareth and the termites, but we also managed to talk about other parts of the episode, too. Some questions are answered while new questions are raised. Join us as we get down to the nitty-gritty about our favorite show.

We’d love to hear from you! Leave us your feedback and tell us what you think the most Awesome Sauce moment in the episode was, who was your Survivor of the Week or give us your Death Predictions. Who is with Daryl? Do you think it’s Carol? Beth? Morgan? Or is it some other person? Do you think we’ll find out next week? Are you excited about the spinoff series? Will you watch it? Let us know what you think, we may not survive the zombie apocalypse if you don’t! And see you next week, where we will be discussing S5E4, titled Slabtown.

Finally, help us grow our survivor community by leaving a review or rating in iTunes. If you like what you hear, your review will help others find us, too. You can also join in the fun on Facebook by joining our group.

How were ratings this week?

Ratings for Four Walls and a Roof were 7.00 in the 18-49 demographic, with 13.801 million viewers, which is down from last week's 7.70 and 15.143 million.

TWDTT 002 – Strangers (S5E2)

Talk Through Media — Fri, 24 Oct 2014 15:53:28 +0000

Talking Through Strangers

Season five continues with Strangers as we follow our gang in their journey away from Terminus. All the survivors are on high alert and proceed with caution after their harrowing experience. The ratings for episode 2 continue to be strong, and even though last week's ratings didn't measure up to football the way we thought, the numbers are still impressive. In this week's discussion, we break down the episode into three parts as we watch our favorite characters in this zombie-apocalypse world.

Season five continues with "Strangers" as we follow our gang in their journey away from Terminus. All the survivors are on high alert and proceed with caution after their harrowing experience.

Ratings are down, but that's not a big shock

The ratings for episode 2 continue to be strong, and even though last week's ratings didn't measure up to football the way we thought, the numbers are still impressive. Strangers got a 7.70 in the 18-49 demographic, with 15.143 million viewers, down from last week's record-setting 8.70 and 17.290 million viewers.

In this week's discussion, we break down the episode into three parts as we watch our favorite characters in this zombie-apocalypse world. We are introduced to a new character, Father Gabriel, who might not be all that he seems. As always, we try to answer the burning questions, but we really want to hear from you!

Send in your feedback!

Leave us your feedback and tell us what you think the most Awesome Sauce moment in the episode was, who was your Survivor of the Week or give us your Death Predictions. Do you think we will finally see Beth in the next episode? For next week's episode, S5E3 titled Four Walls and a Roof, get your feedback in by Tuesday 6 PM Eastern/5 PM Central.

Check out the article about Laurie Holden if you haven't already, she is as amazing in real life as she was playing Andrea.

Please remember to subscribe to us on Apple Podcasts. Subscribing to us helps us mov

TWDTT 001 – No Sanctuary (S5E1)

Talk Through Media — Thu, 16 Oct 2014 16:52:01 +0000

Talking Through No Sanctuary!

No Sanctuary is the record-breaking season 5 premiere that knocked our socks off! Terminus is finally revealed, and while we don’t actually see anyone eating people, it’s pretty clear that’s what’s cookin’ in this episode. Full of thrills, kills, and chills, this episode was a nonstop roller coaster of suspense and sensitivity. We discuss all of the crazy intensity a fan could want, crammed into 45 minutes of TV.

This week we discuss all of the crazy intensity a fan could want to be crammed into 45 minutes of TV. We answer some burning questions like:

What is going on with Tyreese?
and...
Do we buy Eugene’s explanation?

We also discuss the awesomeness that is Rambo Carol in this episode as well as the poignant reunions and the special after credit scene.

Since there was no Beth in the premiere, you still have time to send in your feed b ack and tell us what you think happened to Beth as well as any other questions or theories you have.

The timeline we talked about is worth checking out as it is very awesome and detailed. We can tell a lot of work went into creating it, props to them for providing all of that information.

Finally, we would appreciate your ratings and reviews on Apple Podcasts.

Ratings were through the roof!

Ratings were No Sanctuary broke a record for the show! It got an 8.70 in the 18-49 demographic, with 17.290 million viewers. That broke the record from last season's premiere, which was 8.20 and 16.100 million. It's not as high as we hoped for in our introduction episode, but it's still damn impressive.

See you next week!

In this, the inaugural episode of The Walking Dead Talk Through, Brian and Ruthie give themselves an introduction and join the Golden Spiral Media podcasting family as they talk a little about themselves and what lead them to this podcast.

Both are HUGE fans of The Walking Dead and cannot wait to get started with this newest season. But before we do that, we review the past four seasons to see how our favorite survivors made it through this deadly new world, and talk about some key points in their stories that have shaped their character journeys.

We then look forward to Season 5 and discuss what we think will happen in Terminus and the rest of the season as well as make a few predictions. What we really want to know is, what happened to Beth? Tell us what you think is going on with Beth by leaving us some feedback for S5E1, titled No Sanctuary. Check out our new Facebook group!

If you have not yet seen it, take a look at the Season 5 trailer from Comic-Con 2014.

And finally, The Walking Dead already has a Season 6 renewal announcement and you can check that out here. See you next week!

apple podcasts Google Podcasts Stitcher PocketCasts RSS

Talk Through Media All-Inclusive Feed

TWDTT 168 – TWD:DD:TBOC – Au Revoir les Enfants (S2E6)

We have come to the end of our adventure in France.

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 167 – TWD:DD:TBOC – Vouloir, C’est Pouvoir (S2E5)

The End is Nigh but choices have to be made.

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 166 – TWD:DD:TBOC – L’Invisible & La Paradis Pour Toi (S2E3-4)

Double Episode Coverage, Spilt Lentil Stew, Reunion of the OG's, Truffle Eggs and a just dessert given.

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 165 – TWD:DD:TBOC – Moulin Rouge (S2E2)

Baby Makers and the double crossers

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 164 – TWD:DD:TBOC – La Gentillesse des Etrangers (S2E1)

Rushing to the good stuff.

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 163 – TWD:TOWL – The Last Time (S1E6)

Rushing to the good stuff.

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 162 – TWD:TOWL – Become (S1E5)

Insight into Jadis and the return of Father Gabriel. Rick and Michonne cross paths with some Redshirts and mix it all together.

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 161 – TWD:TOWL – What We (S1E4)

Rick needs to snap out of it and get with what truly matters. Good thing Michonne isn't having it.

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 160 – TWD:TOWL – Bye (S1E3)

Emotional Turmoil during a Zombie Apocalypse, do we have time for that?

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 159 – TWD:TOWL – Gone (S1E2)

Michonne finds friends in her search for Rick, they all die, wash, rinse, repeat. lol

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

TWDTT 158 – TWD:TOWL – Years (S1E1)

We Are Back!

Send in your feedback!

Sign up to our Patreon!

Subscribe and Support!

It was all about the Methane.

Chapters

Ratings were down overall and Parrots were up.

Chapters

Subscribe to the Picard or the Discovery feed to catch our Lower Decks and Prodigy episodes! Or you can now find us on Apple Podcasts!

Links to us...

TWDTT 156 – TWD:DC – Stories We Tell Ourselves (S1E5)

Talking Through Stories We Tell Ourselves!

Big Walker Boss was the Boss of this episode but most everything else was a snooze.

Chapters

Ratings were steady but are gaining on the Parrots!

Send in your feedback!

Maggie and Yorkers in a walker cage match, and Negan reconnects with an old friend.

Chapters

Ratings were steady, with this week having just a few more viewers than last week!

Send in your feedback!

TWDTT 154 – TWD:DC – People Are A Resource (S1E3)

Talking Through People Are A Resource!

Negan pulls a Negan, Maggie hates dinosaurs and the Croat dislikes rotten meat!

Chapters

Ratings were the same but just a few less viewers!

Send in your feedback!

STSNWTT 012 – Ad Astra Per Aspera (S2E2)

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds - Season 2 Episode 2 - Ad Astra Per Aspera